The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutUris Hall Specifications (16) Addendum No. 1_Uris Hall Elevator Modernization_1-19-2021 (2).pdf Uris Hall Elevator Drawings Indexed (1).pdf TOWER RD URIS HALL EAST AVE THE STATLER DAY HALL IVES HALL CRANE Architectural Resources 505 Franklin Street Buffalo, NY 14202 716 883-5566 716 883-5569 fax mail@archres.com Project Location 303 West 13th Street New York, NY 10014 A|r Consultants Client Project Drawing List HAZARDOUS MATERIALSMECHANICAL / ELECTRICAL / PLUMBING STRUCTURAL Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Bid Documents 12.01.2020 564.15 Cornell University Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 564.15 12.01.2020 Bid Documents Ithaca, NY 14853 N Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 General G-001Cover Sheet G-002Abbreviations and Legends G-003Overall Floor Plans G-004Overall Floor Plans Demolition D-101Enlarged Removal Floor Plans D-102Enlarged Removal Roof Plan Structural S-001Notes, Loads, Legend, Enlarged Structural Plan and Details S-101Enlarged Structural Plans and Details S-301 Structural Sections and Details S-302Structural Sections and Details A-401Enlarged Floor Plans and Elevations A-402Enlarged Roof Plan and Details A-403Enlarged Penthouse Roof Plan, Sections, and Elevations A-404Sections and Details A-501Elevator Details Architectural Plumbing P-001General Notes and Details P-401Enlarged Floor Plans Mechanical M-001General Notes, Abbreviations and Symbols MD101Enlarged Removal Floor Plans M-401Enlarged Floor Plans M-501Details and Schedules Electrical E-001Legends, Abbreviations, and General Notes ED-101Enlarged Removal Floor Plans E-101Partial Sub-Basement Floor Plan E-102Partial Ground Floor Plan E-103Partial Fourth Floor Plan E-401Enlarged Roof Plan E-402Enlarged Roof Plan E-501Schedules E-601Electrical Details E-701Partial Single Line Diagram and Riser Diagram SITE Hazardous Materials AR-101Asbestos Abatement Plan and Notes SITESite Plan UP FE SECTION MARK DETAIL MARK DRAWING NOTE DOOR TAG WALL TAG SECTION NUMBER SHEET NUMBER REFERENCE LABEL DETAIL NUMBER SHEET NUMBER REFERENCE LABEL NORTH ARROW MAGNETIC NORTH Room name ### # SF A1COLUMN GRID AND MARK ROOM NAME, NUMBER AND SQUARE FEET REVISION CLOUD AND MARK 1 Name ElevationELEVATION MARK A-201 D2 D1 ELEVATION MARK ELEVATION NUMBER(S) SHEET NUMBER NEW CONSTRUCTION EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITION OR REMOVALS ### 1 A-101 SIM 1 A101 SIM 101 22 PROJECT NORTH DEMOLITION NOTE D## TWO-HOUR FIRE RATING NEW PENETRATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH TWO-HOUR RATED CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF EXISTING UNPROTECTED PENETRATIONS OR OPENINGS. CONCRETE STONE GWB RIGID INSULATION STEEL ALUMINUM MASONRY -CMU PLYWOOD TILE (SECTION) WOOD INSULATION WOOD (CONTINUOUS) WOOD (DISCONTINUOUS) GENERAL WALL NOTES: A.GYPSUM WALL BOARD TO EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK, UNO. B. WHERE FIRE SEALANT IS REQUIRED, PROVIDE CONTINUOUS INSTALLATION AT BOTH SIDES OF PARTITION, TOP AND BOTTOM WITH REQUIREDBACKING AND TO MATCH U.L. REQUIREMENTS. FOR NON RATED PARTITIONS PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. (2) LYR 5/8" GWB TYPE X EACH SIDE METAL STUD, 20 GA MIN @16" OC SA_ CEILING RUNNER W/ DEFLECTION TRACK (TYP.) FIRE SEALANT (BOTH SIDES) ACOUSTIC BATT INSUL FULL WIDTH OF CAVITY UNDERSIDE OF DECK FLOOR RUNNER FIRE SEALANT (BOTH SIDES) BASE AS SCHEDULED (RE: FIN SCHEDULE) TOP PLAN BASE (1) LYR GWB -MTL STUDS 6 1/8" @ 3 5/8" STUD SA4 2 HR RATING -U.L. DESIGN U-419 (WHERE INDICATED -REFER TO LIFE SAFETY PLANS) CABASE AS SCHEDULED (RE: FINISH SCHEDULE) CMU WALL ABOVE/ UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE 2 HR RATING -U.L. DESIGN U-906 7 5/8" @ 8" CMU TOP BASE GROUT CMU SOLID AS REQUIRED -REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS CA8 PARTITION TOP ANCHORS 24" O.C. SHAFT SIDEROOM SIDE PROVIDE 345-BT FLEXIBLE TIE, OR EQUAL, AT EACH SIDE, EVERY THIRD COURSE 5" EXPANSION ANCHORS @ 4'-0" O.C., 1'-0" MAX. @ EACH END M A X 3" INTERIOR SBEXTERIOR MTL. STUD 6" CFMF PANEL CLIP MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO STUD 2 1/2" INSULATED METAL PANEL 5/8" GYP. WALL BOARD SB610 1/4" @ 6" CFMF (2) LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB METAL CH STUD, 20 GA MIN @24" OC MAX CEILING RUNNER W/ DEFLECTION TRACK (TYP.) FIRE SEALANT ACOUSTIC BATT INSUL FULL WIDTH OF CAVITY UNDERSIDE OF DECK FLOOR RUNNER FIRE SEALANT TOP BASE HB(1) LAYER GWB -MTL STUDS (1) LAYER 1" GYP BD LINER HB23 3/4" @ 2 1/2" CH STUD 2 HR RATING -U.L. DESIGN U-415 PLAN 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING EXTERIOR AIR / WATER BARRIER R-13 MIN. BATT INSULATION FULL WIDTH OF CAVITY VAPOR RETARDER XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX FLOOR FINISH FLOOR FINISH WALL BASE GENERAL WALL FINISH WALL FINISH TO EXTENTS THRESHOLD/TRANSITION, PROVIDE BASED ON TYPES INDICATED ON SHEET A-620 EXISTING TO REMAIN ETR T# A. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FINISHED FACE OF SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED B. THE CONTRACTOR IS NOT TO SCALE DRAWINGS OR DETAILS. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK PROCEDURES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF ALL CONDITIONS AND MATERIALS WITHIN THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCITON AREA, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND INSTALL ADEQUATE SHORING AND BRACING FOR STRUCTURAL OR REMOVAL TASKS. E. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL CUTTING, PATCHING, REPAIRING AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM ALL OF THE WORK INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. F. SEE ENVIRONMENTAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPE. G. ALL WORK PERFORMED AT THE ROOF LEVEL SHALL BE PERFORMED IN SUCH A WAY AS TO REMAIN WEATHERTIGHT DURING CONSTRUCTION. BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE MADE WEATHERTIGHT BY TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT MEANS BY THE CLOSE OF THE DAY. H. ANY WORK BEING PERFORMED REQUIRING A SHUTDOWN OF ANY PORTION OF THE BUILDING OR ONE OF ITS SYSTEMS, I.E, STAIRWELLS, CORRIDORS, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, FIRE ALARM, ETC, ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH, AND APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY, THE FACILITY PRIOR TO BEING SHUT DOWN. ALL REQUESTS ARE TO BE IN WRITING AND ALLOW FOR ADEQUATE TIME FOR THE FACILITY TO REVIEW THE IMPACT AND DURATION ASSOCIATED WITH THE SHUTDOWN I. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ASSOCIATED WITH THE PENTHOUSE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A TWO-HOUR RATING. INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING MUST BE USED ON ALL EXTERIOR STEEL PIECES. USE OF CEMENTITIOUS SPRAY FIREPROOFING OR INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING IS TO BE USED ON ALL STEEL INTERIOR TO THE PENTHOUSE TO PROVIDE REQUIRED RATING. MANY PIECES OF STEEL WILL REQUIRE INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING DUE TO THE REQUIRED ERECTION SEQUENCE, FRAMING ADJACENCIES, OR EASE OF FIREPROOF INSTALLATION. INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING MUST BE SHOP APPLIED WITH ANY REPAIRS MADE IN FIELD AFTER ERECTION. CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING IS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE FIELD. THE CONTRACTOR, IN COORDINATION WITH FABRICATION AND ERECTION PROCEDURES, SHALL DETERMINE HOW FIREPROOFING IS TO BE ACHIEVED AND WHICH PIECES RECEIVE WHICH TYPE OF PROTECTION ENSURING OVERLAPS OF SYSTEMS TO PROVIDE CONTINUITY OF RATINGS AS APPLICABLE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE: UNIFORM FIRE PREVENTION AND BUILDING CODE • 2020 BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE • 2020 EXISTING BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE • 2020 ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE OF NEW YORK STATE • NFPA 70 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE -2017 • NFPA 72 NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING CODE -2016 • 2020 MECHANICAL CODE OF NEW YORK STATE • 2020 PLUMBING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE • ASME A17.1 ELEVATOR CODE -2016 • ICC A117.1-2009 • ADA 2010 • HOISTWAY VENTILATION -MAINTAIN IN COMPLIANCE WITH CODE IN AFFECT AT TIME OF CONSTRUCTION USE AND OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION: ·B: BUSINESS (EDUCATIONAL OCCUPANCY ABOVE THE 12THGRADE) • CLASSIFICATION OF WORK: ·ADDITION / ALTERATION LEVEL 2 • TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: ·CONSTRUCTION TYPE: IB • FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS (TABLE 601, IBC 2015): ·SPRINKLER PROTECTED: NFPA 13 -PARTIAL ·PRIMARY STRUCTURE: 2 HOURS ·EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LOAD BEARING WALLS: 2 HOURS ·INTERIOR NON-LOAD BEARING WALLS: 0 HOURS ·FLOORS: 2 HOURS ·ROOF: 1 HOUR TEMPORARY EGRESS A. PRIOR TO START OF WORK AT THE FOURTH FLOOR EXIT STAIR B SLAB REMOVAL FOR ROOF ACCESS, TEMPORARY EGRESS SIGNAGE MUST BE PROVIDED AT THE FOURTH FLOOR TO DIRECT OCCUPANTS TOWARDS STAIR A AND STAIR C. TEMPORARY EGRESS PLAN TO BE COORDINATED AND APPROVED BY FACILITIES PRIOR TO IMPLEMENTATION. B.PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK IN FOURTH FLOOR EXIT STAIR, CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A TEMPORARY BARRICADE AND SIGNAGE AT THE THIRD FLOOR TO RESTRICT OCCUPANTS FROM ASCENDING THE STAIR TO THE FOURTH FLOOR AS WELL AS PROVIDE SIGNAGE DIRECTING OCCUPANTS TOWARDS STAIR A AND STAIR C. CORRIDOR 400CA STAIR C DN DN ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A STAIR B STAIR A CORRIDOR 400CA DN 3 4 6 6 7 CORRIDOR 300CA STAIR C UP DN UPDN ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A STAIR B STAIR A CORRIDOR 300CA UP DN 2 1 6 6 7 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 1-HOUR SPRAY APPLIED FIREPROOFING WHERE INDICATED EXISTING 1 HOUR RATED CONCRETE SLAB ROOF COVERING GYPSUM UNDERLAYMENT POLYISOCYANURATE INSULATION METAL DECK STRUCTURAL BEAM GYPSUM UNDERLAYMENT SPRAY APPLIED FIREPROOFING TYPICAL ROOF ASSEMBLY 1 HR RATING -U.L. DESIGN #P732 RATED SEPARATION AT PENTHOUSE 2 HR RATING 4" The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1345 1345 A B C A B C DD 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 12/11/2020 4:27:30 PMC:\Users\cvail\Documents\564.15-A_R19_V3_cvail.rvt Abbreviations and Legends G-002 564.15 LK Bid Documents 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 INInch INSULInsulation or Insulated INVInvert ISOIsolation JANJanitors Closet JTJoint LALavatory LAMLaminate LGLong MAXMaximum MCMechanical Contractor MDHMagnetic Door Holder MECHMechanical MFGRManufacturer MHManhole MINMinimum MIRMirror MISCMiscellaneous MRMoisture Resistant MTLMetal NICNot In Contract NTSNot To Scale OCOn Center OHOverhead OPHOpposite Hand P LAMPlastic Laminate PCPlumbing Contractor PLASPlaster PLYWDPlywood POLYPolyethylene PRPair PRE-FABPrefabricated PTPressure Treated PTDPaper Towel Dispenser PVCPolyvinyl Chloride RCPReinforced Concrete Pipe RDRoof Drain RE:Refer To REFRefrigerator REINFReinforcement RMRoom ROBRun of Bank SCSolid Core SCHEDSchedule SFSquare Foot SIMSimilar SNDSanitary Napkin Dispenser SQSquare SSStainless Steel STLSteel STORStorage STRStructural T&GTongue & Groove TELTelephone TOTop Of TOGTop of Grate TOSTop of Steel TPDToilet Paper Dispenser TYPTypical UNOUnless Noted Otherwise URNUrinal VBVapor Barrier VCTVinyl Composition Tile VERTVertical VESTVestibule VIFVerify In Field W/With W/OWithout WDWood WHWater Heater WRWaste Receptacle WWFWelded Wire Fabric AACAsbestos Abatement Contractor ACAir Conditioning ACOUSTAcoustical ACTAcoustic Ceiling Tile AFFAbove Finish Floor ALTAlternate ALUMAluminum APAccess Panel APPDApproved APPROXApproximate ARCHArchitectural ASPHAsphalt AVGAverage BDBoard BLKBlock BURBuilt-Up Roof CBCatch Basin CEMCement CERCeramic CIPCast Iron Pipe CJControl Joint CLOSCloset CMPCorrugated Metal Pipe CMTCeramic Mosaic Tile CMUConcrete Masonry Unit COCleanout COLColumn CONCConcrete CONSTConstruction CONTContinuous CORRCorridor CRSCourses CTCeramic Tile DFDrinking Fountain DIADiameter DIPDuctile Iron Pipe DRDoor DSDownspout DWGDrawing EAEach ECElectrical Contractor EFExhaust Fan EIFSExterior Insulation & Finish System EJExpansion Joint ELECElectrical ELEVElevation EPDMEthylene Propylene Diene Monomer EQEqual EQUIPEquipment EWEach Way EXISTExisting EXPExpansion EXTExterior FACPFire Alarm Control Panel FEFire Extinguisher FECFire Extinguisher and Cabinet FEGFrom Existing Grade FIN FLRFinish Floor FRPFiberglass Reinforced Polyester FTFoot FTGFooting GAGauge GBGrab Bar GCGeneral Contractor GFBGround Face Block GFIGround Fault Interrupter GWBGypsum Wall Board HCHandicapped Accessible HMHollow Metal HORIZHorizontal HRHour HVACHeating Ventilation & Air Conditioning HWHot Water IMInsulated Metal Drawings Legend Architectural Symbols Wall Types Finish Plan Legend General Notes Abbreviations Code Compliance Penthouse Roof Partial Plan Fourth Floor Partial Plan Third Floor Partial Plan Drawing Notes 1CONTRACTOR TO RESTRICT ACCESS TO THE ASCENDING SIDE OF THE STAIRWELL FROM THE THIRD FLOOR IN COORDINATION WITH CORNELL AS REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF CONTRACT WORK. PROVIDE SIGNAGE INDICATING THE CLOSURE OF STAIR B FOR ACCESS TO THE 4TH FLOOR. SIGNAGE SHALL REFLECT A FLOOR PLAN, SHOWING CURRENT LOCATION AND PATHS OF TRAVEL TO DIRECT OCCUPANTS TO THE LOCATION OF THE OTHER TWO STAIRWELLS 2PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADE WITH SIGNAGE PREVENTING ACCESS TO THE ASCENDING STAIRWELL TO THE FOURTH FLOOR. STAIR CLOSURE TO BE COORDINATED WITH CORNELL 3CONTRACTOR TO CLOSE STAIRWELL IN COORDINATION WITH CORNELL AS REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT WORK. PROVIDE SIGNAGE INDICATING STAIR B IS CLOSED. SIGNAGE SHALL REFLECT A FLOOR PLAN, SHOWING CURRENT LOCATION AND PATHS OF TRAVEL TO DIRECT OCCUPANTS TO THE LOCATION OF THE OTHER TWO STAIRWELLS 4PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING TO CREATE 2-HOUR SEPARATION BETWEEN THE ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM AND 4TH FLOOR 6CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ISOLATED REPAIRS TO CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING, CMU AND CONCRETE WITHIN THE SHAFT AT VARIOUS ELEVATIONS. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH ELEVATOR CONTRACTOR FOR CARTOP ACCESS FOR THE EXECUTION OF REPAIR WORK. CONTRACTOR TO ASSUME 25 AREAS AT 1SF FOR FIREPROOFING, 10SF FOR CMU REPAIR AND 2 LOCATIONS OF 1SF OF CONCRETE REPAIR 7THE TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF STAIR “A” WILL BE REQUIRED TO INFILL ROOF AT HATCH REMOVAL. CONTRACTOR TO SEQUENCE THIS WORK FIRST TO AVOID CLOSURE OF MORE THAN ONE STAIR AT ONE TIME. SIGNAGE SHALL REFLECT A FLOOR PLAN, SHOWING CURRENT LOCATION AND PATHS OF TRAVEL TO DIRECT OCCUPANTS TO THE LOCATION OF THE OTHER TWO STAIRWELLS Horizontal Assemblies No.DescriptionDate ### UP UP UP ELEVATOR A ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM 2B00UG CORRIDOR 2B00CA ELEVATOR C (N.I.C.) STAIR D 2B00UF 2B00UA 2B00CB ELECTRICAL SWITCH GEAR ROOM 2B00UC 2B00UE 2B00UD 2B00UB UNEXCAVATEDUNEXCAVATED D-101 A3 A-401 B3 CORRIDOR B00CA AUDITORIUM B00UE STAIR E STAIR D DN CORRIDOR B00CC CORRIDOR B00CB CORRIDOR B00CJ CORRIDOR B00CH CORRIDOR B00CG CORRIDOR B00CD STAIR B STAIR A ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A UP ELEVATOR C (N.I.C.) D-101 C3 A-401 C3 UP UP CORRIDOR G00CK LOBBY G00L CORRIDOR G00CC STAIR E CORRIDOR G00CD CORRIDOR G00CB STAIR D CORRIDOR G00CJ CORRIDOR G00CG DN DN CORRIDOR G00CA DN UP UP DN ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A STAIR B STAIR A ELEVATOR C (N.I.C.) D-101 A2 A-401 B2 CORRIDOR 100CA LOBBY 100L CORRIDOR 100CB CORRIDOR 100CC STAIR C CORRIDOR 100CD DN UP UP DN UP ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A STAIR B STAIR A A-401 C2 D-101 C2 N The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 12/10/2020 10:54:55 AM C:\Users\lkiblin\Documents\564. 15-A_R19_V3_lkiblin.rvt Overall Floor Plans G-003 564.15 CMV Bid Documents 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 1" = 20'-0"A3 Sub-Basement Plan 1" = 20'-0"C3 Basement Plan 1" = 20'-0"A1 Ground Floor Plan 1" = 20'-0"C1 First Floor Plan No. Description Date UP FE STAIR C UP DN DN UP UP DN ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A STAIR B STAIR A CORRIDOR 200CC CORRIDOR 200CB CORRIDOR 200CE CORRIDOR 200CF CORRIDOR 200CA CORRIDOR 200CA LINE OF BUILDING BASE BELOW D-101 A1 A-401 B1 CORRIDOR 300CA CORRIDOR 300CB CORRIDOR 300CC CORRIDOR 300CD STAIR C UP DN UP DN ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A STAIR B STAIR A CORRIDOR 300CA LINE OF BUILDING BASE BELOW UPDN D-101 A1 A-401 B1 CORRIDOR 400CA CORRIDOR 400CB CORRIDOR 400CC CORRIDOR 400CD STAIR C DN DN ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A STAIR B STAIR A CORRIDOR 400CA LINE OF BUILDING BASE BELOW DN D-101 C1 A-401 C1 5 LINE OF PARAPET LINE OF BUILDING BASE BELOW D-102 A2 A-402 A2 N The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 12/10/2020 10:55:00 AM C:\Users\lkiblin\Documents\564. 15-A_R19_V3_lkiblin.rvt Overall Floor Plans G-004 564.15 CMV Bid Documents 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 1" = 20'-0"A3 Second Floor Plan 1" = 20'-0"C3 Third Floor Plan 1" = 20'-0"A2 Fourth Floor Plan 1" = 20'-0"C2 Penthouse Plan Drawing Notes 5 CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE AND REINSTALL CEILING TILE AND GRID AS NECESSARY FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF SCHEDULED WORK. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES FOR EXTENT OF CEILING WORK No. Description Date ### ELEVATOR A ELEVATOR B UP ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM 2B00UG D12 D12 D01 D15 D16 ELEVATOR A ELEVATOR B STAIR B UP DN CORRIDOR B00CA ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM 2B00UG D07 D12 D12 D13D14 D13 ELEVATOR A ELEVATOR B STAIR B UP CORRIDOR G00CA D12 D12 ELEVATOR A ELEVATOR B STAIR B UP CORRIDOR 100CA D12 D12 D18 D18 ELEVATOR A ELEVATOR B STAIR B UP CORRIDOR 200CA D12 D12 D02 D02 DN STAIR B ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A CORRIDOR 400CA D12 D12 D20 D19 D19 D23 A. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK AND THE WORK OF EACH TRADE. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THEIR DEMOLITION WORK WITH WORK HANDLED BY OWNER'S SEPARATE CONTRACTORS, IF ANY. B. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHILE PERFORMING WORK SPECIFIED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. C. CONTRACTOR TO PATCH AND REPAIR REMAINING WALLS, FLOORS, SILLS, SOFFITS, CEILINGS AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES WHERE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION OF ADJACENT WORK AND INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION. D. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CUTTING AND PATCHING OF EXISTING WALLS, CEILINGS AND FLOORS TO FACILITATE DEMOLITION AND / OR INSTALLATION OF WORK AS REQUIRED PER DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. E. DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL BECOME PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO BE SALVAGED, WHEREIN IT REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUEST ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED AT ANY TIME DURING THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT. DEBRIS SHALL BE DISPOSED OF IN A LEGAL MANNER. F. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE IMMEDIATELY OF ANY ENCOUNTER WITH SUSPECT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. G. BUILDING WILL BE OCCUPIED BY OWNER DURING CONSTRUCTION. EXISTING EXITING / EGRESS CAPACITY SHALL BE MAINTAINED. H. PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT TEMPORARY PARTITIONS AT EACH ELEVATOR ENTRANCE FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK AT EACH LANDING. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS AS REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO THE HOISTWAY DURING CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO TEMPORARY METAL STUD PARTITION DETAILS ON D-101. 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD PAINT FLAT WHITE PROVIDE 3M DOUBLE SIDED URETHANE FOAM TAPE 4318 OR EQUAL TO SECURE STEEL TRACK 3 5/8" MTL STUDS @16" O.C. LANDING SIDE SHIPS LADDER SIDE FLOOR ELEVATION CEILING ELEVATION VARIES - V.I.F. DOUBLE SIDED FOAM TAPE SOUND ATTENUATION BATT 1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD PAINT FLAT WHITE ON LOBBY SIDE LANDING SIDE 3 5/8" MTL STUDS @16" O.C. SHIPS LADDER SIDE N The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 12/10/2020 10:54:40 AM C:\Users\lkiblin\Documents\564. 15-A_R19_V3_lkiblin.rvt Enlarged Removal Floor Plans D-101 564.15 LK Bid Documents 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 1/4" = 1'-0"A3 Enlarged Sub-Basement Demo Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"C3 Enlarged Basement Demo Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"A2 Enlarged Ground Floor Demo Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"C2 Enlarged First Floor Demo Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"A1 Enlarged Typical Floor Demo Plan (2nd - 3rd) 1/4" = 1'-0"C1 Enlarged Fourth Floor Demo Plan General Removal Notes ###Drawing Notes D01 REMOVE EXISTING HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM, HYDRAULIC PIPING, POWER UNIT WITH ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, WIRE-WAYS, AND CONTROL WIRING – NOT ALL EQUIPMENT/DEVICES SHOWN – COORDINATE REMOVAL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES D02 PROVIDE TEMPORARY PARTITIONS WITH SIGNAGE PREVENTING ACCESS TO THE ASCENDING STAIRWELL TO THE FOURTH FLOOR. STAIR CLOSURE TO BE COORDINATED WITH CORNELL D07 REMOVE EXISTING FLOORING AND BASE – REFER TO ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PLAN AND NOTES FOR COORDINATION OF SCOPE. PRE FOR NEW FLOORING INSTALLATION. D12 REMOVE EXISTING HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CYLINDER ASSEMBLY, PIT STEEL AND SUPPORTS, GUIDE RAILS, HOISTWAY ENTRANCE DOORS AND DOOR HARDWARE, ELEVATOR CAR, AND ELEVATOR FIXTURES – NOT ALL EQUIPMENT SHOWN – COORDINATE REMOVAL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES D13 EXISTING ELEVATOR SILL TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE D14 EXISTING HOISTWAY SEPARATION BEAM TO REMAIN - TYPICAL EACH FLOOR D15 REMOVE CONCRETE DOWN TO EXPOSE STEEL BEAM AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF GUIDE RAIL BRACKETS, TYPICAL AT EACH SIDE OF BEAM D16 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME, AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE IN THEIR ENTIRETY D18 REMOVE EXISTING ELEVATOR SILL D19 CONCRETE DECK ABOVE TO BE REMOVED TO EXTENT REQUIRED FOR NEW SMOKE VENT SHAFT - REFER TO ROOF DEMO PLAN COORDINATE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION D20 EXISTING ROOF HATCH ABOVE TO BE REMOVED - REFER TO ROOF DEMO PLAN D23 REMOVE AND RECONFIGURE EXISTING GUARD AS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SHIPS LADDER - PROVIDE ALL POSTS, RAILS, ETC. TO TIE IN TO WIRE MESH ENCLOSURE 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A4 Temporary Metal Stud Partition Plan 1 1/2" = 1'-0"B4 Temporary Metal Stud Partition Section No. Description Date E F G H J K 678910111213 D05 D05 D04 D09 D21 D06 D06 D11 D11 D11 D11 D06 D05 D06 D04 D11 D11 D06 D08 D08 D08 D11 D22 D05 D06 1/4"/12" ROOF SLOPE VENT PIPE VP ROOF DRAIN STEEL BEAM CENTERLINE REMOVE EPDM ROOF SYSTEM IN ITS ENTIRETY DOWN TO CONCRETE DECK TO EXTENT REQUIRED FOR SCHEDULED WORK - AREAS REFLECTED ARE SCHEMATIC AND MAY NOT REPRESENT ACTUAL REMOVALS REQUIRED ALTERNATE 1: REMOVE EPDM ROOF SYSTEM DOWN TO CONCRETE DECK TO EXTENT REQUIRED FOR THE RELOCATION OF TWO EXHAUST FANS - CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AREA OF CONCRETE DECK REMOVAL FOR ROOF ACCESS AND ELEVATOR SHAFT – REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS REMOVE EPDM ROOF SYSTEM DOWN TO CONCRETE DECK TO EXTENT REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL SCREENING FRAMING AND BRACING REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS A. THERE IS AN EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY IN EFFECT. ALL WORK PERFORMED SHALL MAINTAIN EXISTING WARRANTY. B. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE WORK OF ALL TRADES FOR PROPER SEQUENCING OF WORK. C. ROOF SHALL REMAIN WEATHERTIGHT DURING CONSTRUCTION. ROOF SYSTEM SHALL ONLY BE REMOVED TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED FOR WORK BEING PERFORMED AND CAN BE MADE WEATHERTIGHT EACH DAY. D. ROOF LEGEND HATCHED AREAS ARE SCHEMATIC AND MAY NOT REPRESENT ACTUAL EXTENT OF REMOVALS REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF SCHEDULED WORK. N The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 12/11/2020 2:50:45 PMC:\Users\lkiblin\Docu ments\564.15-A_R19_V3_lkiblin.rvt Enlarged Removal Roof Plan D-102 564.15 LK Bid Documents 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 1/4" = 1'-0"A2 Enlarged Roof Plan Roof Legend ###Drawing Notes D04 REMOVE EXISTING ROOF HATCH IN ITS ENTIRETY - REFER TO STRUCTURAL FOR FLOOR SLAB INFILL D05 REMOVE EXISTING MECHANICAL SCREENING SYSTEM IN ITS ENTIRETY INCLUDING ASSOCIATED POSTS, BASE, FLASHING, ETC. AS REQUIRED DOWN TO ROOF DECK D06 EXISTING EXHAUST FAN AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED OR REPLACED. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS D08 REMOVE EXISTING OVERHEAD STEEL BEAMS SECURED TO MECHANICAL SCREENING D09 REMOVE EXISTING SMOKE HATCH IN ITS ENTIRETY D11 EXHAUST FAN. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS D21 LOCATION OF PENTHOUSE. REMOVE ROOF SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR THE ERECTION OF PENTHOUSE FRAMING AND ENCLOSURE. ONCE ENCLOSED AND WEATHERTIGHT, ROOF SYSTEM WITHIN PENTHOUSE FOOTPRINT TO BE REMOVED DOWN TO CONCRETE DECK IN ITS ENTIRETY D22 SAWCUT AND REMOVE ROOF SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR DUCT PENETRATION – REFER TO STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS General Notes No. Description Date UP ELEVATOR PIT A ELEVATOR PIT B ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM 2B00UG 108 514 514 514 514 515 515 504 504 518 121 CA8 519 519 137 P3 CORRIDOR B00CA STAIR B ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A UP DN A-401A4 ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM 2B00UG P1 515 515 521 522 521 522 510 511 109 LF1 RB1 TR1 TR1 TR1 513 510 511 513 ETR ETR 138 138 CORRIDOR G00CA STAIR B ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A UP A-401A3 P1 521 522 521 522 514 514 109 ETR ETR 138 138 CORRIDOR 100CA STAIR B ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A UP A-401A2 P1 520 523 520 523 109 ETR ETR 517 517 138 138 CORRIDOR 200CA STAIR B ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A UP A-401A1 P1 521 522 521 522 109 ETR ETR 2 138 138 CORRIDOR 400CA STAIR B ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A DN A-401A1 P1 521 522 521 522 CONTINUE PAINT TO END OF WALL 109 ETR ETR 128 127 134 4 A-404 C4 D4 138 138 2' - 0" 2" MAX. 139 139 V.I.F. 8' - 5" 10 1/4" 522522 526 526526 526 524 529 529 521 521 525 525 300 301 303 300300 300 ELEVATOR A ELEVATOR B V.I.F. 8' - 11 3/4" 522522 526 526526 526 524 525 525 521 521 303 302302302 ELEVATOR A ELEVATOR B V.I.F. 9' - 5 1/2" 524 525 525 520 520 523 523 526 526 527 527 526 526 527 527 531 302302 304 302 ELEVATOR A ELEVATOR B V.I.F. 8' - 6" 522523 526 526526 526 524 528 528 525 525 521 521 302 303 4TH FLOOR ONLY 302302 302 ELEVATOR A ELEVATOR B 2' - 0" 2' - 0" REMOVABLE STAINLESS STEEL GRATE - B.O.D. GW-100, 19W-4 304 SERRATED 1 1/4" x 1 1/4" x 1/4" PERIMETER ANGLE WELDED TO SUMP ENCLOSURE 1/4" WELDED STAINLESS STEEL PLATE SUMP ENCLOSURE 1 1/2" STAINLESS STEEL THREADED HEX HEAD PLUG AND BUNG 3/8" STAINLESS STEEL DIAMOND PLATE FLANGE WELDED TO SUMP ENCLOSURE - SAWCUT AND REMOVE SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR FLUSH INSTALLATION GREASE NIPPLES - TYPICAL 3/8" STAINLESS STEEL DIAMOND PLATE FLANGE WELDED TO SUMP ENCLOSURE SLEEVE ANCHOR REMOVABLE STAINLESS STEEL GRATE NOT SHOWN IN ENTIRETY FOR CLARITY PROVIDE (3) THREE GREASE NIPPLES EACH SIDE - TYPICAL FOR POLYURETHANE INJECTION AS REQUIRED EXISTING PIT WALL TYP. 4" 3/8" x 3-1/2" POWER-BOLT SLEEVE ANCHOR, 304SS, HEX HEAD - B.O.D. DEWALT ENGINEERED BY POWERS 05914 TYPICAL 3' - 0" ALLOW FOR 2" MAX. VOID SPACE AROUND SUMP ENCLOSURE 4" 6" TYP. SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF SUMP PIT MIN. 1" NOTES: 1. DEWATERING SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED UNTIL COMPLETION OF SUMP INSTALLATION. 2. TEMPORARY SHORING TO BE PROVIDED FOR EXCAVATIONS AS REQUIRED FOR SOFTER BASE MATERIAL. 3. FOOTERS ENCOUNTERED DURING EXCAVATION ARE TO BE EXCAVATED AS REQUIRED FOR SUMP BASIN. IF REBAR IS FOUND, NOTIFY ARCHITECT. 3" 9" 9" 3" 4" CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SIKAQUICK CONCRETE RESURFACER OR EQUAL TO PREPARE SURFACE FOR SUMP FLANGE INSTALLATION. PIT FOUNDATION 6" V.I.F. N The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 12/10/2020 10:54:18 AMC:\Users\lkiblin\Documents\564.15-A_R19_V3_lkiblin.rvt Enlarged Floor Plans and Elevations A-401 564.15 CMV Bid Documents 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 1/4" = 1'-0"B3 Enlarged Sub-Basement Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"C3 Enlarged Basement Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"B2 Enlarged Ground Floor Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"C2 Enlarged First Floor Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"B1 Enlarged Typical Floor Plan (2nd - 3rd) ### 1/4" = 1'-0"C1 Enlarged Fourth Floor Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"A4 Basement Elevation 1/4" = 1'-0"A3 Ground Floor Elevation 1/4" = 1'-0"A2 First Floor Elevation 1/4" = 1'-0"A1 Typical Floor Elevation (2nd - 4th) Drawing Notes 2 PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRICADE WITH SIGNAGE PREVENTING ACCESS TO THE ASCENDING STAIRWELL TO THE FOURTH FLOOR. STAIR CLOSURE TO BE COORDINATED WITH CORNELL 4 PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING TO CREATE 2-HOUR SEPARATION BETWEEN THE ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM AND 4TH FLOOR 108 INFILL CMU WALL 109 PATCH AND PAINT WALL TO EXTENT SHOWN FOLLOWING INSTALLATION OF NEW ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT 121 INFILL EXISTING ELEVATOR SUMP PIT - INFILL TO BE FLUSH WITH EXISTING ELEVATOR PIT FLOOR 127 INFILLED CONCRETE DECK ABOVE - REFER TO ROOF PLAN 128 NEW SMOKE SHAFT ABOVE - REFER TO ROOF PLAN 134 NEW FULL HEIGHT WIRE MESH PARTITION AND GATE - SHOP DRAWINGS TO REFLECT RECONFIGURATION OF EXISTING GUARD. REFER TO C1/D-101 137 PROVIDE REMOVALS AND CONCRETE REPAIR AT CENTER OF CONCRETE ENCASED BEAM AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE GUIDE RAIL BRACKET, TYPICAL AT EACH SIDE OF BEAM – APPROXIMATELY 1SF EACH. CONCRETE TO BE PATCHED WITH SIKA-TOP 123 OR APPROVED EQUAL 138 PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING REPAIR AT AREAS WITHIN SHAFT WHERE STEEL BEAM AT FLOOR LEVEL IS EXPOSED OR HAS BEEN EXPOSED DUE TO PERFORMED WORK – APPROXIMATELY 50 AREAS AT 1SF EACH 139 PROVIDE MORTAR INFILL AND GENERAL CMU REPAIR AS REQUIRED WHERE MISSING AT BEAM INSTALLATION – APPROXIMATELY 10SF 300 PRIME & PAINT CMU WALL P1 - REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE 301 REMOVE ACCESS PANEL AND INFILL CMU WALL 302 PRIME, PATCH AND PAINT PLASTER WALL P1 - REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE 303 EXISTING RUBBER BASE TO REMAIN 304 EXISTING WOOD & TERRAZZO BASE TO REMAIN 504 PROVIDE GOVERNOR AND TENSION SHEAVE ASSEMBLY 510 PROVIDE ELEVATOR CAR, PLATFORM, AND FRAME - REFER TO SHEET A-501 FOR CAR INTERIOR DETAIL 511 PROVIDE CAR TOP GUARD RAIL 513 PROVIDE TRAVELING CABLE 514 PROVIDE CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT GUIDE RAILS, BUFFERS, AND SUPPORTS 515 PROVIDE RETRACTABLE PIT LADDER AS SPECIFIED 517 PROVIDE ELEVATOR SILL AT THE DESIGNATED LANDING 518 PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL PREFABRICATED SUMP PIT AND GRATE – SUMP PUMP TO BE PROVIDED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR – REFER TO SHEET A-401 FOR SUMP PIT DETAIL 519 INFILL HYDRAULIC CYLINDER BORE-HOLE WITH SAND TO 12” FROM TOP OF PIT SLAB - SCARIFY EDGES OF SLAB AND PREP FOR CONCRETE – INFILL REMAINING BORE-HOLE WITH CONCRETE FLUSH TO PIT SLAB FLOOR 520 EXISTING HOISTWAY ENTRANCE FRAMES TO BE WRAPPED - PROVIDE TRANSOM 521 EXISTING HOISTWAY ENTRANCE FRAMES AND TRANSOM TO REMAIN - PAINT P2 TO MATCH EXISTING 522 PROVIDE HOISTWAY DOOR PANELS, HARDWARE, AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT - PAINT HOISTWAY DOOR PANELS P2 TO MATCH EXISTING ENTRANCE FRAMES AND TRANSOM - TYPICAL 523 PROVIDE HOISTWAY DOOR PANELS, HARDWARE, AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT - TYPICAL 524 PROVIDE HALL CALL FIXTURE - REFER TO SHEET A-501 FOR HALL CALL FIXTURE 525 PROVIDE HALL POSITION INDICATOR FIXTURE - REFER TO SHEET A-501 FOR HALL POSITION INDICATOR FIXTURE 526 PROVIDE BRAILLE SIGNAGE – TYPICAL EACH SIDE OF JAMB AT EACH ENTRANCE 527 PROVIDE ELEVATOR IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE AT DESIGNATED LEVEL 528 PROVIDE HOISTWAY ACCESS FIXTURE - REFER TO SHEET A-501 FOR HOISTWAY ACCESS FIXTURE 529 PROVIDE HOISTWAY ACCESS FIXTURE WITH RETRACTABLE LADDER KEYSWITCH REFER TO SHEET A-501 FOR HOISTWAY ACCESS FIXTURE 531 PROVIDE MASTER COMMUNICATION STATION AS SPECIFIED No. Description Date 1" = 1'-0"B4 Sump Pit Detail UP FE E F G H J K 678910111213 A2 A-404 A3 A-404 A1 A-403 LINE OF HOISTWAY BELOW 501 503 502 541 541 502 503 A-403 D2 110 111 113 116 116 114 114 114 114 114 113 113 113 R01 A-404 D2 SIM 113 113 A-403 D3 D1 A-403 114 113 504 A-403 A-403C3 A-403 B3 A3 501 504 A4 A-404 123 SB4 HB2 HB2 HB2SB6 SB6 SB6 SB6 133 A-402 A1 129 129 129 PENTHOUSE 500 A-404 D1 118 8' - 6" TYP. TYP117 112 C1 A-403 R02 TYP107 18" MIN. 886' - 0" 889' 7 5/16" 886' - 11 1/2" 886' - 11 1/2" 889' 7 5/16" 140 506 P1 P1 A. REFER TO SHEET G-002 FOR GENERAL NOTES. B. ALL ROOF MOUNTED ITEMS (I.E. EXPANSION JOINTS, PIPES, DUCTS, CURBS, LIGHTING, RODS, EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS, ETC.) TO BE FLASHED WATERTIGHT PER SMACNA, NRCA & WRITTEN ROOFING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION TO SUIT JOB CONDITION. C. COORDINATE SIZE, QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS OF PENETRATIONS WITH ALL TRADES. D. FLASH ALL EDGE CONDITIONS WATER TIGHT PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. ROOFING WORK SHALL INCLUDE ALL FLASHING, COUNTER FLASHING, COPING/CAP FLASHING & DRAINS. E. THE ROOF SHALL BE SLOPED, AS MEASURED FROM ANY POINT ON THE ROOF, TOWARD THE ROOF DRAINS AT A MINIMUM 1/4" PER FT. F. PROVIDE ANGLE FRAMING @ ROOF OPENINGS. G. THERE IS AN EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY IN EFFECT. ALL WORK PERFORMED SHALL MAINTAIN EXISTING WARRANTY. H. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH THE WORK OF ALL TRADES FOR PROPER SEQUENCING OF WORK. I. ROOF SHALL REMAIN WEATHERTIGHT DURING CONSTRUCTION. ROOF SYSTEM SHALL ONLY BE REMOVED TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED FOR WORK BEING PERFORMANED AND CAN BE MADE WEATHERTIGHT EACH DAY. J. ROOF LEGEND HATCHED AREAS ARE SCHEMATIC AND MAY NOT REPRESENT ACTUAL EXTENT OF INFILL REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF SCHEDULED WORK. HM DOOR FRAME REFER TO PLAN FOR WALL TYPE CONT. BUTYL SEALANT MALE HEADER EXTRUSION CONT. URETHANE SEALANT 2 1/2" INSULATED METAL WALL PANEL FEMALE HEADER EXTRUSION DOOR PER SCHEDULE EQ EQ BOX BEAM HEADER THERMAL INSULATION AIR / WATER BARRIER VAPOR RETARDER 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD HM DOOR FRAME REFER TO PLAN FOR WALL TYPE MALE JAMB EXTRUSION CONT. BUTYL SEALANT CONT. URETHANE SEALANT 2 1/2" INSULATED METAL WALL PANEL METAL STUD FRAMING FEMALE JAMB EXTRUSION EQEQ THERMAL INSULATION VAPOR RETARDER JAMB ANCHORS, 3 EACH SIDE, TYP. AIR / WATER BARRIER Basis of Design Finish and Material Specifications 033543 POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING SC1: SEALED CONCRETE MANUFACTURER: SCOFIELD STYLE: CURESEAL 100 PLUS 096513 RESILIENT BASE WB9: RESILIENT BASE; JOHNSONITE STYLE: MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT COLOR: MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT LENGTH: CONTINUOUS ROLL NOTE: 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING P1: INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS STYLE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS COLOR: MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISH: EGG-SHELL NOTE: GYPSUM BOARD WALLS, UNO P2: INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS STYLE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS COLOR: MATCH EXISTING FINISH: SEMI-GLOSS NOTE: ELEVATOR FRAMES & TRANSOM P3: INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS STYLE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS COLOR: MATCH EXISTING UPPER LEVEL FINISH: EGG-SHELL NOTE: SUB-BASEMENT WALL INFILL P4: INTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS STYLE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS COLOR: AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURERS STANDARD FINISH: SEMI-GLOSS NOTE: SHIPS LADDER TO ROOF P5: EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS STYLE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS COLOR: AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURERS STANDARD FINISH: SEMI-GLOSS NOTE: DOORS & FRAMES P6: EXTERIOR PAINT SHERWIN WILLIAMS STYLE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS COLOR: AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURERS STANDARD FINISH: SEMI-GLOSS NOTE: ROOF ACCESS LADDER 096543 LINOLEUM FLOORING LF1: SHEET FLOORING; 0.1" THICK FORBO COLLECTION: MARMOLEUM STYLE: REAL COLOR: 3032 MIST GREY LOCATION: BASEMENT FLOORING THRESHOLDS AND TRANSITIONS TR1: TRANSITION 1/8" TO 1/8" MATERIAL TARKETT STYLE: CTA-XX-N COLOR: 28 MEDIUM GREY 1/4"/12" ROOF SLOPE VENT PIPEVP ROOF DRAIN PROVIDE EPDM ROOF SYSTEM TO EXTENT REQUIRED TO TIE INTO EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM MAINTAINING EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY - AREAS REFLECTED ARE SCHEMATIC AND MAY NOT REPRESENT ACTUAL REMOVALS REQUIRED ALTERNATE 1: PROVIDE EPDM ROOF SYSTEM TO EXTENT REQUIRED TO TIE INTO EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM MAINTAINING EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY FOR THE SCHEDULED WORK ASSOCIATED WITH THE RELOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT / DUCTWORK - CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS PROVIDE EPDM ROOF SYSTEM TO EXTENT REQUIRED TO TIE INTO EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM MAINTAINING EXISTING ROOF WARRANTY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL SCREENING FRAMING AND BRACING - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER PROVIDE 2 HOUR RATED SHAFT ENCLOSURE UL DESIGN NO. U415 - REFER TO WALL TYPES J-RUNNER; TYP. BOTH SIDES J-RUNNER, TYP. BOTH SIDES PROVIDE 2 HOUR FIRE RATED SHAFT WALL ENCLOSURE UL DESIGN NO. U415 - REFER TO WALL TYPES A5 A-402 SIM TYPE F TYPE F1 2" 4"* * 4" HEAD AT MASONRY OPENINGS REFER TO SCHEDULE 2" SCHEDULE REFER TO 2" HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME COUNTERFLASHING TERMINATION BAR EPDM ROOF MEMBRANE PEMKO HEAVY DUTY THRESHOLD 2 1/2" INSULATED METAL WALL PANEL BEYOND T.O. BLOCKING 887' - 6 1/2" T.O. CONCRETE 886' - 0" 11 1/2"7" VAPOR RETARDER 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING AIR / WATER BARRIER PRESSURE TREATED BLOCKING T.O. LANDING 886' - 11 1/2" T.O. STEEL 889' - 7" EXTERIOR STAIR, REFER TO STRUCTURAL HM DOOR FRAME 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING THERMAL INSULATION VAPOR RETARDER AIR / WATER BARRIER PRESSURE TREATED BLOCKING TUBE STEEL, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 2 1/2" INSULATED METAL WALL PANEL BEYOND 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD PEMKO HEAVY DUTY THRESHOLD SILL EXTRUSION N The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 12/10/2020 10:54:21 AMC:\Users\lkiblin\Documents\564.15-A_R19_V3_lkiblin.rvt Enlarged Roof Plan and Details A-402 564.15 LK Bid Documents 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 ### 1/4" = 1'-0"A2 Penthouse Plan General NotesDoor Schedule Mark Description Door Frame Fire Rating (Mins) Hardware CommentsWidth Height Thickness Door Type Door Material Frame Type Frame Material Head Detail Jamb Detail R01 STAIR B 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F HM F1 HM D1/A-402 C1/A-402 14 R02 PENTHOUSE 500 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" F HM F1 HM D1/A-402 C1/A-402 10 Grand total: 2 1 1/2" = 1'-0"D2 Exterior Door Head Detail 1 1/2" = 1'-0"B1 Exterior Door Jamb Detail Penthouse/Roof Legend 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5 Shaft Wall Soffit Detail Drawing Notes 107 PROVIDE INTUMESCENT COATING AND TOPCOAT AS SPECIFIED AT ALL EXPOSED STEEL – COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 110 SHIPS LADDER, PAINT P4 - REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS & STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 111 ALUMINUM LANDING - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 112 ALUMINUM STAIRS - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 113 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT/DUCTWORK - REFER TO MECHANICAL 114 RELOCATED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT/DUCTWORK - REFER TO MECHANICAL 116 ALTERNATE 1: RELOCATED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT/DUCTWORK REFER TO MECHANICAL 117 PROVIDE ALUMINUM SCREENING LOUVERS AND ASSOCIATED STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND SUPPORT – REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING 118 PROVIDE HOT DIP GALVANIZED ROOFTOP ACCESS LADDER – PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS – DETAIL FOR CFMF AT BRACKET SECUREMENT TO BE INCLUDED IN SHOP DRAWINGS – LADDER TO HAVE BOLTED CONNECTION TO BRACKETS AND BE REMOVABLE TO ALLOW FOR SIDING INSTALLATION – CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF LADDER FROM BRACKETS FOR SIDING INSTALLATION - PROVIDE EXTERIOR HIGH PERFORMANCE COATING PER SPECIFICAITONS – TOUCH UP PAINT IN FIELD AS REQUIRED AFTER FINAL INSTALLATION 123 EXISTING ROOF DECK 129 INFILL EXISTING CONCRETE ROOF SLAB AND ROOF SYSTEM AFTER REMOVAL SCOPE - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 133 MODIFY / INFILL OPENING IN ROOF SLAB TO ACCOMMODATE SMOKE SHAFT EXTENSION – REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 140 CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SCREENING LAYOUT WITH DUCT RUN IF ALTERNATE #1 IS NOT ACCEPTED - REFER TO D2/A-403 501 PROVIDE GEARLESS ELEVATOR HOISTING MACHINE AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT INCLUDING EMERGENCY BRAKE, BLOCKING BEAMS, AND DEFLECTOR SHEAVE 502 PROVIDE CONTROL SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED 503 PROVIDE ELEVATOR DRIVE ISOLATION TRANSFORMER 504 PROVIDE GOVERNOR AND TENSION SHEAVE ASSEMBLY 506 COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION IN THE FIELD WITH EQUIPMENT LOCATION 541 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1 Smoke Shaft Plan Detail Door Types Door Frame Types 1 1/2" = 1'-0"D1 Door Threshold Detail No. Description Date 1 1/2" = 1'-0"C1 Exterior Door Threshold 891011 T.O. PENTHOUSE 899' - 9" T.O. STEEL 889' - 7" 8' - 7 3/4" A-404 A1 SIM B1 A-404 SIM 124 110 126 111 125 118 T.O. CONCRETE 886' - 0" TYP132 4 A-404 B2 Sim 120 136 T.O STEEL 899' - 1" 117 TYP132 C1 A-403 A-402 D1 SIM A-402 D2 SIM T.O. LANDING 886' - 11 1/2" ALUMINUM LOUVERS SUPPORT POST BEYOND MTL. ANGLE REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS MOUNTING PLATE REFER TO STURCTURAL DRAWINGS T.O. CONCRETE 886' - 0" MECHANICAL DUCT PENETRATION COORDINATE WITH ALTERNATE. CUSTOM FABRICATE LOUVER TO ACCOMMODATE PASSAGE. MAINTAIN 2" CLEAR 9' - 0" 1' - 6" EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HORIZONTAL SCREEN HSS 4X4 POST, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS BASEPLATE AND ATTACHMENT, REFER TO STRUCTURAL ADHERED EPDM BOOT 3.5" STANDARD WEIGHT PIPE POST MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO CONCRETE DECK, REF TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 3'-0" MIN. 4'-0" UNO T.O. CONCRETE 886' - 0" 1' - 6"10" 1/4" CAP PLATES OVER HSS POSTS, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 3/8" THICK X 3 1/2" SQUARE CONNECTION PLATES, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ALUMINUM CONNECTION ANGLES, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 9" 9' - 0" OVERALL HEIGHT 6" B3 A-404 A1 A-403 B2 A-404 A-403C3 A-403 B3 A-403 A3 A-403 D3 126 119 2' - 6 1/2" 2' - 0" C1 A-403 118 A. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FINISHED FACE OF SURFACES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED B. THE CONTRACTOR IS NOT TO SCALE DRAWINGS OR DETAILS. C. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL WORK PROCEDURES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL AUTHORITIES D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROTECTION OF ALL CONDITIONS AND MATERIALS WITHIN THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCITON AREA, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND INSTALL ADEQUATE SHORING AND BRACING FOR STRUCTURAL OR REMOVAL TASKS. E. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL CUTTING, PATCHING, REPAIRING AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM ALL OF THE WORK INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. F. SEE ENVIRONMENTAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL SCOPE. G. ALL WORK PERFORMED AT THE ROOF LEVEL SHALL BE PERFORMED IN SUCH A WAY AS TO REMAIN WEATHERTIGHT DURING CONSTRUCTION. BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE MADE WEATHERTIGHT BY TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT MEANS BY THE CLOSE OF THE DAY. H. ANY WORK BEING PERFORMED REQUIRING A SHUTDOWN OF ANY PORTION OF THE BUILDING OR ONE OF ITS SYSTEMS, I.E, STAIRWELLS, CORRIDORS, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, FIRE ALARM, ETC, ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH, AND APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY, THE FACILITY PRIOR TO BEING SHUT DOWN. ALL REQUESTS ARE TO BE IN WRITING AND ALLOW FOR ADEQUATE TIME FOR THE FACILITY TO REVIEW THE IMPACT AND DURATION ASSOCIATED WITH THE SHUTDOWN I. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ASSOCIATED WITH THE PENTHOUSE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A TWO-HOUR RATING. INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING MUST BE USED ON ALL EXTERIOR STEEL PIECES. USE OF CEMENTITIOUS SPRAY FIREPROOFING OR INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING IS TO BE USED ON ALL STEEL INTERIOR TO THE PENTHOUSE TO PROVIDE REQUIRED RATING. MANY PIECES OF STEEL WILL REQUIRE INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING DUE TO THE REQUIRED ERECTION SEQUENCE, FRAMING ADJACENCIES, OR EASE OF FIREPROOF INSTALLATION. INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING MUST BE SHOP APPLIED WITH ANY REPAIRS MADE IN FIELD AFTER ERECTION. CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING IS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE FIELD. THE CONTRACTOR, IN COORDINATION WITH FABRICATION AND ERECTION PROCEDURES, SHALL DETERMINE HOW FIREPROOFING IS TO BE ACHIEVED AND WHICH PIECES RECEIVE WHICH TYPE OF PROTECTION ENSURING OVERLAPS OF SYSTEMS TO PROVIDE CONTINUITY OF RATINGS AS APPLICABLE F G H T.O. PENTHOUSE 899' - 9" T.O. STEEL 889' - 7" 111 R01 T.O. CONCRETE 886' - 0" T.O STEEL 899' - 1" 118 2' - 0" 3' - 6" T.O. LANDING 886' - 11 1/2" 126 10 11 T.O. PENTHOUSE 899' - 9" T.O. STEEL 889' - 7" T.O. CONCRETE 886' - 0" T.O STEEL 899' - 1" R02 T.O. LANDING 886' - 11 1/2" 135 126 FGH T.O. PENTHOUSE 899' - 9" T.O. STEEL 889' - 7" TYP107 T.O STEEL 899' - 1" T.O. LANDING 886' - 11 1/2" 135 119 1011 T.O. PENTHOUSE 899' - 9" T.O. STEEL 889' - 7" T.O. CONCRETE 886' - 0" T.O STEEL 899' - 1" 6 3/8" 12" O.C. 1' - 1"4' - 0" TYP. 1' - 7" 3' - 6" 118 3/4" DIAMETER SOLID STEEL RUNG THRU SIDEBARS AND WELD ALL AROUND - PAINT WITH NON-SLIP SURFACE AT TOP OF RUNG, TYP. MECHANICALLY FASTEN TO CFMF - WATERPROOF ALL PENETRATIONS 2 - 1/2" BENT PLATE BRACKETS MINIMUM (4) PER SIDE SECURED TO CFMF CONTINUOUS FLATBAR WITH EASED EDGES SELF-RETURN, SELF SUPPORTING HANDRAILS 2' - 8 3/4" 1/4" X 2" X 2" STEEL ANGLE T.O. LANDING 886' - 11 1/2" 1/4"/12" ROOF SLOPE VENT PIPE VP ROOF DRAIN FGHJ T.O. PENTHOUSE 899' - 9" A1 A-403 T.O. STEEL 889' - 7" B2 A-404 T.O. CONCRETE 886' - 0" T.O STEEL 899' - 1" 126 125 TYP 132 TYP132 120 112 A-402 D2 SIM A-404 B3 Sim 118 T.O. LANDING 886' - 11 1/2" A-402 C1 The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 12/10/2020 10:54:26 AMC:\Users\lkiblin\Documents\564.15-A_R19_V3_lkiblin.rvt Enlarged Penthouse Roof Plan, Sections, and Elevations A-403 564.15 LK Bid Documents 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 1/4" = 1'-0"A1 Penthouse Section 1/4" = 1'-0"D2 Aluminum Screening Elevation, Typ. 1" = 1'-0"D1 Screening Section, Typ. 1/4" = 1'-0"A4 Penthouse Roof Plan General Notes 1/4" = 1'-0"D3 Penthouse Elevation - West 1/4" = 1'-0"A3 Penthouse Elevation - North 1/4" = 1'-0"C3 Penthouse Elevation - East 1/4" = 1'-0"B3 Penthouse Elevation - South Roof Legend ###Drawing Notes 4 PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS FIREPROOFING TO CREATE 2-HOUR SEPARATION BETWEEN THE ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM AND 4TH FLOOR 107 PROVIDE INTUMESCENT COATING AND TOPCOAT AS SPECIFIED AT ALL EXPOSED STEEL – COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 110 SHIPS LADDER, PAINT P4 - REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS & STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 111 ALUMINUM LANDING - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 112 ALUMINUM STAIRS - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 117 PROVIDE ALUMINUM SCREENING LOUVERS AND ASSOCIATED STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND SUPPORT – REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FRAMING 118 PROVIDE HOT DIP GALVANIZED ROOFTOP ACCESS LADDER – PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS – DETAIL FOR CFMF AT BRACKET SECUREMENT TO BE INCLUDED IN SHOP DRAWINGS – LADDER TO HAVE BOLTED CONNECTION TO BRACKETS AND BE REMOVABLE TO ALLOW FOR SIDING INSTALLATION – CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION OF LADDER FROM BRACKETS FOR SIDING INSTALLATION - PROVIDE EXTERIOR HIGH PERFORMANCE COATING PER SPECIFICAITONS – TOUCH UP PAINT IN FIELD AS REQUIRED AFTER FINAL INSTALLATION 119 PROVIDE ROOF ANCHORAGE CONNECTOR. BASIS OF DESIGN TO BE CB-18 ANCHOR AS MANUFACTURED BY GUARDIAN FALL PROTECTION OR EQUAL 120 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT REMOVED FOR CLARITY 124 PROVIDE SMOKE SHAFT 125 PROVIDE 5/16" DIAMOND PLATE FLOORING - REFER TO STRUCTURAL 126 PROVIDE SMOKE HATCH - CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE FRAMED OPENING IN ROOM FRAMING WITH SCHEDULED ROOF HATCH, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 132 PROVIDE 2-HOUR INTUMESCENT OR CEMENTITIOUS COATING AT ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL 135 EXTERIOR METAL STAIR - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 136 PROVIDE 18" X 18" ACCESS DOOR. COORDINATE LOCATION W/ SMOKE HATCH RESET 1/4" = 1'-0"C1 Penthouse Section No. Description Date T.O. PENTHOUSE 899' -9" EPDM ROOF SYSTEM 6" CFMF 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING AIR / WATER BARRIER TAPERED RIGID INSULATION, SLOPE 1/4" PER 1'-0" TOWARDS CENTRAL ROOF DRAIN R-30CI MIN COVER PRESSURE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 2 1/2" INSULATED EXTERIOR METAL PANEL SYSTEM FASTENED TO METAL STUDS 7" METAL FASCIA COVER FASTENED 4" O.C. TYP MTL. ANGLE 6" 9 1/2" 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD FIREPROOFING FIREPROOFING BEYOND 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING T.O STEEL 899' -1" CONTINUOUS VAPOR RETARDER 132 6" EPDM ROOF SYSTEM 6" CFMF 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING AIR / WATER BARRIER TAPERED RIGID INSULATION, SLOPE 1/4" PER 1'-0" TOWARDS CENTRAL ROOF DRAIN R-30CI MIN COVER PRESSURE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING 2 1/2" INSULATED EXTERIOR METAL PANEL SYSTEM FASTENED TO METAL STUDS 7" METAL FASCIA COVER FASTENED 4" O.C. TYP MTL. ANGLE 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD FIREPROOFING FIREPROOFING BEYOND 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING T.O. STEEL 899' -1" 9 1/2" 132CONTINUOUS VAPOR RETARDER 4TH FLOOR 873' -6" FGH A2 A-404 T.O. STEEL 889' -7" 124 SB6 2' - 0" HB2 HB2 125 130 130 OPEN A-402 A5 SIM 9' - 8" 3' - 0" T.O. CONCRETE 886' -0" A-404 B4 12" MIN 14 TREADS EQUALLY SPACED 13' - 5 1/2" 110 36" MIN. 60° ± 9' - 7" CLEAR T.O. LANDING 886' -11 1/2" 4TH FLOOR 873' -6" 1011 T.O. STEEL 889' -7" 110 514 514 SB4 SB6 130 130 130 130T.O. CONCRETE 886' -0" A-404 C4 131 T.O. LANDING 886' -11 1/2" 132 6" CFMF THERMAL INSULATION EXTERIOR SHEATHING INSTALL FLUSH WITH STUD FACE COUNTERFLASHING PRESSURE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING EPDM ROOF MEMBRANE 6" CONTINUOUS ANGLE CLIP W27X102 W/ APPLIED FIREPROOFING -REFER TO STRUCTUAL DRAWINGS 5/16" DIAMOND PLATE TUBE STEEL POST, REF. TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS CONTINOUS VAPOR RETARDER 6" T.O. CONCRETE 886' -0" 1' - 3 3/4" T.O. STEEL 889' -7" ROOF INFILL 2 1/2" INSULATED EXTERIOR METAL PANEL SYSTEM FASTENED TO METAL STUDS EXISTING ROOF AREA OF EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM REMOVALS AFTER PENTHOUSE IS WATERTIGHT CONTINOUS WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN FRAMING AT PERIMETER OF PENTHOUSE FIREPROOFING BEYOND FIREPROOFING BEYOND 132 AIR / WATER BARRIER 6" CFMF THERMAL INSULATION 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING 2 1/2" INSULATED EXTERIOR METAL PANEL SYSTEM FASTENED TO METAL STUDS W10X30, REFER STRUCTUAL DRAWINGS TUBE STEEL POST, REF. TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS W14x22 BEAM, REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS CONTINOUS VAPOR RETARDER 5/16" DIAMOND PLATE 2" CONTINUOUS ANGLE CLIP PRESSURE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING RIGID INSULATION 6 1/2" 6 7/8" T.O. CONCRETE 886' -0" PENTHOUSE FLOOR 889' -7" CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING BETWEEN FRAMING AT PERIMETER OF PENTHOUSE AREA OF EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM REMOVALS AFTER PENTHOUSE IS WATERTIGHT ROOF INFILL AREA EXISTING ROOF TO REMAIN W27X102 W/ APPLIED FIREPROOFING BEYOND REFER TO STRUCTUAL DRAWINGS AIR / WATER BARRIER CONT. BEAD OF EPDM BONDING ADHESIVE DRAIN SECURED TO OPENING IN DECK REFER TO PLUMBING EPDM MEMBRANE BONDING ADHESIVE RIGID INSULATION -R-30 COMPOSITE ROOF SEE PLUMBING DWGS FOR ROOF DRAIN LEADER AND CHASE CONNECT TO ROOF DRAIN LEADER WHERE NOTED, SEE PLUMBING DWGS FOR MORE EXPANDABLE FOAM FILLER INSULATION TRIM COVER CUT TO PROFILE OF BEAM 2" LAP SEAM TO RECIEVE SCREW OR RIVET 3"2" BOTTOM OF PANEL SYSTEM CONT. BUTYL SEALANT AROUND PROFILE OF BEAM EXPANDABLE FOAM FILLER INSULATION WITH TRIM COVER CONTINUE ROOF MEMBRANE UP WALL BEHIND METAL PANEL CONT. DRIP EDGE W27X114 REF. STRUCTUAL DRAWINGS WITH APPLIED WEATHER PROTECTANT RUBBERIZED COATING HORIZONTAL INSULATED METAL PANEL 1" PANEL REVEAL CORNER TRIM CONT. BUTYL SEALANT AROUND PROFILE OF BEAM 6" CFMF BATT INSULATION 1/4" HWH FASTENERS FACTORY FOLDED 2 -1/2" INSULATED METAL WALL PANEL 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD STEEL SUPPORT -REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 6" 6" DIAMOND PLATE FLOORING 1' - 3 3/8" 6"5/8"2 3/4" 6" 5/8" 2 3/4" 1' - 3 3/8" 5/8" GYPSUM SHEATHING FIREPROOFING F W27X102, REFER STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS W10x33 STUB POST, REFER TO STRUCTURAL FILLER 60 MIL EPDM ROOFING T.O. CONCRETE 886' -0" MIN 3" MIN 3" 5 1/2" RIGID INSULATION SEALANT RAIN HOOD SHEET METAL DAM CARLISLE POURABLE SEALER LAP SEALANT 4TH FLOOR 873' -6" T.O. CONCRETE 886' -0" FRAMED PANEL VERITCAL POST -FULL HEIGHT -EACH SIDE TYPICAL POST SOCKET HORIZONTAL PANEL REINFORCEMENT VERTICAL POST, TYPICAL ± 5' - 1 1/2" 3 1/2" MAX FRAMED DOOR T.O. LANDING 886' -11 1/2" 4TH FLOOR 873' -6" T.O. CONCRETE 886' -0" HORIZONTAL PANEL REINFORCEMENT FRAMED PANEL SLOPED OUTER POST FULL HEIGHT VERTICAL POST FRAMED DOOR 7' - 0" SLOPED INNER POST BEYOND, ATTACHED TO SHIPS LADDER WITH WIRE MESH RUNNING BETWEEN POSTS 2' - 0" EXTRUDED ALUMINUM HORIZONTAL SCREEN OUTSIDE MITERED CORNER W8X10 BEAM, REFER TO STRUCTURAL 3/8" THICK BASEPLATE, TYP. -REFER TO STRUCTURAL HS 4X4 POSTS -REFER TO STRUCTURAL 4" BASE TRIM COUNTERFLASHING EPDM ROOF MEMBRANE N The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1345 1345 A B C A B C DD 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 12/11/2020 4:28:04 PMC:\Users\cvail\Documents\564.15-A_R19_V3_cvail.rvt Sections and Details A-404 564.15 LK Bid Documents 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 1 1/2" = 1'-0" B2 Penthouse N-S Wall Section 1 1/2" = 1'-0" B3 Penthouse E-W Wall Section 1/4" = 1'-0" A3 Stair Section 1/4" = 1'-0" A2 Stair Section 1" = 1'-0" A1 EPDM Roof Drain (Typ.) 3/4" = 1'-0" C1 Metal Panel Beam Penetration -Flashing Detail 3/4" = 1'-0" B1 Metal Panel Beam Penetration -Insulation Infill 1 1/2" = 1'-0" D2 Metal Panel Plan Corner Detail, Typ. 1" = 1'-0" A4 Post Column Flashing Section N-S ### Drawing Notes 110SHIPS LADDER, PAINT P4 - REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS & STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 124PROVIDE SMOKE SHAFT 125PROVIDE 5/16" DIAMOND PLATE FLOORING - REFER TO STRUCTURAL 130NEW OPENING IN CONCRETE DECK - REFER TO STRUCTURAL 131WIRE MESH PANEL TO ATTACH AND FOLLOW SLOPE OF SHIPS LADDER EXTENDING HORIZONTALLY TO VERTICALLY FRAMED WALL OF ELEVATION C4/A-404 132PROVIDE 2-HOUR INTUMESCENT OR CEMENTITIOUS COATING AT ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL 514PROVIDE CAR AND COUNTERWEIGHT GUIDE RAILS, BUFFERS, AND SUPPORTS 1/4" = 1'-0" C4 Wire Mesh Partition Elevation 1/4" = 1'-0" B4 Wire Mesh Partition Elevation 1 1/2" = 1'-0" D1 Screening Corner Detail, Typ. No.DescriptionDate 35" A.F.F. MAXIMUM -TYPICAL FIREFIGHTERS OPERATION DIGITAL CAR POSITION INDICATOR WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROW - TYPICAL FIREFIGHTERS OPERATION CABINET 4' - 4" 1' - 0" LOCKABLE SERVICE CABINET - REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR EQUIPMENT INSIDE SERVICE CABINET CAR CAPACITY ELEVATOR # FASTENERS - TYPICAL EMERGENCY OPERATION BUTTON - TYPICAL DOOR OPEN AND DOOR CLOSE BUTTONS - TYPICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATION BUTTON TYPICAL 2 FLUSH MOUNTED FIXTURE - FACEPLATE TO COVER ALL VOIDS - TYPICAL - SS1 CONTROL BUTTONS COORDINATE WITH NUMBER OF LANDINGS - TYPICAL CONTROL BUTTONS BRAILLE TAGS FOR LANDINGS BELOW THE MAIN ENTRY FLOOR SHALL INDICATE -1, -2, -3 ETC... AS REQUIRED BY CODE TYPICAL CONTROL BUTTON IDENTIFICATION - TYPICAL DOOR OPEN 43 B ALARM PUSH TO HELP CALL DOOR CLOSE 1 G 2' - 7" 1' - 0" CAR CAPACITY ELEVATOR # 2 DOOR OPEN 43 B ALARM PUSH TO HELP CALL DOOR CLOSE 1 G TWO-WAY VISUAL CMMUNICATION SYSTEM - TYPICAL NOYES NOYES LED DIGITAL INDICATOR - TYPICAL 4 1/2" 1' - 2" 4 1/2" LED ILLUMINATED ARROWS - TYPICAL FASTENERS - TYPICAL SURFACE MOUNTED FIXTURE - TYPICAL - SS1 1' - 8" INTERMEDIATE LANDING 1' - 3" 5 1/2" TERMINAL LANDING 1' - 1" FASTENERS - TYPICAL ENGRAVED CUSTOM PICTOGRAPH - TYPICAL DESIGNATED RECALL LANDING ELEVATOR CONTROL PUSH BUTTON - TYPICAL Use Exit Stairs In Case Of Fire Elevators Are Out Of Service Use Exit Stairs In Case Of Fire Elevators Are Out Of Service 5 1/2" Use Exit Stairs In Case Of Fire Elevators Are Out Of Service 5 1/2" 2' - 1" FIREFIGHTER'S OPERATION KEY SWITCH (POSITIONS: "ON", "OFF", "BYPASS") AND VISUAL SIGNAL FIREFIGHTERS' OPERATION TO RECALL ELEVATORS INSERT FIRE KEY AND TURN TO "ON" COMMUNICATION FAILURE LIGHT, SPEAKER, AND RESET SWITCH ELEVATOR COMMUNICATION FAILURE CONTROL BUTTON IDENTIFICATION - TYPICAL PROVIDE BACKBOX TYPICAL FLUSH MOUNTED FIXTURE - FACEPLATE TO COVER ALL VOIDS TYPICAL - SS1 DN UP DN C L 42" A.F.F. DN UP C L 42" A.F.F. TYPICAL EXISTING HOISTWAY WALL CONSTRUCTION 4"4" V.I.F. FASCIA HEIGHT V.I.F. LEDGE DEPTH SECURELY FASTEN TO MASONRY/CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION WITH SELFTAPPING CONCRETE ANCHOR - TYPICAL PROVIDE 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED METAL FASCIA FASTEN FASCIA TOGETHER WITH GALVANIZED FASTENERS PROVIDE BENT STEEL PLATE SUPPORT BRACKET FOR LEDGES OVER 6" TO MEET CODE REQUIRED DEFLECTION LED ILLUMINATED ARROWS FASTENERS - TYPICAL 1' - 0" 3 1/2" BACKBOX FLUSH MOUNTED FIXTURE - FACEPLATE TO COVER ALL VOIDS - SS1 B HANDRAIL - SS1 BASE - TYPICAL SS1 LIGHTING FIXTURES TYPICAL FLOORING TYPICAL - F1 CAR PAD STUDS TYPICAL - SS1 CAR PADS TYPICAL CAR DOOR - SS2 TRANSOM - SS1 SHELL HEIGHT ± 8' - 0" A A B C PLATFORM ± 7' - 2" PLATFORM ± 5' - 1" 4' - 0" EQ EQEQ EXHAUST FAN ISLAND CEILING SYSTEM - TYPICAL SS1 REMOVABLE CEILING PANEL FOR ACCESS TO EMERGENCY EXIT CAR OPERATING PANEL AND AUXILIARY CAR OPERATING PANEL - REFER TO CAR OPERATING FIXTURE CEILING HEIGHT ± 7' - 6" IN-CAR DIRECTION INDICATOR FIXTURE TYPICAL EACH SIDE OF ENTRANCE DOOR HEIGHT 7' - 0" WALL PANELS TYPICAL - LP1 ISLAND CEILING SYSTEM - SS1 IN-CAR DIRECTION INDICATOR 6' - 0" REVEALS TYPICAL - LP2 B SIM OPP 4' - 3" C EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 7' - 0" EQ EQ 4" 2' - 8" 1 1/2" CAR INTERIOR 4' - 3" CAR INTERIOR 7' - 0" EQ EQ 72" A.F.F. ELEVATOR HOISTWAY ACCESS KEYSWITCH TYPICAL BACKBOX - TYPICALV.I.F. 3 1/4" V.I.F. 6" FASTENERS - TYPICAL FLUSH MOUNTED FIXTURE FACEPLATE TO COVER ALL VOIDS - SS1 REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION V.I.F. 3 1/4" V.I.F. 8" REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION RETRACTABLE LADDER CONTROL KEYSWITCH 72" A.F.F. MD C M ONE-LINE DIAGRAM LEGEND ATS: AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH SIGNAL CONNECTION C: ELEVATOR CONTROLLER CD: CAB LIGHT DISCONNECTING MEANS FA: FIRE ALARM MODULES CONNECTION M: ELEVATOR MOTOR MD: ELEVATOR MAINLINE DISCONNECTING MEANS SD: SECURITY DEVICE CONNECTION T: ISOLATION TRANSFORMER TC: EMERGENCY TELE-COMMUNICATION ATS TC FA TO SUPPLY - TYPICAL CD EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED BY THE ELEVATOR CONTRACTOR MACHINE ROOM T PROVIDED UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT (N.I.C.) EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EXISTING CEILING TO REMAIN EXISTING CMU WALL CONSTRUCTION ELEVATOR DOOR EQUIPMENT SHAFTWALL INFILL EXISTING ENTRANCE FRAME TO BE WRAPPED - APPLICABLE AT THE FIRST FLOOR - EXISTING ENTRANCE FRAME TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH EXISTING - APPLICABLE AT ALL OTHER FLOORS PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL TRANSOM APPLICABLE AT THE FIRST FLOOR REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING HOISTWAY FASCIA AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF SHAFTWALL PROVIDE 4" x 4" x 5/16" STRUCTURAL STEEL ANGLE TO FASTEN TRANSOM TO & SUPPORT SHAFTWALL ELEVATOR HALL FIXTURE APPLICABLE AT TERMINAL AND INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS ALL OTHER FLOORS VARIES FIRST FLOOR 2' - 5 1/2" V.I.F. ADHESIVE STUD ANCHOR STEEL ANGLE EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION GROUT SOLID W/ NON-SHRINK GROUT1" HOISTWAY DOOR FRAME BEYOND HOISTWAY LANDING DOORS PROVIDE SILL AS SPECIFIED APPROXIMATE LINE OF TRAVEL OF ELEVATOR CAR EXISTING FINISHED FLOOR HOISTWAY FASCIA HOISTWAY LOBBY EXISTING DOOR FRAME FIRE RESISTANT WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED EXISTING WALL CONSTRUCTION 14 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL HOISTWAY DOOR BLIND FASTENERS TYPICAL NOTE: 1. THERE SHALL BE NO EXPOSED FASTENERS AT THE LOBBY SIDE (BLIND FASTENING). V.I.F.V .I.F.V .I.F. MATCH EXISTING +/- 2" REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING PLASTER FOR INSTALLATION OF FRAME WRAP TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 12/10/2020 10:54:36 AM C:\Users\lkiblin\Documents\564. 15-A_R19_V3_lkiblin.rvt Elevator Details A-501 564.15 CMV Bid Documents 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 3" = 1'-0"A1 Car Operating Fixture 3" = 1'-0"B3 Position Indicator Fixture 3" = 1'-0"C1 Hall Call Fixtures 3/4" = 1'-0"D4 Hoistway Fascia Ledge Detail 3" = 1'-0"B2 In-Car Direction Indicator Fixture 1/2" = 1'-0"A3 Interior Car Elevations 3" = 1'-0"C3 Hoistway Access Fixture NOTE: 1. * DESIGNATED RECALL LANDING 2. ** ALTERNATE RECALL LANDING 2 OVERHEAD GEARLESS TRACTION PASSENGER 3500 350 F F** F* F F F F 8' - 6" 64' - 0" 15' - 0" 1 OVERHEAD GEARLESS TRACTION PASSENGER 3500 350 F F** F* F F F F 8' - 6" 64' - 0" 15' - 0" B G 1 2 3 3 4 ELEVATOR MACHINE TYPE CAPACITY (LBS) SPEED (FPM) LANDINGS (F - FRONT, R - REAR) PIT DEPTH (V.I.F.) TOTAL TRAVEL (V.I.F.) OVERHEAD (V.I.F.) ELEVATOR SCHEDULE NOTE: 1. REFER TO FIXTURE AND CAR ELEVATION DETAILS FOR FINISH LOCATIONS. F1 VINYL SHEET FLOORING B.O.D. STYLE: COLOR: ALTRO RELIANCE 25 ROCK D2504 LP2 LAMINATE PANEL STYLE: COLOR: SOLID PLASTIC LAMINATE CARNELLIAN LP1 LAMINATE PANEL B.O.D. STYLE: COLOR: WILSONART HIGH COMPACT LAMINATE GREY PAMPAS 4168-60 SS1 STAINLESS STEEL STYLE: #4 SATIN FINISH DESIGNATION MATERIAL DESCRIPTION COMMENTS ELEVATOR FINISH SCHEDULE 1/4" = 1'-0"A5 Elevator One-Line Diagram 1 1/2" = 1'-0"B4 Transom Detail 1 1/2" = 1'-0"D3 Elevator Door Sill 3" = 1'-0"B5 Typical Hoistway Frame Wrap Detail No. Description Date 1. THESE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND INDICATE THE SIZE AND GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND SPECIALTIES. EXACT LOCATIONS AND ROUTINGS SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD BEFORE AND AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK. ANY REQUIRED CHANGES TO WORK SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3. DRAWINGS DO NOT INDICATE ALL OFFSETS, CHANGES IN ELEVATION, ETC. WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED BY ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR SUCH CHANGES IN PIPING OR EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE FIELD CONDITIONS AND THE WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTS. 4. THE WORK INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT ENCOMPASSES BOTH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. WORK INCLUDED ON THE DRAWINGS ONLY, OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS ONLY, SHALL BE INCORPORATED AS IF INCLUDED IN BOTH. SYSTEMS ARE INTENDED TO BE COMPLETE AND FULLY FUNCTIONING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SUCH COMPONENTS AS NECESSARY FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING SYSTEM. 5. COORDINATE THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT WITH THE WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTS. PHASE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING TO ENSURE CONSTRUCTABILITY, AND THAT CONSTRUCTION PROCEEDS IN AN ORGANIZED, EFFICIENT, AND ORDERLY MANNER. PIPING TO BE SLOPED SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER PRESSURE PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. 6. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL ALL PIPING AND DUCT PENETRATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEW YORK STATE BUILDING CODE AND NFPA. 7. EXCEPT AS NOTED IN SPECIFICATIONS, ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF BUILDING COMPONENTS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. ALL PATCHING SHALL MATCH THE EXISTING COMPONENTS AND FINISHES. CUTTING AND PATCHING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY PERSONNEL TRAINED AND REGULARLY EMPLOYED FOR SUCH SERVICES. 8. ALL HORIZONTAL DRAINAGE SHALL BE SLOPED AT A MINIMUM OF 1/4" PER FOOT FOR PIPING 2-1/2" OR LESS, AND 1/8" PER FOOT FOR 3" TO 6" PIPING. 9. PHASE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING TO ENSURE CONSTRUCTABILITY, CONSTRUCTION PROCEEDS IN AN EFFICIENT, ORGANIZED, AND ORDERLY MANNER. PIPING TO BE SLOPED SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER PRESSURE PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. 10. INSTALL ALL PIPING, EQUIPMENT, AND SPECIALTIES TO ALLOW MAXIMUM CLEARANCE AND AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL EQUIPMENT, NEW OR EXISTING. DO NOT INSTALL ANYTHING ABOVE OR WITHIN 3 FT. IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL GEAR. 11. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NECESSARY SUPPORT FRAMING, STIFFENERS, BRACING, AND HANGERS WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT TO ENSURE A COMPLETE AND DURABLE SYSTEM. SUPPORT FRAMING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WELDED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OTHERWISE. ACTUAL SUPPORTS MAY VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN IN DETAILS AS REQUIRED BY ACTUAL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED OR BY FIELD CONDITIONS. 12. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION MANUAL OR MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 13. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BALL TYPE SHUT-OFF VALVES IN ALL PIPING BRANCH TAKE-OFFS FROM THE DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY MAINS, WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT, FOR ISOLATION AND SERVICE TO SYSTEM. 14. ANY WORK BEING PERFORMED REQUIRING A SHUTDOWN OF ANY PORTION OF THE BUILDING OR ONE OF ITS SYSTEMS, I.E, STAIRWELLS, CORRIDORS, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, FIRE ALARM, ETC, ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH, AND APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY, THE FACILITY PRIOR TO BEING SHUT DOWN. ALL REQUESTS ARE TO BE IN WRITING AND ALLOW FOR ADEQUATE TIME FOR THE FACILITY TO REVIEW THE IMPACT AND DURATION ASSOCIATED WITH THE SHUTDOWN. @ AT ABV ABOVE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR CLG CEILING CW DOMESTIC COLD WATER DIA, Ⱦ DIAMETER DN DOWN DPCO DECK PLATE CLEANOUT (E) EXISTING FD FLOOR DRAIN HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER INV INVERT LAV LAVATORY LS LAUNDRY SUPPLY MIN MINIMUM NTS NOT TO SCALE RP RECIRCULATION PUMP SCP SOLAR CIRCULATION PUMP SHFD SHOWER FLOOR DRAIN SNK SINK TMV TEMPERATURE MIXING VALVE TYP TYPICAL V VENT VTR VENT THRU ROOF WC WATER CLOSET W/ WITH BALL TYPE VALVE RELIEF VALVE Y STRAINER BALANCING VALVE PIPE RISE PIPE DROP UNION CAP OR PLUG CHECK VALVE SANITARY VENT PIPING NATURAL GAS PIPING SANITARY WASTE LINE HOT WATER SUPPLY COLD WATER SUPPLY MANUAL GAS COCK WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR FLOOR DRAIN/P-TRAP CLEAN OUT VENT THRU ROOF (VTR) DECK PLATE CLEAN OUT FLOW ARROW TRAP PRIMER DESCRIPTION G V SAN ABBREVIATIONS PLUMBING SYMBOLS GENERAL NOTES POINT OF CONNECTION, NEW TO EXISTING POINT OF DISCONNECTION FROM EXISTING SYMBOL HOT WATER RETURN SCALE: ROOF DRAIN DETAIL NTS REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR SIZES AND CONTINUATION OF PIPING. NO HUB CONNECTION STRUCTURAL ROOF DECK ADJUSTABLE COLLAR SECONDARY CLAMP RINK ROOFING AND INSULATION ROUGH BRASS DOME FLASHING DRAIN RECEIVER AFTER FINAL ADJUSTMENT APPLY ROOF CEMENT PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS UNDER DECK CLAMP ASSEMBLY 2" SAN BALL VALVE UNION 1/2" OPEN GRATE ELEVATOR PIT ANGLE IRON SUPPORT, TYP FLOAT SWITCH, TYP SUMP PUMP CHECK VALVE 3" 9" 6" HIGH LIQUID ALARM. PROVIDE CONNECTION TO EXISTING BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM. PUMP ON PUMP OFF NEMA 4X JUNCTION BOX (POINT OF DISCONNECT) WATER TIGHT PIPE SLEEVE SEAL CONTROL AND ANNUNCIATOR PANEL WITH REMOTE ALARM CONTACT 4" SCH 40 PVC CONDUIT CONTROL WIRING LOCATE CONTROL PANEL IN EXISTING ADJACENT ROOM, INSIDE DOOR AT UPPER LEVEL. REFER TO PLAN C3 ON DRAWING A-401 FOR LOCATION 120V-1∅ CORD AND PLUG SUMP PUMP PIT (2'-0" x 2'-0" x 2'-6") SCALE: ELEVATOR SHAFT SUMP PUMP DETAIL NTS SUMP PUMP SCHEDULE UNIT TAG LOCATION SERVICE GPM (GPH) HEAD FT. WG. RPM ELECTRICAL BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER BASIS OF DESIGN MODEL NUMBER REMARKSHP VOLTS PHASE SP-1 ELEVATOR PIT ELEVATOR SUMP 100 10 1-1/2 208 3 ZOELLER 188 PLACE REMARKS HERE 1 1 OVERFLOW PIPE NOTE: PROVIDE ROOF DRAIN WITH INTEGRAL OVERFLOW DRAIN. The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\P-001.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 General Notes and Details P-001 JFE UP SCALE: Enlarged Sub-Basement Demo Plan 1/4"=1'-0"P-401 1 ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM & PIT MACHINE ROOM ELEVATOR 2800UG ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A SCALE: Enlarged Sub-Basement Plan 1/4"=1'-0"P-401 2 ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM & PIT MACHINE ROOM ELEVATOR 2800UG ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A SCALE: Enlarged Fourth Floor Plan 1/4"=1'-0"P-401 3 SCALE: Penthouse Plan 1/4"=1'-0"P-401 4 1 RD-A 2" ST PIPING UP TO ROOF DRAIN 2" ST PIPING DOWN TO FOURTH FLOOR 2" ST PIPING UP TO PENTHOUSE 2 3 (E) ROOF DRAIN (E) 5" ST PIPING UP DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE, WATTS RD-940 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2" ST OVERFLOW PIPING DOWN TO 18" ABOVE ADJACENT ROOF LEVEL PROVIDE AIR GAP FITTING AT CONNECTION TO EXISTING (E) 6" ST PIPING DN EXISTING SUMP PUMP TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ASSOCIATED PIPING TO POINT OF DISCONNECTION SHOWN. CAP EXISTING PIPING TO REMAIN. COORDINATE FOR DISCONNECTION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE BY DIVISION 26. PROVIDE SIMPLEX SUMP PUMP AS INDICATED IN SUMP PROVIDED BY G.C., INSTALL PER DETAIL ON SHEET P-001 AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW SUMP BASIN AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE FOR CONNECTION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE BY DIVISION 26. G.C. TO REMOVE, STORE SAFELY AND RE-INSTALL PORTION OF EXISTING ACT CEILING AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF PIPING. COORDINATE EXTENT OF CEILING REMOVALS REQUIRED. 1 2 3 REFER TO P-001 FOR PLUMBING LEGEND, ABBREVIATIONS, AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. DEMOLITION PLAN: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, MECHANICAL/PLUMBING ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY DASHED ( ) SHALL BE DEMOLISHED AND MECHANICAL/PLUMBING ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT SOLID ( ) SHALL BE EXISTING TO REMAIN. INSTALLATION PLAN: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, MECHANICAL/PLUMBING ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY SOLID ( ) SHALL BE NEW AND MECHANICAL/PLUMBING ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT SOLID ( ) SHALL BE EXISTING TO REMAIN. The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\P-401.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Enlarged Floor Plans P-401 JFE UP UP SCALE: KEY PLAN NTS SUB-BASEMENT SCALE: KEY PLAN NTS PENTHOUSE AIR DEVICES 12"x12" S1 XXX CFM SANITARY TRAP PIPE REDUCER WEIGHTED CHECK VALVE CHECK VALVE CAP OR PLUG BOTTOM CONNECTION TOP CONNECTION FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTOR GLOBE VALVE SHUT OFF VALVE PIPE RISE PIPE DROP UNION BALANCING VALVE PUMP RELIEF VALVE Y STRAINER MANUAL AIR VENT PRESSURE GAGE THERMOMETER THREE WAY VALVE TWO WAY VALVE @ AT AAD AUTOMATIC AIR DAMPER ABV ABOVE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER BTU/HR BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CH CHILLED WATER CONV CONVECTOR DIA, ∅ DIAMETER DN DOWN (E) EXISTING EA EXHAUST AIR EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EF EXHAUST FAN EFF EFFICIENCY ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE EXH EXHAUST °F DEGREES FAHRENHEIT FC FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FD FLOOR DRAIN FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FO FUEL OIL FOP FUEL OIL PUMP FPM FEET PER MINUTE FTR FIN TUBE RADIATOR HP HORSEPOWER HZ HERTZ IN," INCH, INCHES LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE MBH THOUSAND BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS MOP MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT PROTECTION NO NUMBER OA OUTDOOR AIR % PERCENT PH PHASE PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH RM ROOM RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RX REMOVE EXISTING SA SUPPLY AIR SF SUPPLY FAN SP STATIC PRESSURE SPEC SPECIFICATION SQ SQUARE SQ FT SQUARE FOOT ΔT TEMPERATURE DROP TEMP, T TEMPERATUIRE TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE TYP TYPICAL V VENT, VOLTS VD VOLUME DAMPER VEL VELOCITY W/ WITH WG WATER GAUGE EQUIPMENT PUMP BOILER DESIGNATION PBDRAWING DRAWING NORTH ARROW SECTION REFERENCE: FINNED TUBE RADIATIONFTRAS- AIR SEPARATOR EXT- EXPANSION TANK X-XXX X GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS DESIGNATIONS PIPING SYMBOLS AIR DEVICE DESIGNATOR (S/R/E) AIR FLOW (TO BE BALANCED) NECK SIZE 1. WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, THE LATEST APPLICABLE CODE OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, AND APPLICABLE RULES, REGULATIONS, LAWS, AND ORDINANCES OF FEDERAL AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES. 2. THE SCOPE OF WORK INDICATED IN THESE DOCUMENTS SHALL INCLUDE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, FULLY ADJUSTED, TESTED AND READY TO USE. PROVIDE ITEMS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEMS SUCH AS CUTTING, AND PATCHING ROOFING, CARPENTRY ETC. EXAMINE WORK INDICATED FOR TRADES IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF THE WORK REQUIRED TO BE COMPLETED. 3. IT IS THE INTENTION OF THESE DRAWINGS TO CALL FOR FINISHED WORK, TESTED AND READY FOR OPERATION. WHEREVER THE WORD "PROVIDE" IS USED, IT SHALL MEAN "FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE, TESTED, AND READY FOR USE." 4. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT SHOW EVERY COMPONENT AND/OR ACCESSORY REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. ADDITIONAL DETAILS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED TO BE DEVELOPED BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ITEMS NECESSARY FOR A PROPERLY WORKING SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH ACCEPTED INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 5. PRIOR TO BID, THE CONTRACTOR MAY VISIT THE SITE AND IDENTIFY ITEMS THAT MAY AFFECT THEIR BID. FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VISIT THE SITE TO UNDERSTAND THE COMPLEXITY OF THE PROJECT SHALL NOT ALLOW THE CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT CONTRACT CHANGES RELATED TO SITE FACILITY CONDITIONS. PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION, FABRICATION, REMOVAL, OR RELOCATION OF ANY WORK, THE CONTRACTORS SHALL REVIEW THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND SHALL COORDINATE WORK WITH THE PLANS, EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, BUILDING STRUCTURE AND WORK OF OTHER TRADES. WHERE CONFLICTS OCCUR, OR IF CONNECTIONS THERETO CAN NOT BE MADE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO MATERIAL FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 6. WHERE THE WORK OF VARIOUS TRADES WILL BE INSTALLED IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO ONE ANOTHER OR WHERE THERE IS EVIDENCE THAT THE WORK OF ONE TRADE WILL INTERFERE WITH WORK OF OTHER, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WORK OUT SPACE CONDITIONS TO MAKE A SATISFACTORY ADJUSTMENT. IF THE CONTRACTOR ALLOWS ONE TRADE TO INSTALL HIS WORK BEFORE COORDINATING WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE NECESSARY CHANGES TO CORRECT THE CONDITIONS IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER AND BEAR THE COST OF SUCH CORRECTIONS. MAINTENANCE ACCESS TO EXISTING AND NEW SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE COMPROMISED. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE EQUIPMENT WHICH MUST BE SERVICED, OPERATED, OR MAINTAINED IN FULLY ACCESSIBLE POSITION. EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, VALVES, MOTORS, CONTROLLERS, DRAIN PANS, ETC. IF REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBILITY, FURNISH ACCESS DOORS FOR THE PURPOSE. MINOR DEVIATIONS FROM DRAWINGS MAY BE MADE TO ALLOW FOR BETTER ACCESSIBILITY AND ANY CHANGES FOR THAT PURPOSE SHOULD BE PRE-APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. 8. WORK IN OCCUPIED SPACE SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER, SCHEDULED IN ADVANCE AND ARRANGE TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION TO THE OWNERS OPERATION. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE THE ENTIRE MECHANICAL SYSTEM INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT IN PROPER WORKING ORDER AND SHALL, WITHOUT CHARGE, REPLACE ANY WORK OR MATERIALS WHICH DEVELOP DEFECTS, WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR, AND SHALL INCUR FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITIES FOR, ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY OR RESULTING FROM DEFECTS IN HIS WORK. 11. PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING OF WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS OF EQUIPMENT FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER. ADDITIONALLY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH A DRAWING SHOWING THE DIMENSIONED LOCATION AND SIZE OF PENETRATIONS FOR ENGINEER'S APPROVAL. 12. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS OF THERMOSTATS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO ADA REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL NOT MOUNT THERMOSTATS GREATER THAN 48 INCHES OFF FINISHED FLOOR AND NO LESS THAN 15 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 13. WHEREVER PIPES, CONDUITS, OR OTHER ITEMS PASS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS, THE SPACE BETWEEN THE ITEM AND THE MASONRY OR THE SPACE BETWEEN THE ITEM AND THE SLEEVE SHALL BE ADEQUATELY FIRE STOPPED WITH A NON COMBUSTIBLE, NON MELTING UL LISTED SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA STANDARDS AND THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 14. OPENINGS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION SHALL BE CLOSED, SEALED AND FINISHED TO MATCH EXISTING AND TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATINGS. IMMEDIATELY FOR FIRE SEPARATIONS AND TEMPORARILY FOR OPENINGS TO MAINTAIN FIRE SEPARATION. 15. PROVIDE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOORS, ROOFS ETC. REQUIRED FOR DEMOLITION OR NEW WORK, REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT TO MATCH EXISTING & ADJACENT FINISHES. CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND FINISH DAMAGED AREA TO NEAREST WALL CORNER. 16. FINISHES DAMAGED DURING THE PROJECT SHALL BE REPAIRED TO MATCH EXISTING. 17. WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70, THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE, INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE, OSHA AND NATIONAL SAFETY CODE REQUIREMENTS. 18. SHOULD ANY OUTAGES BE REQUIRED IN THE COURSE OF THIS PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SUCH OUTAGES WITH THE PROJECT MANAGER OR DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE, SCHEDULING ANY OUTAGES DURING THE NON WORKING HOURS, SO AS NOT TO EFFECT FACILITY OPERATIONS, 72 HOURS NOTICE WILL BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO ANY OUTAGE. NO OUTAGE MAY BE EXECUTED PRIOR TO APPROVAL OF THE OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE AND THE FACILITY MANAGER. 19. ALL ROOF WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A CERTIFIED ROOF INSPECTOR. ROOF OPENINGS BEING REUSED SHALL BE CAPPED UNTIL REPLACEMENT EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. 20. DUCT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE SHOWN AS "SIDE SEEN" X "SIDE NOT SEEN" AND INDICATE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. ROUND DUCT MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR RECTANGULAR DUCT, AS APPROVED, PROVIDING CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA IS MAINTAINED. SUBSTITUTE SIZES ACCORDING TO THE TABLE OF EQUIVALENT RECTANGULAR DUCT DIMENSIONS, ASHRAE HANDBOOK OF FUNDAMENTALS. FIELD VERIFY CLEARANCE FOR ROUND DUCT IN LIEU OF RECTANGULAR. 21. COORDINATE WALL AND ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 22. PRESSURE TEST THE ENTIRE HEATING SYSTEM PIPING AND EQUIPMENT BEFORE FILLING WITH WATER. PRESSURE TEST CONSISTS OF FILLING THE SYSTEM WITH AIR AND PRESSURIZING SYSTEM TO 60 PSI. TEST SHALL PASS WHEN THERE IS NO CHANGE IN PRESSURE UNDER STABLE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS OVER A 24 HOUR PERIOD. 23. ANY WORK BEING PERFORMED REQUIRING A SHUTDOWN OF ANY PORTION OF THE BUILDING OR ONE OF ITS SYSTEMS, I.E, STAIRWELLS, CORRIDORS, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, FIRE ALARM, ETC, ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH, AND APPROVED IN ADVANCE BY, THE FACILITY PRIOR TO BEING SHUT DOWN. ALL REQUESTS ARE TO BE IN WRITING AND ALLOW FOR ADEQUATE TIME FOR THE FACILITY TO REVIEW THE IMPACT AND DURATION ASSOCIATED WITH THE SHUTDOWN. DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL SD FD XXX ∅ THERMOSTAT OR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AIR FLOW AUTOMATIC AIR VENT PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE PLUG PRESSURE GAUGE w/GAUGE COCK THERMOMETER SMOKE DETECTOR AIR MONITORING DEVICE SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER RETURN AIR GRILLE EXHAUST AIR GRILLE FIRE DAMPER SMOKE DAMPER MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER SQUARE TO ROUND DUCT TRANSITION FLEXIBLE CONNECTION DUCTWORK SOUND LINING, 1"THICK ACCESS DOOR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER DUCT TRANSITION RECTANGULAR BRANCH TAKE-OFF BELL MOUTH BRANCH TAKE-OFF ROUND BRANCH TAKE-OFF CIRCULAR AIR DIFFUSER CIRCULAR DUCT DROP OFF BOTTOM SUPPLY AIR DEVICE WITH 2'x2' LAY-IN PANEL RETURN AIR DEVICE WITH 2'x2' LAY-IN PANEL SUPPLY/OUTSIDE AIR DUCT RISER RETURN AIR DUCT RISER EXHAUST/RELIEF AIR DUCT RISER ELBOW w/ DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES ROUND DUCT RISER DIAMETER CONTROL DEVICE POINT OF CONNECTION, NEW TO EXISTING POINT OF DISCONNECTION FROM EXISTING SD AD SD FD SD T FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK PU POINT OF USE SWITCH MECHANICAL LEGEND FSDFSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER REVERSE-ACTING (COOLING) THERMOSTAT OR SENSORT DUCT SMOKE DETECTORDSD R The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\M-001.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 General Notes, Abbreviations and Symbols M-001 JFE SHEET KEY NOTES: COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR NEW ROOF OPENING. BASE BID: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK TO REMAIN IN ORIGONAL LOCATION. ALTERNATE 1: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN, TWIN CITY MODEL 330 BCV, DISCHARGE DUCTWORK, SUPPORTS AND ALL ACCESSORIES TO BE RELOCATED AS INDICATED. BASE BID: RELOCATE EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO LOCATION INDICATED. ALTERNATE 1: PROVIDE REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING EXHAUST FAN IN INDICATED LOCATION AS INDICATED. BASE BID: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN. ALTERNATE 1: PROVIDE REPLACEMENT EXHAUST FAN AS INDICATED. PROVIDE CURB ADAPTOR TO EXISTING 38"x38" ROOF CURB. PROVIDE DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AS INDICATED. INSTALL OUTDOOR UNIT ON ROOF EQUIPMENT RAILS ON ROOF PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALL INDOOR UNIT HIGH ON WALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT PIPING BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNIT SIZED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. ROUTE CONDENSATE PIPING FROM INDOOR UNIT ALONG PATH OF REFRIGERANT PIPING, DISCHARGE TO EXTERIOR OF PENTHOUSE 18" ABOVE ROOF HEIGHT. PROVIDE UNIT HEATER AS INDICATED. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND DETAIL ON SHEET M-501 TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM 7'-0" AFF CLEARANCE. SUPPORT DUCTWORK VIA ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT RAILS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 GENERAL SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO M001 FOR MECHANICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, MECHANICAL/PLUMBING ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY SOLID ( ) SHALL BE NEW AND MECHANICAL/PLUMBING ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT SOLID ( ) SHALL BE EXISTING TO REMAIN. SCALE: Enlarged Fourth Floor Plan 1/4"=1'-0"M-401 1 (E) EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) 20x16 EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) 66x26 SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN (E) 14x14 EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) 16x14 EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) 56x18 SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN (E) 36x24 SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN (E) 36x24 SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN CONNECT TO (E) EXHAUST DUCT BELOW ROOF LEVEL. 1 UH-1 T HWU-1 (E) RELOCATED EXHAUST FAN (E) EXHAUST DUCT DOWN THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST DUCT DOWN THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST DUCT DOWN THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) RELOCATED EXHAUST FAN (E) RELOCATED EXHAUST FAN EF-20 EF-3 3/4" HWS & HWR PIPING UP TO PENTHOUSE EF-9 (E) RELOCATED EXHAUST FAN (E) RELOCATED EXHAUST FAN ACCU-1 (E) 2" HWS & HWR PIPING TO REMAIN 1 CAP (E) EXHAUST DUCT BELOW ROOF LEVEL. 14"x14" 18"x18" 12"x12" 30"x48" 36"x36" 14"x14" 4 2 2 3 3 5 6 7 The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\M-401.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Enlarged Floor Plans M-401 JFE ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER ADJUSTABLE ROLLER HANGER W-SECTION BEAM STEEL BAR JOIST NOTES: 1. 2"x2"x1/4" ANGLE FOR STEEL JOIST DETAIL APPLIES TO MAX PANEL SPACING 6 FT, MAX PIPE SIZE 6 IN, AND MAX HANGER SPACING 12 FT, FOR GREATER DIMENSIONS CONSULT ENGINEER IN WRITING. 2. TRAPEZE STYLE HANGER DETAIL APPLIES FOR UP TO (2) PIPES MAXIMUM PIPE SIZE 6 IN. FOR GREATER PIPE QUANTITIES OR SIZES CONSULT ENGINEER IN WRITING. 3. HANGER ROD LOADS NOT TO EXCEED 500 POUNDS. ADJUST FREQUENCY OF SPACING IF NECESSARY. TRAPEZE STYLE HANGER BEAM CLAMP BEAM FLANGE HANGER ROD HANGER ROD LOCK NUT SUPPORT NUT HEAVY DUTY CLEVIS HANGER INSULATION HIGH DENSITY INSULATION INSERT 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET SHIELD. 12" MIN. LENGTH BOTTOM CHORD OF JOIST 2"x2"x1/4" ANGLE EACH SIDE OF WEB MEMBERS. REST ON TOP OF BOTTOM CHORD OF JOIST 1-1/2"x3/16" BENT STRAP OVER VERTICAL LEGS OF ANGLES HANGER ROD LOCK NUT SUPPORT NUT INSULATION WELD SADDLE WELD WEB MEMBER 1/2" ∅ HANGER ROD W/ UNI-STRUT @ 36" OC MAX SPACING 1-5/8" 12 GAUGE UNI-STRUT OR 2"x2"x1/4" ANGLE INSULATION METAL DRAW BAND 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL SHIELD. 12" MIN LENGTH WITH HIGH DENSITY INSULATION INSERT. SCALE: PIPE HANGER DETAILS NTS AUTOMATIC AIR DAMPER EXHAUST FAN MOTOR VIBRATION ISOLATOR SUPPORT RAIL ROOF DECK DUCT SUPPORT PER DETAIL REINFORCED ROOF PENETRATION, TYP DUCT CURB HIGH VELOCITY STACK (SIZE FOR 3500 FPM) FLEXIBLE CONNECTION 2-1/2 X DUCT DIAMETER, MIN. SCALE: ROOF-MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN DETAIL NTS VD BRANCH VOLUME DAMPER ELBOW WITH DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES. 45° L = 1/4xW OR 4" MIN. W VOLUME DAMPER STANDARD RECTANGULAR DUCT BRANCH TAKE-OFF (BRANCH FLOW LESS THAN 25% OF MAIN FLOW) STANDARD RECTANGULAR BRANCH TAKE-OFF (BRANCH FLOW LESS THAN 25% OF MAIN FLOW) MAINW Y Y L 15° MAXIMUM BOTH SIDES BELL MOUTH CONNECTION WHERE HEIGHT OF MAIN DUCT PERMITS 90° RECTANGULAR TO ROUND BOOT CONNECTION MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER, TYP. STANDARD RECTANGULAR BOOT WITH RECTANGULAR-TO-ROUND TRANSITION 45° RECTANGULAR TO ROUND BOOT CONNECTION ALTERNATE RECTANGULAR-TO-ROUND DUCT BRANCH CONNECTIONS 45° (BRANCH FLOW LESS THAN 25% OF MAIN FLOW) SCALE: DUCTWORK DETAILS NTS S-TYPE SLIP CONNECTION 10 GA STEEL SLEEVE DAMPER WALL/FLOOR 1-1/1" x 1-1/2" x 10 GA STEEL ANGLE ALL AROUND. OVERLAP OPENING BY 1" MIN. SECURE RETAINING ANGLES TO SLEEVE AND DAMPER TO SLEEVE WITH NO. 10 SHEET METAL SCREWS, SPACED AT 8" OC. 12"x12" HINGED ACCESS DOOR WITH CAM LOCK AND NEOPRENE GASKET. PROVIDE REMOVABLE DUCT SECTION FOR DUCT SIZES SMALLER THAN 14" NOTE: CONFIRM THAT THIS DETAIL IS IN COMPLETE COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DETAIL FOR SPECIFIC DAMPER FURNISHED. SCALE: FIRE DAMPER DETAIL NTS NOTE: 1. SUSPEND UNIT DEAD LEVEL BOTH VERTICALLY & HORIZONTALLY. 2. SUSPEND UNIT HEATER SO THAT IT MAY BE EASILY DISCONNECTED & REMOVED FOR SERVICE. 3. PROVIDE FOR EXPANSION IN RUNOUT. 4. DO NOT ALLOW PIPING TO EXTEND BELOW CASING. 5. ADJUST SUPPORT RODS SO THAT UNIT DOES NOT REST ON PIPING. 6. ADJUST PIPE HANGERS SO THAT PIPING DOES NOT REST ON UNIT HEATER. ALL THREADED ROD TO STRUCTURE. SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. UNION DRAIN VALVE WITH HOSE BIB AND CAP MANUAL AIR VENT HWS HWR SCALE: HYDRONIC UNIT HEATER PIPING DETAIL NTS ROOF DECK AUTOMATIC AIR DAMPER PROVIDE GASKETING BETWEEN DUCT & CURB. CURB FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. CURB, CANT STRIP, & FLASHING INSTALLED BY GC. ROOF OPENING & ANGLE FRAMING BY GC. ACCESS DOOR 12"x8" MIN. SCALE: DUCT ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL NTS EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE UNIT TAG SERVICE ARRANGEMENT DRIVE CFM SP (IN WG) FAN RPM MAX SONES ROOF OPENING SIZE ELECTRICAL BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER BASIS OF DESIGN MODEL NUMBER REMARKSHP (W) VOLTS PHASE EF-3 BASEMENT UTILITY BELT 10000 1.0 934 - - 5 208 3 LOREN COOK 270 CPAA EF-9 MEN'S RESTROOM DOWNBLAST BELT 3460 0.5 906 12.2 24x24 3/4 208 3 LOREN COOK 195 ACEB EF-20 FUME HOOD UTILITY BELT 1300 1 1802 - - 1/2 120 1 LOREN COOK 270 CPAA PROVIDE WITH STARTER AND DISCONNECT, FAN SHALL BE ENABLED BY EXISTING BUILDINGS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LOCAL CONTROLLER 1 1 1 1 CURB FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. CURB, CANT STRIP, & FLASHING INSTALLED BY GC. ACCESS DOOR 12"x8" MIN. SCALE: EXHAUST FAN WITH BDD DETAIL ROOF-MOUNTED NTS FASTEN FAN TO CURB WITH 1/4" LAG BOLTS MIN. (2) EA SIDE. PROVIDE GASKETING BETWEEN VENT & CURB. PRE HOOD WITH BIRD SCREEN ROOF DECK ROOF OPENING & ANGLE FRAMING BY GC. WATER TIGHT DUCT PLENUM SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. LENGTH AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE BRANCH DUCT ELEVATION. EXHAUSE DUCT SIZE AS SHOWN ON PLANS AUTOMATIC AIR DAMPER UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE UNIT TAG MOUNTING ARRANGEMENT MBH SUPPLY CFM EWT (°F) LWT (°F) GPM ELECTRICAL BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER BASIS OF DESIGN MODEL NUMBER REMARKSVOLTS PHASE W UH-1 SUSPENDED 8 245 180 160 1 120 1 - STERLING HS-108A INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 1 1 SPLIT SYSTEM SCHEDULE (RATED FOR -22°F) INDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT UNIT TAG LOCATION ARRANGEMENT TOTAL COOLING (MBH) HEATING CAPACITY (MBH) ESP (IN. W.G.) SUPPLY CFM HIGH/LOW ELECTRICAL UNIT TAG LOCATION SEER TOTAL COOLING (MBH) ELECTRICAL BASIS OF DESIGN MANUFACTURER BASIS OF DESIGN MODEL NUMBER REMARKSVOLTS PHASE MCA VOLTS PHASE MCA HWU-1 MACH. RM HIGH WALL UNIT 24 32 - 700/575 208 1 1 ACCU-1 OUTSIDE 19.5 24 208 1 24 LENNOX M33A SERIES PROVIDE WITH LOW AMBIENT OPERATION DOWN TO 0°F. PROVIDE WITH INTERNAL CONDENSATE LIFT PUMP. 1 1 The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\M-501.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Details and Schedules M-501 JFE SCALE: Roof Demo Plan 1/4"=1'-0"MD-101 3 ROOF SCALE: Enlarged Fourth Floor Demo Plan 1/4"=1'-0"MD-101 2 UP SCALE: Enlarged Sub-Basement Demo Plan 1/4"=1'-0"MD-101 1 ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM 1(E) EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST FAN TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXHAUST FAN (E) EXHAUST FAN TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXHAUST FAN TO BE REMOVED (E) EXHAUST FAN (E) 18x12 SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN (E) 86x50 DUCT TO REMAIN T (E) 18x12 RETURN DUCT BELOW TO REMAIN 18"Ⱦ 16x12 12x12 SCALE: Reference Photo - No. 1 NTS (E) EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST FAN TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXHAUST FAN SCALE: Reference Photo - No. 2 NTS (E) EXHAUST FAN (E) EXHAUST FAN TO BE RELOCATED 2 3 SCALE: Reference Photo - No. 3 NTS (E) EXHAUST FAN TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXHAUST DUCT DOWN THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST DUCT DOWN THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) 20x16 EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) 66x26 SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN (E) 14x14 EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) 16x14 EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST DUCT TO BE REMOVED TO BELOW ROOF LEVEL (E) EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO REMAIN (E) 56x18 SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN (E) 36x24 SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN (E) 36x24 SUPPLY DUCT TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST DUCT TO BE REMOVED TO BELOW ROOF LEVEL. 1 2 3 SCALE: Reference Photo - No. 4 NTS (E) EXHAUST FAN (E) EXHAUST FAN (E) 42"X36" EXHAUST DUCT ON ROOF (E) EXHAUST FAN 4 (E) EXHAUST FAN (E) EXHAUST FAN 4 4 5 8 5 6 7 7 SHEET KEY NOTES: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN, LOREN COOK MODEL 180 CPAA, DISCHARGE DUCTWORK, SUPPORTS AND ALL ACCESSORIES TO BE RELOCATED. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN, TWIN CITY MODEL 182 BCV, DISCHARGE DUCTWORK, SUPPORTS AND ALL ACCESSORIES TO BE RELOCATED. VERIFY AIR FLOW PRIOR TO RELOCATING EQUIPMENT. UPON COMPLETION OF RELOCATION, VERIFY THE AIRFLOW TO ENSURE NO CHANGE IN AIRFLOW HAS OCCURRED. RE-BALANCE IF DISCREPANCY IN READINGS. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN, TWIN CITY MODEL 270 CPS, DISCHARGE DUCTWORK, SUPPORTS AND ALL ACCESSORIES TO BE RELOCATED. VERIFY AIR FLOW PRIOR TO RELOCATING EQUIPMENT. UPON COMPLETION OF RELOCATION, VERIFY THE AIRFLOW TO ENSURE NO CHANGE IN AIRFLOW HAS OCCURRED. RE-BALANCE IF DISCREPANCY IN READINGS. BASE BID: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN AND ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK TO REMAIN. ALTERNATE 1: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN, TWIN CITY MODEL 330 BCV, DISCHARGE DUCTWORK, SUPPORTS AND ALL ACCESSORIES TO BE RELOCATED. BASE BID: RELOCATE EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO LOCATION INDICATED ON M-401. VERIFY AIR FLOW PRIOR TO RELOCATING EQUIPMENT. UPON COMPLETION OF RELOCATION, VERIFY THE AIRFLOW TO ENSURE NO CHANGE IN AIRFLOW HAS OCCURRED. RE-BALANCE IF DISCREPANCY IN READINGS. ALTERNATE 1: PROVIDE REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING EXHAUST FAN AS INDICATED ON M-401. BASE BID: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN. ALTERNATE 1: PROVIDE REPLACEMENT EXHAUST FAN AS INDICATED ON M-401. RE-BALANCE EXISTING SUPPLY/RETURN AIRFLOW TO ROOM TO 200 CFM. EXISTING ABANDONED EXHAUST FAN TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK BELOW ROOF LEVEL AND CAP. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GENERAL SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO M001 FOR MECHANICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, MECHANICAL/PLUMBING ITEMS SHOWN HEAVY DASHED ( ) SHALL BE DEMOLISHED AND MECHANICAL/PLUMBING ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT SOLID ( ) SHALL BE EXISTING TO REMAIN. The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\MD-101.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Enlarged Removal Floor Plans MD-101 JFE TEXT ADJACENT TO RECEPTACLES INDICATES CONFIGURATION OR ACCESSORIES. REFER TO LIST BELOW FOR DEFINITIONS. # INDICATES PANELBOARD CIRCUIT TO WHICH RECEPTACLE SHALL BE CIRCUITED. REFER TO HOMERUN FOR PANELBOARD DESIGNATION. W EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES SUBJECT TO DAMP ENVIRONMENTS SHALL HAVE WEATHER-PROOF-IN-USE BUBBLE COVER WITH PADLOCK CAPABILITY. G RECEPTACLE EQUIPPED WITH INTEGRAL GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER U COMBINATION RECEPTACLE AND USB CHARGER. 1. FACEPLATE COLOR - LIGHT ALMOND, UON. 2. DEVICE COLOR - LIGHT ALMOND, UON. A AMPERES ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AFG ABOVE FINISH GRADE AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY AL ALUMINUM ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE AXL ACROSS-THE-LINE MOTOR STARTER BFG BELOW FINISH GRADE BLDG BUILDING C CONDUIT CB CIRCUIT BREAKER CKT CIRCUIT CL CENTERLINE CLF CURRENT LIMITING FUSE CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER CU COPPER DWG DRAWING EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ECB ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER EF EXHAUST FAN EM EMERGENCY EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING F FUSE FLA FULL LOAD AMPERES FMC FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT FT FEET GFCI,GFI GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER GND,G GROUND OR GROUNDING HOA HAND, OFF, AUTOMATIC SWITCH KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS KVA KILOVOLT AMPERES KW KILOWATTS LTG LIGHTING LFMC LIQUID-TIGHT FMC MC METAL CLAD CABLE MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR MFR MANUFACTURER MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY NC NORMALLY CLOSED NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE NEMA NAT'L ELECTRICAL MFR'S ASSOC. NF NON FUSED NTS NOT TO SCALE P POLE PH PHASE PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE QTY QUANTITY REQ'D REQUIRED RMC RIGID METAL CONDUIT RTU ROOF TOP UNIT SP SPARE TYP TYPICAL UG UNDERGROUND OR UNDERGRADE UON,UNO UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED V VOLT W WIRE WAP WIRELESS ACCESS POINT WP WEATHER PROOF RATED DEVICE XFMR TRANSFORMER ∆ DELTA Υ WYE ɸ PHASE SURFACE MTD BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. 208/120 3PH, 4W. L2PA-2 LP2A-1,3,5 240 VAC HEAVY DUTY NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. "AF" - INDICATES FRAME SIZE "P" - INDICATES # OF POLES 240 VAC HEAVY DUTY FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. "AF" - INDICATES FRAME SIZE "AT" - INDICATES FUSE TRIP SIZE "P" - INDICATES # OF POLES JUNCTION AND/OR PULL BOX ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AS DEFINED IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE. PANELBOARD WITH MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER # = 3-PHASE VOLTAGE PANELBOARD WITH MAIN LUGS ONLY # = 3-PHASE VOLTAGE RECESSED MTD BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARD. 208/120 3PH, 4W. # # **NOTE** CONDUCTORS REQUIRED FOR LUMINAIRE SWITCHING ARE NOT ACCOUNTED FOR ON THE PLANS USING HASH MARKS. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY NECESSARY CONDUCTORS REQUIRED FOR SWITCHING IN BID. SWITCHING DESIGNATIONS (LOWER CASE LETTERS) ARE SHOWN TO ILLUSTRATE SWITCHING INTENT. CIRCUIT ROUTING SHOWN ON DRAWINGS SHALL BE CONSIDERED DIAGRAMMATIC ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NECESSARY OFFSETS AND ROUTE FEEDERS AFTER HAVING CONSIDERED ALL FIELD OBSTACLES FUSE MODED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER "AF" INDICATES AMPERE FRAME SIZE "AT" INDICATES AMPERE TRIP SETTINGS FUSED DISCONNECT "400AF" INDICATES AMPERE SWITCH SIZE "300AT" INDICATES AMPERE FUSE SIZE DISCONNECT SWITCH (NON-FUSED) "200A" INDICATES AMPERE SWITCH SIZE 'A' UPPER CASE LETTER INDICATES FIXTURE TYPE. 'a' LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCH CONTROL. WHERE NO SWITCH CONTROL DESIGNATION IS PROVIDED, CONTROL SHALL BE VIA MASTER ROOM SWITCH OR MASTER ROOM OCCUPANCY SENSOR (WHERE PROVIDED). '#' INDICATES PANELBOARD CIRCUIT TO WHICH FIXTURE SHALL BE CIRCUITED. 'NL' INDICATES NIGHT LIGHT. FIXTURE SHALL NOT HAVE SWITCH CONTROL. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED 8'-6" AFF. PROVIDE PENDANTS AS REQUIRED BY ROOM CEILING/STRUCTURE HEIGHT. GENERAL ABBREVIATIONS LIGHTING WIRING DEVICES POWER EQUIPMENT GENERAL SCHEDULES CIRCUITING LEGEND FIRE ALARM, MASS NOTIFICATION, AND MONACO SYSTEM LEGEND FIRE ALARM PULL STATION FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR - PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR "S" DENOTES - MOUNT ON SUPPLY SIDE "R" DENOTES - MOUNT ON RETURN SIDE INITIATION DEVICES FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR - FIXED HEAD 135°F FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR - RATE OF RISE F **AF **AT 200A # # # # AF/AT/P AF/P J GENERAL NOTES SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS 1. THIS SHEET CONTAINS SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS TYPICALLY SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SCHEMATICS. THIS CONTRACT DRAWING SET MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND ARRANGE FOR ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2014 NEC, AND STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNING REGULATIONS. 3. PERFORM WORK AS REQUIRED BY CODES, REGULATIONS, LAWS OF LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL GOVERNMENTS, AND OTHER AUTHORITIES WITH LAWFUL JURISDICTION. ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE UL, NEMA, ANSI, IEEE, ADA & CBM SCOPE 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INCLUDING ALL NECESSARY MATERIAL, LABOR, AND EQUIPMENT. 2. ALL DISCONNECTS REQUIRED BY CODE MAY NOT BE SHOWN. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DISCONNECTS AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES. 3. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL SHALL BE LABELED AND LISTED, AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR LISTING. 4. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION FOR EVERY FIXTURE, OR ITEM OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING SAME, WHICH IS SHOWN OR LISTED ON ANY CONTRACT DRAWING 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE NECESSARY SUPPORT FRAMING, STIFFENERS, BRACING, AND HANGERS WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT TO ENSURE A COMPLETE AND DURABLE SYSTEM. SUPPORT FRAMING CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WELDED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OTHERWISE. ACTUAL SUPPORTS MAY VARY FROM THOSE SHOWN IN DETAILS TO ACCOMMODATE EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. 6. THE WORK INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT ENCOMPASSES THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. WORK INCLUDED ON THE DRAWINGS ONLY, OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS ONLY, SHALL BE INCORPORATED AS IF INCLUDED IN BOTH. ALL SYSTEMS SHOWN ARE INTENDED TO BE COMPLETE AND FULLY FUNCTIONING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SUCH COMPONENTS AS NECESSARY FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING SYSTEM. 7. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, RECTILINEAR TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL SITE CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK OR SHOP FABRICATION. REQUIRED CHANGES TO WORK SHOWN ON CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER IN WRITING, OTHER TRADES, AND OWNER AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATION OF WORK 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND VERIFY THAT WORKING AND DEDICATED EQUIPMENT SPACE REQUIREMENTS ARE MET PER NEC AND AHJ. 2. FIELD LOCATE ALL CORE DRILL LOCATIONS. 3. BEFORE CUTTING OR DRILLING INTO BUILDING ELEMENTS INSPECT AND LAYOUT WORK TO AVOID DAMAGING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND BUILDING UTILITIES. 4. BEFORE SELECTING MATERIAL/EQUIPMENT AND PROCEEDING WITH WORK, INSPECT AREAS WHERE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT ARE TO BE INSTALLED TO INSURE SUITABILITY, AND CHECK NEEDED SPACE FOR PLACEMENT, CLEARANCES AND INTERCONNECTIONS. 5. POSSIBLE SYSTEM SHUT-DOWNS AND WORK AREAS CLOSURES MUST BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER. 6. VERIFY RECEPTACLE, SWITCH, & COVER PLATE COLORS WITH OWNER. 7. TURN OVER TO THE OWNER ALL MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES FOR EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS PROVIDED. DEFINITIONS 1. THE DEFINITION OF ELECTRICAL TERMS USED SHALL BE AS DEFINED IN THE EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC) AS REFERENCED IN THE BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE. 2. THE TERM "INDICATED" SHALL MEAN "AS SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS (SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND RELATED ATTACHMENTS)". 3. THE TERM "PROVIDE" SHALL MEAN "TO FURNISH, INSTALL, AND CONNECT COMPLETELY". 4. THE TERM "SIZE" SHALL MEAN ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING: "LENGTH, CURRENT AND VOLTAGE RATING, NUMBER OF POLES, NEMA SIZE, AND OTHER SIMILAR ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS". PLANS 1. ELECTRICAL PLANS, DETAILS, AND ONE LINE DIAGRAMS SHOW THE GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. THEY ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT SHOW ALL CONDUIT BODIES, CONNECTORS, BENDS, FITTINGS, HANGERS, AND ADDITIONAL PULL BOXES WHICH THE CONTRACTOR MUST PROVIDE TO COMPLETE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. 2. ELECTRICAL PLANS AND DETAILS DO NOT SHOW ALL INTERFERENCES AND CONDITIONS, VISIBLE AND/OR HIDDEN, THAT MAY EXIST. CONTRACTOR MUST INSPECT AND SURVEY THE SPACE BEFORE PERFORMING THE WORK. 3. THESE DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND REPRESENT A COMPLETED PROJECT. MINOR MODIFICATIONS OF WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH PROJECT REQUIREMENTS, LOCATIONS OF DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOW A GENERAL ARRANGEMENT AND INTENDED FUNCTION. ALL COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THE RISER DIAGRAMS, BUT NOT ON THE PLAN OR VICE VERSA, SHALL BE INCLUDED AS IF SHOWN ON BOTH. EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. BEFORE INSTALLATION OF WORK, CHECK FOR SWINGS AND ALL REQUIRED CLEARANCES, TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. COORDINATE WITH ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SHOP DRAWINGS AND EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL REQUIRED CONTRACT DRAWINGS. METHODS 1. ALL EXTERIOR CONDUITS TO HAVE DUCT SEAL INSTALLED AT ALL ENDS, BOXES, WEATHERHEADS, PENETRATIONS TO INTERIOR SPACES, ETC. 2. DUCT BANKS SHALL NOT BE ROUTED DIRECTLY ABOVE OR BELOW EXISTING/PROPOSED UTILITIES EXCEPT WHEN CROSSING. WHERE CROSSING EXISTING OR PROPOSED UTILITIES DUCT BANKS SHALL CROSS AT 90 DEGREE ANGLES. 3. ALL CONDUIT SYSTEMS EXPOSED TO TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIALS, IN POTENTIAL CONDENSING ATMOSPHERES, EXTERIOR INSTALLED, OR INSTALLED UNDERGROUND SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR DRAINING WATER OUT OF CONDUIT SYSTEMS. 4. WHERE WIRE SIZE IS NOT NOTED ON DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE ACCORDING TO THE NEC AND SHALL ADHERE TO THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: x EQUIPMENT CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 100A SHALL BE SIZED USING THE 60°C COPPER AMPACITY COLUMN (NEC T310.16). x EQUIPMENT CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS GREATER THAN 100A SHALL BE SIZED USING THE 75°C COPPER AMPACITY COLUMN (NEC T310.16). MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #12 THHN/THWN. x ALUMINUM SHALL NOT BE USED. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SOLID UP THROUGH #10. 400AF 300AT 3 TEXT ADJACENT TO EQUIPMENT IS SOMETIMES ADDED FOR EXTRA CLARIFICATION ON DEMO/EXISTING TO REMAIN ITEMS. REFER TO LIST BELOW FOR DEFINITIONS. TBR EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED BY CONTRACTOR ETR EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN IN OPERATION. ERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED AS SHOWN BY CONTRACTOR. ETN EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW BY CONTRACTOR # A a COMBINATION HORN/STROBE (RED DEVICE, CLEAR LENS) WALL MOUNTED. (15cd UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) CONVENTIONAL FIRE ALARM DEVICES F F STROBE (RED DEVICE, CLEAR LENS) WALL MOUNTED. (15cd UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) L STROBE (RED DEVICE, CLEAR LENS) CEILING MOUNTED. (15cd UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) L COMBINATION HORN/STROBE (RED DEVICE, CLEAR LENS) CEILING MOUNTED. (15cd UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., HEAVY DUTY DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNTING HEIGHT 18" AFF UON. 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., HEAVY DUTY DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER. 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., DOUBLE DUPLEX "QUAD" RECEPTACLE. MOUNTING HEIGHT 18"AFF UON. 125 VOLT, 2 POLE, 3 WIRE, 20 AMP., DOUBLE DUPLEX "QUAD" RECEPTACLE MOUNTED ABOVE COUNTER. CEILING-MOUNTED ILLUMINATED "EXIT" SIGN LIGHTING FIXTURE. WALL-MOUNTED ILLUMINATED "EXIT" SIGN LIGHTING FIXTURE. NOTE: ARROWS INDICATE DIRECTION OF EGRESS. HOMERUN TO PANEL "LP2A", CIRCUITS #1,3,5 (VIA 20A-1P C/B'S). PROVIDE INSULATED GROUND CONDUCTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS. NUMBER OF CIRCUITS INDICATED BY QUANTITY OF ARROW HEADS HOMERUN TO PANEL "L2PA" VIA 20A/1P CKT BKR. SEE BELOW PARAGRAPH 'HASH MARKS' FOR CONDUCTOR SIZING: HASH MARKS INDICATE QUANTITY OF #12 AWG COPPER CONDUCTORS IN CONDUIT. WHEN NO HASH MARKS ARE INDICATED, CONDUIT SHALL CONTAIN (2) #12 WIRES AND #12 GROUND WIRE. ASSUME 1/2" DIAMETER CONDUIT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NOTED. EXAMPLE SHOWN AT LEFT INDICATES 2 HOT (SHORT LINES), 2 NEUTRAL (LONG LINES), AND 1 GROUND WIRES (LONG LINE WITH TAIL). HEAVY & DASHED AND/OR HATCHED INDICATES EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE DEMOLISHED/REMOVED BY CONTRACTOR SOLID & LIGHT INDICATES EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. HEAVY & SOLID INDICATES EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR. LIGHTING CONTROL LIGHT FIXTURESRECEPTACLES CIRCUITTING EXIT & EGRESS DRAWING NOTATION SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM FLOOR PLAN SD HD 135°F HD DS S R LIGHT SWITCH. REFER TO SWITCH TAG SCHEDULE. The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\E-001.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Legends, Abbreviations, and General Notes E-001 BCW SHEET KEY NOTES: ELEVATOR CONTROL CABINET TO BE REMOVED. INTERCEPT EXISTING ELEVATOR PHONE LINE CABLING/INFRASTRUCTURE AT CABINET AND EXTEND TO NEW ELEVATOR CONTROLLER PER E-601. REMOVE ALL OTHER WIRING/CONDUCTORS BACK TO SOURCE. BASE BID: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN IS EXISTING TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN ASSOCIATED CONDUCTORS, CONDUIT, HOMERUN, CIRCUIT, DISCONNECT, STARTER, ETC. IN GOOD CONDITION THROUGHOUT PROJECT. ALTERNATE 1: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED IN KIND BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT UNIT AND MAKE SAFE. REMOVE ASSOCIATED STARTER/DISCONNECT. MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUIT/CONDUCTORS/CONDUI T/WIRING IN GOOD CONDITION FOR FUTURE RECONNECTION. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO E-401 FOR REPLACEMENT UNIT INFORMATION. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO BE RELOCATED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO ACCOMODATE PENTHOUSE INSTALLATION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT UNIT AND MAKE SAFE. DISCONNECT AND RELOCATE EXISTING STARTER/DISCONNECT TO PROPOSED LOCATION. MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUIT/CONDUCTORS/CONDUIT/WIRING IN GOOD CONDITION FOR FUTURE RECONNECTION. UPON COMPLETION OF RELOCATION, EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUIT TO UNIT AND RECONNECT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO E-401 FOR RELOCATION INFORMATION. SUMP PUMP TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT UNIT AND MAKE SAFE. REMOVE EXISTING CIRCUIT/CONDUCTORS/CONDUIT BACK TO SOURCE. REMOVE ELEVATOR EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED WIRING/CONDUCTORS/CONDUIT/BACK TO SOURCE. BASE BID: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN IS EXISTING TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN ASSOCIATED CONDUCTORS, CONDUIT, HOMERUN, CIRCUIT, DISCONNECT, STARTER, ETC. IN GOOD CONDITION THROUGHOUT PROJECT. ALTERNATE 1: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO BE RELOCATED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT UNIT AND MAKE SAFE. DISCONNECT AND RELOCATE EXISTING STARTER/DISCONNECT TO PROPOSED LOCATION. MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUIT/CONDUCTORS/CONDU IT/WIRING IN GOOD CONDITION FOR FUTURE RECONNECTION. UPON COMPLETION OF RELOCATION, EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUIT TO UNIT AND RECONNECT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO E-401 FOR RELOCATION INFORMATION. BASE BID: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO BE RELOCATED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO ACCOMODATE PENTHOUSE INSTALLATION. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT UNIT AND MAKE SAFE. DISCONNECT AND RELOCATE EXISTING STARTER/DISCONNECT TO PROPOSED LOCATION. MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUIT/CONDUCTORS/CONDUIT/WIRING IN GOOD CONDITION FOR FUTURE RECONNECTION. UPON COMPLETION OF RELOCATION, EXTEND EXISTING CIRCUIT TO UNIT AND RECONNECT. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO E-401 FOR RELOCATION INFORMATION. ALTERNATE 1: EXISTING EXHAUST FAN TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED IN KIND BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO DISCONNECT UNIT AND MAKE SAFE. REMOVE ASSOCIATED STARTER/DISCONNECT. MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUIT/CONDUCTORS/CO NDUIT/WIRING IN GOOD CONDITION FOR FUTURE RECONNECTION. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REFER TO E-401 FOR REPLACEMENT UNIT INFORMATION. EXISTING ABANDONED EXHAUST FAN TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ASSOCIATED CONDUCTORS, CONDUIT, & CIRCUIT/HOMERUN BACK TO SOURCE. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED STARTERS/DISCONNECTS. DISCONNECT REMOVE ROOF RECEPTACLE. REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED CONDUCTORS/CONDUIT/WIRIN G BACK TO SOURCE. EXISTING EXHAUST FAN DISCONNECT IS EXISTING TO REMAIN. RELOCATE TO FACILITATE PENTHOUSE. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 GENERAL DEMO NOTES: 1. REFER TO E001 FOR ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS & GENERAL NOTES. 2. THESE DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE & ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATIONS. IT IS NOT THE INTENTION OF THESE DRAWINGS TO INDICATE EVERY DEVICE/FIXTURE REQUIRING REMOVAL/DEMO, RATHER GENERAL SYSTEMS WHICH ARE TO BE REMOVED. IN GENERAL: MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT & MISC. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: WHERE INDICATED TO BE DEMOLISHED: x REFER TO BOTH ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR AN ACCURATE DEPICTION OF ALL DEMOLITION REQUIRED FOR THIS CONTRACT. x REFER TO KEY NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ELEVATOR DISCONNECTS & EQUIPMENT: WHERE INDICATED TO BE DEMOLISHED: x REMOVE ALL WIRE & EXPOSED CONDUIT BACK TO SOURCE PANEL (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). x REMOVE ANY ASSOCIATED MOTOR STARTERS &/OR DISCONNECTS. x REMOVE CIRCUIT WIRING FROM SOURCE PANEL, LABEL BREAKER AS SPARE. x PROVIDE REVISED TYPED PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES FOR ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN PANELS WHERE CIRCUITS ARE TO BE REMOVED. ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM LIGHTING: x MAINTAIN ALL MACHINE ROOM LIGHTING IN GOOD CONDITION THROUGHOUT PROJECT. x MAINTAIN ASSOCIATED SWITCHING MEANS THROUGHOUT PROJECT. ELEVATOR PIT LIGHTING: x DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELEVATOR PIT LIGHTING FIXTURES. x MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUIT/HOMERUN IN GOOD CONDITION FOR RE-USE. x MAINTAIN ASSOCIATED SWITCHING MEANS THROUGHOUT PROJECT. ELEVATOR PIT RECEPTACLES: x DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ELEVATOR PIT RECEPTACLES. x MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUIT/HOMERUN IN GOOD CONDITION FOR RE-USE. GENERAL CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT: x MAINTAIN ANY EXISTING NON-IMPACTED PANELBOARDS AND ANY NON-IMPACTED CIRCUITS WHICH ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. x WHERE CIRCUITS ARE AFFECTED BY MODIFICATION/REMOVAL ACTIVITIES, PROVIDE NECESSARY CIRCUIT EXTENSIONS AND ALL NECESSARY LABOR/MATERIALS AS NECESSARY TO REPAIR AND RE-CONNECT CIRCUIT(S). LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM: x ROOF HAS AN EXISTING LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM IN PLACE. MAINTAIN EXISTING LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM IN GOOD CONDITION THROUGHOUT PROEJCT. UP SCALE: Electrical Demolition Plan Sub-Basement 1/4"=1'-0"ED-101 2 Elevator Machine Room MACHINE ROOM ELEVATOR 2800UG ELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A E F G H J K 678910111213 SCALE: Electrical Demolition Plan Roof 1/4"=1'-0"ED-100 1 Roof UP UP SCALE: Key Plan NTS Sub-Basement ELEV-1 (NORTH) DISCONNECTS (TBR) ELEV-2 (SOUTH) DISCONNECT (TBR) 1 ETR ETR ETR HYDRAULIC PUMP (TBR) HYDRAULIC PUMP (TBR) ETR TBR TBR ETR F ETR ETR ELEVATOR (TBR) ELEVATOR (TBR) ETR TBR TBR TBR TBR "LIFE JACKET" (TBR) "LIFE JACKET" (TBR) EF-7 (TBR) EF-3 (ETN) 8 7 EF-2 (ERE) 3 EF-5 (ERE) 3 EF-21 (ERE) 3 EF-20 (ETN) 7 SUMP PUMP (TBR)4 EF (ERE) 6 EF (ERE) 6 EF-9 (ETN) 2 5 5 TBR 9 10 The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\ED-101.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Enlarged Removal Floor Plans ED-101 BCW SHEET KEY NOTES: FOR EACH ELEVATOR, PROVIDE (1) 100A, 3P CIRCUIT FROM DISTRIBUTION PANEL DP-SA. UTILIZE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ORPHANED FROM ELEVATOR REMOVAL. FOR EACH CIRCUIT PROVIDE (3)#1 & #8G, 1-1/2"C. TURN CONDUITS UP IN ELEVATOR SHAFT TO ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER IN PENTHOUSE. REFER TO E-401 FOR CONTINUATION. (TYPICAL OF 2 ELEVATORS) PROVIDE NEW 20A, 3P CIRCUIT BREAKER IN DISTRIBUTION PANEL AP-EM-SA FOR SP-1 FEED. UTILIZE EXISTING PANEL SPACE. MATCH EXISTING BREAKER TYPE, AIC RATING, ETC. REFER TO REFERENCE PHOTO 2/E-101 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE, SHEET E-501, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROVIDE NEW ELEVATOR PIT LIGHTING FIXTURES PER LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE, SHEET E-501. UTILIZE MAINTAINED CIRCUIT AND SWITCHING MEANS FROM DEMO PHASE. COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATION IN FIELD WITH ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT. CONNECT ELEVATOR PIT RECEPTACLES TO CIRCUIT RETAINED DURING DEMOLITION PHASE. 1 2 3 4 GENERAL SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO E001 FOR ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. 2. REFER TO E501 FOR RACEWAY SCHEDULE FOR APPROVED RACEWAY USAGE. 3. REFER TO E501 FOR PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CIRCUIT CHARACTERISTICS. 4. REFER TO E501 FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT SCHEDULE (BCS) FOR CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS. 5. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE THHN/THWN-2. 6. INSTALLATION SHALL BE PER NECA1 GUIDELINES. 7. PROVIDE HANGARS & SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. 8. PROVIDE GROUNDING PER NEC FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. 9. PROVIDE SUBMITTAL DATA FOR ALL PROPOSED HARDWARE, DEVICES, CONDUIT, HANGERS, ETC. FOR ENGINEER REVIEW & APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING. 10. ALL CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES AND PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITING FOR ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT. ALL REQUIREMENTS TO BE PER NEC. UP UP UP UNEXCAVATEDUNEXCAVATED SCALE: Electrical New Work Sub-Basement 1/8"=1'-0"E-101 1 MDP (ETR) DIST. PANEL 'DP-SA' (ETR) DIST. PANEL 'AP-EM-SA' (ETR) DIST. PANEL 'DP-EM' (ETR)ATS-EM (ETR) 2B00UA 2B00UC 2B00UB 2B00UD 2B00UE 2B00UF ELEVATOR C CORRIDOR 2B00CA STAIR D MACHINE RM ELEVATOR 2B00UG ELEVATOR B GENERATOR DIST. PANEL 'DPS-SBA' (ETR) ATS-SBA (ETR) 1 1 SP-1 2 2 2 SCALE: Reference Photo AP-EM-SA NTSE-101 2 2 G G G G SNL SNL 3 ELEVATOR A 4 1 The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\E-101.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Partial Sub-Basement Floor Plan E-101 BCW SHEET KEY NOTES: FOR EACH TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION CALL STATION PROVIDE (1) CAT 6, 3/4"C. CONNECT WIRING TO CAMPUS NETWORK IN DATA G30. COORDINATE NETWORK CONNECTION LOCATION AND CABLING/CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH CORNELL CIT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION CALL STATION. BASIS OF DESIGN: VIKING E-1600-45A. COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD WITH CAMPUS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. REFER TO 1/E-601 FOR OTHER CALL STATION LOCATIONS. FOR TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION CALL STATIONS ON OTHER FLOORS, UTILIZE EXISTING UTILITY CHASE TO RUN CABLING/CONDUIT. REFER TO ELEVATION DETAIL, 1/E-601, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NOTE: CONDUIT RUNS SHOWN ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, FIELD VERIFICATION AND COORDINATION IS REQUIRED. COORDINATE EXACT NETWORK CONNECTION LOCATION AND CABLING/CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH CORNELL CIT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 1 2 3 4 GENERAL SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO E-001 FOR ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. 2. REFER TO E-501 FOR RACEWAY SCHEDULE FOR APPROVED RACEWAY USAGE. 3. REFER TO E-501 FOR PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CIRCUIT CHARACTERISTICS. 4. REFER TO E-501 FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT SCHEDULE (BCS) FOR CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS. 5. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE THHN/THWN-2. 6. INSTALLATION SHALL BE PER NECA1 GUIDELINES. 7. PROVIDE HANGARS & SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. 8. PROVIDE GROUNDING PER NEC FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. 9. PROVIDE SUBMITTAL DATA FOR ALL PROPOSED HARDWARE, DEVICES, CONDUIT, HANGERS, ETC. FOR ENGINEER REVIEW & APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING. 10. ALL CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES AND PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITING FOR ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT. ALL REQUIREMENTS TO BE PER NEC. SCALE: Electrical New Work Ground Floor 1/8"=1'-0"E-102 1 CORRIDOR G00CC DATA G30 CORRIDOR G00CA STAIR AELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A STAIR B CORRIDOR G00CD STAIR D PANELS ELECTRICAL G00UF PANEL (ETR) CORRIDOR G00CJ CORRIDOR G00CD PANEL (ETR) 1 2(TYP.) 3 4 The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\E-102.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Partial Ground Floor Plan E-102 BCW SHEET KEY NOTES: EXISTING PANEL 'LP-4D' TO FEED ELEVATOR CAB LIGHTING & VENTILATION, AND MISCELLANEOUS PENTHOUSE 208/120V LOADS. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN, SHEET E-401/402 & PANEL SCHEDULE SHEET E-501 FOR LOAD QUANTITIES/SIZES. PROVIDE TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION CALL STATION. BASIS OF DESIGN: VIKING E-1600-45A. COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD WITH CAMPUS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. REFER TO 1/E-601 FOR OTHER CALL STATION LOCATIONS. FOR EACH TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION CALL STATION PROVIDE (1) CAT 6, 3/4"C. CONNECT WIRING TO CAMPUS NETWORK IN DATA G30. COORDINATE NETWORK CONNECTION LOCATION AND CABLING/CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH CORNELL CIT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. UTILIZE EXISTING UTILITY CHASE TO RUN CONDUIT TO GROUND FLOOR. REFER TO E-102 FOR CONTINUATION. REFER TO ELEVATION, 1/E-601, FOR ADDITION INFORMATION. 1 2 3 GENERAL SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO E001 FOR ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. 2. REFER TO E501 FOR RACEWAY SCHEDULE FOR APPROVED RACEWAY USAGE. 3. REFER TO E501 FOR PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CIRCUIT CHARACTERISTICS. 4. REFER TO E501 FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT SCHEDULE (BCS) FOR CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS. 5. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE THHN/THWN-2. 6. INSTALLATION SHALL BE PER NECA1 GUIDELINES. 7. PROVIDE HANGARS & SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. 8. PROVIDE GROUNDING PER NEC FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. 9. PROVIDE SUBMITTAL DATA FOR ALL PROPOSED HARDWARE, DEVICES, CONDUIT, HANGERS, ETC. FOR ENGINEER REVIEW & APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING. 10. ALL CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES AND PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITING FOR ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT. ALL REQUIREMENTS TO BE PER NEC. SCALE: Electrical New Work Fourth Floor 1/8"=1'-0"E-103 1 CORRIDOR 400CA CORRIDOR 400CC CORRIDOR 400CB CORRIDOR 400CA STAIR AELEVATOR B ELEVATOR A STAIR B CORRIDOR 400CD STAIR C PANELS ELECTRICAL 400UD PANEL 'LP-4D' (ETR) CONTROL PANEL (ETR) VFDS (ETR) 1 PENTHOUSE ABOVE. REFER TO E-401 & E-402 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2 3 The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\E-103.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Partial Fourth Floor Plan E-103 BCW SHEET KEY NOTES: TURN CONDUITS UP VIA ELEVATOR SHAFT FROM SUB-BASEMENT LEVEL. REFER TO E-101 FOR CONTINUATION. COORDINATE LOCATION OF CONDUITS WITH ELEVATOR INSTALLER. PROVIDE (3)#1 & #8G, 1-1/2"C FOR EACH ELEVATOR CONTROLLER (TYPICAL OF TWO). CONNECT TO ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER. REFER TO SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM SHEET E-701 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. UPON RELOCATION OF EXHAUST FAN BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, RECONNECT RELOCATED UNIT. UTILIZE CIRCUIT MAINTAINED DURING DEMO PHASE, EXTEND AS NECESSARY. PROVIDE DEDICATED 120V, 20A CIRCUIT FOR SMOKE HATCH/VENT. CONNECT TO CAMPUS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. REFER TO A-SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. PROGRAM FIRE ALARM RESPONSE SO THAT UPON ACTIVATION OF SMOKE DETECTOR THE CONTROL RELAY SHALL CAUSE A CHANGE OF STATE IN 120V POWER, THUS RELEASING THE LATCH MECHANISM. FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES: x PROVIDE ADDITIONAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN. x CONNECT NEW APPLIANCES TO NEAREST AVAILABLE NAC CIRCUIT WITHIN AREA. PROVIDE UPDATED CALCULATIONS TO ENSURE THE EXISTING CIRCUIT IS WITHIN AMPACITY LIMITS OF NFPA 72 AND THAT VOLTAGE DROP ON CIRCUIT HAS NOT EXCEEDED CODE MAXIMUM. x COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE CAMPUS FIRE ALARM VENDOR: WEST FIRE SYSTEMS INC. CONTACT INFO: TIMOTHY MCGEE - (585)-663-8530 EXT. 103. NO OTHER FIRE ALARM VENDOR SHALL BE PERMITTED. x PROVIDE UPDATED AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION FOR CAMPUS RECORD. 1 2 3 4 5 6 GENERAL SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO E001 FOR ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. 2. REFER TO E501 FOR RACEWAY SCHEDULE FOR APPROVED RACEWAY USAGE. 3. REFER TO E501 FOR PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CIRCUIT CHARACTERISTICS. 4. REFER TO E501 FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT SCHEDULE (BCS) FOR CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS. 5. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE THHN/THWN-2. 6. INSTALLATION SHALL BE PER NECA1 GUIDELINES. 7. PROVIDE HANGARS & SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. 8. PROVIDE GROUNDING PER NEC FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. 9. PROVIDE SUBMITTAL DATA FOR ALL PROPOSED HARDWARE, DEVICES, CONDUIT, HANGERS, ETC. FOR ENGINEER REVIEW & APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING. 10. ALL CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES AND PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITING FOR ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT. ALL REQUIREMENTS TO BE PER NEC. SCALE: Electrical Power and Systems Plan Roof 1/4"=1'-0"E-401 1 UP E F G H J K 678910111213 1 UH-1 (E) RELOCATED EXHAUST FAN EF-20 EF-3 14 G 13 G 14 G 13 G LP-4D-14 13 G LP-4D-13 13 G (E) EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN (E) EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN (E) RELOCATED EXHAUST FAN (E) RELOCATED EXHAUST FAN (E) RELOCATED EXHAUST FAN (E) RELOCATED EXHAUST FAN 9 9 3 3 3 EF-9 LP-4D-16 HWU-1 ACCU-1 SD F F F FR SDHATCH 4 5 ELEVATOR 2 CAB LIGHTING DISC. ELEVATOR 1 ECB ELEVATOR 1 CAB LIGHTING DISC. ELEVATOR 2 ECB LP-4D-33 LP-4D-32 PENTHOUSE 500 1 2 2 F 6 67(TYP.) (TYP.) 7(TYP.) 7 FIRE ALARM INITIATION DEVICES: x PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INITIATION DEVICES WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN. x CONNECT NEW APPLIANCES TO NEAREST AVAILABLE SLC CIRCUIT WITHIN AREA. x COORDINATE THIS WORK WITH THE CAMPUS FIRE ALARM VENDOR: WEST FIRE SYSTEMS INC. CONTACT INFO: TIMOTHY MCGEE - (585)-663-8530 EXT. 103. NO OTHER FIRE ALARM VENDOR SHALL BE PERMITTED. x PROVIDE UPDATED AS-BUILT DOCUMENTATION FOR CAMPUS RECORD. 7 8 BASE BID: UPON RELOCATION OF EXHAUST FAN BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, RECONNECT RELOCATED UNIT. UTILIZE CIRCUIT MAINTAINED DURING DEMO PHASE, EXTEND AS NECESSARY. ALTERNATE 1: UPON REPLACEMENT OF EXHAUST FAN BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR CONNECT NEW UNIT. UTILIZE CIRCUIT MAINTAINED DURING DEMO PHASE. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE, SHEET E-501, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 8 8 ALTERNATE 1: UPON RELOCATION OF EXHAUST FAN BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, RECONNECT RELOCATED UNIT. UTILIZE CIRCUIT MAINTAINED DURING DEMO PHASE, EXTEND AS NECESSARY. 9 10 ALTERNATE 1: UPON REPLACEMENT OF EXHAUST FAN BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR CONNECT NEW UNIT. UTILIZE CIRCUIT MAINTAINED DURING DEMO PHASE. REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE, SHEET E-501, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 10 EXPAND EXISTING LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM TO NEW PENTHOUSE PER SPECIFICATION SECTION 264113. 11 11 PROVIDE DEDICATED 120V, 20A CIRCUIT FOR VOIP CONVERTER. CONFIRM VOIP CONVERTER POWER REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 12 12 12 FOR EACH ELEVATOR CONTROLLER, PROVIDE (2) CAT 6, 3/4"C FOR ELEVATOR CAB COMMUNICATIONS. CONNECT WIRING TO CAMPUS NETWORK IN DATA G30. COORDINATE NETWORK CONNECTION LOCATION, TERMINATION LOCATION AND TYPE AND CABLING/CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH CORNELL CIT AND ELEVATOR INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 13 13 13 The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\E-401.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Enlarged Roof Plan E-401 BCW SHEET KEY NOTES: CONNECT PENTHOUSE EMERGENCY LIGHTING/EXIT SIGNS TO EXISTING 4TH FLOOR CORRIDOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT. INTERCEPT CIRCUIT AT A STRATEGIC LOCATION AND EXTEND TO PENTHOUSE. 4TH FLOOR CORRIDOR LIGHTING FED VIA BASEMENT PANELS: LP-EM-BA & LP-EM-BB. FIELD VERIFICATION REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR TO IDENTIFY INTERCEPT PATH. LOCATE SWITCH AT ACCESSIBLE LANDING OF STAIRS. COORDINATE IN FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 1 2 GENERAL SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO E001 FOR ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. 2. REFER TO E501 FOR RACEWAY SCHEDULE FOR APPROVED RACEWAY USAGE. 3. REFER TO E501 FOR PANEL SCHEDULES FOR CIRCUIT CHARACTERISTICS. 4. REFER TO E501 FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT SCHEDULE (BCS) FOR CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS. 5. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE THHN/THWN-2. 6. INSTALLATION SHALL BE PER NECA1 GUIDELINES. 7. PROVIDE HANGARS & SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED. 8. PROVIDE GROUNDING PER NEC FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. 9. PROVIDE SUBMITTAL DATA FOR ALL PROPOSED HARDWARE, DEVICES, CONDUIT, HANGERS, ETC. FOR ENGINEER REVIEW & APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING. 10. ALL CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES AND PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITING FOR ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT. ALL REQUIREMENTS TO BE PER NEC. SCALE: Electrical Lighting Plan Roof 1/4"=1'-0"E-402 1 UP E F G H J K 678910111213 b SN SN NL bSN b SN b a SN2 SN2 NL a LP-4D-19 LW LW 1 PENTHOUSE 500 2 b SN The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\E-402.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Enlarged Roof Plan E-402 BCW BRANCH CIRCUIT SCHEDULE CIRCUIT BREAKER PHASE CONDUCTORS AND/OR NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS GROUND CONDUCTOR CONDUIT 3-POLE CIRCUITS 50/3 (3)#6 #10 1"C OR MC CABLE 40/3 (3)#8 #10 1"C OR MC CABLE 30/3 (3)#10 #10 3/4"C OR MC CABLE 20/3 (3)#12 #12 1/2"C OR MC CABLE 15/3 (3)#12 #12 1/2"C OR MC CABLE 2-POLE CIRCUITS 50/2 (2)#6 #10 1"C OR MC CABLE 40/2 (2)#8 #10 3/4"C OR MC CABLE 30/2 (2)#10 #10 1/2"C OR MC CABLE 20/2 (2)#12 #12 1/2"C OR MC CABLE 15/2 (2)#12 #12 1/2"C OR MC CABLE 1-POLE CIRCUITS 40/1 (2)#8 #10 3/4"C OR MC CABLE 30/1 (2)#10 #10 1/2"C OR MC CABLE 20/1 (2)#12 #12 1/2"C OR MC CABLE 15/1 (2)#12 #12 1/2"C OR MC CABLE NOTES REGARDING USE OF THIS SCHEDULE: 1. USE THIS SCHEDULE AS FOLLOWS: - FOR ALL RECEPTACLE AND LIGHTING CIRCUITS. - WHERE SPECIFIC CONDUCTOR/CONDUIT SIZING IS NOT INDICATED ELSEWHERE ON THE DRAWING SET. - FOR ANY BRANCH CIRCUITS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO BE RELOCATED/EXTENDED, ETC. 2. DO NOT USE THIS SCHEDULE AS FOLLOWS: - FOR LARGE MECHANICAL LOADS (REFER TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE, THIS SHEET). - FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS. - WHERE SPECIFIC CONDUCTOR/CIRCUIT IS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. WHERE CIRCUIT LENGTH EXCEEDS 100', CONTRACTOR SHALL USE NEXT HIGHER PHASE/NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SIZE TO COMPENSATE FOR VOLTAGE DROP. INDICATED BY ON PLAN SHEETS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL LOAD POWER CONNECTION FIRE ALARM CONNECTIONS DISCONNECT/SAFETY SWITCH STARTER REMARKS SPECIFIC NOTES: 1. WHEN LOCATION IS NOT REFERENCED ON 'E' SHEETS, REFER TO 'M' SHEETS. 2. LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE GENERAL IN NATURE. COORDINATE WITH DIV. 23 PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. SPECIFIC NOTES: 1. DETECTORS & REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION IN DUCTS WITH DIVISION 23. 3. ALL CABLING BY DIVISION 26/28 TYPES: A: NON-FUSED B: FUSED M: MOTOR RATED SWITCH R: RECEPTACLE/CORD/PLUG N: NOT REQUIRED C: CKT BREAKER WITHIN SIGHT P: PACKAGED BY MANUFACTURER SIZES: AF: AMPERE FRAME AT: FUSE SIZE (RK5, UON) TYPES: VFD: VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE W/ INTEGRAL DISC. CMS: COMBINATION MOTOR STARTER ATL: ACROSS THE LINE STARTER, FVNR M: MOTOR RATED SWITCH - MANUAL STARTER AQUA: LINE VOLTAGE AQUA STAT N: NOT REQUIRED P: PACKAGED CONTROLLER BY MANUFACTURER LVT: LINE VOLT T-STAT ('R' INDICATES REVERSE TYPE) EQUIPMENT TAG EQUIPMENT TYPE LOCATION ON PLAN FLA HP V PH HOMERUN TO CKT BKR CONDUCTORS & CONDUIT CONNECTION BY (DIVISION) SUPPLY DUCT SMOKE RETURN DUCT SMOKE UNIT SHUTDOWN BY DUCT SMOKE DISCONNECT TYPE/SIZE NEMA ENCLOSURE TYPE FURNISHED BY (DIVISION) INSTALLED BY (DIVISION) STARTER TYPE NEMA ENCLOSURE TYPE FURNISHED BY (DIVISION) INSTALLED BY (DIVISION) ACCU-1 SPLIT SYSTEM (OUTDOOR UNIT) ROOF 24 MCA - 208 1 PANEL LP-4D 30/2 (2)#10 & #10G, 3/4"C 26 NO NO NO A 3R 26 26 P - 23 26 HWU-1 SPLIT SYSTEM (INDOOR UNIT) MACH RM. 1 MCA - 208 1 NO NO NO INDOOR UNIT IS CONTROLLED VIA OUTDOOR UNIT. EF-3 EXHAUST FAN ROOF - 5 208 3 30/3 (2)# 12 & #12G, 1/2"C 26 NO NO NO P - 23 26 P - 23 26 EF-9 EXHAUST FAN ROOF - 3/4 208 1 20/2 (2)# 12 & #12G, 1/2"C 26 NO NO NO P - 23 26 P - 23 26 EF-20 EXHAUST FAN ROOF - 1/2 120 1 20/1 (2)# 10 & #10G, 3/4"C 26 NO NO NO P - 23 26 P - 23 26 SP-1 SUMP PUMP ELEVATOR PIT - 1-1/2 208 3 DIST. PANEL AP-EM-SA 20/3 (3)#12 & #12G, 3/4"C 26 NO NO NO A 1 26 26 P - 22 26 UH-1 UNIT HEATER ROOF 1 MCA - 120 1 PANEL LP-4D 20/1 (2)# 12 & #12G, 1/2"C 26 NO NO NO M 1 26 26 P - 26 26 GENERAL SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL STARTER/DISCONNECT ADJACENT TO UNIT. INSTALLATION TO COMPLY WITH NEC ARTICLE 110.26. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY RACKING/MOUNTING HARDWARE. 2. EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS. COORDINATE WITH ASSOCIATED TRADE CONTRACTOR. 3. CONFIRM HP, VOLTAGE AND PHASE CONNECTIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN OF EQUIPMENT. COORDINATION REQUIRED BETWEEN TRADES. 4. STARTERS SHALL BE NEMA STYLE AND SIZED BASED ON ELECTRICAL LOAD DATA LISTED ON SCHEDULE. 5. MOTOR RATED SWITCHES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH HEATERS, WHICH SHALL BE SIZED BASED ON NAMEPLATE DATA (TO BE OBTAINED IN FIELD), NOT ON ELECTRICAL LOAD DATA ON SCHEDULE 6. CIRCUIT BREAKERS INDICATED ON SCHEDULE ABOVE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN THE PROPOSED PANEL (THEY ARE NOT EXISTING BREAKERS, UNLESS INDICATED ON THE PANELBOARD SCHEDULE). 7. FOR THIS PROJECT, THE FOLLOWING HAS BEEN ASSUMED BY THE ENGINEER: DIVISION 26: ELECTRICAL SUB DIVISION 23: MECHANICAL SUB AND/OR CONTROLS SUB DIVISION 22: PLUMBING SUB REMARKS: UTILIZE SPARE CIRCUIT BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL SPACE. PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER AS NECESSARY, MATCH EXISTING BREAKER TYPE, AIC RATING, ETC. PROVIDE NEW CONDUCTORS/CONDUIT AS SHOWN IN SCHEDULE. CONNECT NEW UNIT TO CIRCUIT MAINTAINED DURING DEMO PHASE. REFER TO ED-101 & E-401 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. REPLACEMENT UNIT IS PART OF ALTERNATE 1. REFER TO NOTES ON SHEETS E-101 & E-401 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 2 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 2 3 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE TYPE DESCRIPTION FIXTURE BASIS OF DESIGN LENS/DIFFUSER VOLTAGE LAMPS BALLAST BASIS OF DESIGN MOUNTING DMMING REMARKS SN 4' LED STRIPLIGHT COOPER METALUX 4-SNLED-LD5-41SL-LC-UNV-L835-CD-1-U CLEAR LENS 120V LED 3500K, 4269 LUMENS, 31W 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER SURFACE (CEILING) NO WALL-MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE COOPER (SURE LITES) LEM WHITE 120V LED WALL WALL-MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH REMOTE HEAD COOPER (SURE LITES) LEM2 WHITE 120V LED WALL EXIT SIGN - QUANTITY & ORIENTATION OF FACES & HANDS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS COOPER (EVENLITE) SOV-AC-R-1C/2M-WH-SW/RC RED CLEAR 1 FACE MIRROR 2 FACE 120V LED N/A CEILING OR WALL N/A GENERAL SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. MODELS ARE GIVEN FOR QUALITY ONLY. SUBSTITUTE LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE OF APPROVED EQUAL OR GREATER QUALITY. 2. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE FOR CEILING TYPE PROPOSED. REMARKS: INTERCEPT & CONNECT TO NEAREST NON-SWITCHED PORTION OF LIGHTING CIRCUIT. TYPICAL FOR ALL EBU'S AND EXIT SIGNS. FIXTURE TO BE PROVIDED WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP. CONTRACTOR IS TO REFER TO FLOOR PLANS TO DETERMINE ORIENTATION OF FACES & ARROWS, AND TO VERIFY MOUNTING TYPE. COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS & LOCATIONS INFIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 4 EBU 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 RACEWAY SCHEDULE AREA CABLING/RACEWAY METHOD REMARKS FINAL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT. LIMIT LENGTH TO 6'-0" OR LESS. FMC CABLE (DRY LOCATIONS) LFMC CABLE (WET/DAMP LOCATIONS) SEE NOTES BELOW PERMITTED ONLY WHERE PRIOR APPROVAL HAS BEEN GRANTED. GENERALLY - AREAS WHERE EMT CONDUIT USAGE IS NOT PRACTICAL (FISHING CABLES BEHIND LC ROOM WALL CAVITIES, ETC.). MC CABLE SEE NOTES BELOW BRANCH CIRCUITS & FEEDERS CONCEALED DRY AREAS, PANELBOARD HOMERUNS, EXPOSED (NON FINISHED AREAS) EMT SEE NOTES BELOW BELOW 10' IN MECH ROOMS, WET OR DAMP AREAS, OR AREAS SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE. ALL EXTERIOR WIRING. GRS SEE NOTES BELOW VERTICAL RUNS THROUGH ELEVATOR SHAFT (ELEVATOR FEEDERS ONLY) GRS USE WHERE DIRECTED ON DRAWINGS OR WHERE DEVICES (FIXTURES, ETC. ARE PROPOSED ON EXISTING NON-FISHABLE SURFACES (BLOCK/BRICK/MASONRY). SURFACE METAL RACEWAY (WIREMOLD OR EQUAL) SEE NOTES BELOW GENERAL CONDUIT SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. FITTINGS: - EMT: SET SCREW TYPE WITH INSULATED BUSHINGS & THROAT. - GRS: THREADED STEEL WITH INSULATED BUSHINGS & THROAT. - MC: CLAMP STYLE WITH LOCKNUTS AND INSULATED BUSHING & THROAT - SURFACE RACEWAY/WIREMOLD: MANUFACTURER APPROVED FITTINGS NECESSARY, AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL CONTAIN DEDICATED NEUTRALS (NO MULTI-WIRE CIRCUITS PERMITTED) 3. CONDUIT SHALL NOT BE UTILIZED FOR EFFECTIVE GROUND FAULT RETURN PATH. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL CONTAIN DEDICATED GREEN INSULATED CONDUCTOR SIZED PER DRAWINGS OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE NEC CRITERIA. 4. ALL RACEWAY TYPES ARE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 5. ANY EMPTY RACEWAYS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A PULL ROPE. 6. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE LABELED WITH VOLTAGE, PANEL OR ORIGIN AND LOAD SERVED. TEXT ADJACENT TO SYMBOL REPRESENTS THE TAG SWITCH TAG SCHEDULE SWITCH TAG DESCRIPTION FACEPLATE & DEVICE COLOR BASIS OF DESIGN FACEPLATE SWITCH TYPE BASIS OF DESIGN SWITCH REMARKS NO MARKING STANDARD SWITCH GRAY THERMOPLASTIC NYLON 20A, 115V PASS & SEYMOUR PT20AC1-I GENERAL SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. NYLON FACEPLATE COLOR SHALL MATCH DEVICE COLOR 2. "a, b, c ..." LOWER CASE LETTERING IS USED TO INDICATE FIXTURE SWITCHING CONFIGURATION XX EBU SN2 2' LED STRIPLIGHT COOPER METALUX 2-SNLED-LD5-26SL-LC-UNV-L835-CD- 1-U CLEAR LENS 120V LED 3500K ,2747 LUMENS, 21W 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER SURFACE (CEILING) NO 4 LW LED WALLPACK FIXTURE HE WILLIAMS VWMH-L10/830-TL-DBZ-CGL-P-DIM-UNV DARK BRONZE 120V LED 13W, 1000 LUMENS 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER WALL NO 4 5 PROVIDE WITH BUTTON TYPE 120V PHOTOCONTROL.5 SNL 4' LED STRIPLIGHT COOPER METALUX 4-SNLED-LD5-34SL-LC-UNV-L835-CD-1-U CLEAR LENS 120V LED 3500K, 3567 LUMENS, 25W 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER SURFACE (WALL) NO 4 CIRCUIT SERVED BREAKER 150 AMP FRAME MLO 208/120 VOLT 3, 4WG 22KAIC LTS. - CORR C PANEL LP-4D (ETR) AMP POLE BREAKER 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 CIRCUIT SERVED 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 CIRCUIT NUMBER CIRCUIT NUMBERAMP POLE LTS. - 49420 1 20 1 20 1 1LTS. - 486, 488 20 LTS. - 490, 492 20 1 1PENTHOUSE RECEPTACLES 20 1EF-2 20 SMOKE HATCH 20 1 SPARE20 3 SPARE20 3 20 1 ELEVATOR # 1 CAB LIGHTING & VENTILATION15 1 TELEPHONE OUTLET20 1 20 1 REC. - CORR REC. - 402E, 414, 416 JSE PLUGMOLD- 477 REC. - CORR E WATER COOLER PENTHOUSE LIGHTING EF-1 CONTROL PANEL VOIP CONVERTER POWER 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 30 2 LTS. CORR E & C20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 BREAKERS/LOADS SHOWN IN LIGHT TEXT/FONT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. (TYP.) LOADS SHOWN IN DARK TEXT/FONT ARE NEW. UTILIZE SPARE BREAKERS/PANEL SPACE. PROVIDE BREAKERS/SIZE AS SHOWN. (TYP.) REC. - CORR D REC. - 488, 490, 492 20 1 20 1 REC.- 498, 402 20 1 20 1 LTS. - 498 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 LTS. - 494LTS. - 498 LTS. - 473, 475LTS. - 476, 480 LTS. - SECRETARY AREA N.W.LTS. - 484, 482 UNIT HEATER UH-1 SPARE ACCU-1, HWU-1 39 40 REC. - 494E, 498W REC. - 416E, 410, 420 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 ELEVATOR # 2 CAB LIGHTING & VENTILATION NO NON/A N/A The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\E-501.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Schedules E-501 BCW SCALE: ELEVATOR SHAFT ELEVATION TYPICAL FIRE ALARM NTSE-601 1 GENERAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ELEVATOR PHONE ROUGH-IN/CONNECTION WITH ELEVATOR INSTALLER IN THE FIELD. CONTRACTOR TO INTERCEPT AND EXTEND EXISTING PHONE LINE (AT TO BE REMOVED ELEVATOR CONTROL CABINET- ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM 2B00UG) TO THE ELEVATOR CONTROLLER. EXTEND PHONE LINE AS REQUIRED. 2. ANY CHANGE, MODIFICATION, OR DISCONNECT OF ELEVATOR PHONES MUST BE COORDINATED THROUGH CORNELL EH&S & CIT. CORNELL PROJECT MANAGER MUST BE THE ONE WHO SUBMITS THE REQUEST FOR CHANGE. 3. ALL ELEVATOR RECALL PROGRAMMING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME A17.1. COORDINATE WITH THE ELEVATOR VENDOR AND PROVIDE ALL ASSOCIATED FIRE ALARM PROGRAMMING AND ADDITIONAL FIRE ALARM CONTROL RELAYS AS REQUIRED TO SATISFY A17.1 AND LOCAL AHJ REQUIREMENTS. 4. COORDINATE ROUTING OF ALL CONDUIT IN THE ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM AND ELEVATOR PIT WITH THE ELEVATOR INSTALLER. 5. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HEAT DETECTORS IN PLACE OF SMOKE DETECTORS IN LOBBIES/MECH ROOM/SHAFT DURING CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT NUISANCE TRIPPING, AS NECESSARY. DETAIL NOTES: IF EXISTING DETECTOR IS ACTIVATED, ELEVATOR IS TO RECALL TO MAIN RECALL FLOOR, OPEN DOOR, ACTIVATE IN-CAR WARNING LIGHT, AND INITIATE DISTINCT VISIBLE ALARM AT FACP. DETECTOR IS EXISTING TO REMAIN PROVIDE UPDATED FACP PROGRAMMING AND ASSOCIATED ELEVATOR CONTROL RELAYS. IF EXISTING DETECTOR IS ACTIVATED, ELEVATOR IS TO RECALL TO ALTERNATE RECALL FLOOR, OPEN DOOR, ACTIVATE IN-CAR WARNING LIGHT, AND INITIATE DISTINCT VISIBLE ALARM AT FACP. DETECTOR IS EXISTING TO REMAIN - PROVIDE UPDATED FACP PROGRAMMING AND ASSOCIATED ELEVATOR CONTROL RELAYS. ELEVATOR EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH ADJACENT TO LIGHT SWITCH IN ELEVATOR HOISTWAY PIT. PROVIDE CONNECTION (CONDUCTORS, CONDUIT, TERMINATIONS) TO ELEVATOR CONTROLLER. PROVIDE & INSTALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURE PER FLOOR PLAN NOTES. COORDINATE FINAL FIXTURE AND SWITCH LOCATION WITH THE ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER/INSTALLER TO AVOID CONFLICT. LOCATE LIGHT SWITCH ON WALL NEAREST TO PIT ACCESS LADDER. REFER TO E-101 FOR ELEVATOR PIT RECEPTACLE INFORMATION. FIRE ALARM DETAIL NOTES: 1. EXISTING SYSTEM IS MAINTAINED BY WEST FIRE SYSTEMS INC. CONTACT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH WEST FIRE SYSTEMS INC. CONTACT INFO TIMOTHY MCGEE - (585)-663-8530 EXT. 103 2. EXISTING SYSTEM IS A GAMEWELL/FCI E3 NETWORK AUDIO SYSTEM. ALL NEW FIRE ALARM DEVICES TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING SYSTEM. 3. ALL WIRING SHALL BE AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM AND SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 4. SEVERAL SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE PROPOSED DESIGN. WEST FIRE SYSTEMS INC. SHALL PROVIDE REVISED SHOP DRAWINGS WHICH ILLUSTRATE ALL CHANGES TO PROGRAMMING AND FIELD WIRING THAT RESULT FROM THIS PROJECT. 5. RISER DIAGRAM IS SCHEMATIC IN NATURE AND DOES NOT REFLECT ACTUAL QUANTITIES OF DEVICES REQUIRED. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED EQUIPMENT/RELAYS AND ASSOCIATED PROGRAMMING NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM THAT MEETS THE REQUIRMENTS OF NFPA72 AND THE ANSI ELEVATOR CODE. 6. PROVIDE BATTERY BACK-UP CAPABILITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72 IN THE EVENT OF UTILITY POWER FAILURE. 7. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 70, NFPA 72, AND LOCAL JURISDICTION REQUIREMENTS. 8. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH WORK REQUIRED TO BE PERFORMED BY WEST FIRE SYSTEMS INC. REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION: THE FOLLOWING IS TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER AND OWNER FOR REVIEW AND RECORD KEEPING (PER IBC): 1. NYS DEPARTMENT OF STATE LICENSE TO INSTALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS AND NICET CERTIFICATION. 2. CERTIFICATION FROM THE FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER THAT ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ARE UL LISTED 3. ELECTRICAL LOAD AND POWER SUPPLY CALCULATIONS: CALCULATIONS USING ACTUAL AMPERAGE LOADS FOR EACH DEVICE DURING STANDBY AND ALARM CONDITIONS. 4. BATTERY CALCULATIONS 5. CONDUCTOR TYPE AND SIZES 6. VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS 7. DRAWINGS/SCHEDULES: xFLOOR PLANS - ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICE LOCATIONS xTYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS - FOR EACH DEVICE SHOWING TERMINATION IDENTIFICATIONS, SIZE AND TYPE OF CONDUCTORS. xSYSTEM RISER DIAGRAMS - NUMBER, SIZE AND TYPE OF RISER RACEWAYS AND CONDUCTORS IN EACH RISER RACEWAY AND NUMBER OF EACH DEVICE. INCLUDE POINT TO POINT WIRING, ADDRESS AND EXACT LABEL DESCRIPTION OF EACH ADDRESSABLE DEVICE. xSYSTEM INPUT/OUTPUT SEQUENCE OF OPERATION USAGE CABLING/RACEWAY METHOD REMARKS GENERAL CONDUIT SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. FITTINGS: x EMT: SET SCREW TYPE, INSULATED BUSHINGS AND THROATS x GRS: THREADED STEEL, INSULATED BUSHINGS AND THROATS x FMC: CLAMP STYLE WITH LOCKNUTS AND INSULATED BUSHING AND THROAT x SURFACE RACEWAY/WIREMOLD: MANUFACTURER APPROVED FITTINGS NECESSARY, AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2. ALL RACEWAY TYPES ARE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. EMT CONDUITS SHALL BE RED (PRE-PAINTED BY MANUFACTURER) EMT GRS SEE NOTES BELOW SEE NOTES BELOW SEE NOTES BELOWFMC CONCEALED RACEWAY IN ACCESSIBLE DRY, HOLLOW SPACES, EXCEPT WHERE RGS IS REQUIRED EXPOSED RACEWAY IN UNFINISHED SPACES, MECHANICAL ROOMS, ELECTRICAL ROOMS, DAMP/WET AREAS OR HAZARDOUS SPACES DRY LOCATIONS FOR FISHING CIRCUITS WITHIN INACCESSIBLE WALLS AND CEILINGS OR FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (AHU'S, ETC) SEE NOTES BELOWFINISHED SPACES: WHERE DEVICES ARE REQUIRED TO BE MOUNTED TO EXISTING INPENETRABLE/NON FISHABLE WALL CAVITIES (BRICK, CMU, ETC..) SINGLE CHANNEL SURFACE METAL RACEWAY (WIREMOLD V700 OR SIMILAR) FIRE ALARM RACEWAY SCHEDULE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND CONNECTED APPLIANCES/DEVICES SHALL BE PROTECTED AND MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION DURATION. DISABLE ONLY PARTIAL SECTIONS OF SYSTEM AS NECESSARY TO PERFORM MODIFICATIONS/REMOVALS/REP LACEMENTS/UPGRADES. COORDINATE ANY DOWNTIME WITH CAMPUS AND CAMPUS DISPATCH/SUPERVISING STATION WELL IN ADVANCE. PHASING AND SHUTDOWN LIMITATIONS: 1ST FLOOR ALTERNATE RECALL FLOOR SUB-BASEMENT BASEMENT MAIN RECALL FLOOR (EGRESS FLOOR) 2ND FLOOR 3RD FLOOR ELEVATOR #2 SD SD SD SD SD SD SD HATCH 4TH FLOOR PENTHOUSE 1 2 3 4 5 5 4 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 6 PROGRAM FIRE ALARM RESPONSE SO THAT UPON ACTIVATION OF SMOKE DETECTOR THE CONTROL RELAY SHALL CAUSE A CHANGE OF STATE IN 120V POWER, THUS RELEASING THE LATCH MECHANISM. 6 1ST FLOOR ALTERNATE RECALL FLOOR SUB-BASEMENT BASEMENT MAIN RECALL FLOOR (EGRESS FLOOR) 2ND FLOOR 3RD FLOOR ELEVATOR #1 SD SD SD SD SD SD SD HATCH 4TH FLOOR PENTHOUSE 5 4 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 6 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 PROVIDE TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION CALL STATION. BASIS OF DESIGN: VIKING E-1600-45A. COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD WITH CAMPUS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 7 FOR EACH TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION CALL STATION, PROVIDE (1) CAT 6, 3/4"C. CONNECT WIRING TO CAMPUS NETWORK IN DATA G30. COORDINATE NETWORK CONNECTION LOCATION AND CABLING/CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH CORNELL CIT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. FOR TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION CALL STATIONS ON OTHER FLOORS, UTILIZE EXISTING UTILITY CHASE TO RUN CABLING/CONDUIT. 8 9 FOR EACH ELEVATOR CONTROLLER, PROVIDE (2) CAT 6, 3/4"C FOR ELEVATOR CAB COMMUNICATIONS. CONNECT WIRING TO CAMPUS NETWORK IN DATA G30. COORDINATE NETWORK CONNECTION LOCATION AND CABLING/CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS WITH CORNELL CIT AND ELEVATOR INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 9 9 The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\E-601.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Electrical Details E-601 BCW SHEET KEY NOTES: EXISTING ELEVATOR TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL CONDUCTORS/WIRING BACK TO SOURCE. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ASSOCIATED DISCONNECTS. PROVIDE (3)#1 & #8G, 1-1/2"C TO FEED EACH NEW ELEVATOR CONTROLLER. REFER TO E-101 & E-401 FOR CONDUCTOR/CONDUIT ROUTING. (TYPICAL OF 2 ELEVATORS) 1 2 SCALE: Partial Electrical Single Line Diagram NTSE-701 1 GENERAL SHEET NOTES: 1. REFER TO E-001 FOR ELECTRICAL LEGENDS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL PROJECT NOTES. 2. PROVIDE GROUNDING PER NEC FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. 3. ALL CONDUCTORS AND EQUIPMENT NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES AND PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITING FOR ALL INSTALLED EQUIPMENT. ALL REQUIREMENTS TO BE PER NEC. 4. REFER TO CONTROL DIAGRAMS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION/REQUIREMENTS. 5. REFER TO ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN DRAWINGS AND ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN FOR GENERAL LOCATIONS. 6. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DETAIL SHEETS AND SCHEDULE SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION/REQUIREMENTS. 7. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL LUG TERMINATION KITS AS NECESSARY TO TERMINATE THE NUMBER OF SETS OF CONDUCTORS SHOWN/SPECIFIED. 8. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DETAIL SHEETS AND SCHEDULE SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION/REQUIREMENTS. SUB-BASEMENT BASEMENT GROUND FLOOR FIRST FLOOR SECOND FLOOR THIRD FLOOR FOURTH FLOOR ROOF/PENTHOUSE 800A 3P 2000A 3P PANEL FEEDER NOT SHOWN LOADS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY MDP- 2000A, 208Y/120V, 3ɸ, 4W (ETR) 800A 3P DIST. PANEL DP-SA- 800A, 208Y/120V, 3ɸ, 4W, 25KAIC, (ETR) LOADS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 250AF 100AT 3P ELEV-2 (TBR) ELEV-2 DISCONNECT (TBR) ELEV-1 (TBR) ELEV-1 DISCONNECTS (TBR) 11 11 2 100A 3P ECB, LSIG 2 PANEL 'LP4D' PANEL FED VIA DISTRIBUTION PANEL DP-2D (ETR) PROVIDE 100A, 3P LSIG ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE ADJACENT TO ELEVATOR CONTROLLER. REFER TO E-401 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. NOTE: ELEVATOR FEEDER BREAKER SIZE IS BASED OFF OF PRELIMINARY INFORMATION. COORDINATE BREAKER SIZE WITH APPROVED ELEVATOR SHOP DRAWING DURING SUBMITTAL PHASE. 3 100A 3P ECB, LSIG 3 3 22 UTILIZE EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS ORPHANED IN DISTRIBUTION PANEL DP-SA FROM EXISTING ELEVATOR REMOVAL FOR NEW ELEVATOR CONTROLLER CIRCUITS. MODIFY CIRCUIT BREAKER SO THAT LONG TIME PICKUP IS 100A. REFER TO REFERENCE PHOTO, THIS SHEET, FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (NOTE: ELEVATOR BREAKER LONG TIME PICKUP IS BASED OFF OF PRELIMINARY INFORMATION. COORDINATE BREAKER SIZE WITH APPROVED ELEVATOR SHOP DRAWING DURING SUBMITTAL PHASE.) 4 4 4 5 EXISTING PANEL 'LP-4D' TO FEED MISCELLANEOUS PENTHOUSE 208/120V LOADS. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN, SHEET E-401/402 & PANEL SCHEDULE SHEET E-501 FOR LOAD QUANTITIES/SIZES. 5 1P 20AT 30AF 1P 20AT 30AF 6 6 7 7 PROVIDE DEDICATED 20A, 1P CIRCUIT FROM EXISTING PANEL 'LP-4D' FOR ELEVATOR CAB LIGHTING AND VENTILATION. FOR CIRCUIT, PROVIDE (2)#12 & #12G, 3/4"C. UTILIZE EXISTING PANEL SPACE, PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER AS NECESSARY. MATCH EXISTING BREAKER TYPE AIC RATING ETC. 6 PROVIDE (2)#12 & #12G, 3/4"C.7 PROVIDE 30AF/20AT/1P NEMA 1 FUSED DISCONNECT FOR ELEVATOR CAB LIGHTING AND VENTILATION CIRCUIT. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN, SHEET E-401, FOR LOCATION. 8 88 M ELEVATOR 2 REPLACEMENT (78A WORST CASE LOAD) M ELEVATOR 1 REPLACEMENT (78A WORST CASE LOAD) 250AF 100AT 3P SCALE: Elevator Circuit Breaker Reference Photo NTSE-701 2 UTILIZE EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS ORPHANED IN DISTRIBUTION PANEL DP-SA FROM EXISTING ELEVATOR REMOVAL FOR NEW ELEVATOR CONTROLLER CIRCUITS. EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE SQUARE D POWERPACT JD 250. MODIFY CIRCUIT BREAKER SO THAT LONG TIME PICKUP IS 100A. (NOTE: ELEVATOR BREAKER LONG TIME PICKUP IS BASED OFF OF PRELIMINARY INFORMATION. COORDINATE BREAKER SIZE WITH APPROVED ELEVATOR SHOP DRAWING DURING SUBMITTAL PHASE.) The design concepts, construction drawings and details presented herein are the sole property of Architectural Resources, P.C. Any reproduction or other use of this information without the written consent of Architectural Resources, P.C. is expressly prohibited. All rights reserved. Copyright Architectural Resources, P.C. 1 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 A B C A B C D D 2 2 Client No: Drawn by: Sheet No: A|r Job No: Revisions Seal 3/12/2020 4:59:34 PMP:\00 JSE PROJECTS\2019\276-19 Cornell-Uris Hall Elevator\1-Active Drawings\3-MPE\E-701.dwg 564.15 Bid Submission 12.01.2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization 109 Tower Rd Ithaca, New York 14853 No. Description Date Spring Line Design 73 Troy Road East Greenbush, NY 12061 518-487-4755 518-670-0122 fax Jade Stone Engineering 444 Van Duzee Street Watertown, NY 13601 315-836-4062 Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 607-231-6600 Partial Single Line Diagram and Riser Diagram E-701 BCW Uris Hall Specifications (16).pdf URIS HALL ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Project Manual & Specifications December 1, 2020 Owner Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect Architectural Resources, P.C. 505 Franklin Street Buffalo, New York 14202 URIS HALL ELEVATOR TABLE OF CONTENTS MODERNIZATION Page 1 Instructions to Bidders Bid Proposal Submission Form General Conditions and Exhibits Supplementary Conditions DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01 11 00 Summary of the Work Section 01 14 00 Work Restrictions Section 01 23 00 Alternates Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options Section 01 31 19 Project Meetings Section 01 31 50 Electronic Project Management Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedule Section 01 32 33 Photographic Documentation Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures Section 01 35 29 General Health & Safety Section 01 35 43 General Environmental Requirements Section 01 35 44 Spill Control Section 01 35 45 Refrigerant Compliance Section 01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements Section 01 42 00 References Section 01 45 00 Quality Control Section 01 45 29 Testing Laboratory Services Section 01 45 33 Code Required Special Inspections and Procedures Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 01 51 00 Temporary Utilities Section 01 51 23 Heat During Construction Section 01 66 00 Storage and Protection Section 01 73 29 Cutting, Patching and Repairing Section 01 77 00 Project Close Out Section 01 78 22 Fixed Equipment Inventory Section 01 78 23 Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01 78 36 Warranties and Bonds Section 01 78 39 Record Documents URIS HALL ELEVATOR TABLE OF CONTENTS MODERNIZATION Page 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 024119 Selective Demolition 028213 Asbestos Abatement DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE 033000 Cast-In-Place Concrete DIVISION 4 – MASONRY 042000 Unit Masonry DIVISION 5 – METAL 051200 Structural Steel Framing 053100 Steel Decking 054000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 055000 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061063 Exterior Rough Carpentry 061600 Sheathing DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070150.19 Preparation for Reroofing 072100 Thermal Insulation 072500 Fully-Adhered Sheet Air & Water Resistive Barrier 072600 Vapor Retarders 074213 Insulated Metal Wall Panels 075323 Ethylene – Propylene – Diene – Monomer (EPDM) Roofing 077236 Automatic Smoke Vents 078100 Applied Fireproofing 078123 Intumescent Fireproofing 078413 Penetration Firestopping 079200 Joint Sealants DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS 081113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 083113 Access Doors and Frames 087100 Door Hardware 089200 Louvered Equipment Enclosure DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 092116.23 Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies 092216 Non-Structural Metal Framing 092900 Gypsum Board 096519 Resilient Tile Flooring 099113 Exterior Painting 099123 Interior Painting URIS HALL ELEVATOR TABLE OF CONTENTS MODERNIZATION Page 3 DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 102213 Wire Mesh Partitions 104416 Fire Extinguishers DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 142100 Traction Elevators DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 220510 Basic Plumbing Requirements 220515 Plumbing Firestopping 220553 Plumbing Identification 220719 Plumbing Piping Insulation 221005 Plumbing Piping 221006 Plumbing Piping Specialties 223000 Plumbing Equipment DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING 230510 Basic Mechanical Requirements 230515 Mechanical Firestopping 230553 Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment 230593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC 230713 Duct Insulation 230719 HVAC Piping Insulation 232113 Hydronic Piping 232114 Hydronic Specialties 233100 HVAC Ducts and Casings 233300 Air Duct Accessories 233416 Centrifugal HVAC Fans 238101 Terminal Heat Transfer Units 238126.13 Small-Capacity Split-System Air Conditioners DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 260510 Basic Electrical Requirements 260515 Electrical Firestopping 260519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables 260526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems 260529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems 260533.13 Conduit for Electrical Systems 260533.16 Boxes for Electrical Systems 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems 260583 Wiring Connections 262726 Wiring Devices 262813 Fuses 262816.13 Enclosed Circuit Breakers 262816.16 Enclosed Switches 264113 Lightning Protection for Structures 265100 Interior Lighting URIS HALL ELEVATOR TABLE OF CONTENTS MODERNIZATION Page 4 DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS 271000 Structured Cabling 275129.13 Two Way Communications Systems DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 284600 Fire Detection And Alarm DRAWINGS GENERAL G-001 Cover Sheet G-002 Abbreviations and Legends G-003 Overall Floor Plans G-004 Overall Floor Plans HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AR-101 Asbestos Abatement Plan and Notes DEMOLITION D-101 Enlarged Removal Floor Plans D-102 Enlarged Removal Roof Plan STRUCTURAL S-001 Notes, Loads, Legends, Enlarged Structural Plan and Details S-101 Enlarged Structural Plans and Details S-301 Structural Sections and Details S-302 Structural Sections and Details ARCHITECTURAL A-401 Enlarged Floor Plans and Elevations A-402 Enlarged Roof Plan and Details A-403 Enlarged Penthouse Roof Plan, Sections, and Elevations A-404 Sections and Details A-501 Elevator Details PLUMBING P-001 General Notes and Details P-401 Enlarged Floor Plans MECHANICAL M-001 General Notes, Abbreviations and Symbols MD-101 Enlarged Removal Floor Plans M-401 Enlarged Floor Plans M-501 Details and Schedules URIS HALL ELEVATOR TABLE OF CONTENTS MODERNIZATION Page 5 ELECTRICAL E-001 Legends, Abbreviations, and General Notes ED-101 Enlarged Removal Floor Plans E-101 Partial Sub-Basement Floor Plan E-102 Partial Ground Floor Plan E-103 Partial Fourth Floor Plan E-401 Enlarged Roof Plan E-402 Enlarged Roof Plan E-501 Schedules E-601 Electrical Details E-701 Partial Single Line Diagram and Riser Diagram END OF DOCUMENT Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project: Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Owner: Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect: Architectural Resources, P.C. 505 Franklin Street Buffalo, New York 14202 1. BID DOCUMENTS The Bid Documents provided electronically by the Owner will consist of the following: (1) Instructions to Bidders. (2) Bid Proposal Certification Form. (3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements", and Supplemental Conditions. (4) Drawings and Specifications. (5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals. • Pre-Bid Conference video and other materials will be available via Drop Box at: https://cornell.box.com/s/kdpal8njif5s1fnfurav00q7d2ndvuk1 Bid Documents are available electronically in the eBuilder Bid Portal under the Bid Package Invitation – Invitation Documents Tab. Dataflow, Inc. maintains the current set of Documents and all addenda and is the contracted supplier for printed plans and specifications for this project. Contact Dataflow at CUProjects@goDataflow.com. Bid Documents Terms of Use / Disclaimer - By accessing and/or using the Cornell University Document Files, You accept without limitation or qualifications, the following Terms of Use: a. Cornell University grants You the permission to use and view the Document Files subject to these Terms of Use. b. Except in connection with preparing your bid, You may not modify, copy, transmit, display, reproduce, publish, license, create derivative works from, transfer, or sell any information, materials, drawings, content, products or services from the Document Files (together "Content") in any form without Cornell University's prior written permission. You may print out a copy or download Content solely for Your internal use. In doing so, you may not remove or alter, or cause to be removed or altered, any copyright, trademark, trade name, service mark, or any other proprietary notice or legend appearing on any of the Content. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-2 c. You may not provide parts of or full sets of Document Files to any planhouse or online document repositories. d. The trademarks, logos, and service marks (collectively the "Trademarks") displayed on the Document Files are registered and unregistered Trademarks of Cornell University and others. Nothing contained on the Document Files should be construed as granting, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license or right to use any Trademark displayed on the Document Files without the written permission of Cornell University or such party that may own the Trademark. Your use of the Trademarks displayed on the Document Files, or any other content, except as provided in these Terms of Use, are strictly prohibited. 2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Each Bidder shall acquaint themselves with location conditions as they exist, as well as the character of the necessary work to be carried out under the proposed Contract. A PreBid Zoom meeting will be scheduled and include: a review of project related information, an opportunity to ask and receive responses to Bidder questions, and make such inquiries as are necessary to fully understand the subject facilities, physical conditions and/or restrictions attendant to the work under the Contract. b. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub-surface conditions and similar information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character and extent of the soil data or other sub-surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended. c. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents. d. By submitting a Bid, the Bidder covenants and affirms that the Bidder has carefully examined all of the Bid Documents including Drawings, Specifications, and the Addenda and Bulletins, if any, as well as posed any questions associated with the Site, and that Bidder is satisfied as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and all matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance. 3. DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents, or be in doubt as to their meaning, Bidder shall at once enter the item in the Q&A Board of the eBuilder Bid Portal and an Addenda with written instructions will be sent to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing and entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Q&A Board. Inquiries received in advance of the deadline established at the Pre-Bid conference will be given consideration. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-3 4. PRE-BID CONFERENCE a. A virtual pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 9:00AM, January 7, 2021, via Zoom at: https://cornell.zoom.us/j/99352082978?pwd=enkyZjExMTVQL2x5ZTk3L0t DaVFJZz09&from=addon In person, on site Pre-Bid walkthroughs will not be conducted during the Pre-Bid Conference. The Zoom meeting will be to review project related information and respond to Bidder questions. The Pre-Bid Conference is designed to assist Bidders in understanding the Contract Documents, the opportunity to pose clarifying questions or make inquiries regarding Contract Documents. Results will be published in an Addendum. 5. BID SUBMISSION Bid Submissions must include the following: a. Base Bid entered into the eBuilder Portal broken down per the Bid Scope Tab Schedule of Values (Step 1: Bid Form of the Response Form tab). b. Additional Required Information: 1. Bid Proposal Certification Form 2. Bid Bond 3. Bond Surety Company 4. Bonding Rate for Change Orders 5. Proposed Project Team and Resumes 6. Proposed Project Schedule 7. Substitutions c. Bid Proposal Certification Form: The Bid Proposal Certification Form shall be signed by the Principal(s) or Officer(s) legally authorized to bind the Bidder, and to execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificates included in the Bid Proposal Certification Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name should be fully and accurately stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer; Owner expressly reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids, and to waive irregularities or informalities in its sole and reasonable discretion. d. Bid Bond: Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond electronically via the eBuilder Bid Portal in the amount of 10% of the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded to him in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 13 below. 6. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-4 7. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes. 8. TAX EXEMPT STATUS a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax-exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations. 9. EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES a. At the Contractor's request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax-exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract. 10. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually. b. In the spaces provided in the eBuilder Bid Portal Bid Scope form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he proposes to perform directly with his own forces. c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. d. In the Bid Scope Tab in the eBuilder Bid Portal, a list of the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and approval of principal subcontractors. 11. SUBSTITUTIONS a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, are to be entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields by listing each proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted on the form supplied with these instructions. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other particular reference. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-5 12. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested by the Owner and are included in the General Requirements. They will be listed in the Bid Scope Tab in the eBuilder Bid Portal. All Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception. b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 13. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Base Bid shall be prepared and electronically submitted via the eBuilder Bid Portal. All required fields and attachments in the eBuilder Bid Portal must be completed. b. Bid Proposal Certification Form shall be prepared electronically submitted as an attachment via the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields. c. Completed and responsive Bid Proposals shall be submitted through the eBuilder Bid Portal no later than 3:00PM on January 27, 2021. d. Bid Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral, written, electronic or telephonic proposals, or modifications will be considered. 14. BID OPENING a. Completed and responsive Bid Proposals will be opened electronically via eBuilder Bid Portal. Responsive Bid results will be posted to the Facilities Contracts website at: https://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfm The Owner reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto. 15. AWARD OF CONTRACT a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are to be provided in accordance with the Contract. b. Award of the Contract shall be made to the bidder submitting the lowest responsive and responsible base bid who, in the opinion of the Owner, is qualified to perform the work. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders' proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award. c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities in Bidding. Contract award shall be subject to approval of Cornell University’s Contractors Qualification Statement. d. Bidder expressly warrants and commits that its Proposal shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect at the Owner’s option for a period of not less than ninety (90) calendar days following the bid opening date. e. Bidders may submit, recall, modify, resubmit or withdraw their Bids through the eBuilder Bid Portal up until the Bid Due Date and Time. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-6 f. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. 16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or Architect, the complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract. 17. PERFORMANCE AND LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BONDS Prior to commencement of on-site construction activities, the successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with "Performance" and “Labor and Material Payment Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract Price. Each of these Bonds are to be in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. 18. START OF WORK a. Upon discontinuance or modification of applicable civil order(s) (e.g., NY State Executive Order(s)) permitting commencement of the subject Work or the Project has been deemed essential, construction activities on-site shall be started within seven (7) calendar days. Bidder further agrees to achieve substantial completion within the established Project Duration Schedule. 1. Work shall be completed by December 31, 2021. 2. NOTE: Prior to commencement of any on-site construction activities, the successful Bidder shall: i. Furnish the Owner with fully executed and satisfactory Payment and Performance bonds. No on-site construction activities may commence until executed and satisfactory bonds are in place for the subject project. ii. Furnish the Owner with safety plan related to COVID-19 pandemic b. The construction schedule and completion are critical. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and equipment in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur. 19. ADDENDA AND BULLETINS a. Bidders must acknowledge in Step 3 of the Bid Response in the eBuilder Bid Portal each Addendum and/or Bulletin issued during the bidding period. Rev. 9-2016 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS-7 20. REQUIRED POST-AWARD SUBMISSIONS BY THE APPARENT LOW BIDDER a. Within fourteen days after bid opening: (1) Use of Minority and Female Vendor Forms (2) Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female Subcontractors/Vendors (3) Six-Month Workforce Projection b. Upon Execution of Contract: (1) Insurance Certificate (2) Performance Bond (3) Labor and Material Payment Bond (4) Schedule of Work (bar chart) (5) Federal Tax Identification Number END OF SECTION BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-1 URIS HALL ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM Vendor Name: Type of Firm, State of Incorporation if Applicable Street Address, City, State, Zip Having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division 1 - "General Requirements"), Supplemental Conditions, the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated December 1, 2020, prepared by Architectural Resources, P.C., 505 Franklin Street, Buffalo, New York 14202, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents. 1. Receipt of the Addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications has been acknowledged in the eBuilder Bid Portal. 2. Minority and Women’s Business Enterprises (M/WBEs) a. The undersigned shall, if awarded the Contract, endeavor to include both Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprises participation and to demonstrate a “good faith effort” with respect to these requirements. Goals shall be as follows: • A goal of 4.1% for Minority-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from MBEs. • A goal of 1.4% for Women-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one-third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from WBEs. 3. Milestone Dates a. Upon project being deemed essential or discontinuance or modification of applicable civil order(s) (e.g., NY State Executive Order(s)) permitting commencement of the subject Work, construction activities on-site shall be started within seven (7) calendar days. Bidder agrees to achieve substantial completion within the established Project Duration. i. Work shall be completed by December 31, 2021. BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-2 b. The Contractor shall provide adequate labor and equipment in the Bid to ensure that no slippage of the schedule will occur. Contractor shall attach a Project Duration Schedule to this form that meets the duration established. c. Following are additional Milestone Dates: NA d. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Construction Progress Schedule" consistent with the agreed upon Construction Duration showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. Such schedule shall be in conformance with General Requirements, Section 01 32 16, 1.3, A. 4. Proposed Principal Subcontractors a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the list submitted in the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields subject to the following provisions: i. The Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors" prior to the award of the Contract, and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract. 5. Contractor Team: a. The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any Project Manager or Superintendent provide in the eBuilder Bid Portal submission to whom they have a reasonable objection. 6. Bonds a. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of a minimum of 10% of Bid Amount is attached to the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields. b. Performance and Payment Bonds. Prior to commencement of any on-site construction activities, the undersigned expressly agrees if awarded the Contract, to deliver to Owner executed "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such forms as are acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. c. Such bonds will be furnished by the Surety entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields. BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-3 d. Bonding Rate for Change Orders has been entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields. 7. Bid Scope - Schedule of Values a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating to the total Contract Sum submitted in the eBuilder Bid Portal. 8. Substitutions a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1. c. Any Substitutions are to be entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields by listing each proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. d. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. e. The sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. 9. Unit Price Schedule a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to perform work "In addition to" or "deducted from" the scope of the Contract Documents as directed by the Owner and/or Architect, computed in accordance with the unit prices form uploaded in the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields, which prices include all overhead, profit and other expense items in connection therewith, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents. b. All unit prices include the installation or omission, complete for each item, together with all work in connection therewith and shall include all shoring, bracing, dewatering and other incidental work. c. Adjustments will be computed on net variation of total quantities of like items. d. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the unit prices entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields prior to the execution of the Contract. BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-4 10. Acceptance a. The undersigned agrees that the amount submitted for the Base Bid and any Alternates and Unit Pricing along with the required attachments in the Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields submitted in the eBuilder Bid Portal have been reviewed and are accurate. b. The undersigned acknowledges as Contractor to be and remain exclusively in control of the Project site and Work, as well as the Project’s Health & Safety Plan, measures, and/or protocols, for the duration of construction activities. i. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of Supplemental Conditions to the Contract surrounding Contractor Response and Health & Safety Protocols for COVID-19, or other viral, bacterial, or microbial presence (as applicable). ii. The undersigned acknowledges that no one will be permitted on the job site until the Health & Safety Plan has been submitted. c. It is understood and agreed that the Owner expressly reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids, and to waive irregularities or informalities in its sole and reasonable discretion. d. Upon acceptance of Bidder’s Proposal, Bidder expressly agrees and affirms to hold its unchanged Bid Proposal for ninety (90) calendar days. The undersigned will execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted. Nothing contained herein shall preclude Bidder and Owner from mutually agreeing upon a Contract based upon the unchanged Bid Proposal if the time elapsed from Award is in excess of ninety (90) calendar days. e. The undersigned acknowledges the following Addendum(s) (as applicable): f. It is understood and agreed that award of the Contract shall be made to the Bidder submitting the lowest responsive and responsible bid who, in the sole discretion of the Owner, is qualified to perform the Work. g. The undersigned agrees to furnish Owner satisfactory and executed Performance and Payment Bonds prior to the commencement of any Work on-site. h. Alternates: 1. The undersigned, if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or deducted to the amount of the Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. Addendum No. __ dated ____. BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-5 2. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any of the Alternate Proposals provided in the eBuilder Bid Portal within sixty (60) calendar days following the award of a construction contract or such other time as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor. The following documentation is required to be submitted electronically in the eBuilder Bidding Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields Bid Proposal Certification Form (this Form) signed and executed Project Duration Schedule Bid Bond Proposed Project Team Resumes (Bidder) By: Title: Business Address: Dated: BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-6 CERTIFICATE OF NON-COLLUSION By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of its knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required by law, the prices that have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed, directly or indirectly, by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder to any other bidder or any competitor prior to opening. c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. (Bidder) By: Title: Dated: BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATION FORM BF-7 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BIDDER I, _____________________________________________________, certify that I am the ________________________ _____ of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for General Contractors; that __________________________________, who signed said Bid Form on behalf of the bidder was then _______________________________ of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly signed and executed for and on behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. (Secretary-Clerk) Dated: Rev 12.2018 G E N E R A L C O N D I T I O N S FOR URIS HALL ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK i Rev 12.2018 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 Owner 1 Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings 1 Section 1.03 Order of Precedence 1 ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2 Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2 Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2 Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and Labeling 3 Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3 Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4 Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4 Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions 4 Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5 Section 2.10 Meetings 5 Section 2.11 Related Work 5 Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5 Section 2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5 Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6 Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6 ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 Access to the Work 6 Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6 Section 3.03 Inspection of Work 7 Section 3.04 Inspection and Testing 7 Section 3.05 Defective or Damaged Work 7 Section 3.06 Acceptance 7 ARTICLE 4 CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 Changes 8 Section 4.02 Claims for Extra Work 11 Section 4.03 Form of Change Orders 12 ARTICLE 5 TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 Time of Completion 12 ii Rev 12.2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION Section 6.01 Termination for Cause 13 Section 6.02 Termination for Convenience of Owner 13 Section 6.03 Owner's Right to do Work 13 ARTICLE 7 DISPUTES Section 7.01 Disputes Procedure 14 ARTICLE 8 SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 Subcontracting 15 ARTICLE 9 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 Cooperation with Other Contractors 15 ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 Accidents and Accident Prevention 16 Section 10.02 Adjoining Property 17 Section 10.03 Emergencies 17 Section 10.04 Bonds 17 Section 10.05 Risks Assumed by the Contractor 18 Section 10.06 Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance 18 Section 10.07 Liability Insurance of the Owner 20 Section 10.08 Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards 20 Section 10.09 Effect of Procurement of Insurance 21 Section 10.10 No Third Party Rights 21 ARTICLE 11 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 Substantial Completion 21 Section 11.02 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 21 ARTICLE 12 PAYMENT Section 12.01 Provision of Payment 22 Section 12.02 Stored Materials & Equipment 23 Section 12.03 Retention 24 Section 12.04 Withholding Payments 24 Section 12.05 Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment 25 Section 12.06 Final Payment and Release 26 iii Rev 12.2018 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 13 TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 26 ARTICLE 14 GUARANTEE Section 14.01 Guarantee 27 ARTICLE 15 STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted 27 Section 15.02 Laws Governing the Contract 27 Section 15.03 Assignments 27 Section 15.04 No Third Party Rights 28 Section 15.05 Waiver of Rights of Owner 28 Section 15.06 Limitation on Actions 28 Section 15.07 Owner's Representative 28 ARTICLE 16 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Section 16.01 Definitions 28 Section 16.02 Participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises 28 Section 16.03 MWBE Utilization Plan 29 Section 16.04 Reports and Records 29 ARTICLE 17 ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT 30 ARTICLE 18 CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 30 ARTICLE 19 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS 30 ARTICLE 20 CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 20.01 Release of Information 31 Section 20.02 Confidential Information 31 Section 20.03 Use of Owner's Name 31 ARTICLE 21 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT 32 iv Rev 12.2018 EXHIBITS A Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary B Final Release C Guarantee D Form I MWBE Utilization Plan Form II Contractor’s Affirmative Action Plan Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report E Labor Rate Breakdown F Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation G Contractor Performance Evaluation 1 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 1 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 - Owner A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Cornell University". B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches, test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work, whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Cornell University. The Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of this Contract. When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University. C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly provided. D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner. E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a manner approved by the Owner. Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs in writing. B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern. 2 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all terms of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1. All labor for this project which is normally under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins-Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University shall be performed by Union labor. B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary Work as may be required. C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment, machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise. Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name, catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal" considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 25 00. 3 Rev 12.2018 B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure. Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose. When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials meet said standards. C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test materials as provided in the Contract. D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract is executed. Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time effective, responsive and competent construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all times. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing. B. If at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. 4 Rev 12.2018 Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the Owner's receipt of bids. B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall be issued. Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor The Contractor represents and warrants: A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to perform the Work; B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances, orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work; C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely and satisfactorily constructed. D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work. Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer said conflict to the Owner. 5 Rev 12.2018 B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to meet field conditions. C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner. D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and other affected Contractors and Subcontractors. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place. F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs. Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors A. The Contractor will have access to view and download the Bid Documents in eBuilder. B. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof are the property of the Owner and are not to be used on other work Section 2.10 - Meetings The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.11 - Related Work The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of said work to the Work under the Contract. Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the Work. Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 6 Rev 12.2018 Section 2.14 - Project Labor Rates The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during this project. Section 2.15 – Daily Reports The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a minimum, contain the following information: Name of Project Project Number Date of Report Weather Conditions Equipment on the site Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor Work/area and activity for each contractor Overtime worked and planned work progress Environmental problems and corrections Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and check out, occupancy, etc. ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 - Access to the Work The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in completion of the work. Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided. 7 Rev 12.2018 Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner that the work will not be delayed. B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by said removal or replacement. C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner. Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. If said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable. Section 3.06 - Acceptance No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other Work resulting therefrom. 8 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 - Changes A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders. B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance. C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by the Owner. D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods: 1. By agreement with the Contractor. 2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. (i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and then multiplied by the applicable markup. (iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "asbuilt" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit. 9 Rev 12.2018 3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cost of: (i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site. (ii) Materials (iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the Work. When submitting change orders, equipment which is common to the project scope at hand is expected to be previously paid for as overhead / general conditions to the project. Special rental equipment or tools not common to the project that are required to perform the change order will be accepted as additional costs. 4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. E. Mark-up Percentages 1. Work performed by the Contractor: Where the Work is performed directly by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof. 2. Work performed by a Subcontractor: Where the change order work is performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs. 3. Work performed by a Sub-Subcontractor: Where work is performed by a Sub-Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Sub-Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost. The maximum aggregate of all mark-up percentages may not exceed twenty five percent (25%). 4. No Markup on Bonds and Insurance Costs: Change Order cost adjustments due to increases or decreases in bond or insurance costs (if applicable) shall not be subject to any Markup Percentage. 5. Overtime Pay: No mark-up shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay. 10 Rev 12.2018 6. Direct and Indirect Costs Covered by Markup Percentages: As a further clarification, the agreed upon Markup Percentage is intended to cover the Contractor's profit and all indirect costs and expenses associated with the change order work. Items intended to be covered by the Markup Percentage include, without limit: home office expenses, branch office and field office overhead expense of any kind; project management; superintendents, general foremen; estimating, engineering; coordinating; expediting; purchasing; detailing; legal, accounting, data processing or other administrative expenses; reproduction of drawings and specifications; shop drawings and sample coordination; “as-built” drawings; permits; auto insurance and umbrella insurance; pick-up truck costs; parking permits; cellular phones; testing and inspection; temporary facilities; access and safety provisions; and warranty expense costs. The cost for the use of small tools and/or tools already in use on site are also to be considered covered by the Markup Percentage. Small tools shall be defined as tools and equipment (power or non-power) with an individual purchase cost of less than $750 7. Deduct Change Orders and Net Deduct Changes: The application of the markup percentage will apply to both additive and deductive change orders. In the case of a deductive change order, the credit will be computed by applying the percentage so that a deductive change order would be computed in the same manner as an additive change order. In those instances where a change involves both additive and deductive work, the additions and deductions will be netted and the markup percentage adjustments will be applied to the net amount F. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after a request for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit A. Each submission shall include an electronic .pdf format of all documentation. G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights to any other compensation for said damage or expense. H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records relating thereto. 11 Rev 12.2018 Section 4.02 – Claims for Extra Work If the Contractor claims (i) that any work it has been ordered to do is extra work or (ii) that it has performed or is going to perform extra work or (iii) that any action or omission of the Owner or the Architect is contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall: A. Promptly comply with such order; B. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, Article 4 of these General Condition and any other provisions of the Contract documents to the contrary, file with the Owner, within fourteen (14) calendar days after being ordered to perform the work claimed by it to be extra work or within fourteen (14) calendar days after commencing performance of the extra work, whichever date shall be the earlier, or within fourteen (14) calendar days after the said action or omission on the part of the Owner or the Architect occurred, a written notice of the basis of its claim and request a determination thereof; C. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement and any other provisions of the Contract documents to the contrary, file with the Owner, within thirty (30) calendar days after said alleged extra work was required to be performed or said alleged extra work was commenced, whichever date shall be the earlier, or said alleged action or omission by the Owner or the Architect occurred, a verified detailed statement, with documentary evidence, of the items and basis of its claim; D. Produce for the Owner’s examination, upon notice from the Owner, all its books of account, bills, invoices, payrolls, subcontracts, time books, progress records, daily reports, bank deposit books, bank statements, checkbooks and cancelled checks, showing all of its actions and transactions in connection with or relating to or arising by reason of its claim, and submit persons in its employment and in its subcontractors' employment for examination under oath by any person designated by the Owner to investigate any claims made against the Owner under the Contract, such examination to be made at the offices of the Contractor; and E. Proceed diligently, pending and subsequent to the determination of the Owner with respect to any such disputed matter, with the performance of the Contract and in accordance with all instructions of the Owner and the Architect. F. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Section 4.02 shall be deemed to be: (i) a conclusive and binding determination on its part that said order, work, action or omission does not involve extra work and is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; and (ii) a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. The provisions of Section 4.02 is to promptly afford the Owner opportunity to cancel or revise any order, change its plans, mitigate or remedy the effects or circumstances giving rise to a claim or take such other action as may seem desirable and to verify any claimed expenses or circumstances as they occur. Compliance with such provisions is essential whether or not the Owner is aware of the circumstances of any order or other circumstances which might constitute a basis for a claim and whether or not the Owner has indicated it will consider a claim in connection therewith. G. No person has power to waive or modify any of the foregoing provisions and, in any action against the Owner to recover any sum in excess of the sum certified by the Owner to be due under or by reason of the Contract, the Contractor must allege in its complaint and prove compliance with the provisions of this Section. 12 Rev 12.2018 Section 4.03 - Form of Change Orders All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved via the Owner's E-Builder Change Order Process. No payment for change order Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved as noted above. ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 - Time of Completion A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract. All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid. B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract. C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site. D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect’s or Owner's judgment, it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas. E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas. F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to: 1. any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government of the United States or the State of New York; 2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually severe weather. 13 Rev 12.2018 G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be extended for: 1. all of the Work, or 2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order. H. Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to remove and remedy the violation, the Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and may utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in completing the Work. Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may take over the Work and prosecute same to completion. Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. 14 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall: 1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract. 2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the Owner. 3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed matter. 4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed. B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner. C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions. D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or all parts of Article 7 shall be deemed to be: 1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terms and provisions of the Contract; 2. a waiver by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. 15 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 - Subcontracting A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed Subcontractor and Sub-Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub-Subcontractor without the prior written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors. D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor. E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall control and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between Subcontractors and the Owner. ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces or separate Contractors. B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of other contractors. C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective workmanship may interfere with the Contractor's operations. D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work. 16 Rev 12.2018 E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another contractor's default in performance. F. If the Owner shall determine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed: 1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and 2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions. G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage. H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from all said claims. ARTICLE 10 -- PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 10.01 - Accidents and Accident Prevention A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods, and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods. B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death, or significant near miss incidents that had the potential to result in serious injury or death. The Contractor shall upload all completed Contractor and Subcontractor incident investigation forms and reports within five (5) working days of the incident. The report shall include the extent of damage or injury, the persons involved and their employers, the number of days persons are hospitalized, and any other pertinent information required by Cornell University. Such reporting shall be submitted on the e-Builder Accident Form. 17 Rev 12.2018 C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for review and approval, prior to their use on site. 1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the Contractor's name. 2. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's recommendations shall be used at all times. 3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University. 4. A Contractor’s Waste Material Disposal Plan form is required (with or without waste) to be submitted with submission of the first payment. The form can be found at: https://ehs.cornell.edu/sites/default/files/res ource-files/FRM_CWMDPContractorWasteMaterialDisposalPlan.pdf D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard and protect the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner. F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage thereto until Final Acceptance. Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract. Section 10.03 - Emergencies A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken. 18 Rev 12.2018 Section 10.04 - Bonds A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default. Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor A. Indemnification. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its trustees, officers, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work including, but not limited to, bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or damage to tangible property, to the extent they arise out of or result from: 1. any negligent act or omission, or intentional or willful misconduct, violation of law, or breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, or 2. any injury to an employee of the Contractor, its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them. The indemnification obligation under this section shall not be limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor under workers’ compensation, disability benefit or other employee benefit laws. B. In the event that Contractor is requested but refuses to honor its indemnification obligations hereunder, then the Contractor shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost, including reasonable attorneys' fees, of bringing an action to enforce such indemnification obligations. C. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assumes or is only responsible for risk or claims of the type enumerated. Section 10.06 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance: 1. Worker's Compensation Insurance. A policy complying with the requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto, including Coverage B - Employer's Liability with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 19 Rev 12.2018 2. Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage’s issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage’s shall be maintained for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY (BROAD FORM) $ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Aggregate 3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 1,000,000 Each Person $ 1,000,000 Each Accident B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability, including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits as required under this section. C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. 20 Rev 12.2018 D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractor’s certificates. Such certificates shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage’s and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage’s, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy. E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled, terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's expense. Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from operations under this Contract. 21 Rev 12.2018 Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for Architect’s services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover “all risk” of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Cornell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage’s including all endorsements and exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. If Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms. B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or nature. D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and subcontractors of responsibility for any loss or damage to their own or rented property or property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under the Contract incidental to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited to tools, equipment, forms, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever kind or nature. 22 Rev 12.2018 Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks. Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. ARTICLE 11 -- USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 – Substantial Completion A. The term "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State governments or other authority having jurisdiction. Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner. B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems, materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under the Contract. C. The Contractor shall continue the performance of the Work in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents. 23 Rev 12.2018 B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract. C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses in accord with the following procedure: 1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This schedule, as shown in the E-Builder Schedule of Values Process, when approved by the Owner shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule. 2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted by the Contractor in the requisition for payment. (b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Contractor shall submit via the E-Builder Payment Application Process, a statement and all applicable documentation setting forth in detail the cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price. (c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress payment, have been paid. The Contractor shall attach a single .pdf file of certified payrolls for all employees on the project as indicated in the EBuilder Payment Application Process. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid, including final waivers of any liens. 3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor. 24 Rev 12.2018 4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment, that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate in E-Builder. Approval of the Payment Application by the Architect shall not be deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. Section 12.02 – Stored Materials & Equipment A. The Contractor may submit, no more than thirty (30) calendar days after contract approval and prior to the first application for payment, a written request to Cornell University for permission to invoice for critical materials and equipment ready, but not yet incorporated into the work. For the purpose of this paragraph, "critical materials and equipment" eligible for payment are defined as those items affecting project schedule or budget as determined by Cornell University's evaluation of the project schedule. This includes finished goods normally shipped to the job site in a condition ready for incorporation into the work that require significant time for delivery. Raw materials or work-in-process at a manufacturer's plant location shall not be eligible for such consideration unless the Contractor can demonstrate that Cornell University can save money by purchasing material in bulk quantities at the beginning of the project. B. Cornell University will be under no obligation to accept such requests. C. Payment authorized by Cornell University for such "long-lead" critical materials and equipment not yet incorporated in the work will be made provided the Contractor submits Exhibit H and complies with the following: 1. Items shall be listed in the “Total Materials Presently Stored” column on the Application for Payment. 2. Transfer of Title shall be executed and included in the Application for Payment. 3. The method used to store off-site items shall be described in the Contractor's request to invoice for such materials and equipment. Cornell University shall give prior approval of the location of off-site storage. Items requiring special environmental conditions to protect their integrity (temperature, humidity, etc.) shall be continuously stored in such an environment. 25 Rev 12.2018 4. Items in storage shall be identified as property of Cornell University, and a description of the identification method used shall be submitted in the Application for Payment. Contractor shall maintain all necessary insurance on items in storage. 5. A written and photographic inventory of items and method used to verify such inventory, including Contractor's certification that all quantities have been received in good condition at the job site or other location acceptable to Cornell University shall be submitted with the Application for Payment. 6. A copy of the vendor's invoice is included with the Contractor's invoice. Packing lists will not be accepted. D. Cornell University retains the right to verify storage by physical inspection prior to payment approval and at any time thereafter. Such payment shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for protecting, safeguarding, and properly installing the equipment or materials. The Warranty and Guarantee period shall not commence until installation and final acceptance of the completed work by Cornell University. The Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to the site E. Each subsequent invoice will restate the prior months' materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work and current month additions and deletions for materials and equipment incorporated into the Work. F. Upon the making of partial payment by Cornell University, all work, materials, and equipment covered thereby shall become the sole property of Cornell University. Partial payments, however, shall not constitute acceptance of the Contractor's work by Cornell University, nor be construed as a waiver of any right or claim by Cornell University. Section 12.03 – Retention A. Retention in the amount of ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor’s work within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.06. B. Cornell University in its sole discretion may, upon the Contractor's application thereof, release retention applicable to a subcontractor, provided that there are no outstanding claims associated with the subcontractor's work and the subcontractor and Contractor submit an acceptable partial or final release when submitting the payment application process. If the project is bonded, a Consent of Surety to the reduction must be attached as well. 26 Rev 12.2018 Section 12.04 - Withholding Payments A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss on account of: 1. Defective work not remedied. 2. To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's property. 3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid. 4. Damage to another Contractor. 5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor. 6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method Network Schedule. Section 12.05 – Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment A. As-Built Documentation 1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Final Documentation: 1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following documents with the Owner. a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications. b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub-Contractors in accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto. c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 39. d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed. e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 23. 27 Rev 12.2018 f. Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 22. 2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or Word Documents of all documentation. Section 12.06 - Final Payment and Release A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect. B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and subsubcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable. D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate. E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the Contractor. ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools, machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery, equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials. 28 Rev 12.2018 B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation. ARTICLE 14 -- GUARANTEE Section 14.01 - Guarantee A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding B. In some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract and made a part hereof, shall be deemed to be inserted herein and, in the event any such provision is not inserted or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, this Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. Section 15.03 - Assignments The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written consent of the Owner. 29 Rev 12.2018 Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner except when such waiver is given in writing. Section 15.06 - Limitation on Actions No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination. Section 15.07 - Owner's Representative The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with respect to the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University’s designated representative (Jason Cragle) shall be recognized by the Contractor. ARTICLE 16 – MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES Section 16.01 – Definitions The terms "Minority-owned business enterprise" ("MBE") or “Women-owned business enterprise” (“WBE”) or “minority group member” shall have the same meaning as under Section 310 of the New York State Executive Law, as the same may be from time to time amended. Section 16.02 – Participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises A. The Contractor shall, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provision of the Contract and at no additional cost to Owner, fully comply and cooperate with the Owner in the implementation of MBE and WBE goals. These requirements include equal employment opportunities for minority group members and women (“EEO”) and contracting opportunities for certified minority and women-owned business enterprises (“MWBEs”). The Contractor’s demonstration of “good faith efforts” shall be a part of these requirements. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to, and not in lieu of, the nondiscrimination provisions required by New York State or other applicable federal, state or local laws. B. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this Article in each and every Agreement and/or Contract in such a manner that the provisions of this Article will be binding upon each subcontractor and supplier as to work in connection with and related to this Agreement. 30 Rev 12.2018 C. For purposes of this procurement, the Owner has established goals as outlined in the Bid Proposal Certification Form for Minority-Owned Business Enterprises (“MBE”) and Women-Owned Business Enterprises (“WBE”) participation. 1. The goal for Minority-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from MBEs. 2. The goal for Women-Owned Business Enterprise participation shall be applied as follows: a maximum of one third (1/3) of the goal may be applied to purchases of materials, supplies, and equipment from WBEs. D. For purposes of providing meaningful participation by MWBEs on the Contract and achieving the Contract Goals established in paragraph C above, the Contractor should reference the Directory of New York State Certified MWBEs found at the following internet address: http://www.esd.ny.gov/mwbe.html. E. Where MWBE goals have been established herein, the Contractor must document “good faith efforts” to provide meaningful participation by MWBEs as sub-contractors or suppliers in the performance of the Contract. F. Where it appears that a Contractor is unable to comply with the MWBE participation requirements, Contractor may submit in writing for the Owner’s consideration, the reasons for Contractor’s inability to meet any or all of the participation requirements together with an explanation of the efforts taken by the Contractor to obtain the stated MWBE participation. Section 16.03 MWBE Utilization Plan A. The Contractor shall submit a MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the Owner’s review prior within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of a Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed. B. The Contractor shall use such Owner approved MBE/WBE Utilization Plan for the performance of MWBEs on the Contract pursuant to the prescribed MWBE goals established in Article 16 hereof. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible for implementing the MBE/WBE Utilization Plan of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report attached hereto as Exhibit "D". Section 16.04 Reports and Records A. The following forms, attached hereto as Exhibit "D" and made a part of the Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting MBE/WBE Utilization Plans. Electronic versions are available in the E-Builder Resources Project or at https://fcs.cornell.edu/projectcontractors-and-consultants. 1. MWBE Utilization Plan 2. Affirmative Action Workforce Report 31 Rev 12.2018 B. The Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of the Affirmative Action Workforce Report on a monthly basis, or as requested by Owner. The Contractor shall provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the project labor and such report must document the progress made towards achievement of the MWBE goals of the Contract. Such forms shall be uploaded monthly to E-Builder. C. The Contractor shall permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Owner for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with the provisions of this Article. The Contractor shall include this provision in every subcontract so that such provision will be binding upon each subcontractor. ARTICLE 17 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub-Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project. ARTICLE 18 – CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION At project completion the Owner shall schedule a meeting to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner may schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50% completion) based on project complexity and/or duration. The Owner shall present its review based on the attached “Contractor Performance Evaluation”, Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner. ARTICLE 19 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell University. 32 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 20 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 20.01 - Release of Information The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news releases, social media, internal house organizations, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager. Section 20.02 - Confidential Information The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or received from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (1) is or becomes known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties. Section 20.03 - Use of Owner's Name The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, social media, or other promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative. 33 Rev 12.2018 ARTICLE 21 -- CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of which is available at https://fcs.cornell.edu/project-contractors-and-consultants This includes treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Cornell University employees and their families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75.00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report violations of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to on the web https://secure.ethicspoint.com/domain/en/report_custom.asp?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077. EXHIBIT "A" CORNELL UNIVERSITY Construction Contract Change Order Forms Instructions to Change Order Documentation Cornell University has several standard forms related to Changes in the Work. These forms have been prepared to comply with contract requirements related to Changes in the Work. The standard Construction Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms shall be used to facilitate preparation of change order requests in conformity with construction contract requirements. These forms shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their respective cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work for the Owner’s consideration and shall include all associated back-up documentation supporting the request. Direct Cost of the Work: 1. Direct Labor – Include the “wages paid” hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary to perform the required change. “Wages paid” is the burdened labor rate documented in accordance with Section 2.14 – Project Labor Rates of the General Conditions. “Assigned Personnel or Work Crews” should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason, backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory personnel on the job-site, but with broad supervisory responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor 2. Direct Material – Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to perform the required change. Examples of “Unit of Measure” include square feet, cubic yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc. 3. Equipment – Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perform the change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed. Bond Premiums The Contractor’s actual documented bond premium rate as entered into the eBuilder Bid Portal Response Form – Step 3 – Additional Required Information Custom Fields at time of bid shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change. Overhead & Profit The Contractor’s overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change in accordance with the Contract. EXHIBIT "A" EXHIBIT "A" CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER SUMMARY DATE: PCO # PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR: DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 1 DIRECT COST OF WORK: NAME OF CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTORS TOTAL PERFORMING WORK COST TOTAL COST OF PROPOSED CHANGE ORDER ITEM $0 TOTAL CONTRACT DAYS ADDED/DELETED FROM PROJECT SCHEDULE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FINAL RELEASE EXHIBIT "B" FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title: Date Contract Date Project Contract Price Address Net Extras and Deductions City Adjusted Contract Price County Amount Previously Paid State Balance Due - Final Payment The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in connection with its work on the above Project in accordance with the Contract. In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of $ being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of liens being on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows: . The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully-paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto. The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "C" GUARANTEE Date: In accordance with plans and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell University dated , we hereby guarantee the as found in the specifications for , Ithaca, New York to be free (Project Title) from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from , the date of acceptance by the Owner. (Date) (COMPANY) By: Title: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "D" – FORM I 1 MWBE Utilization Plan – Submit Part I and Part II within 15 days after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed – – Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project – PART I – PROJECT INFORMATION e-Builder Project No. Project Name: Contract Value: Contractor Name and Address: Primary Contact Name, Phone Number, Email: Bid Date: % Goals MBE: 4.1% WBE: 1.4% Contractor’s MWBE Contact Name, Phone Number, Email: PART II – MWBE LIST (Update as MWBE firms come under contract, sign and date, resubmit) Subcontractor Name, Address, Contact, Email, MBE or WBE (List your firm if also MBE or WBE) Federal ID Number Dollar Value of Contract or Purchase Order Description of Work or Supplies Subcontractor or Supplier Start and End Dates (Update totals as MWBE firms are added/subtracted to above list) Print Name of Principal or Officer: Title: Signature: Date: MWBE Contract Percentages Summary % MBE Totals WBE Totals EXHIBIT "D" – FORM I 2 MWBE Utilization Plan – Submit Part I and Part II within 15 days after Letter of Intent or Notice to Proceed – – Submit Part III Quarterly and at end of project – PART III – Quarterly Utilization Report (Subcontractors & Sub-subcontractors fill this out and submit to General Contractor to compile into a single form.) Double click on table to edit. Month/Year: General Contractor, Subcontractor, SubSubcontractor, or Vendor Trade Dollar Value of SubContract or Purchase Order MBE, WBE, or N/A % of Total Contract TOTALS 0 0 EXHIBIT "D" - FORM II SUMMARY OF BID ACTIVITY WITH MBE AND WBE SUBCONTRACTORS AND VENDORS Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required. PROJECT: Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number): MBE and WBE Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of (Indicate which) Trade Date Amount Date Amount Elimination EXPLANATION OF ELIMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc. (Use additional sheet if necessary) OFFICER OF FIRM: Name and Title: Date: Signature: EXHIBIT "D" - FORM III EXHIBIT "E" LABOR RATE BREAKDOWN PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR: TRADE: EFFECTIVE DATE: EXPIRATION DATE: Base Hourly Rate: $ Payroll Taxes and Insurance % per Hour F.I.C.A. Federal Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours of work) State Unemployment (Base on 1500 hours of work) * Worker's Compensation * Bodity Injury & Property Damage Disability TOTAL % Payroll Taxes and Insurance Rates: Base Rate (x) Total % = $ * Supplemental Benefits $ per Hour Vacation Health & Welfare Pension Annuity Education / Training Industry Total Hourly Fringe Benefits $ Hourly Labor Rate: Base Rate, Taxes/Insurance and Fringe Benefits $ Adjustment for a composite rate which includes apprentices: $ CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Signature of Authorized Representative: Print Name: Print Title: I certify that the labor rates, insurance enumerations, labor fringe enumerations and expenses are correct and in accordance with actual and true cost incurred. Rates are net Contractor cost after premium discounts and experience modifications have been applied against manual rate. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "F” STORED MATERIALS INVOICING DOCUMENTATION PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACT NO. CONTRACTOR: SUBCONTRACTOR: REASON FOR REQUEST: APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. __________ DATE: 1 Material Identification Description: Quantity: Provide Specific Location of Materials Stored: 2 Material Value Attach an Invoice or Quantified Statement of Value. $ 3 Certificate of Insurance Attach a Certificate of Insurance for the above specified materials. Certificate shall name "Cornell University" as a loss payee with respect to the specified materials. 4 Transfer of Title The Contractor hereby agrees to transfer complete ownership of all listed materials to Cornell University at the time payment is made to Contractor for the above referenced Application for Payment. The Contractor remains responsible for all contractual requirements for the above listed materials including complete installation and providing of all warranties. Signed: Date: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXHIBIT "G" Contractor Performance Evaluation Project Information Project Name:____________________________________________ Date Of Evaluation___________________ Project Number___________________________ Evaluators; Project Team_____________________________ Campus_________________________________ Project Start Date_________________________ Substantial Completion________________ Contractor___________ ___________________________________ Prequalification Status_________________ Original Contract Amount__________________________________ Total Change Order Amount_____________ Contractor Project Manager___________________________________________ Initial Evaluation_____ Contractor Superintendent____________________________________________ Final Evaluation_____ Type Of Contract Prime Contractor___ Subcontractor___ Construction Manager___ Project Comments/Description Performance Evaluation Please give one rating for each category. Add comments as required to justify your rating. Fails to Achieve Needs Fully AchieveFreq ExceedsCons Exceed Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation 1 2 3 4 5 1 Quality of Workmanship Rate this contractor's performance in regards to quality of work a. Compliance with project drawings and specifications b. Workmanship quality and accuracy c. Tools- quality and sufficient quantity d. Equipment - sufficient quantity and operating condition e. Quality of jobsite craft personnel Comments: 2 Scheduling/Productivity Rate this contractor's performance with regard to producing and meeting contract schedules and milestones a. Project schedule quality and completeness b. Controlling of project schedule c. Manpower allocation for maintaining schedule d. Material deliveries to support project schedule e. Ability to meet substantial completion date and project milestones f. Productivity of work force g. Ability to deal with added work and unforeseen issues. Comments: 3 Subcontractor Management Rate this contractor's ability, effort and success in managing and coordinating subcontractors(if no subcontractors rate overall management performance) Comments: 3A Major subcontractor performance(score not added in final Contractor Evaluation For contractor information only a. Plumbing Contractor overall Performance Comments: b. HVAC Contractor overall Performance Comments: c. Electrical Contractor overall Performance Comments: Fails to Achieve Needs Fully AchieveFreq ExceedsCons Exceed Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation 1 2 3 4 5 4 MBE/WBE Participation Rate this contractor's MBE/WBE solicitation effort and participation for this project for, Project Team, Subcontractors, Material Vendors Comments: 5 Safety Rate this contractor's performance in regards to project safety a. Timely submission of site specific safety program b. Knowledge of OSHA standards c. Implementation of safety rules and regulations d. Promotion and creation of safety awareness e. Daily overall housekeeping f. Safety record g. Response to safety concerns h. Awareness of public safety Comments: 6 Contract Administration Rate this contractor's performance in regards to contract administration as per criteria below a. Timely submission of complet and correct documentation required for insurance and bond b. Change order processing c. Timely submission of RFI's, Shop Drawings, and change orders d. Subcontractor payments made promptly e. Timely submission of complete and correct payment applications f. Quality of paperwork Comments: 7 Working Relationships Rate this contractor's working relationships with other parties (Cornell, Design Team, subcontractors,ect.) Comments: Fails to Achieve Needs Fully AchieveFreq ExceedsCons Exceed Expectation Improvement Expectation Expectation Expectation 1 2 3 4 5 8 Supervisory Personnel Rating Rate the overall performance of this contractor's on site supervisory personnel and project management staff Comments: 9 Contract Close-Out Rate this contractor's overall ability to efficiently close out the project a. Timely completion of all punchlist items b. Timely resolution of all outstanding change orders c. Timely submission of all close out documents(O&M's, As-Builts, warranties, final releases and consent of surety) d. Quality of close out documentation and timely completion of any outstanding audit questions Comments: Summary Sheet Project:___________________________________________ Contractor:________________________________________ Rating Per Weight Performance Categories Category % Scoring 1 Quality of Workmanship 0 15.00% 0 2 Scheduling 0 10.00% 0 3 Subcontractor Management 0 10.00% 0 4 MBE/WBE Participation 0 10.00% 0 5 Safety 0 10.00% 0 6 Contract Administration 0 10.00% 0 7 Working Relationships 0 10.00% 0 8 On Site Supervisory Personnel Rating 0 18.00% 0 9 Contract Close Out 0 7.00% 0 Over All Rating 0 Rating Reference Fails to achieve expectation 1 Needs improvement 2 Fully achieves expectation 3 Frequently exceeds expectation 4 Consistently exceeds expectatio 5 OWNER COMMENTS: OWNER COMMENTS on 3A Ratings: CONTRACTOR COMMENTS: (To be completed by Contractor prior to Owner/Contractor discussion meeting) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS TO THE CONTRACT PATHOGENS CONTAGIONS COVID-19 SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS PROTOCOLS AND SAFETY REQUISITES TO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY APPLICABLE TO PATHOGENS, CONTAGIONS AND/OR COVID-19 VIRUS In response to the public health emergency for the COVID-19, requirements, recommendations and guidelines from civil authorities including, but not limited to, New York State Executive Orders, CDC, OSHA and New York State Department of Health (herein after referred to as “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines”) surrounding health and safety measures designed to eliminate or reduce the transmission of the COVID-19 virus, these Supplemental Conditions are provided for guidance for construction related work. Contractors and businesses are further required to comple with applicable “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines” mandatory directives and health and safety practices issued. 1.0 These Supplemental Conditions apply to the current COVID-19 pandemic, but may also apply to any existing or future pathogen or contagion impacting construction activity and necessitating protective health and safety measures for worker safety, the general public, and any personnel connected to the advancement of Work on this, or any applicable project. 1.1 The purpose of this document is to set forth recommended elements and practices to safeguard the public and all persons connected to each project for Cornell University. 1.2 The direction from “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines” are applicable to businesses, entities, and services, and they must comply with the most recent direction. Contractor obligations include modification of all their existing protocols and practices as necessary to adhere to the most current modifications to “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines”. 2.0 Contractor’s responsibilities under the Contract with Owner as provided in the General Conditions and General Requirements are unchanged. Nothing contained herein shall alter or modify the Contractor’s exclusive control over the job site, subcontractors, project labor, Health & Safety Plans, Protocols, Measures, or the Contractor’s exclusive control over the methods and means associated with any and all of the foregoing elements. 2.1 Cornell University possesses neither control nor any right of control over the job site, project labor, health & safety practices or programs, or methods and means of advancing the Contracted Work. 2.2 These Supplemental Conditions are provided to the Contractor for the attainment of Contractor’s fully compliant health and safety measures and practices communicated by applicable civil authorities as requirements, recommendations, and/or guidance necessary to engage in qualifying construction activities. 2.3 Contractor’s responsibilities under the Contract with Owner as provided in the General Conditions and General Requirements shall remain and include, but not limited to: 2.3.1 Contractors and their subcontractors and suppliers are required at all times to guard the safety and health of all persons on and in the vicinity of the work site 2 2.3.2 Contractors and their subcontractors and suppliers are required to comply with all applicable rules, regulations, codes, and bulletins of the New York State Department of Labor and the standards imposed under the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended (“OSHA”) and New York State Executive Orders 2.3.3 Contractors and their subcontractors and suppliers are also required to comply with all applicable job site safety requirements 2.3.4 Contractors and their subcontractors and suppliers must comply with all County, City or State of New York safety requirements for projects within the City or State of New York constructed in accordance with the applicable Building Code, and contractors are required to provide written Safety Plans for the site demonstrating how all applicable safety requirements are to be implemented for all elements of the Work for the duration of the contract. 3.0 Contractors, their subcontractors and suppliers, and workers are required to adhere to “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines” to prevent or limit the possible exposure or spread of COVID-19, pathogens, or contagions (as applicable). 3.1 To that end, Contractor shall develop a written Health & Safety Plan related to the protective measures and protocols Contractor shall employ on the Project in response to “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines” necessary to manage and mitigate the exposure or transmission of COVID-19, pathogens, or contagions (as applicable). 3.2 This Plan shall be submitted to the Owner prior to start of Construction Activity on the Campus. Owner’s receipt of the subject Plan is to document that measures and practices are in place, not for substantive review or approval. 3.3 Health and safety practices constitute a continuing compliance obligation, Contractors and their subcontractors and suppliers must remain current with, and immediately implement updated health and safety protocols and practices as they are published. The Campus may request updated elements of the Contractor’s written safety plan to address evolving best practices for measures and/or practices of the “COVID-19 Authorities and Guidelines”. 3.4 The Contractor must notify Cornell immediately upon discovery of any employees of their firm, or subcontractors, or suppliers that are, or have been working on the Cornell Campus that have been confirmed to have COVID-19 contagion. 4.0 Guidance & General Recommendations for Inclusion in the Plan: 4.1 Information for local health departments can be found at www.health.ny.gov 4.2 OSHA Guidance on Preparing Workplaces for COVID-19 can be found at www.osha.gov/Publications/OSHA3990.pdf 4.3 Comply with all OSHA requirements in accordance with the Hazard Communication (Global Harmonization) Standard at https://coronavirus.health.ny.gov/home 4.4 Centers for Disease Control -- https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-ncov/index.html 3 5.0 Project Closure: 5.1 Where work is suspended on a project, contractors are directed to follow any additional project shut-down protocols as provided by the Owner. Including, but not limited to, photographs, securing the work site and project status narrative. 6.0 Contractor expressly agrees to fully comply and remain exclusively responsible for the implementation of applicable Contractor Health and Safety Protocols and Measures as set forth in applicable and then current Guidance for Construction Activities. Express Contractor agreement to the foregoing and Contractor submission of the Plan are conditions precedent to engage in any onsite construction activity. DECEMBER 1, 2020 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR URIS HALL ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK .....................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ............................ ........................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................. ....1 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS .........................................................2 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ............................................................................... ..........2 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................2 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS ...................................... ............................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................1 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES ..............................................................1 1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES ..............................................................................2 1.4 WATER USE RESTRICTION ..........................................................................2 1.5 PARKING ..........................................................................................................2 1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES ................................3 1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION ............................4 1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS...................................................................4 1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. ........................5 1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. ...................................5 1.11 WORKING HOURS .................................. ........................................................6 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................6 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................6 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES ...................................................................... ..............1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................... ................................................1 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS............................................................1 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ................................ .........................................................1 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................1 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES ......................................................................1 DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS .......................... ...1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION................................................. .................................................1 1.2 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................2 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST .............................................................................................2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2 1.6 PROCEDURES............................................................................... ...................3 1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL ........................................................3 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS .............................................................. ..............4 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS .............................................................................................6 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS ............................................. .............................7 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION ..........................................................8 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES ................................................... ................................8 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................8 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ......................... ..............................................................8 SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS ......................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION................................................................. .................................1 1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING .................................................................1 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS .............................................. ....................................3 1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) ......................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .............................................. ...........................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT .................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ............................................................ .........................1 1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1 1.4 PROCEDURES......................................... .........................................................1 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW ....................................................................................2 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ......................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ....................... ................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 SUMMARY ....................... ................................................................................1 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES ..................................................................................1 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES ...........................................................................1 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS ......................................................................... ........2 1.5 SUBMISSIONS .................................................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED .................................................. ........................................3 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................3 3.1 DISTRIBUTION.............. ..................................................................................3 SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION ........................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION................................................................. .................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ......................... ................................................................1 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................1 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS ....................................................1 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS .........................................................................1 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS .......................................................1 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ..........................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................... .............................................1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE.................................................1 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS ................................................ ...........................................3 1.4 PRODUCT DATA .............................................................................................3 1.5 SAMPLES............................... ...........................................................................4 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS.......5 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS ................................... ...................................6 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................9 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ........................................... .............................10 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS ...............................................................................11 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS ............................... .............................12 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES .................................................................................12 1.13 DISTRIBUTION.......................................... ....................................................13 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .......................................................................................13 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .....................................................................................13 DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY .................................... ................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION.................................... ..............................................................1 1.2 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN ....................................1 1.3 AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS ........................... ............................................2 1.4 ASBESTOS........................................................................................................3 1.5 LEAD .......................... .......................................................................................3 1.6 SITE VISITS .............................................................................................. ........3 1.7 CONFINED SPACE ..........................................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ...................................................... ...................................3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ....................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION.................. ................................................................................1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .....................................................................................1 1.3 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION ....................................................... ................1 1.5 NOISE AND VIBRATION ...............................................................................2 1.6 DUST CONTROL ........................................................... ..................................2 1.7 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .....................................................2 1.8 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK ....................3 1.9 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS .......................................................4 1.10 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE ........................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ....................................................................... ................4 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL ..............................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL .......................................................... ..........................................................1 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION .......................................................................................1 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES ..................................................................1 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION ............................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................5 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ............................................................................. ..........5 DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 35 45 REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE.....................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ........................................................... .........................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................1 1.3 RECORD DOCUMENTS ............................................................................. ....1 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................2 3.0 EXECUTION ................................................................ ...............................................2 3.1 LEAK TESTING ...............................................................................................2 3.2 DEMOLITION PROCEDURE FOR EQUIPMENT REMOVED BY CONTRACTOR ................................................................................................3 SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ....................... .........................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES .............................................................................1 1.2 INSPECTIONS ..................................................................................................1 1.3 COMPLIANCE..................................................................................................1 1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS ........................................................... ..............2 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................2 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ........................................... ............................................2 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES ....................................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ........................... .........................................................................................1 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.......................................................1 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................2 1.3 DEFINITIONS ................................................................................... ................2 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS .................................................................................4 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS ...................................................... ........................4 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ..........................................................5 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED .......................................................... ..............................17 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ......................................................................................17 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL ................... ....................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION ............................................... ...1 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS.......................................................2 1.4 TESTING ........................................................................................... ................3 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE ......................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .......................................................... ...............................3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3 DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 45 29 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES ..........................................1 1.0 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. ..1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF LABORATORY ............................................... .........1 1.3 LABORATORY DUTIES .................................................................................2 1.4 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY ...............3 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES .........................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ................................................................................. ........3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3 SECTION 01 45 33 CODE REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ............................................................................ ........................................1 1.1 REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................1 1.2 DEFINITIONS ............................. ......................................................................1 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS ..........................................................................................2 1.4 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2 1.5 PAYMENT ....................................................................... .................................2 1.6 OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES .........................................................................2 1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES .............................. ..............................2 1.8 LIMITS ON AUTHORITY ...............................................................................3 2.0 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING .................................. ..............................................3 3.0 DOCUMENTATION ...................................................................................................3 3.1 RECORDS AND REPORTS .............................................................................4 3.2 COMMUNICATION .........................................................................................5 3.3 DISTRIBUTION OF REPORTS .......................................................................5 3.4 FINAL REPORT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS..............................................5 DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ...........................1 1.0 GENERAL .................................................................................... ................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ......................................1 2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ................................................................................1 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES.........................................................1 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION ...............................................................2 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS ................................................................................. .3 2.5 SUPPORTS ........................................................................................................4 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES .................................................... ....................4 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL ................................................................5 2.8 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION ..........................5 2.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS ...................................................5 2.10 SECURITY .............................................................................................. ..........5 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................5 3.1 PREPARATION ............................................ ....................................................5 3.2 GENERAL .........................................................................................................6 3.3 REMOVAL ........................................................................................................6 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES ....................................................... ........1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION............................................ ......................................................1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES ......................................1 2.0 PRODUCTS................................................... ...............................................................1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL ................................................................................1 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER ..........................1 2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR ..............................................................2 2.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION ..................................................3 2.5 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE .............................4 2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES ...................................... .................4 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................4 3.1 REMOVAL ......................................... ...............................................................4 DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION .................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION......................................................... .........................................1 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY............................................................................................1 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .................... .....................................................................1 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................1 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ......................................................1 1.0 GENERAL .......................................................................................... ..........................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING ........................ ................................1 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE.........................................................................................1 1.4 STORAGE ........................................... ..............................................................2 1.5 PROTECTION ...................................................................................................3 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION .......................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ....................................................................................... ..4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................4 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING ................................ ...1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION................................................. .................................................1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE .................................................................................2 1.4 WARRANTIES .................................................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS..................................................................................................................4 2.1 MATERIALS ........................................................ .............................................4 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................4 3.1 INSPECTION ....................................................................................................4 3.2 PREPARATION ................................................................................ ................5 3.3 PERFORMANCE ..............................................................................................5 3.4 CLEANING ........................................................ ...............................................7 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT .....................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL ................................. ...................................................................................1 1.1 INSPECTIONS .................................................................................................. 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................2 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP ............................................................... ............................3 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK ................................................................................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ......................................... ................................................3 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................3 DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY ...............................................1 1.0 GENERAL .............................................................................................. ......................1 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY ...............................................................1 1.2 ROOF SYSTEM INVENTORY ...................................................... ..................3 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ....................................... ................................................4 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA .................................1 1.0 GENERAL ...................................................... ..............................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................................................................................1 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................1 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL ........................................................................... .....2 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES .............................................3 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ............................................4 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................6 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL ..............................................6 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................7 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ........................................................................................ .7 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .......................................................................................7 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS ............................................ ...............1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION..................................... .............................................................1 1.2 SUMMARY .......................................................................................................1 1.3 DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................1 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ............................................................... ..................2 1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................2 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ .............3 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED .............................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED ......................................................... ................................4 3.0 EXECUTION ...............................................................................................................4 3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS ................................................................................4 3.2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS .................................................................................5 3.3 ROOF WARRANTY PACKAGE .....................................................................5 DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS.............................................. .....................1 1.0 GENERAL ....................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION............................... ...................................................................1 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES..................................1 1.3 RECORDING ........................................ ............................................................1 1.4 SUBMITTAL .....................................................................................................4 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED .........................................................................................4 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED .............................................................. .........................4 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Work to be Done 1. Replacement of six stop passenger elevators. 2. Construction of a roof penthouse elevator machine room addition. 3. Architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing work associated with elevator replacement. 4. Asbestos abatement required for elevator replacement. B. The Scope of the Work 1. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site, joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning entity. 2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. 3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus, machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract work with work performed under others contracts. B. New York State Electric & Gas (NYSEG): 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the project management of NYSEG work including coordinating any scheduling associated with the Project. 2. The Owner shall be responsible for the cost associated with the work to be performed by NYSEG. No NYSEG costs shall be carried in the Contractor’s bid. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 11 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. All traffic and pedestrian control measures shall be compliant with the National Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) and 17 NYCRR Chapter V (New York Supplement), (https://www.dot.ny.gov/mutcd) and all other local laws and regulations. B. The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at all times. C. The Work shall be scheduled and performed in such a manner that at least one lane of traffic will be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with radio communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges. D. The Contractor shall maintain 20’ minimum fire lane access to all facilities in the area. E. The Contractor shall post and maintain flag persons and suitable signs indicating that construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required. F. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways, roadways and footpaths, outside the Contract Limit Lines (work area), and shall conform to all laws and regulations concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials and/or equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or approved by the Owner’s Representative. G. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt and debris from making its way to roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on permanent roadways due to the Work. H. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines. I. For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed in other than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 J. It is the Owner’s expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personnel lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site, including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their original condition after completion of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn restoration and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of Work. K. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with prior approval of the Owner's Representative. 1.3 UNIVERSITY CLOSURES A. In the event of University closure, the Contractor should use their judgement, follow their internal guidance on continuity of operations, and the direction of law enforcement, as to whether or not they will maintain operations on construction sites on campus. They should make this decision with the awareness that Cornell response to any project needs (shutdowns, emergencies) will not possible and the maintenance of roads and walks will not be to normal operating standards. B. With your safety as a top priority, the Cornell University Police allows you the ability to take advantage of our Emergency Mass Notification System that enables your cellphone to become a personal safety device for you. Contractor’s wishing to participate may text the following: CornellAlert to 67283 and you will be set up to receive alert messages. Be advised that you may stop receiving messages at any time by sending “stop” to CornellAlert. There will also be a system generated “stop” every year on August 1st at which point you will need to send the text CornellAlert to re-enlist. 1.4 WATER USE RESTRICTION A. The Contractor shall adhere to any University issued Water Use Restrictions in place at the time of construction. 1.5 PARKING A. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation of all trade persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary. B. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Jason Cragle) for additional information. The Contractor will be required to complete a “New Construction Employee Form” for each permit requested. This form may be found at http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. C. Contractor shall cooperate with Transportation Services and/or other authorities having jurisdiction, as follows: CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers, and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the designated parking area. 2. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc. 3. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements. 4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the construction site. D. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers, rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor’s direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore. 1.6 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved times that will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding. B. Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased. C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the Owner’s discretion. Should the Contractor perform this Work outside of normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses. D. When connecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative. E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits. F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department. G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner’s Representative. H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.7 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION A. General 1. Plans show general design arrangement. Install work substantially as indicated and verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS. 2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work, equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. 3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes. 4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect. B. Interference 1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent attention. 1.8 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis-of-design equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned. B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions: 1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing maintenance and service space required. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-5 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. 3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.9 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed. 1.10 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC. A. Before Submitting Proposal 1. Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine scope and relation to other work. 2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications, by visiting site and/or building. 3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities. B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area 1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building. 2. Inspect all adjacent work. C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement 1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying Drawings. 2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged misunderstanding. D. Existing or Archived Drawings 1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic format only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not to be considered contract drawings and are provided “FOR INFORMATION ONLY”. The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing current conditions. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-6 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.11 WORKING HOURS A. Normal work hours are 7AM-3:30PM Monday-Friday. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that could disturb campus occupants or residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions necessitate work to extend beyond these hours – Contractor may submit a detailed request with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be granted. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 14 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 23 00 Ithaca, New York ALTERNATES URIS HALL ELEVATOR ALTERNATES 01 23 00-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section describes the changes to be made under each Alternative. B. The Specification Section containing the pertinent requirements of materials and methods to achieve the Work described herein. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Proposal Submission Form and in the eBuilder Bid Module for certain items that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed, or in the product, materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. Alternates shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses, including bond costs, in connection therewith. B. Coordination: Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust adjacent Work as necessary to ensure that Work affected by each accepted alternate is complete and fully integrated into the Project. C. Notification: Immediately following Contract award, prepare and distribute to each party involved, notification of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. D. Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects or similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the alternate. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. ALTERNATE NO. 1 Description: Work required to replace four exhaust fans and relocate two exhaust fans. Reference Drawings: D-101, D-102, A-401, A-402, A-403, A-404, A-501, M-001, MD-101, M-401, M-501, ED-101, E-101, E-102, E-103, E-401, E-402, E-501, E-601, and E-701. ***END OF SECTION 01 23 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-1 MODERNIZATION PRODUCT OPTIONS DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor’s control, such as unavailability of product, or regulatory changes. a. Products that are not available from Contractor’s preferred suppliers does not constitute unavailability of product. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-2 MODERNIZATION PRODUCT OPTIONS DECEMBER 1, 2020 C. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Proposal Submission Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in base bid 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a complete list of products which are proposed for installation. B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number. C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product: 1. Name and address of the manufacturer. 2. Trade name. 3. Model or catalog designation. 4. Manufacturer's data: a. Reference standards. b. Performance test data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with other products and construction methods. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-3 MODERNIZATION PRODUCT OPTIONS DECEMBER 1, 2020 2. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted substitutions and approved comparable products. 1.7 EQUIVALENTS – APPROVED EQUAL A. Equivalents or Approvals - General 1. The words “similar and equal to”, or “or equal”, “equivalent” and such other words of similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word “products” shall be deemed to include the words “articles”, “materials”, “items”, “equipment” and “methods”. Whenever in the Contract documents one or more products are specified, the words “similar and equal to” shall be deemed inserted. 2. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved. 3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of a product similar and equal to any named product. 4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect to approve a product proposed by the Contractor. 5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only from the Contractor. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-4 MODERNIZATION PRODUCT OPTIONS DECEMBER 1, 2020 B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding 1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the Contract. 2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall provide the same at its own cost and expense. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named. 1. Products: a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Products” or that include the phrase “provide one of the following”, and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. - Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-5 MODERNIZATION PRODUCT OPTIONS DECEMBER 1, 2020 b. Non-restricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available Products” or that include the phrase “include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 2. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “provide products by one of the following”, and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. - Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non-restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Available Manufacturers” or that include the phrase “include, but are not limited to, the following”, and include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 3. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with requirements. - Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. - Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non-restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled “Basis-of-Design Product”, and do not include a list of other manufacturers’ names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-6 MODERNIZATION PRODUCT OPTIONS DECEMBER 1, 2020 C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Proposal Submission Form as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed. D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Proposal Submission Form as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. Base Bid must include the specified product or manufacturer. Substitutions will be at the sole discretion of the Owner. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of contract award. C. Submit a separate request for each substitution. Support each request with: 1. Completed "Request for Substitution" form in eBuilder. A request for substitution of a product, material, or process for that specified in the Contract Documents must be formally submitted as such accompanied by evidence that the proposed substitution ﴾1﴿ is equal in quality and serviceability to the specified item; ﴾2﴿ will not entail changes in detail and construction of Other Work; ﴾3﴿ will be acceptable to the Architect and Owner's Design Consultant's in achieving design and artistic intent; and ﴾4﴿ will not result in a cost and/or schedule disadvantage. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature; identify: - Product description. - Reference standards. - Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the date of each installation. 3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing any variations. 4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-7 MODERNIZATION PRODUCT OPTIONS DECEMBER 1, 2020 5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project. 6. List any changes required in other work or projects. 7. Designate any required license fees or royalties. 8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials. D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum. E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor. 2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the Owner. G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed substitution. 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product or manufacturer: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product specified. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-8 MODERNIZATION PRODUCT OPTIONS DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination with information on previous Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 25 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS URIS HALL ELEVATOR PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre-construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting. a. To all participants in the meeting. b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. To the Architect. B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule at least fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's Representative(s) 2. Contractor(s) 3. Architect and its professional consultants 4. Major Subcontractors 5. Major suppliers 6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS URIS HALL ELEVATOR PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 D. Minimum Agendum: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected Construction Schedules 2. Critical work sequencing a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4. Project Coordination a. Designation of responsible personnel 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions b. Proposal requests c. Submittals d. Change Orders e. Applications for Payment f. Requests for Information g. Daily Reports 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements c. Job site personnel conduct d. Building access and security 9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids 10. Temporary utilities CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS URIS HALL ELEVATOR PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 11. Safety and first-aid procedures a. Contractor’s Project Site Specific Plan 12. Security procedures 13. Housekeeping procedures 14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks throughout the Construction period. B. Attendance: 1. Architect 2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed 3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent 4. Owner's Representatives 5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda 7. Safety Representative C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting 2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades 3. Review of work progress since previous meeting 4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts 5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule 6. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 8. Revisions to Construction Schedule 9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period 10. Coordination of schedules 11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS URIS HALL ELEVATOR PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 12. Maintenance of quality standards 13. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders 14. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date b. Effect on other contracts of the Project 15. Other business D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor. 1.4 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) A. The Contractor to hold pre-installation conferences where required by individual specification sections or others at the discretion of the Owner. Minimum attendees would be Architect and/or their specific sub-consultant, Owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, key Suppliers, testing & inspection firm, Facilities Engineering subject matter expert, etc. Minimum agenda would include review of key submittals, RFI’s, safety, logistics, material procurement, quality control, etc. Contractor to assemble and distribute the Agenda minimum 48 hours prior to meeting as well as distribute meeting minutes a minimum of seven (7) calendar days after the meeting. B. Submit a list of pre-installation meetings with preliminary dates within fifteen (15) days of issuance of the Notice to Proceed. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 19*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT URIS HALL ELEVATOR ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-1 MODERNIZATION MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner’s electronic Project Management (e-PM) system eBuilder on this project. 1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the entire project team for the period of its use on the Project. B. There are no fees to utilize this system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. General Conditions Article 9 – Coordination and Cooperation. B. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ePM: defined as an internet-based information and project communication system that allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All project-specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored and routed within the ePM system. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the e-PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All correspondence should be communicated through the e-PM system. B. Training 1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or otherwise receive proper training on the system’s use. All cost for personnel time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the Contractor’s proposal C. The Contractor shall provide on-site personnel with personal computer(s) and personal computer equipment that will allow the Contractor’s personnel to access and use the ePM Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software: 1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT URIS HALL ELEVATOR ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-2 MODERNIZATION MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM DECEMBER 1, 2020 2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production 3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and quickly 4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera 5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to RFI’s, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals, submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and preconstruction surveys. 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within the ePM system. B. Project Team Directory – Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are engaged on this project. C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI’s will be submitted using the ePM Website System. The submission of a Request for Information (RFI) is the Contractor’s exclusive means of requesting information from the Owner and/or Architect. Attachments to RFI’s (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached to the RFI electronically. D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner. E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor recommends. F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, posted to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited. G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00. H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT URIS HALL ELEVATOR ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-3 MODERNIZATION MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM DECEMBER 1, 2020 I. Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to, daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and accident reports. J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall upload project photographs to the ePM system, field by date and type including but not limited to: 1. General Progress Photographs 2. RFI Issues 3. Non-Conforming Work 4. Special Events 5. As required by individual Specification Sections K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in both native and PDF formats. L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits and agency approvals that relate to the project. M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other stakeholders within the project team. N. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective actions in the system. O. Change Management – Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e-PM system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders. P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) – The Contractor shall create and submit invoices for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system. Q. Budget and Cost Management – Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT URIS HALL ELEVATOR ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-4 MODERNIZATION MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as required to suit the project. B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall administrate and distribute all information contained therein. C. The Contractor shall make certain that all subcontractors performing significant work on the project shall actively participate in the e-PM system. Requirements for participation in the e-PM system shall be made part of each bid document and final contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 50*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE URIS HALL ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work, with sub-schedules of related activities which are essential to the progress of the Work. B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed. C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner. D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of Values. E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the submitted schedules. 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. 2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work. C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers. 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction. Specifically list: a. Site clearing b. Site utilities CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE URIS HALL ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 c. Foundation work d. Structural framing e. Subcontractor work f. Equipment installations g. Finishes h. Pre-Installation meetings 3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month. 4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified. B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based on the understanding that minimum turn-around time in the Architect's office is ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays in processing. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. 2. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. 3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the Project's construction schedule. 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified since previous submission 3. Revised projections of progress and completion 4. Other identifiable changes C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. 3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE URIS HALL ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 32 16-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.5 SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of Contract. 1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment. C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of commencement of work. D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Owner Job Site personnel 2. Subcontractors 3. Other concerned parties B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections of the schedule. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 16*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION URIS HALL ELEVATOR PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 32 33-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Progress Submittals 1. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. 2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week, to E-Builder within five (5) days of taking photographs. 3. Each photograph shall be identified with project title, date, and a description of the view. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction. 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work. B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review. C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, A/V or any infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed-prior to closure. Note location on Key Plan. 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work, for submission as project record documents. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 33*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Product Data 3. Samples 4. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals 5. Coordination Drawings 6. Certification of Asbestos free products 7. Owner audio/visual 8. Owner furnishings and fixed equipment B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be needed. C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the electronic project management web site. PDFs shall be created directly from the native file format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any nonelectronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE A. The Architect shall provide a draft submittal registry in the template needed for eBuilder importation. It will be part of the contract documents and turned over to the Contractor in native format for their use. The Contractor shall be responsible for review and completion of the registry including addition of dates identified below and other information as deemed necessary by the Owner. B. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications, listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and other related documents. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 C. The Submittal Registry shall include the following information: 1. Title (by Architect for Contractor review) 2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers (by Architect for Contractor review) 3. Subsection (by Architect for Contractor review) 4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock-Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual, Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.) (by Architect for Contractor review) 5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the submittal (by Architect for Contractor review) 6. Name of Subcontractor, if applicable (Contractor provided, optional) 7. Date due from Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional) 8. Date due to be submitted for review (Contractor provided, required) 9. Date due for submittal review to be completed (Contractor provided, required) 10. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor (Contractor provided, optional) 11. Date for material or product delivery to project (Contractor provided, required) 12. Priority. Low, normal or high (Contractor provided, required) D. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal Procedures and Architect’s Duties below. E. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission duration shall be submitted with the Contractor’s preliminary schedule submittal described in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal described in section 01 32 16. F. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in submitting required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled draftsperson and presented in a clear and thorough manner. 1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. 3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop Drawing. B. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards. 4. Notation of coordination requirements. 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements. 6. Submittal: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain returned document as a “Record Document”. 1.4 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section 01 35 29. B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. 1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so will result in rejection of the submission. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate or mark through information that does not apply. 6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. 7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of options by Architect is required. 8. Submittals: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain one (1) copy as a “Record Document”. 1.5 SAMPLES A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. C. Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect. 2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. 4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect. 5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original condition. D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. 1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. 2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer. 3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-5 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of variations. 5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted for Architect’s selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. 6. Submittals: a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect’s review. Architect will return at least one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the submittal item electronically via the electronic project management. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports, certifications, manufacturer’s instructions, and manufacturer’s field reports. B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents. D. Manufacturer’s instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or installation of system or product. E. Manufacturer’s field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by manufacturer’s field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer’s standards or instructions. F. Submittals: 1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. 2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as “Record Document”. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-6 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 1/4" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF and PDF formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item. C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to, corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. 1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings. 2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 3. Include room names and numbers of each space. 4. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. 5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures, exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the Architectural Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the design intent. 6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-7 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as tight to underside of structure as possible. 8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications systems, security systems, and other portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate dimensions, to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings, partitions, services, and other portions of the Work. Where conflicts occur with placement of materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be responsible to resolve conflicts and coordinate the available space to accommodate each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments. 9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. 10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. 11. Indicate required installation sequences. 12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. 13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. 14. Indicate locations of fire-rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required barriers. 15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub-framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead-mounted equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components and notify Architect. 16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show fullydimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate alignment requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor. 17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical and electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fireprotection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms. Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for access and maintenance. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-8 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. Request un-scheduled penetrations and openings where Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by Architect for structural penetrations. 19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. 20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter and larger. Show light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other device locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way, generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control systems. Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. 21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections. 23. Contractor Sign-Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work shall sign and date coordination drawings. 24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor’s responsibility for final coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment with existing conditions and each portion of the Work. D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any given area of the building. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-9 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect. B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options. C. Contractor’s approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor’s failure to fully review and approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened with all costs to remediate the situation. D. Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Compliance with the Contract Documents 2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions 3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction. 4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades. 5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory manner. 6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule. 7. All other provisions of the agreements. E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an authorization for additional work or additional cost. F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work. G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval of colors. Make all color-related submittals at one time. H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work. I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled. J. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of unspecified submittals. K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-10 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 L. Certify that only asbestos free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference Section 01 35 39 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination 1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed to by all entities involved. 4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of each submittal requiring the Architect’s review and response, except for longer periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be shortened. An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and Hardware Schedules. 6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review. 7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal. 8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing. 9. Submittals made which do not conform to the schedule are subject to delays in processing by the Architect. 10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals Schedule. 11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work thereafter performed to be at Contractor’s sole risk, cost and expense. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-11 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 12. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 13. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 14. Provide space on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. 15. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful description. 16. Include the following information on submittal documentation: a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product. b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. e. Provide a blank space for the Architect’s stamps f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. 17. Identification of revisions on re-submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on previous submittals. 18. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor. B. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless otherwise noted or directed. 2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Provide a record copy of the submittal (electronic format) for the O&M Manual. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-12 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this Section. B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following: 1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been found and Work may proceed. 2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly. 3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 4. “Rejected (REJ)” indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect’s notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 5. “On Hold (ONH)” is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required to revise and resubmit. 6. “Not Reviewed (NRV)” is used for submittals that were submitted in error, duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but need to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them 7. “For Record Only (FRO)”: Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect. a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action. b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with Contract Documents. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 33 00-13 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals without action. D. Unsolicited Submittals: Architect will return unsolicited submittals to sender without action. E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission. 1.13 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the electronic project management system to: 1. Job site file 2. Record Documents file 3. Subcontractors 4. Installers 5. Suppliers 6. Manufacturers 7. Fabricators 8. Architect 9. Owner B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 33 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY URIS HALL ELEVATOR GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. 1.2 CONTRACTOR’S PROJECT SITE SPECIFIC PLAN A. Contractors are required to submit a Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP) for review by Cornell University representatives before commencement of work on the site. The PSSP should address site specific information, controls and or requirements as it relates to the entire scope of work for the project. All contractors shall use the Project Site Specific Plan Template below to develop their Project’s PSSP. The template may be downloaded at: https://ehs.cornell.edu/campus-health-saf ety/occupational-safety/contractor-safety 1. Within the PSSP Template are example(s) to use as reference. The provided examples demonstrate Cornell University’s expectations for providing detailed site specific information, controls and requirements. 2. Project Site Specific Plan’s that inadequately address site specific operations will be returned with comments for resubmission. Failure to submit a PSSP may result in delay of project and/or denial of the payment. 3. All projects must have the PSSP submitted via e-Builder for review and comment. B. PSSP submittal should be submitted a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the commencement of work on site. The Contractor may opt to submit their PSSP in phases. The Contractor must submit a phase submission plan using the PSSP Submission table included in the PSSP template for approval by Owner’s Representative with initial submission. Submit remaining phases no later than ten (10) days prior to the start of a new, predetermined project phase or milestone. 1. Projects having less than a ten (10) day turn-around shall coordinate their submittal with the Owner’s Representative, who should coordinate with Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP), the University Fire Marshall’s Office and Contract College’s Codes Enforcement Official, if applicable. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY URIS HALL ELEVATOR GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 C. The Contractor is responsible for its employees and its subcontractors. Subcontractors are required to submit their PSSP to the General Contractor. The General Contractor is responsible to ensure all subcontractor(s) PSSP’s are adequate per their scope of work. D. The General Contractor is required to ensure their project’s PSSP is accurately maintained throughout the duration of the contract. Resubmission is required for any new scope elements not previously addressed by the Contractor’s original PSSP. E. Definitions: 1. Project Site Specific Plan (PSSP): A structured document that details the scope of the contract work and related site specific controls, requirements and information for University and Contractor personnel. This document is not intended to be all inclusive of all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations for which the General Contractor and its Subcontractor(s) are expected to comply. 2. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): • The organization, office or individual responsible for approving equipment, an installation or a procedure (NYS Fire Code). • The local government, county government or state agency responsible for the administration and enforcement of an applicable regulation or law (NYS Building Code-§202.2). 3. Occupational Health, Safety and Injury Prevention (OHSIP): A division of Cornell University’s Environmental Safety and Health Department. The OHSIP division can be contacted at (607)-255-8200 or by email at askEHS@cornell.edu 4. SME: The University’s subject matter expert. 1.3 AERIAL WORK PLATFORMS A. The preferred method for Aerial Work Platforms (AWPs) boom storage is fully retracted and fully lowered to the ground. B. In some circumstances booms may need to be stored in the air because of vandalism concerns, minimal size of storage location, etc. 1. If this is case, the area under the elevated boom must be blocked or arranged such that prevents people from walking, standing, working or parking vehicles underneath. 2. When booms are stored in the air consult the extended weather forecast. Booms should not be stored in the air during predicted high winds, or severe storms. AWPs become unstable at winds or gusts greater than 25 mph and must be fully lowered to prevent a tip-over. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY URIS HALL ELEVATOR GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.4 ASBESTOS A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed certification form “Exhibit AC” stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Sheets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions. B. Attached for the Contractor’s information are asbestos reports which represent samples taken within the building. C. Removal and disposal of asbestos containing material shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with Division 2 specifications. 1.5 LEAD A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance with OSHA regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the Contractor’s means and/or methods. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 “Lead in Construction Standards”. This site specific plan should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint. 1.6 SITE VISITS A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of any persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access, visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person. 1.7 CONFINED SPACE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 29*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY Limited Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey Report Performed for the Cornell University Uris Hall (Building 2087) Elevator Modernization Project Cornell University Ithaca, New York Campus Prepared for: Mr. Aaron Rasco, AIA Architectural Resources 505 Franklin Street, Buffalo, NY 14202 Prepared by: 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Phone: 607-231-6600 Fax: 607-231-6640 www.delta-eas.com Delta Project No. 2016.407.005 Field work performed by: Thomas Ferro & Patrick Reardon December 11, 2019, February 19, 2020 and February 21, 2020 Report prepared by: Patrick Reardon Report reviewed by: Stephen Prislupsky 2 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................... 3 2.0 ASBESTOS SURVEY AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND METHODS ................. 5 3.0 SURVEY FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS ........................................................ 12 4.0 INACCESSIBLE AREAS................................................................................. 13 Appendix A, ASBESTOS BULK SAMPLE REPORT FORM .......................................... 14 Appendix B, LABORATORY ANALYTICAL RESULTS ................................................. 15 Appendix C, DELTA ENGINEERS, COMPANY AND PERSONNEL CERTIFICATIONS ....... 16 Appendix D, LABORATORY CERTIFICATIONS ......................................................... 17 Appendix E, SAMPLE LOCATION DRAWINGS ......................................................... 18 Appendix F, PHOTO LOG .................................................................................... 19 3 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com 1.0 INTRODUCTION: Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors (Delta) was contracted by Architectural Resources to provide a Limited Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey at Cornell University’s Uris Hall in support of the upcoming Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project. The survey addressed all Rooms/Spaces included in the project renovation areas and associated accessible suspect building materials with the potential to be impacted by the Project. The areas addressed as a part of this Survey were based on the anticipated project scope provided by Architectural Resources. The initial stage included a review of past Delta sample information, sample information from other Consultants, and Cornell 4D Database information for the Building. Cornell 4D Database information and bulk sample results through previous Delta/Cornell Consultant sampling efforts have been incorporated into this Survey and associated Survey Report where applicable. On December 11th, 2019 and February 19th / 21st, 2020, Delta Certified Inspectors Thomas Ferro and Patrick Reardon conducted a walkthrough of the elevator renovation area spaces/rooms to identify the various accessible suspect materials present. Based on a visual inspection of the affected areas along with a review of the project scope and existing sample information, a total of thirty-five (35) bulk samples were collected representing seventeen (17) separate suspect homogenous building materials. Twenty-four (24) of the samples collected were “non-friable organically bound” (NOB) representing twelve (12) homogenous materials. The remaining eleven (11) samples were “friable” non-NOB representing five (5) homogenous materials. In addition to the samples collected above, other suspect homogenous materials with the potential to be impacted by the project were observed but not sampled as they were either addressed through previous sampling efforts. For the previously sampled materials, the results from the Cornell 4D Database information and previous Delta/Cornell Consultant Surveys have been incorporated into this report. The suspect homogenous building materials identified and/or sampled in the affected Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project renovation areas included the following: Homogenous Area (HA) Suspect Building Material 01 Spray-on Fireproofing, Hoistway Shaft 02 Dark Green Sheet Flooring @ Elevator Doors 03 Mastic from HA 02 04 Red Terrazzo Flooring @ Elevator Doors 05 Tan Mottled Sheet Flooring @ Elevator Doors 06 Mastic from HA 05 07 Grey Floor Leveler from HA 05 08 Mastic, 4” Non-Suspect Vinyl Cove Base 09 Blue Grey Sheet Flooring 10 Lap Sealant 11 Isoboard Backing Paper 12 Pink Mastic from Isoboard 13 Built Up Roofing 4 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com Homogenous Area (HA) Suspect Building Material (continued) 14 Concrete Roof Deck 15 Grey Seam Caulk, Fan Unit Ducts 16 Fan Units Repair Tar 17 Mastic from 9” x 9” Beige w/ Brown Specks Floor Tile 18* 9” x 9” Beige w/ Brown Specks Floor Tile 19* Joint Compound on Sheetrock Walls/Ceiling Systems 20* 2’ x 2’ Smooth Ceiling Tile 21* 2’ x 2’ Textured Glacial Ceiling Tile 22* White Skim Coat on CMU Block 23* White Popcorn Textured Spray Applied Ceiling * – Material previously sampled by Cornell Consultant or included in the Cornell 4D Database Specific information required by 12 NYCRR Part 56-5.1, (f) – “Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Information” to be included in this pre-renovation report is as follows: 1) Building Name/Address: Uris Hall, Building 2087 109 Tower Road Cornell University Campus Ithaca, NY 14850 2) Owner’s Name/Address: Cornell University Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, NY 14853 3) Owner’s Agent: Mr. Aaron Rasco, Architectural Resources 4) Survey Performed By: Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors DPC 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 5) Certified Inspectors: Thomas Ferro Certificate No. 99-11328 Patrick Reardon Certificate No. 17-41735 6) Date of Survey: December 11th, 2019 / February 19th,2020 / February 21st, 2020 7) Laboratory: America Science Team New York, Inc. 117 East 30th Street, New York, NY 10016 5 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com 2.0 ASBESTOS SURVEY AND SAMPLING PROCEDURES AND METHODS: 2.1 Survey requirements Requirements to perform Pre-Demolition/Pre-Renovation Asbestos Surveys are based on the following State and Federal Regulations. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): OSHA survey requirements and sampling protocols are included in 29 CFR Part 1910.1001(j) (2) & (j) (8) and 29 CFR Part 1926.1101(k), (5): 29 CFR Part 1910.1001(j)(2), Installed Asbestos Containing Material: Employers and building owners are required to treat installed TSI and sprayed on and troweled-on surfacing materials as ACM in buildings constructed no later than 1980 for purposes of this standard. These materials are designated "presumed ACM or PACM", and are defined in paragraph (b) of this section. Asphalt and vinyl flooring material installed no later than 1980 also must be treated as asbestos-containing. The employer or building owner may demonstrate that PACM and flooring material do not contain asbestos by complying with paragraph (j) (8) (iii) of this section. 29 CFR Part 1910.1001(j) (8), Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as PACM: 1910.1001(j)(8)(i) - At any time, an employer and/or building owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos. Building owners and/or employers are not required to communicate information about the presence of building material for which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (j)(8)(ii) of this section has been made. However, in all such cases, the information, data and analysis supporting the determination that PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph (m) of this section. 1910.1001(j) (8) (ii) - An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain asbestos by the following: 1910.1001(j)(8)(ii)(A) - Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the requirements of AHERA (40 CFR 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that no ACM is present in the material; or 1910.1001(j) (8) (ii) (B) - Performing tests of the material containing PACM which demonstrate that no ACM is present in the material. Such tests shall include analysis of bulk samples collected in the manner described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests, evaluation and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) or an equivalent nationally-recognized round robin testing program. 1910.1001(j)(8)(iii) -The employer and/or building owner may demonstrate that flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not contain asbestos, by a determination of an industrial hygienist based upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is not ACM. 29 CFR Part 1926.1101(k) (5), Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as PACM: 1926.1101(k)(5)(i) - At any time, an employer and/or building owner may demonstrate, for purposes of this standard, that PACM does not contain asbestos. Building owners and/or employers are not required to communicate information about the presence of building material for which such a demonstration pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (k)(5)(ii) of this section has been made. However, in all such cases, the information, data and analysis supporting the determination that PACM does not contain asbestos, shall be retained pursuant to paragraph (n) of this section. 1926.1101(k) (5) (ii) – An employer or owner may demonstrate that PACM does not contain more than 1 percent asbestos by the following: 1926.1101(k)(5)(ii)(A) - Having a completed inspection conducted pursuant to the requirements of AHERA (40 CFR Part 763, Subpart E) which demonstrates that the material is not ACM; or 6 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com 1926.1101(k) (5) (ii) (B) - Performing tests of the material containing PACM which demonstrate that no ACM is present in the material. Such tests shall include analysis of bulk samples collected in the manner described in 40 CFR 763.86. The tests, evaluation and sample collection shall be conducted by an accredited inspector or by a CIH. Analysis of samples shall be performed by persons or laboratories with proficiency demonstrated by current successful participation in a nationally recognized testing program such as the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) or the Round Robin for bulk samples administered by the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) or an equivalent nationally-recognized round robin testing program. 1926.1101(k)(5)(iii) - The employer and/or building owner may demonstrate that flooring material including associated mastic and backing does not contain asbestos, by a determination of an industrial hygienist based upon recognized analytical techniques showing that the material is not ACM. EPA National Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPs): (NESHAPs) regulates asbestos under “40 CFR Part 61, Subpart M - National Emission Standard for Asbestos”. Subpart M regulates demolition and/or renovation of “facilities” that may contain asbestos-containing materials (ACMs). “Facilities,” as defined by NESHAPs, includes any institutional, commercial, public, industrial, or residential structure or building, except residential buildings having four or fewer units. ACMs are defined in NESHAPs as materials containing more than 1 percent asbestos. Section 61.145 states: 61.145 Standard for demolition and renovation. (a) Applicability. To determine which requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section apply to the owner or operator of a demolition or renovation activity and prior to the commencement of the demolition or renovation, thoroughly inspect the affected facility or part of the facility where the demolition or renovation operation will occur for the presence of asbestos, including Category I and Category II nonfriable ACM. It should be noted that 40 CFR Part 1 Subpart M, NESHAPS has no cut-off date exempting survey requirements. New York State Department of Labor (NYS DOL): Guidelines followed for the inspection are those established by the NYS DOL’s Industrial Code Rule 56 (Cited as 12 NYCRR Part 56, as amended, adopted January 11, 2006; effective September 5, 2006). The specific survey, sampling and reporting requirements included in 12 NYCRR Part 56-5.1(e) – “Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Requirements” include: 56-5.1 Asbestos Survey Requirements for Building/Structure Demolition, Renovation, Remodeling and Repair (a) Asbestos Survey Required. An owner or an owner’s agent, except the owner of one and twofamily dwellings who contracts for, but does not direct or control the work, shall cause to be conducted, an asbestos survey completed by a licensed asbestos contractor using inspectors certified in compliance with Section 56-3.2(d), to determine whether or not the building or structure, or portion(s) thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or have repair work, contains ACM, PACM or asbestos material. This asbestos survey shall be completed and submitted as indicated in Subdivision (g) of this Section, prior to commencing work. All such asbestos surveys shall be conducted in conformance with the requirements of Subdivision (e) of this Section. 7 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com (b) Exemptions to Asbestos Survey Requirements: The asbestos survey required by this Subdivision (a) of this Section shall not be required for the following classes of buildings or structures: (1) An agricultural building; (2) Buildings or structures for which original construction commenced on or after January 1, 1974; (3) A structure certified in writing to be structurally unsound by a licensed Professional Engineer, Registered Architect, Building Inspector, Fire Inspector or other official of competent jurisdiction. (See Section 56-11.5) (c) Building/Structure Demolition. If a building/structure asbestos survey is not required or performed per Subdivision (b) of this Section, and the building/structure is certified to be unsound or slated for contracted demolition, the building/structure shall be assumed to contain asbestos, and shall be demolished per this Part, unless the building/structure is adequately certified to be free of asbestos containing material. Acceptable documentation for certification shall be a previous thorough building/structure asbestos survey, abatement records or other documentation acceptable to the Commissioner or his or her representative. (d) Responsibility to Comply. No exemption to the requirement to conduct an asbestos survey shall exempt any person, asbestos contractor, property owner or business entity from the inspection or asbestos survey requirements of EPA, OSHA, and any other applicable section of this Part. (e) Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Requirements. The asbestos survey shall include a thorough inspection for and identification of all PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, or asbestos material throughout the building/structure or portion thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or to have repair work. The required inspection shall be performed by a certified asbestos inspector, and, at a minimum, shall include identification of PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM or asbestos material by all of the following methods: (1) The review of building/structure plans and records, if available, for references to asbestos, ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM or asbestos material used in construction, renovation or repair; and (2) A visual inspection for PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM throughout the building/structure or portion thereof to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or repaired. For the purpose of this Part, all PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM visually assessed shall be treated and handled as ACM and shall be assumed to be ACM, unless bulk sampling is conducted as per this Section, standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multi-layered systems sampling protocols; the subsequent analyses are performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both ELAP and federal requirements, including multi-layered sample analyses, to document non-asbestos containing material. (f) Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Information. (1) The asbestos survey shall, at a minimum, identify and assess with due diligence, the locations, quantities, friability and conditions of all types of installations at the affected portion of the building/structure relative to the ACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, PACM or asbestos material contained therein. The following list is not inclusive of all types of ACMs, it only summarizes typical 8 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com ACMs. The certified asbestos inspector is responsible for identification and assessment of all types ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM and asbestos material within the affected portion of the building/structure: PACM (i) Surfacing Treatments: (a) Fireproofing; (b) Acoustical Plaster; (c) Finish Plasters; and (d) Skim Coats of Joint Compound. (ii) Thermal System Insulation: (a) Equipment Insulation; (b) Boiler, Breeching, Boiler Rope, Duct, or Tank Insulation, Cement or Mortar Used for Boilers and Refractory Brick; (c) Piping and Fitting Insulations including but not limited to, Wrapped Paper, Aircell, Millboard, Rope, Cork, Preformed Plaster, Job Molded Plaster and coverings over fibrous glass insulation. SUSPECT MISCELLANEOUS ACM (i) Roofing and Siding Miscellaneous Materials: (a) Insulation Board; (b) Vapor Barriers; (c) Coatings; (d) Non-Metallic or Non-Wood Roof Decking (e) Felts; (f) Cementitious Board (Transite); (g) Flashing; (h) Shingles; and (i) Galbestos. (ii) Other Miscellaneous Materials: (a) Dust and Debris; (b) Floor Tile; (c) Cove Base; (d) Floor Leveler Compound; (e) Ceiling Tile; (f) Vermiculite Insulation (g) Gaskets, Seals, Sealants (including for condensate control); (h) Vibration Isolators; (i) Laboratory Tables and Hoods; (j) Chalkboards; (k) Pipe Penetration Packing or Other Firestopping Materials (l) Cementitious Board; (m) Electrical Wire Insulation; (n) Fire Curtains; (o) Fire Blankets; (p) Fire Doors; (q) Brakes and Clutches; (r) Mastics, Adhesives and Glues; 9 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com (s) Caulks; (t) Sheet Flooring (Linoleum); (u) Wallpaper; (v) Drywall; (w) Plasterboard (x) Spackling/Joint Compound; (y) Textured Paint; (z) Grout; (aa) Glazing Compound; and (ab) Terrazzo. (2) All ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM, or asbestos material reported under Paragraph (1) of this Subdivision shall include the location of the materials, an estimate of the quantities, types, friability and condition of the identified materials to be treated and handled as ACM. For the purpose of this Part, all PACM and suspect miscellaneous ACM visually assessed shall be treated and handled as ACM and shall be assumed to be ACM, unless bulk sampling is conducted as per this Section, standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multilayered systems sampling protocols; the subsequent analyses are performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both ELAP and federal requirements, including multi-layered sample analyses, to document non-asbestos containing material. (3) The building/structure asbestos survey shall also include the building/structure name, address, the building/structure owner’s name and address, the name and address of the owner's agent, the name of the firm performing the asbestos survey and a copy of the firm’s current asbestos handling license, the names of the certified inspector(s) performing the survey and a copy of the current asbestos handling certificate for each inspector utilized, the dates of the asbestos survey, a listing of homogeneous areas identifying which ones are ACM, all laboratory analyses reports for bulk samples collected, and copies of the appropriate certifications for the laboratory used for analysis of samples taken during the asbestos survey. (g) Transmittal of Building/Structure Asbestos Survey Information. One (1) copy of the results of the building/structure asbestos survey shall be immediately transmitted by the building/structure owner as follows: (1) One (1) copy of the completed asbestos survey shall be sent by the owner or their agent to the local government entity charged with issuing a permit for such demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work under applicable State or local laws. (2) The completed asbestos survey for controlled demolition (as per Subpart 56-11.5) or pre-demolition asbestos projects shall also be submitted to the appropriate Asbestos Control Bureau district office. (3) The completed asbestos survey shall be kept on the construction site with the asbestos notification and variance, if required, throughout the duration of the asbestos project and any associated demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair project. (h) Removal Required. If the building/structure asbestos survey finds that the portion of the building/structure to be demolished, renovated, remodeled, or have repair work contains ACM, 10 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM, or asbestos material, which is impacted by the work, the owner or the owner’s agent shall conduct, or cause to have conducted, asbestos removal performed by a licensed asbestos abatement contractor in conformance with all standards set forth in this Part. All ACM, PACM, suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM, or asbestos material impacted by the demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair project shall be removed as per this Part, prior to access or disturbance by other uncertified trades or personnel. No demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work shall be commenced by any owner or the owner’s agent prior to the completion of the asbestos abatement in accordance with the notification requirements of this Part. For multi-phased work, the access restriction for uncertified trades or personnel applies to each intermediate portion of the entire project. Upon completion of the intermediate portion of the asbestos project, other trades or personnel may access that portion of the work site. For demolition projects that are exempt from asbestos survey requirements due to being structurally unsound, the demolition is considered an asbestos project and shall proceed as per Section 56-11.5. (1) All building/structure owners and asbestos abatement contractors on a demolition, renovation, remodeling, or repair project, which includes work covered by this Part, shall inform all trades on the work site about PACM, ACM, asbestos material and suspect miscellaneous ACM assumed to be ACM at the work site. (i) Bidding. Bids may be advertised and contracts awarded for demolition, remodeling, renovation, or repair work, but no work on the current intermediate portion of the project shall commence on the demolition, renovation, remodeling or repair work by any owner or agent prior to completion of all necessary asbestos abatement work for the current intermediate portion of the entire project, in conformance with all standards set forth in this Part. (j) Unidentified and Unassessed Asbestos. When any construction activity, such as demolition, remodeling, renovation or repair work, reveals PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM that has not been identified by the asbestos survey per this Part, or has not been identified by other inspections as per current OSHA or EPA requirements, all activities shall cease in the area where the PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM is found and the Asbestos Control Bureau shall be notified by telephone by the building/structure owner or their representative, followed with a written notice in accordance with the notification requirements of this Part. Unassessed PACM or suspect miscellaneous ACM shall be treated and handled as ACM and assumed to be ACM, unless proven otherwise by standard EPA and OSHA accepted methods, including multi-layered systems sampling protocols; subsequent analyses performed by a laboratory that meets the requirements of Section 56-4.2 of this Part; and the analyses satisfies both NYS ELAP and federal requirements, including multi-layered sample analyses, to document non-asbestos containing material. 11 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com 2.2 Sample Analysis Bulk sample analysis was performed by American Science Team New York Inc., an independent laboratory approved/accredited by the NYS Department of Health (ELAP), the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), and the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP). Samples collected during the course of this survey fell into one of two categories. The first category includes non-friable organically bound (NOB) materials. These materials are those which have an organic binder in their matrix and include items such as floor tiles, sheet flooring, mastics, glazings, caulks and roofing materials. The second category includes non-NOB “friable” materials including parging, sheetrock, joint compound, wall insulations, and wallboard. Analysis of all “NOB” materials was initially performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the New York State Department of Health ELAP 198.6 Gravimetric Reduction Methodology. If a given sample was reported as non-asbestos following this analysis, it was then analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) following the NYS DOH ELAP 198.4 Methodology. Analysis of all “non-NOB” materials was performed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) following the EPA 600/M4/82/020 and the NYS DOH ELAP 198.1 Methodologies. 2.3 Materials not sampled There were several materials present at the site which were not considered “suspect” by the inspector and were not sampled. These included various fiberglass, foam, vinyl, silicone, wood/cellulose products and concrete/cinder block/brick components. 12 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com 3.0 SURVEY FINDINGS AND CONCLUSIONS 3.1) Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey, NonAsbestos Materials – Based on results from previous Delta Sampling efforts, results from previous sampling efforts of other Consultants, results from the Cornell 4D Database, and results reported for samples collected during this Survey of accessible suspect materials within the Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project Renovation spaces, the following materials were identified as non-asbestos: Homogenous Area (HA) Non-Asbestos Building Material 01 Spray-on Fireproofing, Hoistway Shaft 02 Dark Green Sheet Flooring @ Elevator Doors 03 Mastic from HA 02 04 Red Terrazzo Flooring @ Elevator Doors 05 Tan Mottled Sheet Flooring @ Elevator Doors 06 Mastic from HA 05 07 Grey Floor Leveler from HA 05 08 Mastic, 4” Non-Suspect Vinyl Cove Base 09 Blue Grey Sheet Flooring 10 Lap Sealant 11 Isoboard Backing Paper 12 Pink Mastic from Isoboard 13 Built Up Roofing 14 Concrete Roof Deck 15 Grey Seam Caulk, Fan Unit Duct 17 Mastic from 9” x 9” Beige w / Brown Specks Floor Tile 19* Joint Compound on Sheetrock Walls/Ceiling Systems 20* 2’ x 2’ Smooth Ceiling Tile 21* 2’ x 2’ Textured Glacial Ceiling Tile 22* White Skim Coat on CMU Block 23* White Popcorn Textured Spray Applied Ceiling * – Material previously sampled by Cornell Consultant or included in the Cornell 4D Database The following non-suspect materials with the potential to be impacted were observed during the survey: Elevator Lobby Hoistway Door Core Material: The Elevator Hoistway Door Core Material was visually confirmed to be non-suspect fiberglass Elevator Cab Door Core Material: The Elevator Cab Doors were visually confirmed to be hollow. Elevator Switchgear/Controls Components – The elevator switchgear panel / controls are located in the sub-basement of Uris Hall and non-suspect vinyl-wrapped wiring was observed to be present. Elevator Brake System – The elevator brakes are a hydraulic / rubber systems with no suspect brake pad materials observed to be present. 13 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com 3.2) Uris Hall Elevator Replacement Project Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey, AsbestosContaining Materials – Based on results from previous Delta Sampling efforts, results from previous sampling efforts of other Consultants, results from the Cornell 4D Database, and results reported for samples collected during this Survey of accessible suspect materials within the Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project Renovation spaces, the following materials were identified as being Asbestos-Containing: Homogenous Area (HA) Asbestos Containing Material 16 Roof-Top Fan Units Repair Tar 18* 9” x 9” Beige w/ Brown Specks Floor Tile * – Material previously sampled by Cornell Consultant or included in Cornell 4D Database A breakdown of asbestos-containing materials by Homogeneous Area is as follows: A) Roof-top Fan Units Repair Tar (HA16): The asbestos containing repair tar is present randomly on the metal seams associated with the roof-top fans / units located directly above the elevator shaft and stairwell. The total quantity of this asbestos repair tar is less than 10 square feet, with the specific quantity / locations of impact to be based on the roof-top units relocation requirements. B) 9” x 9” Beige w/ Brown Specks Floor Tile (HA18*): The asbestos-containing 9” x 9” floor tile was previously sampled and is present in the Basement Elevator Lobby. The amount of this material to be directly impacted by the Elevator Modernization Project is approximately 180 square feet (entire 9’-8” x 18’-6” basement elevator lobby space). 4.0 INACCESSIBLE AREAS This Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey was limited to ONLY those spaces included in the Elevator Modernization renovation areas. Associated rooms, spaces and areas which were visible and accessible were inspected and sampled as a part of this survey. Inaccessible areas such as wall cavities, fixed/hard ceiling plenum spaces and enclosed pipe chases were not included as a part of this Survey. Any suspect materials present in areas not accessible or not included as a part of this Survey shall be assumed ACM when encountered, until tested. 14 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com APPENDIX A Asbestos Bulk Sample Report Form HA* Floor 01A 01 1 01B 01 2 01C 01 3 02A 02 Grd. 02A 02 Grd. 03A 03 Grd. 03B 03 Grd. 04A 04 1 04B 04 1 05A 05 2 05B 05 2 06A 06 2 06B 06 2 2016.407.005 Tan Mottled Sheet Flooring @ Elevator Doors, 2nd Floor Miscellaneous ND ND ND 2016.407.005 - Mastic from HA 05B Miscellaneous ND ND 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 Dark Green Sheet Flooring @ Elevator Doors, Ground Floor Miscellaneous ND ND 2016.407.005 - Mastic from HA 02A Miscellaneous ND ND 2016.407.005 - Mastic from HA 02B 2016.407.005 Tan Mottled Sheet Flooring @ Elevator Doors, 2nd Floor Miscellaneous ND ND 2016.407.005 - Mastic from HA 05A Miscellaneous ND ND 2016.407.005 - Spray On Fireproofing, Hoistway Shaft, 2nd Floor Surfacing ND ND NA 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 - Red Terrazzo Flooring @ Elevator Doors, 1st Floor Miscellaneous ND NA ND ND ND ND 2016.407.005 - Spray On Fireproofing, Hoistway Shaft, 1st Floor Surfacing Asbestos Bulk Samples Report Form Sample Number Bulk Sample Description / Details 860 Hooper Road, Endwell NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6640 www.delta-eas.com Dark Green Sheet Flooring @ Elevator Doors, Ground Floor Miscellaneous ND ND ND ND ND NA 2016.407.005 ND ND NA Project: Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey Client : Architectural Resources Client Project No.: 564.15 Date Sampling Performed:12/11/2019, 02/19/2020 and 02/21/2020 Date of Report: 03/02/2020 Delta Project No.: 2016.407.005 Asbestos Inspector: Thomas Ferro / Patrick Reardon No. of Samples Collected: 35 No. of Samples Analyzed: PLM - 33 / TEM - 21Laboratory: AmeriSci New York Material Type Asbestos Type PLM Result % Asbestos TEM Result % Asbestos Miscellaneous ND ND Spray On Fireproofing, Hoistway Shaft, 3rd Floor Surfacing Red Terrazzo Flooring @ Elevator Doors, 1st Floor Miscellaneous ND ND NA ND ND ND Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey Page 1 of 3 HA* Floor 2016.407.005 - Spray On Fireproofing, Hoistway Shaft, 1st Floor Surfacing Asbestos Bulk Samples Report Form Sample Number Bulk Sample Description / Details 860 Hooper Road, Endwell NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6640 www.delta-eas.com ND ND NA Project: Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey Client : Architectural Resources Client Project No.: 564.15 Date Sampling Performed:12/11/2019, 02/19/2020 and 02/21/2020 Date of Report: 03/02/2020 Delta Project No.: 2016.407.005 Asbestos Inspector: Thomas Ferro / Patrick Reardon No. of Samples Collected: 35 No. of Samples Analyzed: PLM - 33 / TEM - 21Laboratory: AmeriSci New York Material Type Asbestos Type PLM Result % Asbestos TEM Result % Asbestos 07A 07 2 07B 07 2 08A 08 2 08B 08 2 09A 09 Cab 09B 09 Cab 10A 10 Roof 10B 10 Roof 11A 11 Roof 11B 11 Roof 12A 12 Roof 12B 12 Roof 13A 13 Roof ND ND ND ND NA NA ND NA ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND NA ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND NA ND Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Blue Grey Sheet Flooring, Elevator Cab Blue Grey Sheet Flooring, Elevator Cab Lap Sealant, Main Field Lap Sealant, Main Field Isoboard Backing Paper, Main Field Isoboard Backing Paper, Main Field Pink Mastic, Isoboard, Main Field Pink Mastic, Isoboard, Main Field Built Up Roofing under Isoboard, Main Field 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 - Mastic, 4" Non-Suspect Vinyl Cove Base, 2nd Floor Miscellaneous ND ND ND 2016.407.005 - Mastic, 4" Non-Suspect Vinyl Cove Base, 2nd Floor Miscellaneous ND ND ND 2016.407.005 - Grey Floor Leveler from HA 05A Miscellaneous ND ND NA 2016.407.005 - Grey Floor Leveler from HA 05B Miscellaneous ND ND NA Miscellaneous Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey Page 2 of 3 HA* Floor 2016.407.005 - Spray On Fireproofing, Hoistway Shaft, 1st Floor Surfacing Asbestos Bulk Samples Report Form Sample Number Bulk Sample Description / Details 860 Hooper Road, Endwell NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6640 www.delta-eas.com ND ND NA Project: Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey Client : Architectural Resources Client Project No.: 564.15 Date Sampling Performed:12/11/2019, 02/19/2020 and 02/21/2020 Date of Report: 03/02/2020 Delta Project No.: 2016.407.005 Asbestos Inspector: Thomas Ferro / Patrick Reardon No. of Samples Collected: 35 No. of Samples Analyzed: PLM - 33 / TEM - 21Laboratory: AmeriSci New York Material Type Asbestos Type PLM Result % Asbestos TEM Result % Asbestos 13B 13 Roof 14A 14 Roof 14B 14 Roof 15A 15 Roof 15B 15 Roof 16A 16 Roof 16B 16 Roof 17A 17 Bsmt. 17B 17 Bsmt. HA - Homogenous Area ND - No Asbestos Detected NA - Not Analyzed by Methodology NA/PS - Not Analyzed, Positive Stop TSI - Thermal System Insulation Misc - Miscellaneous Material Trace / < 1% - Non-Asbestos by Definition Chrysotile ND ND ND ND ND 5.4% NA/PS ND NA NA ND ND NA/PS NA/PS Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Miscellaneous ND ND ND ND ND Miscellaneous2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 2016.407.005 Built Up Roofing under Isoboard, Main Field Concrete Deck, Main Field Concrete Deck, Main Field Grey Seam Ducts, Fan Unit Ducts Grey Seam Ducts, Fan Unit Ducts Fan Units Repair Tar Fan Units Repair Tar 2016.407.005 Mastic from 9" x 9" Beige w/Brown Specks Floor Tile, B00CA Miscellaneous ND ND ND 2016.407.005 Mastic from 9" x 9" Beige w/Brown Specks Floor Tile, B00CA Miscellaneous ND ND ND Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project Pre-Renovation Asbestos Survey Page 3 of 3 15 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com APPENDIX B Laboratory Analytical Results 16 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com APPENDIX C Delta Engineers, Architects, & Land Surveyors Company and Personnel Certifications New York State – Department of Labor Division of Safety and Health License and Certificate Unit State Campus, Building 12 Albany, NY 12240 ASBESTOS HANDLING LICENSE Delta Engineers, Architects & Land Surveyors, D.P.C. 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 FILE NUMBER: 05-0851 LICENSE NUMBER: 29322 LICENSE CLASS: RESTRICTED DATE OF ISSUE: 08/28/2019 EXPIRATION DATE: 09/30/2020 Duly Authorized Representative – Stephen Prislupsky: This license has been issued in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 30 of the Labor Law of New York State and of the New York State Codes, Rules and Regulations (12 NYCRR Part 56). It is subject to suspension or revocation for a (1) serious violation of state, federal or local laws with regard to the conduct of an asbestos project, or (2) demonstrated lack of responsibility in the conduct of any job involving asbestos or asbestos material. This license is valid only for the contractor named above and this license or a photocopy must be prominently displayed at the asbestos project worksite. This license verifies that all persons employed by the licensee on an asbestos project in New York State have been issued an Asbestos Certificate, appropriate for the type of work they perform, by the New York State Department of Labor. Eileen M. Franko, Director SH 432 (8/12) For the Commissioner of Labor 17 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com APPENDIX D Laboratory Certifications 18 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com APPENDIX E Bulk Sample Location Drawings 19 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com APPENDIX F Photo Log 20 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com HA 01 – Spray-on Fireproofing, Hoistway Shaft, “No Asbestos Detected” HA 02 – Dark Green Sheet Flooring, “No Asbestos Detected” 21 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com HA 03 – Mastic from HA 02, “No Asbestos Detected” HA 04 – Red Terrazzo Flooring @ Elevator Doors, “No Asbestos Detected” 22 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com HA 05 – Tan Mottled Sheet Flooring, “No Asbestos Detected” HA 06 – Yellow Mastic from HA 05, “No Asbestos Detected” HA 07 – Grey Floor Leveler from HA 05, “No Asbestos Detected” 23 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com HA 08 – Mastic, 4” Non-suspect Vinyl Cove Base, “No Asbestos Detected” HA 09 – Blue Grey Sheet Flooring, Elevator Cab, “No Asbestos Detected” 24 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com HA 10 – Lap Sealant, “No Asbestos Detected” HA 11 – Isoboard Backing Paper, “No Asbestos Detected” 25 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com HA 12 – Pink Mastic, Isoboard, “No Asbestos Detected” HA 13 – Built Up Roofing, “No Asbestos Detected” 26 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com HA 14 – Concrete Deck, “No Asbestos Detected” HA 15 – Grey Seam Caulk, “No Asbestos Detected” 27 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com HA 16 – Fan Units Repair Tar, “Asbestos Containing” HA 17 – Mastic from 9” x 9” Beige w/Brown Specks Floor Tile, “No Asbestos Detected” 28 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com HA 18* – 9” x 9” Beige w/ Brown Specks Floor Tile, “Asbestos Containing Materials” Hoistway Elevator Door with Non-suspect Fiberglass Insulation 29 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Tel: 607.231.6600 Fax: 607.231.6650 www.delta-eas.com Hollow Cab Elevator Door Elevator Switchgear Panel with Non-suspect Vinyl-wrapped Wiring CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS URIS HALL ELEVATOR GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-1 MODERNIZATION REQUIREMENTS DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub-contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner’s Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control B. Section 01 35 45 – Refrigerant Compliance 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 – Submittals: 1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil and granular materials (“borrow”). 2. Contractor’s Waste Material Disposal Plan. 3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier. 4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management. 5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials. 6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site. 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS URIS HALL ELEVATOR GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-2 MODERNIZATION REQUIREMENTS DECEMBER 1, 2020 B. If at any time operations under the representative’s supervision do not comply with this Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not comply with these specifications. 1.5 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise-muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements 1.6 DUST CONTROL A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling, loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the duration of construction. B. If, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contractor’s expense, employ alternative means to control dust. C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA. 1.7 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell standards, policies, local laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to: 1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS URIS HALL ELEVATOR GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-3 MODERNIZATION REQUIREMENTS DECEMBER 1, 2020 2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters. 3. Pumping of any silt-laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters. 4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities. 5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or specifically approved by the Owner’s site representative. 6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream. 7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials. B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work. C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5) and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer. D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner’s Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 – Spill Control Procedures. 1.8 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK A. Obtain approval from the Owner’s Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing plans to the Owner’s Representative in writing. The following shall require approval of the Owner: 1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections. 2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air emissions. B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner’s Representative. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS URIS HALL ELEVATOR GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-4 MODERNIZATION REQUIREMENTS DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.9 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith. B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S) for guidance. C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor’s performance or failure to perform hereunder. D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal. 1.10 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” to the Owner’s Representative. The plan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations. B. The “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” form, together with definitions associated with the form waste descriptions. Forms may be downloaded at: https://ehs.cornell.edu/sites/default/files/resourcefiles/FRM_CWMDPContractorWasteMaterialDisposalPlan.pdf C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 43*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL URIS HALL ELEVATOR SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects: 1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall be employed as appropriate at each site. 2. Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a temporary berm, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products. 3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in accordance with all fire and safety codes. B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such materials. 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous substance. In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill, the following procedures shall be followed: A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall: 1. Identify and locate the source of the spill. If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section 1. 3). CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL URIS HALL ELEVATOR SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials; and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area. 3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not compromise worker safety. a. Stop the spill at once (if possible). b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.). c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area. d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread. e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source. f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill. g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified. h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the release, fire, or explosion. i. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment. B. Spill Cleanup: 1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be initiated. a. Use proper waste containers. b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible or reactive substances in the same container. c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL URIS HALL ELEVATOR SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 d. Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid after bulk liquid has been removed. The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid. e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper location. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill. f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product. g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged through the Contractor. h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B. C. Fire or Explosion: 1. In the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall: a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified. b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency personnel. c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area. d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so. e. Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers. f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipment. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL URIS HALL ELEVATOR SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departments within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external reporting, if required. The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457-7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply: TABLE 1 CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING CRITERIA DESCRIPTION Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons. Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment. Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious surface. Cleanup The spill must be cleaned-up within two hours of occurrence. Environment The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or onto surface water. A release of a “reportable quantity”1 or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or “harmful quantities”2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response Center, 1-800-424-8802. Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to provide the following information, if possible: 1. The date and time of the spill or release. 2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance. 3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and the approximate duration of the event. 4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill. 5. The source of the release or spill. 6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for, the facility or activity associated with the release or spill. 7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL URIS HALL ELEVATOR SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-5 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 8. The name and telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site. 9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts, including evacuation. 10. The extent of injuries, if any. 11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals. 12. Assistance required, if any. If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site. The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675. 2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release. The description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to prevent and control future releases. (1)Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner’s spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you. (2)Harmful Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline; or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3). 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 44*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 45 Ithaca, New York REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE 01 35 45-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 35 45 REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible and accountable for compliance with the EPA Clean Air Act (CAA) Section 608, 40 CFR Part 82 and any state or local codes for all refrigerant-related work. In general, an EPA-certified technician shall perform any activity involving refrigerant-containing equipment that includes: (1) attaching and detaching hoses and gauges to and from refrigerant containing equipment to measure pressure; (2) adding refrigerant to, or removing refrigerant from equipment; or (3) any other activity that violates the integrity of a refrigerant containing circuit (for example any activity where a refrigerant containing circuit is ‘opened’ in any manner). B. Refrigerant and oil shall be recovered from any equipment that does not meet the definition of a small appliance in 40CFR Part 82 Subpart F before removal and subsequent disposal. Small appliances (as defined in 40CFR Part 82 Subpart F) may be removed from the site with the charge (refrigerant) intact, provided it is properly labeled and handled in such a manner so as to prevent damage to coils. Small Appliances are defined in 40CFR Part 82 Subpart F as: Any appliance that is fully manufactured, charged, and hermetically sealed in a factory with five (5) pounds or less of a Class I or Class II substance used as a refrigerant, including, but not limited to, refrigerators and freezers (designed for home, commercial, or consumer use), medical or industrial research refrigeration equipment, room air conditioners (including window air conditioners and packaged terminal air heat pumps), dehumidifiers, under-thecounter ice makers, vending machines, and drinking water coolers. C. All new equipment installed shall utilize non-CFC refrigerants. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to starting construction, demolition, or service work Contractor shall provide to Owner a list of all service technicians with EPA certification numbers and level of certification. (Copies of EPA certification cards are acceptable for those who will be working on the site.) 1.3 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Contractor shall provide to the Owners Representative all Service Invoices (or equivalent service documentation acceptable to owner) for all work performed by EPA- certified Technicians. Service Invoices (or equivalent documentation) shall include the following information at a minimum for each piece of refrigerant containing equipment serviced: • Date of Service • Name of EPA-Certified Technician • Technicians Certification Level • Type of Equipment Serviced • Equipment Manufacture CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 45 Ithaca, New York REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE 01 35 45-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 • Equipment Model and Serial Number • Description of Service Performed • Date Leak Discovered (if applicable) • Date Leak Repaired (if applicable) • Date Follow-Up Leak Test Performed (if applicable) • Type of Refrigerant • Normal System Full Charge (in pounds) • Amount of Initial Refrigerant Charge Recovered During Service • Amount of Recovered Refrigerant Returned to System • Type of Additional Refrigerant Added to System • Amount of Additional Refrigerant Charged to System • System Charge at End of Service B. Contractor shall provide to Cornell’s Environmental Health and Safety Office and IPP Facilities Management Administration Preventative Maintenance Group, via the Owner’s Representative, complete equipment documentation including: make, model number, serial number, refrigerant type and full refrigerant charge (quantity), equipment ID tag number and location (room number) for all equipment installed that does not meet the definition of a small appliance (40CFR Part 82). C. Contractor shall provide Owners Representative a copy of complete manifests, invoices, or other documentation showing any refrigerant removed from the project by the contractor was disposed of appropriately or reclaimed by an EPA-certified reclaimer. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 LEAK TESTING A. All new equipment not meeting the definition of a small appliance, including packaged equipment, factory charged, field charged, split systems or field-constructed systems with field-installed refrigerant piping shall be leak tested prior to or during startup. Leak testing shall utilize appropriate electronic leak-testing equipment. B. Leak testing shall be conducted by an EPA-certified technician. The contractor shall provide written verification of the leak testing and results. C. If a leak is detected, the following procedure shall be followed: 1. Notify the Owner’s Site Representative (who will notify the Refrigerant Compliance Coordinator). 2. Document the leak. 3. Repair the leak. 4. Document the procedures followed. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 45 Ithaca, New York REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFRIGERANT COMPLIANCE 01 35 45-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 5. Leak test to verify the leak was repaired. 6. Schedule and provide a 30-day follow-up verification leak test witnessed by a designated HVAC technician. 7. Document follow-up leak testing. 8. Repeat the above process if follow-up leak is detected. 3.2 DEMOLITION PROCEDURE FOR EQUIPMENT REMOVED BY CONTRACTOR A. The Contractor, in contractor-provided refrigerant recovery cylinders, shall take ownership of the recovered refrigerant and transport off site to a proper disposal company or certified reclaimer. B. Service Invoices, as described in RECORD DOCUMENTS, shall be provided. C. The Contractor technician shall tag the unit that the refrigerant was removed. D. Once an EPA-certified technician has removed the refrigerant and tagged the unit, a noncertified person may perform the remainder of the demolition. ***END OF SECTION 01 35 45*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS URIS HALL ELEVATOR REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall include but are not limited to building, electrical, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe, fill, street use and building demolition. 1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the regularly scheduled Owner’s meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a structure, the Contractor is required to complete a “Notification of Demolition and Renovation” and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner’s Representative prior to any demolition. C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and maintained through the City of Ithaca. D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting: 1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the Uniform Code of New York State. 2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration –Level 1; Alteration – Level 2; Alteration – Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work affecting the fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building permit is also required for this type of work. 3. Work classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department. 1.2 INSPECTIONS A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all service charges, pavement cuts and repairs. 1.3 COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS URIS HALL ELEVATOR REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.4 OWNER’S REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner. B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If no permit fees were required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 41 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings. B. All references to codes, specifications and standards referred to in the Specification Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. C. Install All Work in Compliance with: 1. NYS Uniform Code a. International Building Code b. International Residential Code c. International Existing Building Code d. International Fire Code e. International Plumbing Code f. International Mechanical Code g. International Fuel Gas Code h. International Property Maintenance Code i. Uniform Code Supplement 2. NYS Energy Code a. International Energy Conservation Code b. ASHRAE 90.1 c. Energy Code Supplement 3. National Electric Code 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. Life Safety Code NFPA 101. 6. All local ordinances 7. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. “General”: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. “Contract Documents”: The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement. C. “The Contract”: The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. D. “The Work”: The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment incorporated in such construction. E. “Owner”: Cornell University a New York corporation. F. “Architect/Engineer”: The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized representative. G. “Contractor”: The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction Agreement contract is made by Owner. H. “Subcontractor”: A person, firm, or corporation, supplying labor and/or materials for work at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor. I. “As Approved” or “Approved”: Architect’s or Owner’s approval. J. “As Directed”: Owner’s direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." K. “Indicated”: Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as “indicated.” L. “Regulations”: Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. M. “Furnish”: Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. O. “Reinstall”. To place back into a former position. P. “Replace”. Provide a substitute for. Q. “Provide”: Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. R. “Concealed’: Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable. S. “Exposed”: All capital Work not identified as concealed. T. “Project Site”: Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. U. “As-Built Documents”: Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the course of project construction. V. “Record Drawings”: Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The “record” drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as-built drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor. W. “Shop Drawings”: Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for some portion of the work. X. “Samples”: Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged. Y. “General Conditions”: The standardized contractual provisions describing the responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor under the construction contract. Z. “Contract Limit Lines”: A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the contractor for construction purposes. AA. "to do", "provide", "furnish", "install", etc., in these Specifications or on Drawings are directions given to the Contractor; CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS A. Cornell University and the Tompkins-Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are members of the Tompkins-Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division are as follows: Local #241 - International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Local #267 - United Association of Plumbers and Steamfitters Local #281 - United Brotherhood of Carpenters Local #3NY - International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers Local #178 - International Union of Painters and Allied Trades Local #112 - International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers Local #785 - Laborers International Union of North America The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows: All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to individuals employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign such work; provided, however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed by other employees covered by this agreement. 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-5 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-2253 Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-0080 Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-1800 Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-1800 www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html FS Federal Specification (215) 697-6257 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-7800 www.nibs.org UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272-0080 www.access-board.gov 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transportation.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-6 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-7 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air-Conditioning Engineers (404) 636-8400 www.ashrae.org ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9585 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association (334) 874-9800 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-8 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991 BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-9 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 www.esda.org FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 www.fmglobal.com FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.pumps.org (973) 267-9700 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-10 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-11 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.metalframingmfg.org MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222 www.marble-institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc. www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.com NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-12 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703) 442-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 www.nofma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-13 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters (212) 227-3700 www.nybfu.org PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 www.landcarenetwork.org PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724) 776-4841 SBI Steel Boiler Institute SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-14 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoam.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.com SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-15 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electro nic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (847) 649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177 www.tileroofing.org UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization (800) 962-7962 www.ufpo.org (800) 962-7811 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www.uni-bell.org USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.com WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 www.wicnet.org WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-16 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 NEC National Electric Code C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322 www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES URIS HALL ELEVATOR REFERENCES 01 42 00-17 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112 www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 www.osophs.dhhs.gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934 www.nas.edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000 www.usps.com 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 42 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL URIS HALL ELEVATOR QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC) program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program. 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection: 1. Pre-Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre-installations are defined, the Contractor shall arrange for a pre-installation meeting. When practical, pre-installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products. a. Agenda to include the following: i. Appointment ii. Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project. iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as required. iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements. v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements. vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work. vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners consideration. viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds, utilities, fences, Section 01500. ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour notice to Architect for review of the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL URIS HALL ELEVATOR QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410. xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment. xii. Special safety requirements and procedures. b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting: i. Project Manager. ii. Project Field Supervisor iii. Subcontractor iv. Architect’s Representative v. Owner’s Representative vi. Testing Agency, when applicable 2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and that the materials and equipment are on hand. 3. Initial Inspection. Perform this inspection as soon as work commences on a representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for compliance with contract requirements. 4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on a regular basis to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular work. 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as opposed to "off-the-shelf" items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation. Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of the completed project. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL URIS HALL ELEVATOR QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.4 TESTING A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship requirements. 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 1. The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e-Builder to track nonconforming materials or sub-standard workmanship identified by Owner’s Representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 45 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 29 Ithaca, New York TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES URIS HALL ELEVATOR TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 45 29 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perform specified services. 1. Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution of its required services. 2. Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's obligations to perform the Work of the Contract. B. Testing Laboratory services are specified in connection with work including but not limited to the following: 1. New York State Building Code, Chapter 17, Special Inspections 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF LABORATORY A. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification", latest edition, published by American Council of Independent Laboratories. B. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329-05b, "Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing ". C. Authorized to operate in the State of New York. D. Testing and inspections shall be performed under the direction of Licensed Professional Engineer registered in the State of New York who shall be responsible for administering all testing and inspections and shall certify any local agency requirements. E. Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during the most recent tour of inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection. F. Testing Equipment: 1. Calibrated at maximum 12 month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either: a. National Bureau of Standards b. Accepted values of natural physical constants. 2. Submit copy of certificate of calibration made by accredited calibration agency. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 29 Ithaca, New York TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES URIS HALL ELEVATOR TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.3 LABORATORY DUTIES A. Cooperate with Owner, Architect and Contractor; provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. B. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction. 1. Comply with specified standards, ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as specified. 2. Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Promptly notify Owner, Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies of work or products. D. Should Laboratory tests of material performed at specified intervals of time indicate that strengths do not meet Specification requirements, the Inspection Agency and Geotechnical Engineer shall IMMEDIATELY notify the Owner, Contractor, and Architect. The Architect shall determine whether remedial action is necessary. E. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; one copy each to Architect, Owner, Contractor, and one copy to Record Documents File. Each report shall include: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Testing laboratory name, address and telephone number. 4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions. 7. Date of test. 8. Identification of product and specification section. 9. Location of sample or test in the Project. 10. Type of inspection or test. 11. Observations on compliance with Contract Documents. F. Prepare a summary report for each category of inspection certifying that the work has been inspected and meets the Contract Documents. Specifically list all discrepancies found which have not yet been repaired or resolved. G. Perform additional tests as required by Architect or the Owner. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 29 Ithaca, New York TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES URIS HALL ELEVATOR TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.4 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY A. Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel. Provide access to Work, and Manufacturer's operations. B. Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representative samples of materials proposed to be used and for which testing is specified. C. Provide to the laboratory the approved design mixes proposed to be used for concrete, and other material mixes which require control by the testing laboratory. D. Furnish copies of Products test reports as required. E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to Work to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the product to be tested. 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 4. For Laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples. F. Notify laboratory a minimum of 24 hours in advance of operations to allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. 1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse laboratory for personnel and travel expenses incurred due to Contractor's responsibility. G. Make arrangements with laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's convenience. H. Employ and pay for the services of a separate, equally qualified independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required when initial tests indicate Work does not comply with Contract Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 45 29*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 33 Ithaca, New York CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-1 MODERNIZATION INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 45 33 CODE REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Special Inspections and Structural Testing shall be in accordance with Chapter 17 of the Building Code of New York State (BCNYS). B. Hold a Special Inspections preconstruction meeting at least seven (7) days prior to the initial planned date for start of construction. 1. Discussion shall include the following: a. Review of specifications and Schedule of Special Inspections for work requiring Special Inspections. b. Responsibilities of Contractor, Owner, Testing Agency, Special Inspector, and Registered Design Professional. c. Notification and reporting procedures. 2. Attendees shall include the Contractor, Owner’s representative, Testing Agency, Special Inspector, and Registered Design Professionals for Structural Engineering and for Architecture. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Registered Design Professional: The licensed Professional Engineer or Registered Architect whose seal appears on the Construction Drawings. B. Code Enforcement Official: The Officer or other designated authority charged with administration and enforcement of the BCNYS. C. Testing/Inspecting Agency: An agent retained by the Special Inspector or by the Owner and coordinated by the Special Inspector, to perform some of the inspection services on behalf of the Special Inspector. (An example of an Inspecting Agent is a Geotechnical Engineer.) D. Statement of Special Inspections: A document prepared by the Registered Design Professional and filed with and approved by the Code Enforcement Official that includes the Schedule of Special Inspections listing the materials and work requiring Special Inspections. This document includes the inspections and verifications required for the project and the individuals, agencies, and/or firms who will be retained to perform these services. E. Continuous Special Inspection: The full-time observation of work by the Special Inspector or Testing Agency while the work is being performed. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 33 Ithaca, New York CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-2 MODERNIZATION INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES DECEMBER 1, 2020 F. Periodic Special Inspections: The part-time or intermittent observation of work by the Special Inspector or Testing Agency for work that has been or is being performed and at the completion of the work. 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Special Inspector and Testing/Inspecting Agency shall be accepted by the Owner. B. Special Inspections shall be performed by agents who have relevant experience for each category of inspections indicated on the drawings. C. Minimum qualifications of inspection agents are indicated on the drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The Special Inspector and Testing/Inspecting Agency shall submit to the Registered Design Professional and Code Enforcement Official for review, a copy of their qualifications including the names and qualifications of each of the individual inspectors and technicians who will be performing inspections or tests. B. The Special Inspector and Testing/Inspecting Agency shall disclose any past or present business relationship or potential conflict of interest with the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors whose work will be inspected or tested. 1.5 PAYMENT A. The Owner will engage and pay for the services of the Special Inspector and Testing/Inspecting Agency. B. If any materials requiring Special Inspections are fabricated in a plant not located within 200 miles of the project site, the Contractor shall be responsible for the travel expenses of the Special Inspector or Testing/Inspecting Agency. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting or re-inspection of work failing to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.6 OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Owner will provide the Special Inspector with a complete set of Contract Documents sealed by the Registered Design Professional and approved by the Code Enforcement Official. 1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Special Inspector and his agents so that Special Inspections and testing may be performed without hindrance. B. As indicated in the Schedule of Special Inspections, the Contractor shall notify the Special Inspector and/or Testing/Inspecting Agency at least 48 hours in advance of a required inspection or test. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 33 Ithaca, New York CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-3 MODERNIZATION INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES DECEMBER 1, 2020 C. The Contractor shall provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to the work to be inspected or tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, and for storage and curing of test samples. D. If Special Inspections or testing require the use of the Contractor’s scaffolding to access work areas, the Contractor shall provide a competent person to perform the daily evaluation of the scaffolding to verify that it is safe to use. The Contractor shall notify the Special Inspector and Testing Agent of this review before each use. The Contractor is responsible for the safe assembly and stability of the scaffolding. E. The Contractor shall keep the latest set of Construction Drawings, field sketches, accepted shop drawings, and specifications at the project site for field use by the Inspectors and Testing Technicians. F. The Contractor shall perform remedial work (if required) and sign non-conformance reports stating that remedial work has been completed. The Contractor shall submit signed reports to the Special Inspector as work proceeds. G. The Special Inspection program shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligation to perform work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or from implementing an effective Quality Control program. H. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction site safety. 1.8 LIMITS ON AUTHORITY A. The Special Inspector or Testing/Inspecting Agency shall not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The Special Inspector or Testing/Inspecting Agency shall not have control over the Contractor’s means and methods of construction. C. The Special Inspector or Testing/Inspecting Agency shall not be responsible for construction site safety. D. The Special Inspector or Testing/Inspecting Agency shall not have the authority to stop the work. 2.0 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. The Contractor shall follow the Special Inspection requirements developed by the Architect/Engineer of Record. 3.0 DOCUMENTATION CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 33 Ithaca, New York CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-4 MODERNIZATION INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES DECEMBER 1, 2020 3.1 RECORDS AND REPORTS A. Detailed reports shall be prepared of each test or inspection. The reports shall include the following general information: 1. Project name and number. 2. Date of test or inspection. 3. Name of Testing Agency or Inspecting Agency. 4. Name of technician or inspector. 5. Weather conditions. 6. Locations and elevations of specific areas tested or inspected referenced to gridlines. 7. Description of test or inspection. 8. Reference to applicable ASTM standard. 9. Summary of observations, results, and recommendations. 10. Description of any areas or materials requiring retesting or re-inspection. B. Concrete compressive strength test reports shall contain the following information: 1. Name of Contractor and concrete supplier. 2. Name of concrete testing service. 3. Name of technician making and testing specimens. 4. Truck number and delivery ticket number. 5. Date and location within the structure of concrete placement. 6. Concrete type, class, mix proportions of materials, and design compressive strength at 28 days. 7. Slump, air content, unit weight, and concrete temperature. 8. Total time period between batching and completion of placement for each truck. 9. Compressive strength and type of break for all tests. C. Field reports for concrete inspection shall contain the general information noted above, plus ambient temperature and cylinder numbers. D. Test reports for masonry materials shall include proportions, composition, and compressive strength. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 33 Ithaca, New York CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES URIS HALL ELEVATOR CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-5 MODERNIZATION INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES DECEMBER 1, 2020 3.2 COMMUNICATION A. The Testing/Inspecting Agency shall immediately notify the Owner, Contractor, Special Inspector, and Registered Design Professional by telephone, fax, or email of any test results failing to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The Special Inspector shall immediately notify the Contractor of any work found to be in nonconformance with the Contract Documents during inspections. If the nonconforming work is not corrected while the Special Inspector is on-site, the Special Inspector shall notify the Owner and Registered Design Professional within 24 hours (one business day) and issue a nonconformance report. The Special Inspector may use the Special Inspection NonConformance Report form at the end of this section or other similar form. C. If the nonconforming work is not corrected at the time of substantial completion of the structure or other appropriate time, the Special Inspector shall notify the Owner. 3.3 DISTRIBUTION OF REPORTS A. The Testing/Inspecting Agency shall submit reports to the Owner, Special Inspector and the Registered Design Professional within seven (7) days of the inspection or test. Legible handwritten reports may be submitted if final typed copies are not available. B. The Special Inspector shall submit reports to the Owner and Registered Design Professional within seven (7) days of the inspections. Legible handwritten reports may be submitted if final typed copies are not available. C. If requested by the Code Enforcement Official, the Special Inspector shall submit interim reports which include all inspections and tests performed since the beginning of construction or since the previous interim report. Interim reports shall be addressed to the Code Enforcement Official with copies sent to the Registered Design Professionals (Structural Engineer and Architect) and Contractor. Interim reports shall be signed by the agent performing inspections. 3.4 FINAL REPORT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A. At the completion of work, each Testing/Inspecting Agency shall submit an Agent’s Final Report of Special Inspections to the Special Inspector stating that work was completed in substantial conformance with the Contract Documents and that appropriate inspections and tests were performed. The Testing/Inspecting Agency may use the Agent’s Final Report of Special Inspections form provided at the end of this section or other similar form. B. At the completion of work, the Special Inspector shall compile all inspection and test reports generated by each Agent into a Final Report of Special Inspections. The Final Report of Special Inspections shall state that required inspections have been performed and shall itemize any nonconforming work not corrected or resolved. C. The Special Inspector may use the Final Report of Special Inspections form provided at the end of this section or other similar form based on CASE Form 102-2001. D. The Special Inspector shall submit The Final Report of Special Inspections to the Owner, Registered Design Professional and Code Enforcement Official prior to issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupancy. URIS HALL ELEVATOR CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-6 MODERNIZATION INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES DECEMBER 1, 2020 SPECIAL INSPECTION NON-CONFORMANCE REPORT NO. DATE: ___________________________ TO: CC: Contractor: FROM: ___________________________, Special Inspector PROJECT: PART I: REFERENCE SPECIAL INSPECTION REPORT NO. (Attach copy of report) DESCRIPTION OF NON-CONFORMANCE: RDP RESPONSE: (PROVIDE ATTACHMENTS IF NECESSARY) RDP SIGNATURE ____________________________________ DATE__________________ IS RE-INSPECTION BY SPECIAL INSPECTOR REQUIRED □ YES □ NO PART II: CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION (To be completed by either the [General Contractor or Construction Manager] or Subcontractor and returned to the Special Inspector and the RDP.) I verify that as of the date listed, the non-conforming item noted above has been corrected as required. Date Completed By (Contractor’s Site Representative) URIS HALL ELEVATOR CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-7 MODERNIZATION INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES DECEMBER 1, 2020 AGENT’S FINAL REPORT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS Project Name: Special Inspector: Location: Agent: Special Inspector’s Project: Agent’s Project: To the best of my information, knowledge, and belief, the Special Inspections or testing required for this project and designated for this Agent in the Statement of Special Inspections (which includes the Schedule of Special Inspections) submitted for permit have been performed and discovered discrepancies have been reported and resolved other than the following: Comments: [Attach continuation sheets if required to complete description of uncorrected discrepancies.] Respectfully submitted, Agent of the Special Inspector ______________________________________________ (Type or print name) ______________________________________________ Signature Date ___________________ ___________________________ Address ______________________________________________ City, State, Zip Design Professional Seal or Certification URIS HALL ELEVATOR CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-8 MODERNIZATION INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES DECEMBER 1, 2020 FINAL REPORT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS Project Name: Registered Design Professionals Location: Architecture: Name Address Owner: CORNELL UNIVERSITY Owner’s Address: Structural Engineering: Name Address Special Inspector: Name Address To the best of my information, knowledge, and belief, the Special Inspections required for this project and itemized in the Statement of Special Inspections (which includes the Schedule of Special Inspections) submitted for permit have been performed and discovered discrepancies have been reported and resolved other than the following: Comments: [Attach continuation sheets if required to complete description of uncorrected discrepancies.] Interim reports submitted prior to this final report form a basis for and are to be considered an integral part of this final report. Agent’s Final Reports of Special Inspections are attached and are also a part of this Final Report. Respectfully submitted, Special Inspector ______________________________________________ (Type or print name) ______________________________________________ Signature Date Professional Seal CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 01 45 33-9 REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS, TESTS, FREQUENCIES ☒ CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION: Special Inspection and Testing is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☒ Inspect reinforcement, including restressing tendons, and verify placement. - X ACI 318 Ch. 20, 25.2, 25.3, 26.5.1-26.5.3 1908.4 ☐ Reinforcing bar welding: a. Verify weldability of reinforcing bars other than ASTM A706; b. Inspect single-pass fillet welds, maximum 5/16”; and c. Inspect all other welds X X X AWS D1.4 ACI 318:26.5.4 ☒ Inspect anchors cast in concrete. - X ACI 318:17.8.2 - ☒ Inspect anchors post-installed in hardened concrete members. a. Adhesive anchors installed in horizontally or upwardly inclined orientations to resist sustained tension loads. b. Mechanical and adhesive anchors not defined in 4.a. X X ACI 318: 7.8.2.4 ACI 318: 17.8.2 Table 1705.3 footnote ‘b’. ☒ Verify use of required design mix. - X ACI 318: Ch. 19, 26.4.3, 26.4.4 1904.1, 1904.2, 1908.2, 1908.3 ☒ Prior to concrete placement, fabricate specimens for strength tests, perform slump and air content tests, and determine the temperature of the concrete. X - ASTM C172 ASTM C31 ACI 318: 26.4.5,26.12 1908.10 ☒ Inspect concrete and shotcrete placement for proper application techniques. X - ACI 318: 26.4.5 1908.6, .7, and .8 ☒ Verify maintenance of specified curing temperature and techniques. - X ACI 318: 26.4.7-26.4.9 1908.9 ☐ Inspect pre-stressed concrete for: a. Application of pre-stressing forces; and b. Grouting of bonded pre-stressing tendons X X - - ACI 318: 6.9.2.1 ACI 318: 6.9.2.3 ☐ Inspect erection of precast concrete members. - X ACI 318: 6.8 - ☐ Verify in-situ concrete strength, prior to stressing of tendons in posttensioned concrete and prior to removal of shores and forms from beams and structural slabs. - X ACI 318: 26.10.2 - ☒ Inspect formwork for shape, location and dimensions of the concrete member being formed. - X ACI 318: 26.10.1(b) - CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 01 45 33-10 ☒ MASONRY CONSTRUCTION: Level B – For Risk Category I, II, or III, designed using Engineered design methods, or Risk Category IV designed using Prescriptive design methods. Special Inspection is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Verification of Slump flow and Visual Stability Index (VSI) as delivered to the project site in accordance with Specification Article 1.5 B.1.b.3 for self-consolidating grout. X X TMS 402 Table 3.1.2 1705.4 ☐ Verification of f’m and f’AAC in accordance with Specification Article 1.4B prior to construction, except where specifically exempted by TMS 402. X TMS 402 Table 3.1.2 ☒ Verify compliance with the approved submittals. X TMS 602 Art 1.5 ☒ As masonry construction begins, verify the following are in compliance: ☐ Proportions of site-prepared mortar X TMS 602 Art 2.1, 2.6A ☒ Construction of mortar joints X TMS 602 Art 3.3B ☐ Grade and size of prestressing tendons and anchorages X TMS 602 Art 2.4B, 2.4H ☒ Location of reinforcement, connectors and prestressing tendons and anchorages X TMS 602 Art 3.4, 3.6A ☐ Prestressing technique X TMS 602 Art 3.6B ☐ Properties of thin-set mortar for AAC masonry X X TMS 602 Art 2.1C ☐ Prior to grouting, verify that the following are in compliance: ☐ Grout space X TMS 602 Art 3.2D, 3.2F ☒ Grade, type and size of reinforcement and anchor bolts, and prestressing tendons and anchorages X TMS 402 Sec 6.1 TMS 602 Art 2.4, 3.4 ☒ Placement of reinforcements, connectors and prestressing tendons and anchorages X TMS 402 Sec 6.1, 6.2.1, 6.2.6, 6.2.7 TMS 602 Art 3.2E, 3.4, 3.6A ☐ Proportions of site-prepared grout and prestressing grout for bonded tendon X TMS 602 Art 2.6B, 2.4G.1.b ☒ Construction of mortar joints. X TMS 602 Art 3.3B ☐ MASONRY CONSTRUCTION: Level A – For Risk Category I, II, or III, designed using Prescriptive or Empirical design methods. Special Inspection is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Verify certificates of compliance prior to construction. X TMS 402, TMS 602 Table 3.1.1 1705.4 CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 01 45 33-11 ☐ MASONRY CONSTRUCTION: Level C – For Risk Category IV designed using Engineered design methods. Special Inspection is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Verification of f’m and f’AAC in accordance with Specification Article 1.4B prior to construction and for every 5,000 sq. ft. during construction. X X TMS 402 Table 3.1.3 1705.4 ☐ Verification of proportions of materials in premixed or preblended mortar prestressing grout, and grout other than self-consolidating grout, as delivered to the project site. X X TMS 402 Table 3.1.3 ☐ Verification of Slump flow and Visual Stability Index (VSI) as delivered to the project site in accordance with Specification Article 1.5 B.1.b.3 for self-consolidating grout. X X TMS 402 Table 3.1.3 ☐ Verify compliance with the approved submittals. X TMS 602 Art 1.5 ☐ Verify that the following are in compliance: ☐ Proportions of site-mixed mortar, grout and prestressing grout for bonded tendons. X TMS 602 Art 2.1, 2.6A, 2.6B, 2.6C, 2.4G.1.b ☐ Grade, type, and size or reinforcement and anchor bolts, and prestressing tendons and anchorages X TMS 402 Sec 6.1, TMS 602 Art 2.4, 3.4 ☐ Placement of masonry units and construction of mortar joints. X TMS 602 Art 3.3B ☐ Placement of reinforcement, connectors and prestressing tendons and anchorages X TMS 402 Sec 6.1, 6.2.1, 6.2.6, 6.2.7 TMS 602 Art 3.2E, 3.4, 3.6A ☐ Grout space prior to grouting X TMS 602 Art 3.2D, 3.2F ☐ Placement of grout and prestressing grout for bonding tendons. X TMS 602 Art 3.5, 3.6C ☐ Size and location of structural elements X TMS 602 Art 3.3F ☐ Type, size and location of anchors including other details of anchorage of masonry to structural members, frames or other construction. X TMS 402 Sec 1.2.1(e), 6.1.4.3, 6.2.1 ☐ Welding of reinforcement X TMS 402 Sec 8.1.6.7.2, 9.3.3.4(c), 11.3.3.4(b) ☐ Preparation, construction and protection of masonry during code weather (temperature below 40 degrees F) or hot weather (temperature above 90 degrees F) X TMS 602 Art 1.8C, 1.8D ☐ Application and measurement of prestressing force X TMS 602 Art 3.6B ☐ Placement of AAC masonry units and construction of thin-bed mortar joints X TMS 602 Art 3.3B.9, 3.3F.1.b ☐ Properties of thin-bed mortar for AAC masonry X TMS 602 Art 2.1 C.1 ☐ Observe preparation of grout specimens, mortar specimens and / or prisms. X TMS 602 Art 1.4B.2.a.3, 1.4B.2.b.3, 1.4B.2.c.3, 1.4B.3, 1.4B.4 CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 01 45 33-12 ☒ STEEL CONSTRUCTION: Special Inspection is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☒ Minimum inspections prior to welding. X AISC 360 Table N5.4-1 1705.2.1 ☒ Minimum inspections during welding. X AISC 360 Table N5.4-2 ☒ Minimum inspections after welding. X AISC 360 Table N5.4-3 ☒ UT shall be performed on CJP groove welds subject to transversely applied tension loading in butt, T-, and Corner joints. a. For Risk Category III or IV structures b. For Risk Category II structures X 100% X 10% AISC 360 N5.5b ☐ Minimum inspections prior to high-strength bolting (except for snugtight joints). X AISC 360 Table N5.6-1 ☐ Minimum inspections during high-strength bolting (except for snugtight joints). For pretension/slip-critical joints: a. Turn-of-nut with match marking, direct-tension-indicator method, twist-off-type tension control bolt method. b. Calibrated wrench method, turn-of-nut method without matchmaking. X X AISC 360 Table N5.6-2 ☒ Minimum inspections after high-strength bolting. X AISC 360 Table N5.6-3 ☒ Inspect fabricated or erected steel as appropriate to verify compliance with the construction drawings. Inspect braces, stiffeners, member locations, and joint details. X AISC 360 N5.7 ☐ Inspect during placement of anchor rods and other embedments supporting structural steel for compliance with the construction dwgs. X AISC 360 N5.7 ☒ Inspect welding of steel headed stud anchors. X AISC 360 N6 AWS D1.1/D1.1M ☒ Verification for metal deck: a. Welding consumables, welding procedure specs, welder’s qualifications prior to work, observation of work in progress, and visual inspection of all welds. b. Fasteners to be used prior to work, observation of work in progress to confirm conformance to manufacturer’s recommendations, and visual inspection of completed installation. X X AISC 360 N6 ☒ COLD-FORMED STEEL DECK: Special Inspection is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☒ Inspection or Execution Tasks Prior to Deck Placement X SDI QA/QC Table 1.1 1705.2.2 ☒ Inspection or Execution Tasks After to Deck Placement X SDI QA/QC Table 1.2 ☐ Inspection or Execution Tasks Prior to Welding X SDI QA/QC Table 1.3 ☐ Inspection or Execution Tasks During Welding X SDI QA/QC Table 1.4 ☒ Inspection or Execution Tasks After to Welding X SDI QA/QC Table 1.5 ☐ Inspection or Execution Tasks Prior to Mechanical Fastening X SDI QA/QC Table 1.6 ☐ Inspection or Execution Tasks During to Mechanical Fastening X SDI QA/QC Table 1.7 ☒ Inspection or Execution Tasks After to Mechanical Fastening X SDI QA/QC Table 1.8 ☐ OPEN-WEB STEEL JOISTS AND /OR JOIST GIRDERS: Special Inspection is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code Installation of open-web steel joists and joist girders. Table 1705.2.3 ☐ End connections – welding or bolted - X SJI CJ,SJI K SJI LH/DLH OR SJI JG ☐ Bridging – horizontal or diagonal a. Standard bridging b. Bridging that differs from the SJI specifications. - X SJI CJ,SJI K SJI LH/DLH OR SJI JG ☐ COLD-FORMED STEEL TRUSSES SPANNING 60 FT OR GREATER: Special Inspection is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Verify the temporary installation of restraint / bracing is installed per the approved truss submittal package. X 1705.2.4 ☐ Verify the permanent individual truss member restraint / racing is installed per the approved truss submittal package. X CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 01 45 33-13 ☐ WOOD CONSTRUCTION: Special Inspection is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Inspect high-load diaphragms for grade/thickness of sheathing, nominal size of members, fastener size, number and spacing. X Contr. docs 1705.5.1, 2306.2 ☐ Metal-plate-connected wood trusses spanning 60 feet or greater: temporary installation restraint / bracing and permanent individual truss member restraint / bracing. X App. truss submittal package 1705.5.2 ☐ SOILS: Special Inspection and Testing are required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Verify materials below shallow foundations are adequate to achieve the design bearing capacity. - X Geotech Report, Contract Docs Table 1705.6 ☐ Verify excavations are extended to proper depth and have reached proper material. - X ☐ Perform classification and testing of compacted fill materials. ☐ Verify use of proper materials, densities and lift thicknesses during placement and compaction of compacted fill. X _ ☐ Prior to placement of compacted fill, inspect subgrade and verify that site has been prepared properly. - X ☐ During fill placement inspector shall verify that proper materials and procedures. X ☐ DRIVEN DEEP FOUNDATION ELEMENTS: Special Inspection and Testing are required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Verify element materials, sizes and lengths comply with the requirements. X - Geotech Report, Contract Docs Table 1705.7 ☐ Determine capacities of test elements and conduct additional load tests, as required. X - ☐ Inspect driving operations and maintain complete and accurate records for each element. X - ☐ Verify placement locations and plumbness, confirm type and size of hammer, record number of blows per foot of penetration, determine required penetrations to achieve design capacity, record tip and butt elevations and document any damage to foundation element. X - ☐ For steel elements, perform additional special inspections in accordance with Section 1705.2. (See Special Inspections for Concrete Construction.) - - ☐ For concrete elements and concrete-filled elements, perform tests and additional special inspections in accordance with Section 1705.3. (See Special Inspections for Concrete Construction) - - ☐ If applicable, RDP to identify: specialty elements, additional insp. - - ☐ CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATION ELEMENTS: Special Inspection and Testing is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Inspect drilling operations and maintain complete and accurate records for each element. X - Geotech Report, Contract Docs Table 1705.8 ☐ Verify placement locations and plumbness, confirm element diameters, bell diameters (if applicable), lengths, embedment into bedrock (if applicable) and adequate end-bearing strata capacity. Record concrete or grout volumes. X - ☐ For concrete elements, perform tests and additional special inspections in accordance with Section 1705.3. (See Special Inspections for Concrete Construction) - - ☐ HELICAL PILE FOUNDATIONS: Special Inspection is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Installation equipment used, pile dimensions, tip elevations, final depth, final installation torque [and any other information required by the RDP] shall be recorded. X Geotech Rept, Contr. Docs 1705.9 CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 01 45 33-14 ☒ SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTANT MATERIALS: Special Inspection and testing is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☒ Verify surface preparation in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions 1705.14.2 ☒ Verify temperature and area ventilation before and after application in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. 1705.14.3 ☒ Verify thickness of sprayed fire resistant materials. a. Minimum of 4 measurements per 1,000 SF of floor, roof, and wall areas, or part thereof at each story. b. Minimum of 25% of structural members at each story. ASTM E605 1705.14.4 ☒ Verify density of sprayed fire resistant materials. a. Minimum of one sample per 2,500 SF of floor, roof, and wall areas, or part thereof at each story. b. Minimum of one sample from each type of structural framing member per 2,500 SF of floor area or part thereof at each story ASTM E605 1705.14.5 ☒ Verify cohesive/adhesive bond strength of sprayed fire resistant materials. a. Minimum of one sample per 2,500 SF of floor, roof, and wall areas, or part thereof at each story. b. Minimum of one sample from each type of structural framing member per 2,500 SF of floor area or part thereof at each story c. Bond tests to qualify a primer, paint, or encapsulant when acceptable bond strength performance between these coatings and the fire resistant material has not been determined. ASTM E736 1705.14.6 ☒ Condition of finished application. 1705.14.1 ☒ MASTIC AND INTUMESCENT FIRE-RESISTANT COATINGS: Special Inspection and testing is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☒ Verify surface preparation, application, and thickness in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions when applied to structural elements and decks. AWCI 12-B 1705.15 ☐ EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS): Special Inspection and testing is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Water-resistive barrier coatings must be inspected when installed over a sheathing substrate. ASTM E2570 1705.16.1 EIFS applications not over a water-resistive barrier, masonry, or concrete. 1705.16 ☐ FIRE-RESISTANT PENETRATIONS AND JOINTS: Special Inspection and testing is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ For high-rise buildings or Risk Category III or IV buildings inspect through-penetrations and membrane penetration firestops. ASTM E2174, ASTM E814, UL 1479 1705.17, 714.3.1.2714 .4.2 ☐ For high-rise buildings or Risk Category III or IV buildings inspect fire-resistant joint systems and perimeter fire barrier systems. ASTM: E119, E2393, E1966, E2307, UL 2079 1705.17, 715.3, 715.4 ☐ SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEM: Special Inspection and testing is required. Type Continuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Smoke control systems are to be tested during erection of ductwork and prior to concealment for leakage testing and recording of device location. X 1705.18.1 ☐ Smoke control systems are to be tested prior to occupancy and after sufficient completion of pressure difference testing, flow measurements and detection and control verification. X CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 01 45 33-15 ☐ FABRICATED ITEMS: Special Inspection is required. Type Con-tinuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ The RDP shall identify any structural, load-bearing or lateral loadresisting members or assemblies that are specified to be fabricated off site i.e. in a fabricator’s shop. Special inspections shall be required for these items unless: a. The fabricator maintains approved detailed fabrication and quality control procedures that provide conformance to the approved construction documents and IBC 2015. b. The fabricator is registered and approved per 1704.2.5.1. See also the Fabricator Form in this packet for these items. 1704.2.5 ☐ If the members or assemblies are to be fabricated on site, refer to their respective categories. ☐ WIND-FORCE-RESISTANT ITEMS: Special Inspection is required. Type Con-tinuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Structural wood X X 1705.11.1 ☐ Cold-formed steel light-frame construction X 1705.11.2 ☐ Components: Roof covering, roof deck and roof framing connections X 1705.11.3 ☐ Components: Exterior wall covering and wall connections to roof and floor diaphragms and framing. X 1705.11.3 ☐ SEISMIC-FORCE RESISTANT ITEMS: Special Inspection is required. Type Con-tinuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Structural steel AISC 341 1705.12.1.1 1705.13.1.117 05.13.1.3 ☐ Structural steel elements AISC 341 1705.12.1.2 1905.13.1.2 ☐ Structural wood X X 1705.12.2 ☐ Cold-formed steel light-frame construction 1705.12.3 ☐ Designated seismic systems ASCE 7: 13.2.2 1705.12.4, 1705.13.4 ☐ Arch. components: Ext.cladding, interior or exterior nonbearing walls and interior or ext veneer 30 ft or less above grade or walking surface. X 1705.12.5 ☐ Arch. components: Exterior cladding or interior or exterior veneer weighing 5 psf or less. X 1705.12.5 ☐ Arch. components: Interior nonbearing walls weighing 15 psf or less. X 1705.12.5 ☐ Architectural components: Access floors X 1705.12.5.1 ☐ Elect. Equip. anchorage for emergency and standby power systems X 1705.12.6 ☐ Other electrical equipment anchorage X 1705.12.6 ☐ Piping systems / mechanical units designed to carry hazardous materials: installation and anchorage X 1705.12.6 ☐ Ductwork designed to carry hazardous materials: installation and anchorage X 1705.12.6 ☐ Vibration isolation systems: installation and anchorage X 1705.12.6 ☐ Mechanical and electrical equipment, including ductwork, piping, and their structural supports where an automatic fire sprinkler installed in Seismic C, D, E, or F. X 1705.12.6 ☐ SPECIAL CASES: Special Inspection is required. (1705.1.1) Type Con-tinuous Periodic Reference Standard Code ☐ Construction materials and systems that are alternatives to materials and systems prescribed by code, not addressed in other sections. [Note to RDP: you must identify specifically what is to be inspected.] 1705.1.1 ☐ Unusual design applications of materials described in the code. [Note to RDP: you must identify specifically what is to be inspected.] ☐ Materials and systems required to be installed per additional manufacturer’s instructions that prescribe requirements not contained in the code or in referenced standards. [Note to RDP: you must identify specifically what is to be inspected.] CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 01 45 33-16 Category Special Inspector Minimum Qualifications ☒ Reinforced Concrete ☒ Current ICC Reinforced Concrete Special Inspector or ACI Concrete Constr. Inspector ☐ Concrete field testing by an ACI Concrete Field Testing Technical w/ Grade 1 cert. ☐ Intern Engineer with relevant experience ☐ NYS Registered Design Professional Engineer (RDP) with relevant experience ☐ Pre-Stressed Concrete Pretension Tendons ☒ Current ICC Reinforced Concrete certification and ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician with Grade 1 certification plus one year relevant experience ☐ Intern Engineer with relevant experience ☐ RDP with relevant experience Post-tension Tendons ☐ Current Post-Tensioning Institute (PTI) certification ☐ Intern Engineer with relevant experience ☐ RDP with relevant experience ☒ Welding ☒ Current AWS Certified Welding Inspector ☐ Current ICC Structural Steel and Welding Certificate plus one year of relevant experience ☐ Current Level II cert. from American Society for Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) ☐ Current NDT Level III provided previously certified as NDT Level II ☒ High-Strength Bolting & Steel Frame Inspection ☒ Current ICC Structural Steel and Welding certification and one year of relevant experience ☐ Intern Engineer with relevant experience ☐ RDP with relevant experience ☒ Masonry ☒ Current ICC Structural Masonry certification and one year of relevant experience ☐ Intern Engineer with relevant experience ☐ RDP with relevant experience ☒ Sprayed Fire-Resistant Materials ☒ Current ICC Spray-Applied Fireproofing certification and one year of relevant experience ☐ Intern Engineer with relevant experience ☐ RDP with relevant experience ☐ Excavation and filling; verification of soils; piling & drilled piers; modular retaining walls ☐ Current Level II certification in geotechnical engineering technology/construction from the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) ☐ Intern Engineer with relevant experience ☐ RDP with relevant experience ☒ Inspection of Fabricators ☐ Precast: Current ICC Reinforced Concrete certification plus one year relevant exp ☐ Bar Joist: see welding requirements ☐ Metal Building: see welding requirements ☒ Structural Steel: see welding requirements ☐ Seismic Items not addressed elsewhere ☐ Qualified person with one year of relevant experience ☐ RDP with relevant experience ☐ Intern Engineer with relevant experience ☐ Exterior Insulation and Finish System ☐ RDP with relevant experience ☐ Intern Engineer with relevant experience ☐ Smoke Control ☐ Expertise in fire protection engineering, mechanical engineering and certified as an air balancer ☐ The RDP responsible for design ☐ Fire-Resistant Penetrations & Joints, Special Cases ☐ Qualified person with one year of relevant experience ☐ RDP with relevant experience ☐ Intern Engineer with relevant experience ***END OF SECTION 01 45 33*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS URIS HALL ELEVATOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-1 MODERNIZATION AND CONTROLS DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and services of every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Cornell University may direct. B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide, construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and services. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the Contractor’s option. B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes, standards and specifications. 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to render first aid at the site. B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS URIS HALL ELEVATOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-2 MODERNIZATION AND CONTROLS DECEMBER 1, 2020 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a fire protection and prevention program for employees and personnel at the site. Any fire watches as a result of construction operations are the responsibility of the Contractor. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire-prevention and protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 1. Impairments “Fire Code of NYS Section 901.7”. Impairment; “the removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage in a building.” There are two different levels of impairments a. Partial Impairment. The removal of fire alarm devices or sprinkler system coverage via control valve in the immediate area of where work is to be performed. - Basic Impairment Notification will be sent to Local Authority Having Jurisdiction and FM Global. - No fire watch will be required in most cases. b. Full System Impairment. The complete removal of a fire alarm “system” or sprinkler “system”. Impairment of both the fire alarm system and sprinkler system at the same time is not allowed. - Full System Impairment Notification will be sent to local Authority Having Jurisdiction, FM Global, Ithaca Fire Department Officers, Building Manager, Maintenance Manager, and Customer Service. - Fire Watch will be required and will need the Fire Watch Person’s name and contact information. Cornell EH&S does not perform the fire watch, it is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Equipment: 1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. 2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards. 3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system. 4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building. 5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS URIS HALL ELEVATOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-3 MODERNIZATION AND CONTROLS DECEMBER 1, 2020 6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, siamese connections, standpipes, temporary fire-protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. 7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new services are placed into operation and use. 8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fireprotection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction. C. Enforce fire-safety discipline: 1. Store combustible and volatile materials in an isolated, protected location. 2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project. 3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions. 4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings. 5. Closely supervise welding and torch-cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible materials and volatile conditions. 6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel. D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher. E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a Hot Work Permit issued in accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the operating personnel. In each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety. F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, fall protection, harness, tie-off points, and other such equipment. B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings, for use by construction personnel. C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS URIS HALL ELEVATOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-4 MODERNIZATION AND CONTROLS DECEMBER 1, 2020 2.5 SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect. B. Any and all supports that are of “custom” fabrication or installation shall be designed by the Contractor’s NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations provided for same. 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weather-tight enclosure of exterior walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets. 2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials. 3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. 4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental conditions and effects. B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations from construction work. 1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards. a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture. b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire-retardant paint as required by local fire regulations. 2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS URIS HALL ELEVATOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-5 MODERNIZATION AND CONTROLS DECEMBER 1, 2020 3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible. 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of water at all times. B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor. 2.8 PERSONNEL, PUBLIC AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to protect all personnel, employees, and the public, against hazards on, adjacent to or accessing the construction site. 1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards. 2. Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA-approved signs, as well as, proper barricades. 3. Provide flag personnel as necessary to guide vehicles, protect personnel, public and employees. 2.9 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. No Contractor signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner. 2.10 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the Owner. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS URIS HALL ELEVATOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-6 MODERNIZATION AND CONTROLS DECEMBER 1, 2020 1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other temporary facilities and controls required for the expeditious accomplishment of the Work. 2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by Contract Documents. 3.2 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40. B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout. C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner. D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the quality specified for the original installation. E. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site. F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste matter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner’s Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week. G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services: 1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction. 2. At completion of the Project. B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal. C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to original condition. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for temporary construction and utilities. 2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes, and clean the area. ***END OF SECTION 01 50 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES URIS HALL ELEVATOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required by all trades for construction. Remove on completion of Work. B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and distribution. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition. B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its operations as possible as long as such connections do not over-load the capacity of the Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power. The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event, the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor. C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no longer required. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES URIS HALL ELEVATOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected. The required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working hours. All temporary wiring and equipment shall be in conformity with the National Electric Code. E. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and elevators. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls, fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the Owner's Representative for drainage or for temporary heat. F. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges relating to shutdowns. G. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal The Contractor shall: 1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost entailed thereby. 2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. 2.3 TEMPORARY USE OF ELEVATOR A. Use of Existing Elevator 1. If the Contractor elects to use the existing elevator equipment, the Contractor shall: a. Provide adequate protection for such equipment and shall operate such equipment within a capacity not to exceed that allowed by law, rule or regulation. b. Provide for the maintenance and cleaning of the elevator equipment as approved by the Owner's Representative. c. Prior to start of construction, accurately record the condition of the existing elevator. Promptly repair or replace items that are damaged as a result of Contractor’s use. Service calls that arise as a result of Contractor misuse will be charged to the Contractor. At Substantial Completion, restore elevators to condition existing before initial use. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES URIS HALL ELEVATOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 d. Use only elevators designated by Owner’s Representative at dates and times designated by Owner’s Representative. Dates and times available for Contractor’s use shall be scheduled with, and at the convenience of, the Owner, and may vary during the course of the Project. e. Owner will not provide elevator operators or other monitoring of elevator use. f. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. g. Provide code compliant protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect elevator car and entrance doors and frame. If, despite such protection, elevators become damaged, engage elevator maintenance contractor to restore damaged work so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required. h. Procure and coordinate the elevator maintenance contractor to gain access to the elevator shaft as required to complete the work 2.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION A. The Contractor shall furnish temporary heat as may be necessary for constructing the Work. B. The Contractor will be permitted to use the building's permanent heating system for temporary heat. Permission to use the building's permanent heating system shall in no way constitute the Owner's acceptance of that portion of the Work. C. When using the permanent building systems for space conditioning, provide a written maintenance plan for acceptance by the Owner’s Representative, prior to utilizing the equipment. Plan to address temporary filtering of air and water, sealing of open ducts, lubrication, operation outside of normal ranges, and controls/safeties. Return all equipment to its newly installed condition prior to acceptance testing. 1. If the Contractor elects to use the building’s permanent heating system for temporary heat, the Contractor shall provide filters with a minimum MERV of 8 at each returnair grille in system, maintain to keep them free of dust and debris, replace if necessary and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 01 77 00 – Project Closeout. D. Any temporary system shall be removed when no longer required. E. During heating cycles the enclosures separating the interior building areas from outside shall be maintained closed to conserve heat energy. F. The Contractor shall provide for ventilation of all structures until Physical Completion of the Work and shall control such ventilation to avoid excessive moisture levels and rates of drying of construction materials, including but not limited to concrete and to plaster, and to prevent condensation on sensitive surfaces. The Contractor shall be responsible for any moisture intrusion that is detrimental to the Project. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES URIS HALL ELEVATOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 2.5 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times. B. Provide phone number to Cornell project representatives for communication during Work. 2.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. The Owner shall designate sanitary facilities to be utilized by the Contractor during construction. The Contractor shall maintain neat, clean and sanitary conditions. The Contractor shall be responsible for costs associated with excessive custodial services associated with such usage. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to original, condition. ***END OF SECTION 01 51 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 23 Ithaca, New York HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION URIS HALL ELEVATOR HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION 01 51 23-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 51 23 HEAT DURING CONSTRUCTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain existing or temporary building heating systems to accomplish the following: 1. Protect the existing facility and facility plumbing systems against damage due to cold temperatures. 2. Provide sufficient heat so that the Work can be accomplished in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Maintain construction schedules as required by the Contract. B. Include in the bid price an amount necessary to provide Construction Heat as required. C. Existing central steam systems may be used to the extent that they do not interfere with the safe and effective completion of Work. However, any modifications to existing systems shall be corrected prior to the conclusion of work. D. No natural gas is available to the facility for temporary heat. E. At the conclusion of the project the facility heating systems shall be returned to functional order as necessary to protect the building and facility plumbing systems. 1.2 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall include in the bid the cost of the temporary heat. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs to the facility necessitated by the failure to provide heat during any portion of the Work. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 51 23*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION URIS HALL ELEVATOR STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source. B. Obscure from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas. 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction space. C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct and products are undamaged. F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or damage. 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with the daily functioning of the Institution. B. Materials subject to weather damage shall be protected against the weather by floored weatherproof temporary storage sheds. C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION URIS HALL ELEVATOR STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus. E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work. F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative, shall move such materials or equipment. 1.4 STORAGE A. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the storage location shall be stored at the Contractor’s sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible for repair or replacement of property due to any cause of loss. B. The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at the storage site associated with the Contractor’s storage. C. The Contractor understands that Cornell makes “no” warranty regarding any security at the storage site. D. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination caused by the Contractor’s storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was found. E. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an investigation, all contractors who could be responsible based upon location of the incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally. F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is permitted at the Cornell storage site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents. G. Unoccupied storage containers not within the project fence shall be labeled in the Cornell standard. Signs customized for the project shall be ordered from Ithaca Plastics, Inc., 305 West Green Street, Ithaca, New York 14850, Phone - 607.272.8232, Fax - 607.277.2579, Email – db@ithacaplastics.com. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION URIS HALL ELEVATOR STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.5 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the Work. B. Protection of Utilities 1. If during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect existing facilities from damage. 2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of its operation. C. Protective Covering 1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows: a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways or through which material is handled, shall be cased and protected adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades. b. All surfaces shall be clean and not marred upon delivery of the building to the Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks, gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether or not protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to satisfaction of Owner. c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires on wheels. d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring during all phases of the work including after installation. e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including but not limited to flooring, wood in-fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc. 2. HVAC ductwork shall be protected by the Contractor as follows to prevent introduction of contaminants: a. Ductwork with interior lining shall be wrapped at the factory using plastic wrap to exclude moisture and contaminants. The wrapping shall not be removed until immediately prior to installation. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION URIS HALL ELEVATOR STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 b. Ductwork shall not be exposed to moisture or contaminants at any point in the manufacturing, shipping, storage or installation process. c. Ductwork shall not be staged or stored outside or otherwise exposed to the weather. d. Ductwork shall be transported only inside of covered vehicles. e. Once installed, ductwork shall be protected from contamination during the construction process. 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Protect installed products, including Owner-provided products, and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas. C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel. D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage: 1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic. 2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects. 3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will occur. E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces: 1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products. 2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas. F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 66 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING URIS HALL ELEVATOR CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-1 MODERNIZATION AND REPAIRING DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or new surfaces and finishes. B. Upon written instructions of the Owner’s Representative: 1. Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work. 2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified. 3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work. 4. Patch work uncovered or removed. C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof. D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the Owner’s Representative. E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. F. Openings and Chases 1. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to complete the Work as set forth in the Contract. 2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided, build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work. 3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution of the Work. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING URIS HALL ELEVATOR CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-2 MODERNIZATION AND REPAIRING DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of any portion of the Project. Include: 1. Identification of the Project. 2. Description of the affected work. 3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation. 4. The effect on the work of the Owner’s property, or on the structural integrity of the Project. 5. Description of the proposed work: a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. The extent of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation. 7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching. 8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 - Substitutions and Product Options. C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load-carrying capacity for load-deflection ratio. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following: a. Foundation construction b. Bearing and retaining walls c. Structural concrete d. Structural steel and lintels CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING URIS HALL ELEVATOR CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-3 MODERNIZATION AND REPAIRING DECEMBER 1, 2020 e. Structural decking f. Miscellaneous structural metals g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports i. Equipment supports B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment b. Air or smoke barriers c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers d. Membranes and flashings e. Fire protection systems f. Control systems g. Communication systems h. Electrical wiring systems i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner’s opinion, reduce the building’s aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner. D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any structural members without written permission of the Owner. 1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes. b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or guarantee/warranty in force for membrane. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING URIS HALL ELEVATOR CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-4 MODERNIZATION AND REPAIRING DECEMBER 1, 2020 2. Water Tightness a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by general practice to be watertight. b. All floors (slabs), walls, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight. c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner’s Representative before installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved. B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of inplace or existing materials. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during: 1. Cutting and patching. 2. Excavation and backfilling. B. After uncovering work, inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of the work. C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect has provided further instructions. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING URIS HALL ELEVATOR CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-5 MODERNIZATION AND REPAIRING DECEMBER 1, 2020 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that portion of the Work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties. D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations free from water. E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to receive new work. 1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of services is required. C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING URIS HALL ELEVATOR CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-6 MODERNIZATION AND REPAIRING DECEMBER 1, 2020 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes: a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. 4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform visual appearance. 5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an evenplane surface of uniform appearance. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather-tight condition. a. Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards, accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof-top mounted items. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING URIS HALL ELEVATOR CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-7 MODERNIZATION AND REPAIRING DECEMBER 1, 2020 D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent settlement or damage to other work. F. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. G. Restore work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. ***END OF SECTION 01 73 29*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT URIS HALL ELEVATOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 INSPECTIONS A. Substantial Completion: 1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. 2. After receipt of the Contractor’s initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked-up list of items to be completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor’s punch list. The Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete. 3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work found to be incomplete or defective. 4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the Ithaca Building Department. a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code of NYS. b. Work classified as a ‘Repair’ under the Existing Building Code does not require the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS and NFPA. c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance Testing for the Following Conditions: - Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT URIS HALL ELEVATOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 - Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from the rest of the system - Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump. - A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components. - A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been modified. - A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been replaced or the control unit software has been replaced. - A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified - An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement. - A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14. B. Final Acceptance: 1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and Contractor’s certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative will inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor. 2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework, equipment, and building systems. B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final Completion. C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT URIS HALL ELEVATOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications. 2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned. 3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of the flooring. 5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. 6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and clean. 7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning. 8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began. 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 77 00*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY URIS HALL ELEVATOR FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried and an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the Owner’s Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall include: 1. Name of Product 2. Equipment Classification 3. Manufacturer 4. Model Number 5. Serial Number 6. Cost 7. Location (including Building and Room Number) 8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation) C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its’ disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. ID labels shall be in close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access point to the equipment and on the face of disconnects. E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner’s Representative. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY URIS HALL ELEVATOR FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST • Building Equipment • AC Drive/VSD • Air Dryer • Backflow Preventor • Air Compressor • Building • Sprinkler • Control • Vacuum • Pump • Condensate • Glycol • CWC • HWC • Potable • Sanitary Sewer • Storm Sewer • Sump • Quality Water • Fuel • Fan • Exhaust • Supply • Return • Fume Hood • Furnace • Generator • Hot Water Heater • Heat Exchangers • Boiler • Tank • Unit Heater • Fan Coil • VAV Box • Transfer Switch • Motor • Pump • Fan • Lift/Levelers • Water Softener • Reverse Osmosis CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY URIS HALL ELEVATOR FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.2 ROOF SYSTEM INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Roof System Attributes to be inventoried in an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall provide a dimensioned roof plan of the facility drawn to scale, Auto CAD or Microstation format. Each roof panel of the roof system is to be labeled with a unique ROOF ID number that will reference the Excel template to properly inventory Roof System Attributes of each panel. Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the drawings to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval. 1. Entire Roof Replacement Projects for a Facility: The Contractor is to assign a ROOF ID to each panel of the newly installed roofing system. The ROOF ID will be comprised of the unique Cornell Facility Code number followed by an underscore and a three digit number. (i.e. - Day Hall (Facility Code: 2026) - ROOF ID: 2006_001). 2. Partial Roof Replacement Projects for a Facility: The Owner will provide a graphically representation of the facility’s roof plan with the ROOF ID numbers already assigned to each panel of the roof . The Contractor is responsible to transfer the assigned ROOF ID numbers to their new drawings to be returned to the Owner’s representatives. C. The Contractor shall populate the template. Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return the list to the Owner’s Representative. The initial data to be captured on each panel of the newly installed roof system shall include: 1. Roof Classification 2. Manufacturer (If applicable) 3. Description of System 4. Roof Material 5. Installation Type 6. Slope of Roof (Low or Steep) 7. Roof ID (See Section 1.1.B) for additional information 8. Area of Roof Panel (SF) 9. Contractor (Installer of Roof System) 10. Warranty Number (If applicable) 11. Warranty Expiration Date (If applicable) 12. Material Warranty Number (If applicable) 13. Material Warranty Expiration Date (If applicable) 14. Asbestos Present (If any material remained in place during the reroofing project) CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY URIS HALL ELEVATOR FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 01 78 22-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 15. Insulation (Yes or No), Fastening type, Thickness 16. Flashing Material 17. Gutter Type (If applicable) 18. Downspout Type (If applicable) 19. Roof Drain Type (If Applicable) 20. Roofing Substrate 21. Facility (State or Endowed) 22. Vapor Barrier Type 23. Installation Date 24. Cost per Square Foot 25. Remaining Useful Life (RUL) 26. Type of Heat Trace Element (If applicable) 27. Type Snow Guard Systems (If applicable) 28. Additional Comments as Applicable D. The Contractor shall electronically submit the Roof System data as specified above and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals and Warranty data) to the Owner’s Representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 22*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA URIS HALL ELEVATOR OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed work. 2. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior to substantial completion. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems.- 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Submit electronic files to ePM system of complete manual in final form. 1. Format: a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11”. b. Text: Manufacturer's, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file. c. Drawings in electronic format - Drawings are required in PDF format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format. d. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, and major component parts of equipment. - Provide type description of product, and major component parts of equipment. - Provide indexed PDF bookmarks. - Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA URIS HALL ELEVATOR OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 e. Cover: Identify each volume with title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: - Title of Project - Identity of separate structure as applicable. - Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontract or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. c. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete reference to inapplicable information. C. Submittal Data: 1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the “as-installed” system. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA URIS HALL ELEVATOR OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 D. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in the event of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for reordering special-manufactured products. d. Certification as to asbestos free 2. Instructions for care and maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA URIS HALL ELEVATOR OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 C. Content, for moisture-protection and weather-exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication required: a. List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA URIS HALL ELEVATOR OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-5 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As-installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA URIS HALL ELEVATOR OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-6 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble-shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections of Specifications and General Conditions. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals. B. Submit completed data in final form twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance Phase of the Project. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance. 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems: 1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction: 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA URIS HALL ELEVATOR OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23-7 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing: 1. Method of Instruction. 2. Equipment and Systems Operated. 3. Length of Instruction Period. D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing. 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. List all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 23*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall: A. Compile specified warranties and bonds. B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. C. Co-execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties. 1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. 2. General closeout requirements are included in Section 01 77 00 - "Project Closeout." 3. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 40. 4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Standard Product Warranties are pre-printed written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 B. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate care and diligence to review Contract Documents to identify detailed requirements relating to warranties and bonds. B. Verify that each item required for this submittal conforms with specified requirements. 1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. In addition to standard and special warranties described in Divisions 2 through 40, Contractor shall warrant Work included in this project, for a minimum period of one (1) year following acceptance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion by Owner, to cover performance, materials, workmanship and compliance with Contract Documents. B. Corrective Work: Provide service within thirty (30) calendar days when requested by Owner. Perform services during normal working hours, unless specifically directed otherwise by Owner. Coordinate with Owner’s representative to schedule performance of corrective work. Where designated service providers cannot perform corrective work within the Owner’s required time frame, engage another qualified service provider. Submit a written statement to Owner upon completion of corrective work; document work performed and list outstanding items, if any. 1. When a completed breakdown of a piece of equipment occurs of the malfunction of a system affects the environment or program involving 50 or more persons at a time (employees and students combined), or creates a safety or security risk to the Owner, an EMERGENCY may be declared by the Owner. The Owner may declare an emergency as defined above at which time the service response must be within 4 hours and may require action during non-normal working hours. 2. When an emergency condition occurs, the Owner may take immediate corrective action to relieve the problem by making, a minimum as possible, temporary adjustments and/or repairs when necessary to decrease the problem until the designated Contractor’s representative can respond. These temporary adjustments and repairs will in no way jeopardize the existing warranty. 3. The Owner’s service staff will advise the Contractor’s Representative of all temporary adjustments and repairs done in relation to the malfunctioning equipment or facility. 4. If the Contractor fails to respond with actual service within four (4) hours, and/or the necessary repairs or adjustments are not satisfactorily complete twenty-four (24) hours, the Owner will have the authority to make the necessary repairs or adjustments and charge the Contractor for parts and labor. 5. If all adjustments and repairs done by the Owner in relation to the above conditions are done by authorized district personnel, there will be no negative effect of future warranty claims. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 C. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted Work, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. D. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. E. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. F. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. G. Contractor's Procurement Obligations: Do not purchase, subcontract for, or allow others to purchase or subcontract for materials or units of Work for Project where a special project guaranty, specified product warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required until it has been determined that entities required to sign or countersign such commitments are willing to do so. H. Specific Warranty. Where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect’s Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect or Owner. 1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect and Owner within fifteen (15) days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. B. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for acceptance prior to final execution. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications. Submit a schedule listing all required warranties. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. The Warranties and Bonds shall be in electronic pdf format. Each submission shall include the title of the Project and the name of the Contractor. B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references. C. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. D. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Item description. 3. Notation of what the equipment serves (e.g. – Provides perimeter heat) 4. Warranty Provider. Is the warranty provided by a manufacturer or installer? 5. Firm, with name of principal and responsible party, address and telephone number. 6. Scope. 7. Duration. a. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract b. End date of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 8. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 9. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS URIS HALL ELEVATOR WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-5 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 3.2 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. 3.3 ROOF WARRANTY PACKAGE A. Roof warranties shall explicitly denote the specific roof panel identification number (ROOF ID) for which the warranty applies to. B. Roof panel identification numbers shall be generated in accordance with 01 78 22, FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY. C. Roof warranties shall include a dimensioned roof plan with roof panel identification numbers generated in accordance with 01 78 22, FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY. ***END OF SECTION 01 78 36*** CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS URIS HALL ELEVATOR RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-1 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 7. Field Test records 8. Construction photographs 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents apart from documents used for construction. B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction Index. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner’s Representative and the Architect. 1.3 RECORDING A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters. B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS URIS HALL ELEVATOR RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-2 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 C. Drawings As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to-day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked on a drawing is to carry the notation “per Change Order No. X”, or similar reference which cites the reason for the change. As an alternative approach the Contractor can submit a plan for producing the “As-Built” drawings via electronic mark-up in Bluebeam, Adobe Professional, or other similar program as an alternative to colored pencil or ink mark-ups. Such plan shall be subject to approval of the Owner. The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or Owner’s Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all changes to the following areas of construction: 1. Architectural: a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code b. Wall, door, window locations c. Built in casework locations d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations e. Material and products where submittals are requested 2. Civil and Structural a. Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical b. Materials and products where submittals are requested c. Load carrying elements and foundation systems d. Site related elements including: - Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts, significant architectural projections and other pertinent data. e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock-out" panels made during construction. f. Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems g. Geotechnical subsurface information h. Items that will require future maintenance i. Life safety critical items CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS URIS HALL ELEVATOR RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-3 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 3. Mechanical (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection) a. Products where submittals are requested b. Final locations of all equipment. c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork. d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork. e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators. f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance dampers and fire dampers. g. Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations. h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas, sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing, including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters, clean-outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water drainage. 4. Electrical a. Products where submittals were requested. b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type. c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access Control/Security systems. d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and power supplies. e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change Order or job conditions. 5. Environmental a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure D. Specifications and Addenda Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS URIS HALL ELEVATOR RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-4 MODERNIZATION DECEMBER 1, 2020 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. At Contract close-out, upload electronic .pdf files to ePM system. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Certification that each document is complete and accurate 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS – NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION – NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 39*** TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR URIS HALL ELEVATOR MODERNIZATION CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1 SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for restrictions on the use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2. Section 07 01 50.19 “Preparation for Reroofing” 1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property [, for environmental protection] [, for dust control] [and] [, for noise control]. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 2 D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. E. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in buildings and structures to be selectively demolished. A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use. Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present. 1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials except under procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 3. Owner will provide material safety data sheets for suspected hazardous materials that are known to be present in buildings and structures to be selectively demolished because of building operations or processes performed there. F. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. G. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 3 C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate, and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 4 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 024119 SPECIFICATION SECTION 028213 Asbestos Abatement at Cornell University’s Uris Hall for the Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Project Prepared for: Cornell University Facilities and Campus Services Humphreys Service Building Ithaca, NY 14850 Prepared by: 860 Hooper Road Endwell, NY 13760 Phone: 607-231-6600 Fax: 607-231-6640 Delta Project No. 2016.407.005 Stephen Prislupsky, Director of Environmental Services NYS DOL Certified Asbestos Project Designer Certificate No. 90-10891 Bid Documents Dated: December 1, 2020 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 2 SECTION 028213 - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. The asbestos abatement work will consist of the removal and disposal of non-asbestos materials, asbestos containing materials and asbestos contaminated materials in the Basement Elevator Lobby and Roof Renovation Areas at Uris Hall located at 109 Tower Road on the Cornell University Ithaca, New York Campus. B. Reference Drawing AR-101 for asbestos abatement notes and interior abatement locations, quantities, and details. Reference the GR Section 01 35 29 – General Health and Safety for the PreRenovation Asbestos Survey Report. C. Asbestos containing and asbestos contaminated materials to be removed include the following: 1. Asbestos Containing 9” x 9” floor tile: 9" x 9" floor tile (VAT) to be removed is present in the Basement Level Elevator Lobby Area as shown on Drawing AR-101. VAT shall be at the nearest full tile seam where the Lobby meets Corridor B00CA. Where VAT continues underneath walls to remain, it shall be cut-flush, and removed up to, the wall. All non-asbestos cove base shall also be removed as a part of VAT abatement operations The total quantity of VAT in the Basement Elevator Lobby to be removed is 189 square feet. VAT removal shall be performed in a single negative pressure enclosure having an attached airlock system for work area access/egress as per the requirements of 12 NYCRR Part 56 Subpart 56-11.1 for In-Plant Operations. The negative air exhaust shall be directed to an unoccupied adjacent room as per the conditions of the Cornell Ithaca Campus-Wide Variance File No. 20-0068 provided in Attachment A of this Specification Section. 2. Asbestos Containing Tar: The asbestos containing tar to be removed is present on the roof-top units and associated ductwork to be removed / relocated. The tar is applied randomly to the units / ductwork, with a total quantity of approximately 10 square feet to be removed. Reference Detail 3 on Drawing MD-100 for the roof-top units and associated ductwork to be removed/relocated. Tar removal shall be performed in an exterior regulated abatement work area as per the requirements of 12 NYCRR Part 56 Subpart 56-11.1 for In-Plant Operations & 11.3 for Minor Asbestos Projects. D. The Contractor shall be aware of all conditions of the Project and is responsible for verifying quantities and locations of all Work to be performed. Failure to do so shall not relieve the Contractor of its obligation to furnish all labor and materials necessary to perform the Work. E. All Work shall be performed in strict accordance with the Project Documents and all governing codes, rules, and regulations. Where conflicts occur between the Project Documents and applicable codes, rules, and regulations, the more stringent shall apply. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 3 1.3 SPECIAL JOB CONDITIONS A. The Cornell University Ithaca Campus-Wide Variance to be utilized for this project Is included in Attachment A at the end of this specification section. B. The Contractor may also submit for a Site Specific Variance to accomplish the Project. Variance petition shall be submitted to the Owners Representative for review and approval prior to submission to the New York State Department of Labor (NYS DOL). C. Work shifts and working hours shall be as necessary to complete the project in the required time frame and shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative for review/approval. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule all Work with the facility, the Owner, and the Owner’s representative. D. Contractor to submit man power and work schedule with bid. E. Owner will provide a tie-in location for electric and water source. The contractor will be responsible for providing GFCI electrical panel(s) and connecting to the building system as necessary for project power. F. Any air sampling necessary to meet OSHA requirements will be the responsibility of the Asbestos Contractor. G. Waste Dumpster locations shall be approved by the Facility Representative. All dumpsters receiving RACM Waste shall be lined, enclosed and lockable (i.e. no open-to dumpsters). H. Locations of all Remote Decontamination Enclosure Units shall be approved by the Facility Representative. 1.4 PERMITS AND COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for compliance with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations pertaining to Work practices, protection of Workers, authorized visitors to the site, persons, and property adjacent to the Work. B. Perform asbestos related Work in accordance with New York State Industrial Code Rule 56 (herein referred to as Code Rule 56), 40 CFR 61, 29 CFR 1926, and as specified herein. Where more stringent requirements are specified, adhere to the more stringent requirements. C. The Contractor must maintain current licenses pursuant to New York State Department of Labor and Department of Environmental Conservation for all Work related to this Project, including the removal, handling, transport, and disposal of asbestos containing materials. D. The Contractor must have and submit proof upon request that any persons employed by the Contractor to engage in or supervise Work on any asbestos Project have a valid NYS asbestos handling certificate pursuant to Code Rule 56. E. Failure to adhere to the Project Documents shall constitute a breach of the Contract and the Owner shall have the right to and may terminate the Contract provided, however, the failure of the Owner to so terminate shall not relieve the Contractor from future compliance. F. The contractor shall be responsible for any waste water permits required to perform his work under this contract. Any cost associated with waste water permits shall be included in his Bid. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 4 G. The contractor shall be responsible for any Local City and/or State building permits required to perform his work. Any cost associated with building permits shall be included in his Bid. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Reference the Front–end and Division 01 documents for eBuilder submittal requirements/procedures. B. Pre-Work Submittals: Within 7 days prior to the pre-construction conference, the Contractor shall submit via eBuilder an electronic pdf format copy of the documents listed below for review and approval prior to the commencement of asbestos abatement activities: 1. Contractor license issued by New York State Department of Labor. 2. Progress Schedule: a. Show the complete sequence of abatement activities and the sequencing of Work. b. Show the dates for the beginning and completion of each major element of Work including substantial completion date. 3. Project Notifications: As required by Federal and State regulatory agencies together with proof of transmittal. 4. Building Occupant Notification: As required by regulatory agencies. 5. Abatement Work Plan: Provide plans that clearly indicate the following: a. All Work Areas/containments numbered sequentially. b. Proposed locations and types of all decontamination enclosures. c. Location of water and electrical connections to building services. d. Waste transport routes through the building to the waste storage container. 6. Disposal Site/Landfill Permit from applicable regulatory agency. 7. NYS Department of Environmental Conservation Waste Transporter Permit. C. On-Site Submittals: Refer to Part 3.1.D for all submittals, documentation, and postings required to be maintained on-site during abatement activities. D. Project Close-out Submittals: Within 15 days of project completion, the Contractor shall submit an electronic pdf format copy of the documents listed below for review and approval prior to the Contractor’s final payment. 1. OSHA compliance air monitoring records conducted during the Work. 2. Daily progress log, including the entry/exit log. 3. A list of all Workers used in the performance of the Project, including name, NYS DOL certification number and type of certification (i.e. supervisor, asbestos handler, etc.). E. Fully executed/signed Originals of all waste disposal manifests shall be submitted as per applicable State and Federal Regulations and time frame requirements. F. The contractor shall also be responsible for completing and submitting the Owner’s “Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan” form included in the front-end Bid Documents. This form shall be submitted and approved by the Cornell Project Manager prior to the Owner issuing any payment for the project. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 5 1.6 PRE-BID MEETING A. Bidders shall attend a pre-bid meeting. Bidding Contractors will be notified in advance of the meeting. B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents prior to attending the conference. 1.7 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS A. The Contractor shall comply with the following codes and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: B. Federal Regulations: 1. 29 CFR 1910.1001, "Asbestos" (OSHA) 2. 29 CFR 1910.1200, "Hazard Communication" (OSHA) 3. 29 CFR 1910.134, "Respiratory Protection" (OSHA) 4. 29 CFR 1910.145, "Specification for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags" (OSHA) 5. 29 CFR 1926, "Construction Industry" (OSHA) 6. 29 CFR 1926.1101, "Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite" (OSHA) 7. 29 CFR 1926.500 "Guardrails, Handrails and Covers" (OSHA) 8. 40 CFR 61, Subpart A, "General Provisions" (EPA) 9. 40 CFR 61, Subpart M, "National Emission Standard for Asbestos" (EPA) 10. 49 CFR 171-172, Transportation Standards (DOT) C. New York State Regulations: 1. 12 NYCRR, Part 56, "Asbestos", Industrial Code Rule 56 (DOL). 2. 6 NYCRR, Parts 360, 364, Disposal and Transportation (DEC) 3. 10 NYCRR, Part 73, "Asbestos Safety Program Requirements" (DOH) D. Standards and Guidance Documents: 1. American National Standard Institute (ANSI) Z88.2-80, Practices for Respiratory Protection 2. ANSI Z9.2-79, Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems 3. EPA 560/585-024, Guidance for Controlling Asbestos Containing Materials in Buildings (Purple Book) 4. EPA 530-SW-85-007, Asbestos Waste Management Guidance 5. ASTM Standard E1368 “Standard Practice for Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects.” 1.8 NOTICES A. Where applicable, the Contractor shall provide notification of intent to commence asbestos abatement activities as indicated below. 1. At least ten (10) Business days prior to beginning abatement activities, send written notification to: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS) Coordinator 26 Federal Plaza New York, NY 10007. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 6 The Contractor is required to send notification via mail or package delivery service that will provide proof of delivery and receipt. 2. At least ten (10) Calendar days prior to beginning abatement activities, submit notification to: New York State Department of Labor Division of Safety and Health, Asbestos Control Program. State Office Campus Building 12 - Room 454 Albany, NY 12240 Contractor shall print copy of electronic NYS DOL Notification Notice and post onsite. B. The Contractor shall post and/or provide Building Occupant Notification at least 10 days prior to beginning abatement activities as required by Code Rule 56. 1.9 PROJECT MONITORING AND AIR SAMPLING A. The Owner shall engage the services of an Environmental Consultant (the Consultant) who shall provide Project Monitoring and Air Sampling for the project. B. The Contractor is required to ensure cooperation of its personnel with the Consultant for the air sampling and Project monitoring functions described in this section. The Contractor shall comply with all direction given by the Consultant during the course of the Project. C. The Consultant shall review and approve or disapprove all onsite submittals as required by section 3.01. D. The Consultant shall staff the Project with a trained and certified person(s). This individual shall be designated as the Asbestos Project Monitor (APM). 1. The APM shall be on-site at all times the Contractor is on-site. The Contractor shall not be permitted to conduct any Work unless the APM is on-site (except for inspection of barriers and negative air system during non-working days). 2. The APM shall have the authority to direct the actions of the Contractor verbally and in writing to ensure compliance with the Project documents and all regulations. The APM shall have the authority to Stop Work when gross Work practice deficiencies or unsafe practices are observed, or when ambient fiber concentrations outside the removal area exceed .01 f/cc or background level. a. Such Stop Work order shall be effective immediately and remain in effect until corrective measures have been taken and the situation has been corrected. b. Standby time required to resolve the situation shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3. The APM shall provide the following services: a. Inspection of the Contractor's Work, practices, and procedures, including temporary protection requirements, for compliance with all regulations and Project specifications. b. Provide abatement Project air sampling as required by applicable regulations and the Owner’s requirements. Sampling will include background, work area preparation, asbestos handling, and final cleaning and clearance air sampling. c. Verify daily that all Workers used in the performance of the Project are certified by the appropriate regulatory agency. d. Monitor the progress of the Contractor's Work, and report any deviations from the schedule to the Owner’s Representative. e. Monitor, verify, and document all waste load-out operations. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 7 f. Verify that the Contractor is performing personal air monitoring daily, and that results are being returned and posted at the site as required. g. The APM shall maintain a log on site that documents all project related and Consultant and Contractor actions, activities, and occurrences. 4. The following minimum inspections shall be conducted by the APM. Additional inspections shall be conducted as required by Project conditions. Progression from one phase of Work to the next by the Contractor is only permitted with the written approval of the APM. a. Pre-Construction Inspection: The purpose of this inspection is to verify the existing conditions of the Work Areas and to document these conditions. b. Pre-Abatement Inspection: The purpose of this inspection is to verify the integrity of each containment system prior to disturbance of any asbestos containing material. This inspection shall take place only after the Work Area is fully prepped for removal. c. Work In-Progress Inspections: The purpose of this inspection is to monitor the Work practices and procedures employed on the Project and to monitor the continued integrity of the containment system. Inspections within the removal areas shall be conducted by the APM during all preparation, removal, and cleaning activities at least twice every Work shift. Additional inspections shall be conducted as warranted. d. Visual Clearance Inspection: The purpose of this inspection is to verify that: all materials in the scope of work have been properly removed; no visible asbestos debris/residue remains; no pools of liquid or condensation remains; and all required cleanings are complete. This inspection shall be conducted before final air clearance testing. e. Post-Clearance Inspection: The purpose of this inspection is to ensure the complete removal of ACM, including debris, from the Work Area after satisfactory final clearance sampling and removal of all isolation/critical barriers and equipment from the Work Area. E. The Consultant shall provide abatement Project air sampling and analysis as required by applicable regulations (New York State and/or AHERA). Sampling will include background, work area preparation, asbestos handling, and final cleaning and clearance air sampling. 1. Unless otherwise directed by the Owner, the Consultant shall have samples analyzed by Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM). If TEM clearance is required by the Owner, AHERA protocols/methodology shall be followed. 2. Samples shall be collected as required by applicable regulations (New York State and/or AHERA) and these specifications. If Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) clearance air sampling is utilized by the owner, the clearance criteria and sampling protocols must be in compliance with AHERA. If PCM air sample analysis results exceed the satisfactory clearance criteria, then TEM analysis of the entire set of clearance air samples may be used, provided that a standard NIOSH/ELAP accepted laboratory analysis method is utilized that shall report each air sample result in fibers per cubic centimeter. 3. If the air sampling during any phase of the abatement project reveals airborne fiber levels at or above .01 fibers/cc or the established background level, whichever is greater, outside the regulated Work Area, Work shall stop immediately and corrective measures required by Code Rule 56 shall be initiated. Notify all employers and occupants in adjacent areas. The Contractor shall bear the burden of any and all costs incurred by this delay. 4. The Environmental Consultant shall submit copies of all elevated air sampling results collected during abatement and all final air clearance results to the Commissioner of Labor. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 8 1.10 CONTRACTOR AIR SAMPLING A. In addition to the requirements of OSHA 1926.1101, the Contractor shall be required to perform personal air monitoring every Work shift in each Work Area during which abatement activities occur in order to determine that appropriate respiratory protection is being worn and utilized. B. The Contractor shall conduct air sampling that is representative of both the 8-hour time weighted average and 30-minute short-term exposures to indicate compliance with the permissible exposure and excursion limits. C. The Contractor's laboratory analysis of air samples shall be conducted by an NYS DOH ELAP approved laboratory, subject to approval of the Owner’s Representative. D. Results of personnel air sample analyses shall be available, verbally, within twenty-four (24) hours of sampling and shall be posted upon receipt. Written laboratory reports shall be delivered and posted at the Work site within five (5) days. Failure to comply with these requirements may result in all work being stopped until compliance is achieved. 1.11 PROJECT SUPERVISOR A. The Contractor shall designate a full-time Project Supervisor who shall meet the following qualifications: 1. The Project Supervisor shall hold New York State certification as an Asbestos Supervisor. 2. The Project Supervisor shall meet the requirements of a "Competent Person" as defined by OSHA 1926.1101 and shall have a minimum of one year experience as a supervisor. 3. The Project Supervisor must be able to read and write English fluently, as well as communicate in the primary language of the Workers. B. If the Project Supervisor is not on-site at any time whatsoever, all Work shall be stopped. The Project Supervisor shall remain on-site until the Project is complete. The Project Supervisor cannot be removed from the Project without the written consent of the Owner. The Project Supervisor shall be removed from the Project if so requested by the Owner. C. The Project Supervisor shall maintain the bound Daily Project Log that also includes the entry/exit logs as required by New York State Department of Labor and section 2.03 of the specifications and the Waste Disposal Log required by section 4.04 of the specifications. D. The Project Supervisor shall be responsible for the performance of the Work and shall represent the Contractor in all respects at the Project site. The Supervisor shall be the primary point of contact for the Asbestos Project Monitor. 1.12 MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Before exposure to airborne asbestos fibers, provide Workers with a comprehensive medical examination as required by 29 CFR 1910.1001, and 29 CFR 1926.1101. 1. This examination is not required if adequate records show the employee has been examined as required by 29 CFR 1910.1001, and 29 CFR 1926.1101 within the past year. 2. The same medical examination shall be given on an annual basis to employees engaged in an occupation involving asbestos fibers and within thirty (30) calendar days before or after the termination of employment in such occupations. 3. Medical Examination records shall be maintained on site for each employee. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 9 1.13 TRAINING A. As required by applicable regulations, prior to assignment to asbestos Work instruct each employee with regard to the hazards of asbestos, safety and health precautions, and the use and requirements of protective clothing and equipment. B. Establish a respirator program as required by ANSI Z88.2 and 29 CFR 1910.134, and 29 CFR 1926.1101. Provide respirator training and fit testing. C. An onsite "tool box talk" is mandatory for all Contractor field personnel before the asbestos removal can begin. This talk will review Cornell University practices and procedures pertaining to asbestos control. Workers not complying with these specifications or Cornell University practices and procedures will be asked to leave the job. 1.14 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION A. Select respirators from those approved by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), and the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), Department of Health and Human Services. B. Respirators shall be individually fit-tested to personnel under the direction of an Industrial Hygienist on a yearly basis. Fit-tested respirators shall be permanently marked to identify the individual fitted, and use shall be limited to that individual. Fit-test records shall be maintained on site for each employee. C. Where fiber levels permit, and in compliance with regulatory requirements, Powered Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR) are the minimum allowable respiratory protection permitted to be utilized during gross removal operations of OSHA Class I or OSHA Class II friable ACM. D. No respirators shall be issued to personnel without such personnel participating in a respirator training program. E. High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) respirator filters shall be approved by NIOSH and shall conform to the OSHA requirements in 29 CFR 1910.134 and 29 CFR 1926.1101. F. A storage area for respirators shall be provided by the Contractor in the clean room side of the personnel decontamination enclosure where they will be kept in a clean environment. G. The Contractor shall provide and make available a sufficient quantity of respirator filters so that filter changes can be made as necessary during the work day. Filters will be removed and discarded during the decontamination process. Filters cannot be reused. Filters must be changed if breathing becomes difficult. H. Filters used with negative pressure air purifying respirators shall not be used any longer than one eight (8) hour work day. I. Any authorized visitor, Worker, or supervisor found in the Work Area not wearing the required respiratory protection shall be removed from the Project site and not be permitted to return. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 10 J. The Contractor shall have at least two (2) Powered Air Purifying Respirators stored on site designated for authorized visitors use. Appropriate respirator filters for authorized visitors shall be made available by the Contractor. 1.15 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver all materials to the job site in original packages with containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. B. Store all materials at the job site in a suitable and designated area. 1. Store materials subject to deterioration or damage away from wet or damp surfaces and under cover. 2. Protect materials from unintended contamination and theft. 3. Storage areas shall be kept clean and organized. C. Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from the job site. Materials contaminated with asbestos shall be disposed of as asbestos debris as herein specified. 1.16 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Temporary shutdown of HVAC and lock out of electric power to abatement work areas shall be the responsibility of the contractor and shall be coordinated with the owner. If electrical circuits, machinery and other electrical systems in or passing through a given regulated abatement work area must stay in operation, the contractor shall isolate/seal the live electric as per the requirements of 12 NYCRR Part 56 Subpart 56-7.7. B. The Owner will provide a tie-in location to building power for the Contractor’s GFCI electric panel for project power. All temporary power to the work areas shall be brought in from outside the work area through a ground-fault circuit interrupter at the source. The contractor will be responsible for all temporary power (including the power required by the owner's representative for air sampling equipment). All operations associated with electrical service work (i.e. lockout, temporary power hook-up, etc.) shall be performed by a licensed electrician. C. Provide temporary lighting with "weatherproof" fixtures for all Work Areas including decontamination chambers. 1. The entire Work Area shall be kept illuminated at all times. 2. Provide lighting as required by the Environmental Consultant for the purposes of performing required inspections. D. All temporary devices and wiring used in the Work Area shall be capable of decontamination procedures including HEPA vacuuming and wet-wiping. E. Utilize domestic water service, if available, from Owner's existing system. Provide hot water heaters with sufficient capacity to meet Project demands. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 11 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING A. Provide personnel utilized during the Project with disposable protective whole body clothing, head coverings, gloves and foot coverings. Provide disposable plastic or rubber gloves to protect hands. Cloth gloves may be worn inside the plastic or rubber for comfort, but shall not be used alone. Make sleeves secure at the wrists and make foot coverings secure at the ankles by the use of tape, or provide disposable coverings with elastic wrists or tops. B. Provide sufficient quantities of protective clothing to assure a minimum of four (4) complete disposable outfits per day for each individual performing abatement Work. C. Eye protection and hard hats shall be provided and made available for all personnel entering any Work Area. D. Authorized visitors shall be provided with suitable protective clothing, headgear, eye protection, and footwear whenever they enter the Work Area. 2.2 SIGNS AND LABELS A. Provide warning signs and barrier tapes at all approaches to asbestos Work Areas. Locate signs at such distance that personnel may read the sign and take the necessary protective steps required before entering the area. 1. Provide danger signs in vertical format conforming to 29 CFR 1926.1101, minimum 20" x 14" displaying the following legend. DANGER ASBESTOS CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA 2. Provide 3" wide yellow barrier tape printed with black lettered, "DANGER ASBESTOS REMOVAL". Locate barrier tape across all corridors, entrances and access routes to asbestos Work Area. Install tape 3' to 4' AFF. B. Provide asbestos danger labels affixed to all asbestos materials, scrap, waste, debris and other products contaminated with asbestos. 1. Provide asbestos danger labels of sufficient size to be clearly legible, displaying the following legend: DANGER CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD 2. Provide the following asbestos labels, of sufficient size to be clearly legible, for display on waste containers (bags or drums) which will be used to transport asbestos contaminated material in accordance with United States Department of Transportation 49 CFR Parts 171 and 172: RQ HAZARDOUS Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 12 SUBSTANCE SOLID, NOS ORM-E, NA 9188 ASBESTOS 3. Generator identification information shall be affixed to each waste container indicating the following printed in indelible ink: Generator Name Facility Name Facility Address 2.3 DAILY PROJECT LOG A. Provide a Daily Project Log. The log shall contain on title page the Project name, name, address and phone number of Owner; name, address and phone number of Owner’s Representative; name, address and phone number of Environmental Consultant; name, address and phone number of Abatement Contractor; emergency numbers including, but not limited to local Fire/Rescue department and all other New York State Department of Labor requirements. B. All entries into the log shall be made in non-washable, permanent ink and such pen shall be strung to or otherwise attached to the log to prevent removal from the log-in area. Under no circumstances shall pencil entries be permitted. C. All persons entering and exiting the Work Area shall sign the log and include name, social security number, and time. D. The Project Supervisor shall document all Work performed daily and note all inspections required by Code Rule 56, i.e. testing and inspection of barriers and enclosures. 2.4 SCAFFOLDING AND LADDERS A. Provide all scaffolding and/or staging as necessary to accomplish the Work of this Contract. Scaffolding may be of suspension type or standing type such as metal tube and coupler, tubular welded frame, pole or outrigger type or cantilever type. The type, erection and use of all scaffolding and ladders shall comply with all applicable OSHA construction industry standards. B. Provide scaffolding and ladders as required by the Environmental Consultant for the purposes of performing required inspections. 2.5 SURFACTANT (AMENDED WATER) A. Wet all asbestos-containing materials prior to removal with surfactant mixed and applied in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Approved Manufacturer: 1. International Protective Coatings Corp.: Serpiflex Shield 2. American Coatings Corp.: EPA 55 Asbestos Removal Agent 3. Certified Technologies: CerTane 2075 Penetrating Surfactant 2.6 ENCAPSULANT Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 13 A. Encapsulant shall be tinted or pigmented so that application when dry is readily discernible. 2.7 DISPOSAL BAGS, DRUMS, AND CONTAINERS A. Provide 6 mil polyethylene disposal bags printed with asbestos caution labels. Bags shall also be imprinted with U.S. Department of Transportation required markings. B. Provide 30 or 55 gallon capacity fiber, plastic, or metal drums capable of being sealed air and water tight if asbestos waste has the potential to damage or puncture disposal bags. Affix asbestos caution labels on lids and at one-third points around drum circumference to assure ready identification. C. Containers and bags must be labeled in accordance with 40 CFR Part 61 NESHAPS and Code Rule 56. When the bags/containers are moved to the lockable hardtop dumpster from the waste decontamination system washroom, the bags must also be appropriately labeled with the date they are moved on the bag/container in waterproof markings. D. Labeled ACM waste containers or bags shall not be used for non-ACM waste or trash. Any material placed in labeled containers or bags, whether turned inside out or not shall be handled and disposed of as ACM waste. 2.8 HEPA VACUUM EQUIPMENT A. All dry vacuuming performed under this contract shall be performed with High Efficiency Particulate Absolute (HEPA) filter equipped industrial vacuums conforming to ANSI Z9.2. B. Provide tools and specialized equipment including scraping nozzles with integral vacuum hoods connected to a HEPA vacuum with flexible hose. 2.9 POWER TOOLS A. Any power tools used to drill, cut into, or otherwise disturb asbestos material shall be manufacturer equipped with HEPA filtered local exhaust ventilation. 2.10 POLYETHYLENE SHEETING A. All polyethylene (plastic) sheeting used on the Project (including but not limited to sheeting used for critical and isolation barriers, fixed objects, walls, floors, ceilings, waste container) shall be at least 6 mil fire retardant sheeting. B. Decontamination enclosure systems shall utilize at least 6 mil opaque fire retardant plastic sheeting. At least 2 layers of 6 mil reinforced fire retardant plastic sheeting shall be used for the flooring. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 14 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Should visible emissions or water leaks be observed outside the Work Area, immediately stop Work and institute emergency procedures per Code Rule 56. Should there be elevated fiber levels outside the Work Area, immediately stop Work, institute emergency procedures per Code Rule 56, and notify all employers and occupants in adjacent areas. All costs incurred in decontaminating such non-Work Areas and the contents thereof shall be borne by the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Medical approval, fit test reports, and NYS DOL certificates shall be on site prior to admittance of any Contractor’s employees to the asbestos Work Area. C. The following submittals, documentation, and postings shall be maintained on-site by the Contractor during abatement activities at a location approved by the Abatement Project Monitor: 1. Contractor license issued by New York State Department of Labor. 2. Certification, Worker Training, Medical Surveillance: a. New York State Asbestos Handler certification cards for each person employed in the removal, handling, or disturbance of asbestos. b. Evidence that Workers have received proper training required by the regulations and the medical examinations required by OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101. c. Documentation that Workers have been fit tested specifically for respirators used on the Project. 3. Daily OSHA personal air monitoring results. 4. NYS Department of Health ELAP certification for the laboratory that will be analyzing the OSHA personnel air samples. 5. NYS Department of Environmental Conservation Waste Transporter Permit. 6. Project documents (specifications and drawings.) 7. Notifications and variances (site specific and applicable.) Ensure that the most up-to-date notifications and variances are on-site. 8. Applicable regulations. 9. Material Safety Data Sheets of supplies/chemicals used on the Project. 10. Approved Abatement Work Plan. 11. List of emergency telephone numbers. 12. Magnahelic manometer semi-annual calibration certification. 13. Daily Project Log. D. The following documentation shall be maintained on-site by the Abatement Project Monitor during abatement activities: 1. Contractor license issued by New York State Department of Labor. 2. Air Sample Log. 3. Air sample results. 4. Project Monitor Daily Log 5. Asbestos Survey Report. 6. A copy of ASTM Standard E1368 “Standard Practice for Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects.” E. The Work Area must be vacated by building occupants prior to decontamination enclosure construction and Work Area preparation. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 15 F. All demolition necessary to access asbestos containing materials for removal must be conducted within negative pressure enclosures by licensed asbestos handlers. Demolition debris may be disposed of as construction and demolition debris provided the Abatement Project Monitor determines that it is not contaminated with asbestos and there has been no disturbance of ACM within the enclosure. If the demolition debris is determined to be contaminated or ACM has been disturbed, it must be disposed of as asbestos waste. 3.2 WORK AREA ENTRY AND EXIT PROCEDURES A. Access to and from the asbestos Work Area is permitted only through the personnel decontamination enclosure unless otherwise stipulated in a Site Specific Variance, the Cornell Ithaca Campus-Wide Variance, or 12 NYCRR Part 56 Subpart 11 Special Projects. B. Workers shall sign the entry/exit log upon every entry and exit. C. The following procedures shall be followed when entering the Work Area: 1. Before entering the Work Area, Workers shall proceed to the clean room, remove all street clothes, and don protective clothing, equipment, and respirators. 2. Workers shall proceed from the clean room through the shower room and the equipment room and into the Work Area. D. The following procedures shall be followed when exiting the Work Area: 1. Before leaving the Work Area, gross asbestos contamination will be removed by brushing, wet cleaning and/or HEPA vacuuming. 2. In the equipment room, Workers shall remove disposable clothing, but not respirators, and shall place clothing in plastic disposal bags for disposal as contaminated debris prior to entering the shower room. 3. Workers shall shower thoroughly while wearing respirators, then wash respirator with soap and water prior to removal. 4. Upon exiting the shower, Workers shall don new disposable clothing if the Work shift is to continue or street clothes to exit area. Under no circumstances shall Workers enter public nonWork Areas in disposable protective clothing. E. If remote decontamination enclosures are permitted by Code Rule 56 or a Site Specific Variance, workers shall wear two disposable suits for all phases of Work. Workers exiting the work area shall HEPA vacuum the outer suit, enter the airlock, remove the outer suit and then place it back into the Work Area. A clean second suit shall be donned before exiting the airlock and proceeding to the decontamination enclosure or another work area via the designated pathway required by Code Rule 56. 3.3 NEGATIVE AIR PRESSURE FILTRATION SYSTEM A. For Minor Project negative pressure tent work areas, a HEP-vacuum shall be utilized for negative air as per 12 NYCRR Part 56-11.3 B. For small-project and large-project work areas, provide a portable asbestos filtration system that develops a minimum pressure differential of negative 0.02 in. of water column within all full enclosure areas relative to adjacent unsealed areas and that provides a minimum of 4 air changes per hour in the Work Area during abatement and 6 air changes for non-friable flooring and/or mastic removal. C. Such filtration systems must be made operational after critical and isolation barriers are installed but before wall, floor, and ceilings are plasticized and shall be operated 24 hours per day during the entire Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 16 Project until the final cleanup is completed and satisfactory results of the final air samples are received from the laboratory. D. The system shall include a series of pre-filters and filters to provide High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filtration of particles down to 0.3 microns at 100% efficiency and below 0.3 microns at 99.9% efficiency. Provide sufficient replacement filters to replace pre-filters every 2 hours, secondary pre-filters every 24 hours, and primary HEPA filters every 600 hours of operation. E. A minimum of one additional filtration unit of at least the same capacity as the primary unit(s) shall be installed and fully functional to be used during primary unit (s) filter changing and in case of primary failure. F. If access to the exterior of the building is not possible, negative air unit exhaust shall be indoors as per the requirements of the Cornell Ithaca Campus-Wide Variance File No. 20-0068. G. Where exterior access is possible, unit exhaust shall not terminate within 15 feet of a receptor, including but not limited to windows and doors, or adversely affect the air intake of the building. Exhaust ducting shall not exceed 25’ in length unless the conditions of AV-A-2 are utilized. Provide construction fencing at ground level exhaust termination locations per Code Rule 56. H. Upon electric power failure or shut-down of any filtration unit, all abatement activities shall stop immediately and only resume after power is restored and all filtration units are fully operating. For shut-downs longer than one hour, all openings into the Work Area, including the decontamination enclosures, shall be sealed. I. The Contractor shall provide a manometer to verify negative air pressure. Manometers shall be read twice daily and recorded within the Daily Project Log. J. There shall be at least a 4 hour settling period after the Work Area is fully prepared and the negative filtration units have been started to ensure integrity of the barriers. K. Once installed and operational, the Contractor’s Supervisor shall conduct daily inspections of the Work Area to insure the airtight integrity of the enclosure and operation of the negative air system. Findings shall be recorded within the Daily Project Log. Inspections shall also be conducted on days when no abatement activities are in progress per Code Rule 56 (i.e. weekends). 3.4 REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS A. Asbestos-containing materials shall be removed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the approved Asbestos Work Plan. Only one type of ACM shall be abated at a time within a Work Area. Where there are multiple types of ACM requiring abatement, Code Rule 56 procedures for sequential abatement shall be followed. B. Sufficiently wet asbestos materials with a low pressure, airless fine spray of surfactant to ensure full penetration prior to material removal. Re-wet material that does not display evidence of saturation. C. One Worker shall continuously apply amended water while ACM is being removed. D. Perform cutting, drilling, abrading, or any penetration or disturbance of asbestos containing material in a manner to minimize the dispersal of asbestos fibers into the air. Use equipment and methods Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 17 specifically designed to limit generation of airborne asbestos particles. All power operated tools used shall be provided with HEPA equipped filtered local exhaust ventilation. E. Upon removal of ACM from the substrate, the newly exposed surfaces shall be HEPA vacuumed and/or wet cleaned. Surfaces must be thoroughly cleaned using necessary methods and any required solvents to completely remove any adhesive, mastic, etc. F. All removed material shall be placed into 6 mil plastic disposal bags or other suitable container upon detachment from the substrate. Cleanup of accumulations of loose debris or waste shall be performed whenever there is enough accumulation to fill a single bag or container and minimally at the end of each workshift. G. Large components shall be wrapped in two layers of 6 mil polyethylene sheeting. Sharp components likely to tear disposal bags shall be placed in fiber drums or boxes and then wrapped with sheeting. H. Power or pressure washers are not permitted for asbestos removal or clean-up procedures unless approved in a Site Specific Variance. I. All open ends of pipe and duct insulation not scheduled for removal shall be encapsulated using lag cloth. J. All construction and demolition debris determined by the Environmental Consultant to be contaminated with asbestos shall be handled and disposed of as asbestos waste. K. The use of metal shovels, metal dust pans, etc. are not permitted inside the work area. 3.5 EQUIPMENT AND WASTE CONTAINER DECONTAMINATION AND REMOVAL PROCEDURES A. External surfaces of contaminated containers and equipment shall be cleaned by wet cleaning and/or HEPA vacuuming in the Work Area before moving such items into the waste decontamination enclosure system airlock by persons assigned to this duty. The persons in the Work Area shall not enter the airlock. No gross removal operations are permitted when waste transfer is in progress. B. The containers and equipment shall be removed from the airlock by persons stationed in the washroom during waste removal operations. The external surfaces of containers and equipment shall be cleaned a second time by wet cleaning. C. The cleaned containers of asbestos material and equipment are to be dried of any excessive pooled or beaded liquid, placed in uncontaminated 6 mil plastic bags or sheeting, as the item's physical characteristics demand, and sealed airtight. D. The clean recontainerized items shall be moved into the airlock that leads to the holding area. Workers in the washroom shall not enter this airlock. E. Containers and equipment shall be moved from the airlock and into the holding area by persons dressed in clean personal protective equipment, who have entered from the holding area. F. The cleaned containers of asbestos material and equipment shall be placed in water tight carts with doors or tops that shall be closed and secured. These carts shall be held in the holding area pending removal. The carts shall be wet cleaned and/or HEPA vacuumed at least once each day. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 18 G. The exit from the decontamination enclosure system shall be secured to prevent unauthorized entry. H. Where the waste removal enclosure is part of the personnel decontamination enclosure, waste removal shall not occur during shift changes or when otherwise occupied. Precautions shall be taken to prevent short circuiting and cycling of air outward through the shower and clean room. 3.6 NON-FRIABLE FLOORING AND/OR MASTIC REMOVALS A. The following procedures may only be used for the removal of non-friable flooring and/or mastic materials using manual and chemical methods. These procedures shall not apply to beadblaster use or other abrasive abatement methods. B. The Contractor shall restrict access to the immediate area where tent removal procedures are taking place using barrier tape and/or construction barriers. Caution signs shall be posted. C. Remote personnel and waste decontamination enclosures may be utilized and shall be constructed at a location in accordance with the approved Work Plan. D. The Work Area shall include critical barriers and perimeter splash-guard. E. Negative air shall be maintained at six (6) air changes per hour. F. OSHA compliance air monitoring is required per section 1.10. G. ACM removal shall follow procedures defined in section 3.6. H. Waste material shall be placed in properly labeled 6 mil plastic bags or other appropriate containers. The outside of the bags or containers shall be wet wiped and/or HEPA vacuumed before being passed into the airlock for double- bagging. The bags or containers shall then be transported to the waste storage container. All transportation of waste bags and containers outside the Work Area shall be in watertight carts. I. Following completion of gross abatement and after all accumulations of asbestos waste materials have been containerized, the following decontamination procedures shall be followed. 1. All bagged asbestos waste and unnecessary equipment shall be decontaminated and removed from the Work Area. 2. All surfaces in the Work Area shall be wet cleaned. A wet-purpose shop vacuum may be used to pick up excess liquid, and shall be decontaminated prior to removal from the Work Area. 3. The Asbestos Project Monitor shall conduct a visual inspection of the Work Area for cleanliness and completion of abatement. 4. The Contractor shall then apply a thin coat of encapsulant to all non-removal surfaces covered with plastic in the Work Area. In no event shall encapsulant be applied to any surface that was the subject of removal prior to obtaining satisfactory air monitoring results. Encapsulants shall be pigmented or tinted to provide an indication for completeness of coverage. The Asbestos Project Monitor shall determine adequacy of coverage. 5. After the encapsulant has been applied and the required waiting/settling and drying time has elapsed, aggressive final clearance air sampling shall then be conducted by the Environmental Consultant. 6. Upon receipt of satisfactory final clearance air sampling results, the isolation and critical barriers shall be removed. Following this, the decontamination enclosures shall be removed. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 19 PART 4 DISPOSAL OF ASBESTOS WASTE 4.1 TRANSPORTATION AND DISPOSAL SITE A. The Contractor's Hauler and Disposal Site shall be approved by the Owner’s Representative. B. The Contractor shall give twenty-four (24) hour notification prior to removing any waste from the site. Waste shall be removed from the site only during normal working hours unless otherwise specified. No waste may be taken from the site unless the Contractor and Environmental Consultant are present and the Environmental Consultant authorizes the release of the waste as described herein. C. All waste generated as part of the asbestos project shall be removed from the site within ten (10) calendar days after successful completion of all asbestos abatement work. D. Upon arrival at the Project Site, the Hauler must possess and present to the Environmental Consultant a valid New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Part 364 Asbestos Hauler's Permit. The Environmental Consultant may verify the authenticity of the hauler's permit with the proper authority. E. The Hauler, with the Contractor and the Environmental Consultant, shall inspect all material in the transport container prior to taking possession and signing the Asbestos Waste Manifests. F. Unless specifically approved by the Owner, the Contractor shall not permit any off-site transfers of the waste or allow the waste to be transported or combined with any other off-site asbestos material. The Hauler must travel directly to the disposal site as identified on the notifications with no unauthorized stops. 4.2 WASTE STORAGE CONTAINERS A. All waste containers shall be fully enclosed and lockable (i.e. enclosed dumpster, trailer, etc.). No open containers will be permitted on-site (i.e. open dumpster with canvas cover, etc.) unless specifically permitted by a Site Specific Variance. B. The Environmental Consultant shall verify that the waste storage container and/or truck tags (license plates) match that listed on the New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Part 364 permit. Any container not listed on the permit shall be removed from the site immediately. C. The container shall be plasticized and sealed with two (2) layers of 6 mil polyethylene. Once on site, it shall be kept locked at all times, except during load out. The waste container shall not be used for storage of equipment or contractor supplies. D. While on-site, the container shall be labeled with EPA Danger signage: DANGER CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD E. The New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Asbestos Hauler's Permit number shall be stenciled on both sides and back of the container. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 20 F. The container is not permitted to be loaded unless it is properly plasticized, has the appropriate danger signage affixed, and has the permit number appropriately stenciled on the container. 4.3 ASBESTOS WASTE MANIFESTS A. The proposed asbestos waste manifest shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative prior to the start of the project for review and approval. B. The Manifest shall be completed by the Contractor and verified by the Environmental Consultant that all the information and amounts are accurate and the proper signatures are in place. C. The Manifests shall have the appropriate signatures prior to any waste being removed from the site. D. Copies of the completed Manifest shall be retained by the Environmental Consultant and the Contractor and shall remain on site for inspection. E. Upon arrival at the Disposal Site, the Manifest shall be signed by the Disposal Facility operator to certify receipt of ACM covered by the manifest. The Disposal Facility operator shall return the original Manifest to the Contractor. F. The Contractor shall forward copies of the Manifest to the Owner’s Representative within 14 days of the waste container being removed from the site. Failure to do so may result in payment being withheld from the Contractor. G. Originals of all waste disposal manifests shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Owner’s Representative with the final close-out documentation. END OF SECTION 028213 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT 028213 - 21 Attachment A Cornell University Campus Wide Variance File No. 20-0068 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 1 SECTION 033000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with fly ash; materials subject to compliance with requirements. B. W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. 1. Submit plans and elevations at 1/4” = 1’-0” scale for all wall areas including CMU walls. D. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 4. Curing compounds. 5. Adhesives. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel having a minimum of 5 years of documents experience with projects of similar scope and size. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 2 B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade I. Testing agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade II. 1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on concrete mixtures. Testing must be done by an agency qualified as noted above. The testing must be completed within the prior 12 months of submission. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 3 calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301. 2. ACI 117. 2.2 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. D. Chamfer Strips: Wood strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum. E. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that does not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. F. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or metal form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 4 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Plain-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from asdrawn steel wire into flat sheets. 2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire or plastic according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 2. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar supports. 2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. B. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I Type II Type I/II, gray. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F. C. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: See mix designs. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. E. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Mid-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. a. Use a mid-range water reducing admixture in all redi-mix concrete unless using a high-range water reducing admixture or super plasticizer. 2. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture or Super Plasticizer: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 5 a. Use and dose as required for higher slump and for pumping. See additional requirements herein. 3. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. a. Use only with permission from the Owner’s Representative. F. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. 2.6 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. B. Water: Potable. C. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Kurez W VOX; TAMMSCURE WB 30C. b. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420. c. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Fly ash may be used to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by up to 20 percent. C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Slabs: Normal-weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4500 psi at 28 days. 1. Nominal maximum aggregate size: 1-inch. (Use smaller aggregate for stair pan mix) 2. Slump with a mid-range water reducer or a low dose of high-range water reducer or super plasticizer: 5 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 3. Slump with a full dose of a high-range water reducer or super plasticizer: 7 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 6 4. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for exterior slabs without a steel trowel finish. 5. Air Content: Do not allow air content of interior trowel-finished floors to exceed 3 percent. Do not use an air entrainment admixture for this application. 2.9 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.10 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish computer generated batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 2. Longer delivery times may be allowed but only with the use of a retarding admixture and only when approved in writing from the Engineer of Record. 2.11 CONCRETE ANCHORS A. Expansion stud anchors: Hilti Kwik-Bolt III or Kwik-Bolt TZ, Hot-Dip Galvanized UNO, or approved equivalent. B. Threaded rod stud anchors: Hilti HIT-HY 200 SafeSet Adhesive, OAE, or approved equivalent. C. Threaded rod stud anchors in cold weather applications: Hilti HIT-ICE SafeSet Adhesive, OAE, or approved equivalent. D. Threaded rod stud anchors in hollow and solid masonry: Hilti HIT-HY 270 Adhesive, OAE, or approved equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 7 1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Construct forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast-concrete surfaces. 1. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete where noted on the contract drawings. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303. 2. Support all embedded items in advance of concrete placement. Do not “wet-stick” embedded items into plastic concrete. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 8 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by formremoval operations, and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. 1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that support weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement prior to concrete placement. Do not “wet-stick” reinforcement into plastic concrete. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded-wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least onefourth of concrete thickness as follows: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 9 1. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with early entry power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface. Cut joints no later than 18 hours after concrete placement. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Owner’s Representative, and only when mix water is documented on a computer generated batch ticket as being withheld at the batch plan. Do not exceed the total amount of water in the approved mix design. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding a low or full dose of high-range water-reducing admixtures to concrete. C. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. D. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 10 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, to receive a rubbed finish, or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a steel trowel to level, straight, and square lines. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power-driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated and to receive trowel finish.. C. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin-film-finish coating system. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, in accordance with ASTM E1155, for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Slabs on Ground: 1) Specified overall values of flatness, FF 35; and of levelness, FL 25; with minimum local values of flatness, FF 24; and of levelness, FL 17. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 11 b. Suspended Slabs: 1) Specified overall values of flatness, FF 35; and of levelness, FL 20; with minimum local values of flatness, FF 24; and of levelness, FL 15. 3.9 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEM INSTALLATION A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with inplace construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: 1. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 2. Construct concrete bases 4 inches high unless otherwise indicated, and extend base not less than 6 inches in each direction beyond the maximum dimensions of supported equipment unless otherwise indicated or unless required for seismic anchor support. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength: match supporting concrete. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 5. Prior to pouring concrete, place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 6. Cast anchor-bolt insert into bases. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 3.10 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period. C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 12 a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Wet Curing Blankets: Cover concrete surfaces with wet curing blankets for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped, and in conformance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use wet curing blankets to cure the following: 1) Concrete slabs to receive floor coverings. 2) Concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, at exposed concrete surfaces, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. 3.11 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Owner’s Representative. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Owner’s Representative’s approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar matches surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 13 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Owner’s Representative. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 3.12 CONCRETE ANCHOR INSTALLATION A. Identify location of embedded items such as reinforcing steel, stressing tendons, conduit, heating tubes, etc. prior to drilling holes. Coordinate with respective trades if any apparent conflict exists. Exercise care in coring and drilling to avoid damaging any existing embedded items. If embedded items are encountered, stop drilling and contact Engineer immediately. Any offsets or relocations of anchors must be approved by Engineer. This contractor is responsible for the cost of any required repairs including engineering costs. B. Drill holes of proper diameter and depth in accordance with manufacturer’s published design information for that specific anchor. Use only equipment approved by anchor manufacturer. All holes shall be perpendicular to the concrete surface unless shown otherwise on structural plans. C. Do not drill holes until base material has achieved full design strength. D. Installation of all post installed anchor products shall be conducted in strict accordance with the Manufacturer’s Published Installation Instructions (MPII).Use hammer drills for adhesive anchors, or SafeSet drill for Hilti anchors (unless noted otherwise). E. All adhesive anchor installations shall be conducted by a certified Adhesive Anchor Installer as certified by ACI/CSRI per ACI 318-11 D.9.2.2. Current AAI Certificated must be submitted to the Engineer of Record for approval prior to commencement of any adhesive anchor installations. F. Clean out holes, properly prepare substrate, and install anchors in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Proper tools must be on job site. G. For adhesive anchors, maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer. Verify that base material temperature is within manufacturer limits. Do not install adhesive anchors if any criteria do not fall within Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 14 manufacturer’s limits. Ensure that bore holes and anchors are free of dust, standing water, ice, debris, grease, oil, dirt and other foreign matter. H. For adhesive anchors, protect anchors with approved fire-resistive materials, or spray-on fireproofing when anchors are attached to fire-resistive construction. Refer to ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports (ESR’s) Conditions of Use for applicability. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Inspections: 1. Per the schedule of special inspections. C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of truck discharge, for each truck delivery to the site, and for each composite sample. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. Concrete with slump in excess of the specified maximum shall not be placed on the project. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231/C 231M, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Test at truck discharge for acceptance based on specification. Also test at the end of the pump hose for pumped concrete. Concrete with air content outside of the specified limits shall not be placed on the project. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below or 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure six standard 6x12 cylinder specimens or eight 4x8 cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days. Test two 6x12 specimens, or three 4x8 specimens at 28 days. Reserve the remaining specimens and test at 56 days if the 28 day test result are below the specified requirements. a. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from each set of specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 7. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 15 and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 8. Test results shall be reported in writing to Owner’s Representative, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests. 9. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Owner’s Representative. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Architect. 10. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 11. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 24 hours of finishing. END OF SECTION 03 30 00 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 1 SECTION 042000 - UNIT MASONRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Concrete building brick. 3. Mortar and grout. 4. Masonry-joint reinforcement. 5. Ties and anchors. B. Products Installed but not Furnished under This Section: 1. Steel lintels in unit masonry. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For the following: 1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes. C. Material Certificates: For each type and size of the following: 1. Masonry units. a. Include data on material properties. b. For masonry units used in structural masonry, include data and calculations establishing average net-area compressive strength of units. 2. Cementitious materials. Include name of manufacturer, brand name, and type. 3. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 4. Joint reinforcement. 5. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories. D. Cold-Weather and Hot-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with requirements. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 2 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms in a dry location or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides of walls, and hold cover securely in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least three days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than seven days after completing cleaning. D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single source from single manufacturer for each product required. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 3 B. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single source or producer for each aggregate. 2.2 UNIT MASONRY, GENERAL A. Masonry Standard: Comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6, except as modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. B. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated. Do not use units where such defects are exposed in the completed Work and will be within 20 feet vertically and horizontally of a walking surface. C. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with requirements for fire-resistance-rated assembly designs indicated. 1. Where fire-resistance-rated construction is indicated, units shall be listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2.3 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square-edged units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated. B. CMUs: ASTM C90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength of 2800 psi. 2. Density Classification: Lightweight or Normal weight. 3. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions. 2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for coldweather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. 1. Alkali content shall not be more than 0.1 percent when tested according to ASTM C114. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 4 C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. D. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. 2. For joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve. E. Water: Potable. 2.5 REINFORCEMENT A. Masonry-Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A951/A951M. 1. Interior Walls: Mill- galvanized carbon steel. 2. Exterior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized carbon steel. 3. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.187-inch diameter. 4. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.187-inch diameter. 5. Wire Size for Veneer Ties: 0.187-inch diameter. 6. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches on-center 7. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units. B. Masonry-Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Ladder type with single pair of side rods. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Heckmann Building Products, Inc. b. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. c. Wire-Bond. 2.6 TIES AND ANCHORS A. General: Ties and anchors shall extend at least 1-1/2 inches into veneer but with at least a 5/8inch cover on outside face. B. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A82/A82M, with ASTM A153/A153M, Class B-2 coating. C. Individual Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4 inches wide. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 5 1. Z-shaped ties with ends bent 90 degrees to provide hooks not less than 2 inches long may be used for masonry constructed from solid units. 2.7 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Use portland cement-lime or masonry cement mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. For exterior masonry, use portland cement-lime or masonry cement mortar. 4. For reinforced masonry, use portland cement-lime or masonry cement mortar. 5. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C270, Proportion Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated. 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type M. 2. For reinforced masonry, use Type N. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. 4. Verify that substrates are free of substances that impair mortar bond. B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 6 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown. Build single-wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to opening. D. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. E. Matching Existing Masonry: Match coursing, bonding, color, and texture of existing masonry. 3.3 TOLERANCES A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements: 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation, do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 2. For location of elements in plan, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2 inch. 3. For location of elements in elevation, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total. B. Lines and Levels: 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 3. For vertical lines and surfaces, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 5. For lines and surfaces, do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet or 1/2-inch maximum. 7. For faces of adjacent exposed masonry units, do not vary from flush alignment by more than 1/16 inch except due to warpage of masonry units within tolerances specified for warpage of units. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 7 C. Joints: 1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch. 2. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from bed-joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch. 3. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 4. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not vary from adjacent bed-joint and head-joint thicknesses by more than 1/8 inch. 5. For exposed bed joints and head joints of stacked bond, do not vary from a straight line by more than 1/16 inch from one masonry unit to the next. 3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond; do not use units with less-than-nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 4 inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less-than-nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. D. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by stepping back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry. E. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated. G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below, and rod mortar or grout into core. H. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated. I. Build nonload-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure above unless otherwise indicated. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 8 3.5 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay CMUs as follows: 1. Fully bed entire units, including areas under cells unless noted otherwise. B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 MASONRY-JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches on-center. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches on-center in foundation walls and parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units. D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units. E. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at[ corners,] returns, offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions. 3.7 LINTELS A. Install steel lintels where indicated. B. Provide concrete lintels where shown and where openings of more than 12 inches for brick-size units and 18 inches for block-size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. C. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas as needed to perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Inspections: Special inspections according to Level B in TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 UNIT MASONRY 04 20 00 - 9 1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of siteprepared mortar. 3.9 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site. B. Masonry Waste Recycling: Return broken CMUs not used as fill to manufacturer for recycling. C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above or recycled, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 042000 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 1 SECTION 051200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural steel. 2. Grout. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 053100 "Steel Decking" for field installation of shear connectors through deck. 2. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for steel lintels and shelf angles not attached to structural-steel frame miscellaneous steel fabrications and other steel items not defined as structural steel. 3. Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting" for surfacepreparation and priming requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of the structural frame indicated on Drawings and as described in AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. Shop drawings shall be prepared by a professional detailer regularly engaged in this type of work. Whole or partial reproductions of contract drawings or details will not be accepted. 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data for all members. 2. Include anchor rod and bearing plate embedment drawings. 3. Include erection plans showing all individually labelled members. 4. Include individual piece drawings for all members, components, plates, etc. 5. Indicated all individual members and sub-assemblies that are to be hot dip galvanized. 6. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 7. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical, high-strength bolted connections. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. C. Product Test Reports: For the following: 1. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Direct-tension indicators. 3. Tension-control, high-strength, bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 4. Shop primers. 5. Nonshrink grout. D. Survey of existing conditions, anchor bolt locations and leveling plate elevations. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator having a minimum of 5 years of continuous documented experience with projects of similar scope and complexity. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer having a minimum of 5 years of continuous documented experience with projects of similar scope and complexity.. C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 3 D. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC 303. 2. AISC 360. 3. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F 1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M. B. Channels, Angles-Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 36/A 36M. D. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500/A 500M, Grade B, structural tubing. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or Type S, Grade B. 1. Weight Class: Standard weight unless noted otherwise. 2. Finish: Black except where indicated to be galvanized. F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 4 2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers; all with plain finish unless noted otherwise. 1. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325, compressible-washer type with plain finish. Design basis: Applied Bolting Technology Squirter DTI. B. Zinc-Coated High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade DH heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating. 2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325, compressible-washer type with hot dip galvanized finish. Design basis: Applied Bolting Technology Squirter DTI. C. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F 1852, Type 1, heavyhex or round head assemblies consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. For use at non exterior applications only. 2. Finish: Plain. D. Headed Anchor and Threaded Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 50, straight. 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy-hex carbon steel. 2. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 3. Washers: ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon steel. 4. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. 2.3 PRIMER A. Primer: Comply with Section 099123 "Interior Painting." B. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate-free, nonasphaltic, rust-inhibiting primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: MPI#18, MPI#19, or SSPC-Paint 20. 2.4 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 5 2.5 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," and to AISC 360. 1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high-strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6/A 6M and maintain markings until structural steel has been erected. 4. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shoppriming operations. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill,or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPCSP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning" unless noted otherwise. F. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. G. Steel Wall-Opening Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wallopening framing to be attached to structural-steel frame. Straighten as required to provide uniform, square, and true members in completed wall framing. Build up welded framing, weld exposed joints continuously, and grind smooth. H. Welded Door Frames: Build up welded door frames attached to structural-steel frame. Weld exposed joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug-weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure removable stops to frames with countersunk machine screws, uniformly spaced not more than 10 inches on center unless otherwise indicated. I. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel members. 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 6 2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened unless noted otherwise. Slip critical at braced frames, screen wall braces, and members with revered loading unless noted otherwise. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303 for mill material. 2.7 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces of high-strength bolted, slip-critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials (applied fireproofing). 5. Galvanized surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. 2.8 GALVANIZING A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. 1. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work unless they function as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 7 2. Galvanize all exterior structural steel including but not limited to structural framing, screen wall construction, and lintels angles located in exterior walls. 3. All galvanized assemblies shall be fully shop fabricated before hot dip galvanizing. Galvanizing repair systems are intended to be used only to repair blemishes from the hot dip process and minor field marks. Field cutting, drilling, reaming, grinding of hot dip galvanized finishes are not allowed, and galvanizing repair systems are not intended to be used to patch field modifications. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform shop tests and inspections. 1. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural-steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. B. Bolted Connections: Inspect shop-bolted connections according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Welded Connections: Visually inspect shop-welded connections according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 1. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. 2. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. D. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect shop-welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows: 1. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than-continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Conduct tests according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with certified steel erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. 1. Prepare a certified survey of existing conditions. Include bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 8 B. Proceed with fabrication and erection only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-inplace concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3.3 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360. B. Baseplates Bearing Plates and Leveling Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on setting nuts as detailed. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. 4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that are in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection. G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 9 H. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed-stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened unless noted otherwise. Slip critical at braced frames and members with revered loading unless noted otherwise. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth. 3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303, "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," for mill material. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Verify structural-steel materials and inspect steel frame joint details. 2. Verify weld materials and inspect welds. 3. Verify connection materials and inspect high-strength bolted connections. B. Bolted Connections: Inspect and test bolted connections according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Welded Connections: Visually inspect field welds according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field welds according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. b. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. D. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field-welded shear connectors according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M for stud welding and as follows: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 051200 - 10 1. Perform bend tests if visual inspections reveal either a less-than-continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Conduct tests according to requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested. 3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. Galvanized surfaces that have been cut or otherwise modified in the field are to be re-hot dip galvanized. B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or missing and paint with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool cleaning. END OF SECTION 051200 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STEEL DECKING 053100 - 1 SECTION 053100 - STEEL DECKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roof deck. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for framing deck openings with miscellaneous steel shapes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of deck, accessory, and product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans, cut deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction. C. Welding certificates. D. Product Certificates: For each type of steel deck. E. Product Test Reports: For tests performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating that each of the following complies with requirements: 1. Power-actuated mechanical fasteners. F. Field quality-control reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." C. FM Global Listing: Provide steel roof deck evaluated by FM Global and listed in its "Approval Guide, Building Materials" for Class 1 fire rating and Class 1-90 windstorm ratings. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STEEL DECKING 053100 - 2 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. 1. Protect and ventilate acoustical cellular roof deck with factory-installed insulation to maintain insulation free of moisture. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck according to AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members." 2.2 ROOF DECK A. Manufacturers: 1. Nucor, www.nucor.com 2. New Millennium, www.newmill.com 3. Cordeck, www.coredeck.com 4. DACS, Inc., www.dacsinc.com B. Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without top-flange stiffening grooves, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck," in SDI Publication No. 31, and with the following: 1. Galvanized and Shop-Primed Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33, G60 zinc coating; cleaned, pretreated, and primed with manufacturer's standard baked-on, rust-inhibitive primer. a. Color: Manufacturer's standard. 2. Deck Profile: As indicated. 3. Profile Depth: As indicated. 4. Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: As indicated. 5. Span Condition: Triple span or more. 6. Side Laps: Overlapped or interlocking seam at Contractor's option. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STEEL DECKING 053100 - 3 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with requirements indicated. B. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, low-velocity, power-actuated or pneumatically driven carbon-steel fasteners; or self-drilling, self-threading screws. C. Side-Lap Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer head; self-drilling, carbon-steel screws, No. 10 minimum diameter. D. Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed-cell, synthetic rubber. E. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, not less than 0.0359-inch design uncoated thickness, of same material and finish as deck; of profile indicated or required for application. F. Repair Paint: Manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive primer of same color as primer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI Publication No. 31, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. B. Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels if required to meet deflection limitations. C. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members. D. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side-lap interlocks. 1. Align cellular deck panels over full length of cell runs and align cells at ends of abutting panels. E. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection. F. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to deck. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STEEL DECKING 053100 - 4 G. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of deck, and support of other work. H. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work. I. Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 ROOF-DECK INSTALLATION A. Fasten roof-deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter indicated or arc seam welds with an equal perimeter that is not less than 1-1/2 inches long, and as follows: 1. Weld Diameter: 5/8 inch, nominal. 2. Weld Spacing: Weld edge and interior ribs of deck units with a minimum of two welds per deck unit at each support. Space welds 18 inches apart, maximum. B. Side-Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between supports, at intervals not exceeding the lesser of one-half of the span or 18 inches, and as follows: 1. Mechanically fasten with self-drilling, No. 10 diameter or larger, carbon-steel screws. 2. Mechanically clinch or button punch. C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches, with end joints as follows: 1. End Joints: Lapped 2 inches minimum or butted at Contractor's option. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Field welds will be subject to inspection. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of deck with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780/A 780M and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Repair Painting: Wire brush and clean rust spots, welds, and abraded areas on both surfaces of prime-painted deck immediately after installation, and apply repair paint. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STEEL DECKING 053100 - 5 1. Apply repair paint, of same color as adjacent shop-primed deck, to bottom surfaces of deck exposed to view. 2. Wire brushing, cleaning, and repair painting of bottom deck surfaces are included in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting." C. Repair Painting: Wire brushing, cleaning, and repair painting of rust spots, welds, and abraded areas of both deck surfaces are included in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting." END OF SECTION 053100 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 1 SECTION 054000 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exterior non-load-bearing wall framing. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel shapes, masonry shelf angles, and connections used with cold-formed metal framing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Cold-formed steel framing materials. 2. Exterior non-load-bearing wall framing. 3. Post-installed anchors. 4. Power-actuated anchors. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold-formed steel framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. 2. Indicate reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining work. C. Product Certificates: For each type of code-compliance certification for studs and tracks. D. Product Test Reports: For each listed product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1. Steel sheet. 2. Expansion anchors. 3. Power-actuated anchors. 4. Mechanical fasteners. 5. Vertical deflection clips. 6. Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories. E. Research Reports: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 2 1. For nonstandard cold-formed steel framing post-installed anchors and power-actuated fasteners, from ICC-ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E329 for testing indicated. B. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency, or in-house testing with calibrated test equipment, indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base-metal thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, and metallic-coating thickness. C. Code-Compliance Certification of Studs and Tracks: Provide documentation that framing members are certified according to the product-certification program of the Steel Stud Manufacturers Association. D. Comply with AISI S230 "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Prescriptive Method for One and Two Family Dwellings." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. ClarkDietrich. 2. MarinoWARE. 3. Telling Industries. 4. The Steel Network, Inc. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Cold-Formed Steel Framing Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, framing shall comply with AISI S100, AISI S200, and the following: 1. Wall Studs: AISI S211. 2. Headers: AISI S212. B. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Provide steel framing that meets the minimum base-metal thickness specified. Equivalent alternate engineered steel framing products are not acceptable. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 3 2.3 COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1003/A1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating designation as follows: 1. Grade: ST50H. 2. Coating: G60, A60, AZ50, or GF30. B. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection Clips: ASTM A653/A653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: 50, Class 1. 2. Coating: G60. 2.4 EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches. B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows: 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches. C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web. 2.5 FRAMING ACCESSORIES A. Fabricate steel-framing accessories from ASTM A1003/A1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated steel sheet, of same grade and coating designation used for framing members. B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as follows: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. Anchor clips. 5. End clips. 6. Foundation/slab clips. 7. Gusset plates. 8. Stud kickers and knee braces. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 4 9. Joist hangers and end closures. 10. Hole-reinforcing plates. 11. Backer plates. 2.6 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A36/A36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A123/A123M. B. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with bolts of same basic metal as fastened metal, if visible, unless otherwise indicated; with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC01 ICC-ES AC193 ICC-ES AC58 or ICC-ES AC308 as appropriate for the substrate. 1. Uses: Securing cold-formed steel framing to structure. 2. Type: Torque-controlled expansion anchor Torque-controlled adhesive anchor or adhesive anchor. 3. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. C. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. 1. PAF may only be used to resist shear-only loads. D. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, self-tapping, steel drill screws. 1. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing; manufacturer's standard elsewhere. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Fabricate cold-formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications and standards, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. 1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates. 2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 3. Fasten cold-formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, pneumatic pin fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. a. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screws penetrating joined members by no fewer than three exposed screw threads. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 5 4. Fasten other materials to cold-formed steel framing by welding, bolting, pneumatic pin fastening, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings. B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies by means that prevent damage or permanent distortion. C. Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold-formed steel framing assembly to a maximum out-ofsquare tolerance of 1/8 inch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, conditions, and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cold-formed steel framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled. B. Install cold-formed steel framing according to AISI S200, AISI S202, and manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Install shop- or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting structure. 1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush, even, true-to-line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch. D. Install cold-formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold-formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 6 a. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Locate mechanical fasteners, install according to Shop Drawings, and comply with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration. E. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track or tension members. F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads equal to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured. G. Do not bridge building expansion joints with cold-formed steel framing. Independently frame both sides of joints. H. Install insulation, specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation," in framing-assembly members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. I. Fasten hole-reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved or standard punched openings. 3.3 EXTERIOR NON-LOADBEARING WALL FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure. B. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows: 1. Stud Spacing: 16 inches. C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements. D. Isolate non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 1. Connect vertical deflection clips to bypassing studs and anchor to building structure. E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Channel Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 7 F. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row of horizontal bridging within 12 inches of single deflection track. Install a combination of bridging and stud or stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness matching studs, secured to stud webs or flanges. G. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system. 3.4 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Install cold-formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows: 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials. 3.5 REPAIR A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780/A780M and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting. C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. D. Cold-formed steel framing will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold-formed steel framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 054000 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 1 SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 3. Steel shapes for supporting elevator door sills. 4. Slotted channel framing. 5. Metal floor plate and supports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 042000 "Unit Masonry" for installing loose lintels, anchor bolts, and other items built into unit masonry. 2. Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" for steel framing, supports, elevator machine beams, hoist beams, divider beams, door frames, and other steel items attached to the structural-steel framing. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written instructions to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Fasteners. 2. Shop primers. 3. Shrinkage-resisting grout. 4. Slotted channel framing. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 2 B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide Shop Drawings for the following: 1. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 3. Steel shapes for supporting elevator door sills. 4. Slotted channel framing. 5. Metal floor plate and supports. C. Welding certificates. D. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. E. Research Reports: For post-installed anchors. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code - Stainless Steel." 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls, floor slabs, decks, and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance of Aluminum Ladders: Ladders, including landings, shall withstand the effects of loads and stresses within limits and under conditions specified in ANSI A14.3. B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 3 2.2 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. C. Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, and Plate: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, Type 304. D. Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A276/A276M, Type 304. E. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A786/A786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A283/A283M, Grade C or D. F. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500/A500M, cold-formed steel tubing. G. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated. H. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4. 1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches. 2. Material: Cold-rolled steel, ASTM A1008/A1008M, structural steel, Grade 33; 0.0677inch minimum thickness; hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. I. Aluminum Plate and Sheet: ASTM B209, Alloy 6061-T6. J. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221, Alloy 6063-T6. K. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B632/B632M, Alloy 6061-T6. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941/F1941M, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless steel fasteners for fastening aluminum stainless steel. B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A563; and, where indicated, flat washers. C. High-Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325, Type 3, heavyhex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH3, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and where indicated, flat washers. D. Stainless Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless steel bolts, ASTM F593; with hex nuts, ASTM F594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 1. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 4 E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A563; and, where indicated, flat washers. 1. Hot-dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. F. Anchors, General: Capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E488/E488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. G. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A47/A47M malleable iron or ASTM A27/A27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F2329/F2329M. H. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941/F1941M, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless steel bolts, ASTM F593, and nuts, ASTM F594. I. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 099113 "Exterior Painting." B. Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: Factory-packaged, nonmetallic, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C1107/C1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 5 C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. J. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed. C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. D. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc-rich primer where indicated. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 6 2.7 METAL FLOOR PLATE A. Fabricate from rolled-steel floor plate of thickness indicated below: 1. Thickness: As indicated. B. Provide steel angle supports as indicated. C. Include steel angle stiffeners, and fixed and removable sections as indicated. 2.8 ELEVATOR PIT SUMP COVERS A. Fabricate from rolled-steel floor plate with four 1-inch-diameter holes for water drainage and for lifting. B. Provide steel angle supports unless otherwise indicated. 2.9 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete. 2.10 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface. 2.11 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A153/A153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A123/A123M for other steel and iron products. 1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. B. Preparation for Shop Priming Galvanized Items: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean galvanized surfaces of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic phosphate process. C. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated. 1. Shop prime with primers specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" unless zinc-rich primer is indicated. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 7 D. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." E. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2.12 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. As-Fabricated Finish: AA-M12. B. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, Class I, AA-M12C22A41. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 8 F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following: 1. Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint. 2. Extruded Aluminum: Two coats of clear lacquer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. 3.3 REPAIRS A. Touchup Painting: 1. Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. a. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. END OF SECTION 055000 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY 061063 - 1 SECTION 061063 - EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in least dimension. B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association. 2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. RIS: Redwood Inspection Service. 4. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 5. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For preservative-treated wood products. Include chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials under cover and protected from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL A. Comply with DOC PS 20 and with grading rules of lumber grading agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review as applicable. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by ALSC's Board of Review. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY 061063 - 2 1. Factory mark each item with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For items that are exposed to view in the completed Work, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry wood products. 4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. B. Maximum Moisture Content: 1. Dimension Lumber: 19 percent. 2.2 LUMBER A. Dimension Lumber: No. 1 grade and of the following species: 1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB. 2.3 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT A. Pressure treat boards and dimension lumber with waterborne preservative according to AWPA U1; Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with the ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with the ground. B. Pressure treat timber with waterborne preservative according to AWPA U1; Use Category UC4a. 1. Treatment with CCA shall include post-treatment fixation process. C. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Do not use chemicals containing arsenic or chromium. D. Use process that includes water-repellent treatment. E. After treatment, redry dimension lumber to 19 percent maximum moisture content. F. Mark treated wood with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. G. Application: Treat all wood unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. Provide screws, in sufficient length, to penetrate not less than 1-1/2 inches into wood substrate. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY 061063 - 3 1. Use stainless steel unless otherwise indicated. 2. For pressure-preservative-treated wood, use stainless steel fasteners. B. Power-Driven Fasteners: ICC-ES AC70. C. Wood Screws and Lag Screws: ASME B18.2.1, ASME B18.6.1, or ICC-ES AC233. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set work to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit work to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA WCD1 unless otherwise indicated. C. Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. E. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of members or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. F. Securely attach exterior rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. ICC-ES AC70 for power-driven fasteners. 2. "Fastening Schedule" in ICC's International Building Code. END OF SECTION 061063 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 SHEATHING 061600 - 1 SECTION 061600 - SHEATHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall sheathing. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 25 00 "Weather Barriers" for water-resistive barrier applied over wall sheathing. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. For air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing, include manufacturer's technical data and tested physical and performance properties of products. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack panels flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect sheathing from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 SHEATHING 061600 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Air-Barrier and Water-Resistant Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Performance: Air-barrier and water-resistant glass-mat gypsum sheathing assembly, and seals with adjacent construction, shall be capable of performing as a continuous air barrier and as a liquid-water drainage plane flashed to discharge to the exterior incidental condensation or water penetration. Air-barrier assemblies shall be capable of accommodating substrate movement and of sealing substrate expansion and control joints, construction material changes, penetrations, and transitions at perimeter conditions without deterioration and air leakage exceeding specified limits. 2.2 WALL SHEATHING A. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C1177/C1177M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. c. National Gypsum Company. 2. Type and Thickness: Type X, 5/8 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members. B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated. C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the ICC's International Building Code. 2. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener. D. Coordinate wall sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 SHEATHING 061600 - 3 E. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements. F. Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing so sheathing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is forecast. 3.2 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Comply with GA-253 and with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold-formed metal framing with screws. 2. Install panels with a 3/8-inch gap where non-load-bearing construction abuts structural elements. 3. Install panels with a 1/4-inch gap where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking. B. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against face of sheathing, but do not cut into facing. C. Horizontal Installation: Install sheathing with V-grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent panels without forcing. Abut ends over centers of studs, and stagger end joints of adjacent panels not less than one stud spacing. Attach at perimeter and within field of panel to each stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of panels. D. Vertical Installation: Install vertical edges centered over studs. Abut ends and edges with those of adjacent panels. Attach at perimeter and within field of panel to each stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of panels. E. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply elastomeric sealant to joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Apply sufficient amount of sealant to completely cover joints and fasteners after troweling. Seal other penetrations and openings. 2. Apply glass-fiber sheathing tape to glass-mat gypsum sheathing joints and apply and trowel sealant to embed entire face of tape in sealant. Apply sealant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely covered. Seal other penetrations and openings. END OF SECTION 061600 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 070150.19 - 1 SECTION 070150.19 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Full Roof Tear-off: Removal of existing roofing system down to existing roof deck. B. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems" apply to work of this Section. 1.3 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Existing Roofing System: EPDM roofing. B. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately below reroofing area. 1. Conduct reroofing so Owner's operations are not disrupted. 2. Provide Owner with not less than 72 hours' written notice of activities that may affect Owner's operations. 3. Coordinate work activities daily with Owner so Owner has adequate advance notice to place protective dust and water-leakage covers over sensitive equipment and furnishings, shut down HVAC and fire-alarm or -detection equipment if needed, and evacuate occupants from below work area. C. Protect building to be reroofed, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from reroofing operations. D. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. E. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. F. Limit construction loads on existing roof areas to remain, and existing roof areas scheduled to be reroofed. General construction, steel erection, rooftop equipment, etc. including any wheel loads are to be uniformly distributed. Roof Contractor will be providing 3/4 inch plywood for all areas exposed to traffic during construction and is responsible for the protection of roof system during performance of contracted work. Any specific loading requirements for the performance of any Contract work beyond that which the plywood is suited to support is the responsibility of the General/Prime Contractor to provide. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 070150.19 - 2 G. Weather Limitations: Proceed with reroofing preparation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering existing roofing system or building. 1. Remove only as much roofing in one day as can be made watertight in the same day. H. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials, such as asbestos-containing materials, will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials are to be removed before start of the Work. 2. Existing roof will be left no less watertight than before removal. 3. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. a. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract. I. Hazardous Materials: A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use. Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present. 1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials except according to procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 3. Coordinate reroofing preparation with hazardous material remediation to prevent water from entering existing roofing system or building. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DISPOSAL A. Collect demolished materials and place in containers. 1. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. 2. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 3. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site is not permitted. B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 070150.19 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 1 SECTION 072100 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass-fiber blanket. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET A. Glass-Fiber Blanket, Reinforced-Foil Faced : ASTM C665, Type III (reflective faced), Class A (faced surface with a flame-spread index of 25 or less); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with foil scrim, foil-scrim kraft, or foil-scrim polyethylene. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. c. Owens Corning. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of puncturing insulation or vapor retarders, or that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness or to achieve R-value. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 072100 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FULLY-ADHERED SHEET AIR & WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 072500 - 1 SECTION 072500 – FULLY-ADHERED SHEET AIR & WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. A 23 mil thickness, self-adhered vapor-permeable membrane for use as an air and water resistive barrier in exterior walls. B. Fully-adhered sheet and accessory products installed as a continuous air, and water resistive barrier assembly over substrates of the Project’s opaque walls as indicated on Drawings. C. An air and water resistive barrier assembly providing air and water tight coverage over these conditions 1. Joints between building materials such as sheathing joints and dissimilar materials. 2. Joints around door frames and other service openings 3. Junctions between walls and floors, between walls at building corners and between walls, roofs and ceilings. 4. Mechanical and electrical penetrations 5. Structural penetrations for beams and similar horizontal projections or junctions to the exterior walls 6. Termination at roof deck and existing construction 7. Junction to air & water barrier in roof or other adjacent systems. D. An air and water resistive barrier assembly providing air and water tight coverage while accommodating designed movement at expansion and control joints. E. An air and water resistive barrier assembly performing as a liquid water drainage plane flashed to discharge to the exterior any incidental condensation or water penetration 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 16 00 - Sheathing 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 920 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants B. ASTM C 1305 Standard Test Method for Crack Bridging Ability of Liquid-Applied Waterproofing Membrane C. ASTM D 882 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers – Tension D. ASTM D 903 Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FULLY-ADHERED SHEET AIR & WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 072500 - 2 E. ASTM D 1876 Standard Test Method for Peel Resistance of Adhesive F. ASTM D 4541 Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Strength of Coatings Using Portable Adhesion Testers G. ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials H. ASTM E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. I. ASTM E 1354 Standard Test Method for Heat and Visible Smoke Release Rates for Materials and Products Using an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter J. ASTM E 2178 Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials K. ASTM E 2357 Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage of Air Barrier Assemblies L. International Code Council Evaluation Services (ICC-ES) Acceptance Criteria for Water Resistive Barriers AC-38, Approved January 2013 M. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 285 Standard Fire Test Method for Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Installed product and accessories shall exhibit an air leakage rate, infiltration and exfiltration modes, measured after pressure cycling, not to exceed 0.2 L/s*m2 at 75 Pa (0.040 CFM/ft2 at 1.57 PSF) according to ASTM E 2357. B. Product shall meet the water vapor transmission requirement for Grade D sheet water resistive barriers: minimum 35 g/m2/24h (5 Perms), tested to ASTM E 96 desiccant method (A), ICC-ES AC-38, Table 1 C. Installed product and accessories shall be tested to NFPA 285 and pass in wall assemblies of the Project or shall pass by engineering judgement. D. Installed product and accessories shall be recommended by manufacturer for at least 180 days of outdoor exposure. E. Installed product and accessories shall have an upper service temperature limit of 180°F or higher. F. Manufacturer shall provide product and accessories which have a minimum installation temperature of 25°F or lower. G. Product shall consist of nominal 0.023 inch (23 mils) thickness composite membrane consisting of an engineered fabric laminated at full coverage with a permeable pressure-sensitive adhesive. H. Product shall meet the following requirements: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FULLY-ADHERED SHEET AIR & WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 072500 - 3 REQUIREMENT RESULT TEST METHOD Air Permeance Not more than 0.02 L/s*m2 at 75 Pa (0.004 CFM/ft2 at 1.57 PSF) ASTM E-2178 Tensile Strength Not less than 40 lbf per inch ASTM D-882 Peel Adhesion Not less than 5 lbf, per inch on glass mat faced gypsum sheathing with approved surface preparation ASTM D 903 Tear Initiation and Propagation Not less than 30 lbf, machine direction and cross direction ASTM D 4073 Low Temperature Flexibility No cracking at minus 20 degrees F, 1 inch mandrel ASTM D 1970 Water Resistance Membrane specimen including a lap shall resist a 55 cm (22 inch) column of water for 5 hours, no leaking or wet through. AATCC-127, modified static head generated with 5” diameter PVC pipe sealed to specimen Pull Adhesion Not less than 16 lbf per square inch (or report value at substrate failure) on glassfaced gypsum sheathing and concrete masonry unit, substrate prepared with contact adhesive ASTM D 4541, modified 4 inch puck Lap Adhesion Not less than 1 lbf per inch of width ASTM D 1876 Water Vapor Permeance Minimum 5 Perms ASTM E-96, Method A Minimum 10 Perms ASTM E-96, Method B Surface Burning Characteristics. Flame Spread Index: Not more than 25 Smoke Generation Index: Not more than 450 ASTM E 84, sample tested at full coverage, cement board substrate, including surface preparation Measurement of Heat Release Rate by Cone Calorimeter Effective Heat of Combustion of 17 MJ/kg or less Peak heat release rate of 183 kW/m2 or less Total heat release rate of 6.1 MJ/m2 or less ASTM E 1354, membrane applied to glass-faced gypsum sheathing, including surface preparation. 50 kW/m2 heat flux. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with Division 01 requirements. B. Shop drawings showing locations and extent air barrier and details of all typical conditions. C. Vertical and lateral fire propagation evaluation of the Project’s exterior wall assemblies containing the product, submit documentation of one of the following: 1. NFPA 285 test and pass 2. NFPA 285 pass through engineering judgement 3. Exemption from the NFPA 285 requirement. D. Manufacturer's technical data sheets and material safety data sheets for product and accessories. E. Manufacturer's installation instructions. F. Certification of compatibility by manufacturer, listing all materials on the project with which the product and accessories may come into contact. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FULLY-ADHERED SHEET AIR & WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 072500 - 4 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Shall be experienced in applying the same or similar materials and shall be specifically approved in writing by Manufacturer. B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain product and accessories from single manufacturer. C. Product and Accessories shall comply with all state and local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original packages with seals unbroken, labeled with manufacturer's name, product, lot number and directions for storage. B. Store materials in their original undamaged packages in a clean, dry, protected location and within temperature range required by Manufacturer. C. Avoid spillage. Immediately notify Owner, if spillage occurs and start clean up procedures. Clean spills and leave area as it was prior to spill. 1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL A. Separate and recycle waste materials in accordance with established Construction Waste Management and Disposal procedures. B. Place materials defined as hazardous or toxic waste in designated containers. C. Ensure emptied containers are stored safely for disposal away from children. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not apply product or accessories during rain or accumulating snowfall. B. Apply product and accessories within approved ambient and substrate temperature range stated in manufacturer’s literature. C. Do not apply product or accessories over incompatible materials. D. Observe safety and environmental measures indicated in manufacturer’s MSDS, and mandated by federal, state and local regulations. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FULLY-ADHERED SHEET AIR & WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 072500 - 5 1.10 WARRANTIES: Provide the manufacturer’s minimum five year material warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS: A. Basis of Design: Fire Resist 705 VP by Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing, Incorporated (CCW). 900 Hensley Lane, Wylie, TX 75098. Phone 1-800-527-7092. Website http://www.carlisleccw.com 2.2 ACCESSORIES: Provide from same manufacturer as air barrier membrane. A. Detail Flashing: 1. UV Resistant, 180 day exposure allowed. 0.040 inch thickness (40 mil) membrane consisting of aluminum-faced cross-laminated HDPE film coated with rubberized asphalt adhesive a. CCW: Fire Resist 705 FR-A or Fire Resist 705 FR-A LT low temp formula B. Contact Adhesive: Liquid or spray-applied for preparing surfaces accepting air barrier membrane. Contact adhesive applied on glass mat faced exterior gypsum sheathing shall have 15 Perms or greater, ASTM E 96 B water method. 1. CAV-GRIP™ Aerosol Spray C. Detail Mastic: 1-part material for sealing details. Installation over air barrier membrane. 1. Silicone sealant by others as approved by CCW for 180 day exposed system D. Transition Membrane: Tough, elastomeric sheet capable of bridging a 1” gap. 1. CCW: SURE-SEAL Pressure-Sensitive Elastoform. E. Silicone Sealant: used for sealing fenestration to air barrier membrane, surface defects and penetrations 1. Approved by CCW: Dow-Corning 758 F. Polyurethane Foam Sealant: used for sealing gaps around fenestration and other penetrations 1. Approved by CCW: Great Stuff Pro by Dow Building Solutions, Froth Pack by Dow Building Solutions, FireBlock Gun Foam by TVM Building Products or Fireblock Foam Sealant by FOMO PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions affecting installation of the air & vapor barrier and accessory products for compliance with requirements. Verify that surfaces and conditions are Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FULLY-ADHERED SHEET AIR & WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 072500 - 6 suitable prior to commencing Work of this section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Verify that wall assemblies are dried in, such that water intrusion will not occur from above, behind or around the air barrier installation. C. Surfaces shall be sound, dry and free of oil, grease, dirt, excess mortar or other contaminants. D. Surfaces shall be supported and flush at joints without large voids or sharp protrusions. E. Gypsum exterior sheathing boards shall be flush at joints, with gaps between boards according to building code and sheathing manufacturer’s requirements. Sheathing boards shall also be securely fastened to the structure with proper fastener type, technique and spacing according to building code and sheathing manufacturer’s requirements. Sheathing boards shall be repaired or replaced if inspection reveals moisture damage, mechanical damage or if sheathing boards have exceeded the exposure duration or exposure conditions as required by the sheathing manufacturer. F. Inform Architect in writing of 1. Gaps or obstructions such as steel beams, angles, plates and projections which cannot be spanned or covered by Product or Accessories. 2. Anticipated problems applying Product and Accessories over substrate. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Fill cracks, gaps and joints exceeding ¼ inch width with fill compound or polyurethane sealant. B. Apply a ¾ inch cant of fill compound at the intersection of the base of the wall and the roof deck. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Apply product over opaque wall surfaces as indicated in Project drawings. B. Allow sealants used during surface preparation to cure fully before applying product. C. Apply contact adhesive to all surfaces accepting product, according to manufacturer’s instructions. D. Apply product to prepared surfaces according to manufacturer’s instructions and drawings. E. Sequence installation to provide shingled laps. Lap neighboring sheets 3 inches minimum. F. Install detail flashing or transition membrane according to manufacturer’s drawings and instructions at expansion joints, seismic joints, mechanical/electrical penetrations and similar conditions. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FULLY-ADHERED SHEET AIR & WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 072500 - 7 G. Install detail mastic or silicone sealant covering non-water shedding laps, penetrations and similar surface defects. 3.4 SCHEDULE A. Wall substrates and roof or temporary roof shall be in place, effectively enclosing interior space before proceeding with air barrier installation B. Fastener and hardware penetrations used to attach insulation, cladding, trim or other overburden shall be sealed to air barrier according to air barrier manufacturer’s instructions and drawings C. Seal all penetrations made through installed product according to air barrier manufacturer’s instructions and drawings. D. Seal fenestration to product with detail membrane, transition membrane, polyurethane sealant, silicone sealant or polyurethane foam sealant according to Project drawings E. Through-wall flashing may be installed before or after product. Seal termination of metal through-wall flashing to product with 6 inch width detail flashing. F. Verify proper installation of Fully-Adhered Sheet Air & Water Resistive Barrier prior to cladding installation. G. Sequence Work to enable air barrier continuity at wall-to-roof, fenestration, different wall assemblies and other conditions providing challenges to air barrier continuity. 3.5 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Protect from damage during application and remainder of construction period. B. Inspect before covering. Repair or replace damaged material according to Manufacturer’s instructions and drawings. C. Product and accessories are not designed for permanent exposure. Cover with exterior cladding as soon as schedule allows. D. Outdoor exposure of installed product and accessories shall not exceed 180 days using 705 FRA details. END OF SECTION 072500 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 VAPOR RETARDERS 072600 - 1 SECTION 072600 - VAPOR RETARDERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Reinforced-polyethylene vapor retarders. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 REINFORCED-POLYETHYLENE VAPOR RETARDERS A. Reinforced-Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: Sheet with outer layers of polyethylene film laminated to an inner reinforcing layer consisting of either nylon cord or polyester scrim and weighing not less than 20 lb/1000 sq. ft., with maximum permeance rating of 0.1 perm. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: a. Insulation Solutions, Inc. b. Raven Industries Inc. c. Reef Industries, Inc. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Vapor-Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 VAPOR RETARDERS 072600 - 2 B. Adhesive for Vapor Retarders: Product recommended by vapor-retarder manufacturer and has demonstrated capability to bond vapor retarders securely to substrates indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS ON FRAMING A. Place vapor retarders on side of construction indicated on Drawings. B. Extend vapor retarders to extremities of areas to protect from vapor transmission. Secure vapor retarders in place with adhesives, vapor retarder fasteners, or other anchorage system as recommended by manufacturer. Extend vapor retarders to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose-fiber insulation. C. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping no fewer than two studs and sealing with vapor-retarder tape according to vapor-retarder manufacturer's written instructions. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrates. D. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor-retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarders. E. Repair tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarders. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect vapor retarders from damage until concealed by permanent construction. END OF SECTION 072600 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 1 SECTION 074213 – INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Foamed-insulation-core concealed fastener metal wall panels, with related metal trim and accessories. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 05 Section "Structural Steel Framing" for steel framing supporting metal panels. B. Division 05 Section "Cold-Formed Metal Framing" for cold-formed metal framing supporting metal panels. C. Division 07 Section “Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer (Epdm) Roofing” for roof edge coordination at metal wall panels. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM International (ASTM): www.astm.org: 1. ASTM A 653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. 2. ASTM A 755 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot-Dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil-Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products. 3. ASTM A 792 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc AlloyCoated by the Hot-Dip Process. 4. ASTM D 2244 - Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. 5. ASTM D 4214 - Test Methods for Evaluating Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films. 6. ASTM E 72 - Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction. 7. ASTM E 84 - Test Methods for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 285 – Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of Exterior Non-Load Bearing Wall Assemblies. 2. NFPA 286 – Fire Test of Evaluating Conditions of Wall and Ceiling Finish to Roof Fire Growth. C. FM Global (FM): www.fmglobal.com: 1. FM 4880 American National Standard for Evaluating Insulated Wall and Roof/Ceiling Assemblies Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 2 2. FM 4881 Approval Standard for Class 1 Exterior Wall Systems. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer/Source: Provide metal panel assemblies and accessories from a single manufacturer approved under an accredited third-party quality control program B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Approved manufacturer listed in this Section with minimum ten years’ experience in the manufacturing of similar products and successful use in similar applications. C. Installer Qualifications: Experienced Installer certified by metal panel manufacturer with minimum of five years’ experience with successfully completed projects of a similar nature and scope. 1. Installer's Field Supervisor: Experienced mechanic certified by metal panel manufacturer supervising work on site whenever work is underway. Field Supervisor may be one of the installers. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Preinstallation Meeting: Prior to erection of framing, conduct preinstallation meeting at site attended by Owner, metal panel installer, metal panel manufacturer's technical representative, inspection agency and related trade contractors. 1. Coordinate building framing in relation to metal panel system. 2. Coordinate openings and penetrations of metal panel system. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer’s data sheets for specified products. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of metal panels. Include details of each condition of installation, panel profiles, and attachment to building. Provide details at a minimum scale 1-1/2-inch per foot of edge conditions, joints, fastener and sealant placement, flashings, openings, penetrations, and special details. Make distinctions between factory and field assembled work. 1. Include data indicating compliance with performance requirements. 2. Indicate points of supporting structure that must coordinate with metal panel system installation. 3. Include structural data indicating compliance with performance requirements and requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each exposed product specified including sealants. Provide representative color charts of manufacturer's full range of colors. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Provide color chip verifying color final selection and approval. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 3 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Results: Indicating compliance of products with requirements. B. Qualification Information: For Installer C. Accreditation Certificate: Indicating that manufacturer is accredited under an accredited thirdparty Quality Control Program, including IAS AC472 and based upon chapter 17 of the New York State Building Code 2020. D. Warranty: 1. Submit manufacturer’s written two (2) year limited warranty providing panels to be free from defects in materials and workmanship, beginning from the date of substantial completion excluding coil coatings (paint finishes) that are covered under a separate warranty. 2. The installation contractor shall issue a separate warranty against defects in installed materials and workmanship, beginning from the date of substantial completion of the installation. 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Executed copy of manufacturer's warranty. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect products of metal panel system during shipping, handling, and storage to prevent staining, denting, deterioration of components or other damage. Protect panels and trim bundles during shipping. Protect painted surfaces with a protective covering before shipping. 1. Deliver, unload, store, and erect metal panels and accessory items without deforming panels or exposing panels to surface damage from weather or construction operations. 2. Store in accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Shield foam insulated metal panels from direct sunlight until all components are installed. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Manufacturer’s Warranty: Submit Manufacturer’s two (2) year limited warranty providing panels to be free from defects in materials and workmanship, beginning from the date of substantial completion excluding coil coatings (paint finishes) that are covered under a separate warranty. B. The installation contractor shall issue a separate warranty against defects in installed materials and workmanship, beginning from the date of substantial completion of the installation. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 4 C. Special Panel Finish Warranty: Submit Manufacturer’s limited twenty (20) warranty on the exterior paint finish for adhesion to the metal substrate and limited warranty on the exterior paint finish for chalk and fade. 1. Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System: a. Color fading in excess of 5 for copper, silver metallic and bright red; Hunter units per ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of 6 for copper, silver metallic and bright red or 8 rating per ASTM D 4214. c. Failure of adhesion, peeling, checking, or cracking. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Metl-Span, a Division of the Cornerstone Building Brands family; Lewisville, Texas Tel: 972.221.6656; Email: info@metlspan.com; Web: metlspan.com. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide metal panel system meeting performance requirements as determined by application of specified tests by a qualified testing facility on manufacturer's standard assemblies. B. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of indicated loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, as determined by ASTM E 72 or ASTM E 1592 applied in accordance with ICC AC 04, Section 4, Panel Load Test Option or Section 5, Panel Analysis Option: 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on applicable building code, wind speed, importance factor, exposure category, and internal pressure coefficient indicated on drawings. a. Wind Negative Pressure: Certify capacity of metal panels by testing of proposed assembly. 2. Deflection Limits: Withstand inward and outward wind-load design pressures in accordance with applicable building code with maximum deflection of 1/180 of the span with no evidence of failure. C. FM Approvals Listing: Comply with FM Approval 4881. Provide metal wall panel assembly listed in FM Approvals' "Approval Guide." D. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide metal panel systems with the following fire-test characteristics determined by indicated test standard as applied by testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: The insulating core shall have been tested per ASTM E 84. The core shall have: a. Flame spread index: 25 or less. b. Smoke developed index: 450 or less. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 5 2. Room Test Performance: FM Global 4880: The panel assembly shall not support a selfpropagating fire which reaches any limits of the 50’ high corner test structure as evidenced by flaming or material damage of the ceiling of the assembly. 3. Fire Propagation: The fire assembly shall meet the requirements of the standard for NFPA 285 4. Fire Growth: The fire assembly shall meet the requirements of the standard for NFPA 286 5. Potential Heat: Determined in accordance with NFPA 259 6. BCNYS Chapter 26: Panel Performance under the above test methods, shall meet the requirements of BCNYS, Chapter on foam plastics. E. Air Infiltration, ASTM E 283: 1. Maximum 0.0002 cfm/sq. ft. at static air pressure difference of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft. F. Water Penetration Static Pressure: 1. ASTM E 331: No uncontrolled water penetration at a static pressure of 20 lbf/sq. ft. G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from variations in both ambient and internal temperatures. Accommodate movement of support structure caused by thermal expansion and contraction. Allow for deflection and design for thermal stresses caused by temperature differences from one side of the panel to the other. H. Thermal Performance: When tested in accordance with ASTM C 518, Measurement of Steady State thermal Transmission, the panels shall provide a k factor of 0.14 btu/sf/hr/deg F at a 75° F mean temperature, as required by code. 2.3 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS A. Basis of Design: Metl-Span, CF Architectural 1. G-90 galvanized coated steel conforming to ASTM A 653 or AZ-50 aluminum-zinc alloy coated steel, conforming to ASTM A 792/A 792M, minimum grade 33, prepainted by the coil-coating process per ASTM A 755/A 755M. a. Exterior Face Sheet: 22 gauge thickness, with smooth unembossed surface. 1) Finish: Fluoropolymer two-coat system as applicable for color selected, i.e. metallic. 2) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's premium II exterior colors. 3) Interior Face Sheet: 24 gauge thickness, with embossed Light Mesa profile. a) Finish: Modified silicone-polyester two-coat system b) Color: Igloo White 2. Panel Width: 24 inches 3. Panel Thickness: 2.5 inch (64 mm) 4. Insulating Core: Polyurethane with zero ozone depletion potential blowing agent a. Closed Cell Content: 90% or more as determined by ASTM D 6226 b. Compressive Strength: As required to meet structural performance requirements and with a minimum of 22 psi as determined by ASTM D 1621 c. Shear Strength: As required to meet structural performance requirements and with a minimum of 36 psi as determined by ASTM C 273 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 6 d. Tensile Strength: As required to meet structural performance requirements and with a minimum of 41 psi ASTM D 1623 e. Minimum Density: 2.0 pcf as determined by ASTM D 1622 f. Thermal Resistance R-Value: 20 deg. F * hr * sq. ft./Btu (K * sq. m/W) per ASTM C 518 at 75 degrees Fahrenheit mean temperature. 5. Heat Transfer Coefficient (U-factor): .05 Btu/hr * sq. ft. * deg. F (W/K * sq. m) as determined by ASTM C 1363 at 75 degrees Fahrenheit mean temperature. Tested specimen must include at least two engaged side joints. 2.4 METAL WALL PANEL ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide complete metal panel assemblies incorporating trim, copings, fasciae, gutters and downspouts, and miscellaneous flashings. Provide required fasteners, closure strips, and sealants as indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. B. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM C645, cold-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation or ASTM A792/A792M, Class AZ50 coating designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer’s standard sections as required for support and alignment of metal panel system. C. Flashing and Trim: Match material, thickness, and finish of metal panels. D. Fascia: Coordinate with Specification Section 075323, ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENEMONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING for extruded roof edge system. E. Extrusion Trim: Provide manufacturer-provided extruded trim for the following locations and as indicated on drawings: 1. Base Trim 2. Panel installation perimeter 3. Opening Perimeters F. Panel Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z180) hot-dip galvanized zinc coating, one-piece, configured for concealment in panel joints, and identical to clips utilized in tests demonstrating compliance with performance requirements. G. Panel Fasteners: Self-drilling or Self-tapping screws and other acceptable fasteners recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Where exposed fasteners cannot be avoided, supply corrosion-resistant fasteners with heads matching color of metal panels by means of factory-applied coating, with weathertight resilient washers. H. Joint Sealers: 1. Sealants: Provide Tape Mastic Sealants, Non-skinning sealants, and Urethane Sealants in accordance with manufacturers standards 2. Vertical Joint Gasket: Manufacturers standard EPDM gasket. Color: custom color. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 7 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Provide factory fabricated and finished metal panels, trim, and accessories meeting performance requirements, indicated profiles, and structural requirements. B. Fabricate metal panel joints configured to accept sealant providing weathertight seal. C. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings. 2.6 FINISHES A. Finishes, General: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Exterior Face Sheet Coil-Coated Finish System 1. Fluoropolymer Two-Coat System: 0.2 – 0.3 mil primer with 0.7 - 0.8 mil 70 percent PVDF fluoropolymer color coat, [meeting solar reflectance index requirements]. a. Basis of Design: Metl-Span, Fluoropolymer. C. Interior Face Sheet Coil-Coated Finish System 1. Polyester Two-Coat System: 0.20 – 0.25 mil primer with 0.7 – 0.8 mil color coat a. Basis of Design: Metl-Span, Igloo White PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine metal panel system substrate with Installer present. Inspect for erection tolerances and other conditions that would adversely affect installation of metal panels. 1. Inspect framing that will support insulated metal panels to determine if support components are installed as indicated on approved shop drawings and are within tolerances acceptable to metal panel manufacturer and installer. Confirm presence of acceptable framing members at recommended spacing to match installation requirements of metal panels. 2. Panel Support Tolerances: Confirm that metal panel supports are within tolerances acceptable to metal panel manufacturer but not greater than the following: a. 1/4 inch in 20 foot in any direction. b. 3/8 inch over any single wall plane. c. Girt Spacing 8 feet or more: 1/4 inch out only. d. Girt Spacing Less Than 8 feet 1/8 inch out only. e. CF Architectural girt spacing less than 4 feet: 1/16 inch inch out only. 3. Correct out-of-tolerance work and other deficient conditions prior to proceeding with insulated metal panel installation. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 8 3.2 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. Concealed-Fastener Insulated Metal Panels with foam core: Install metal panel system in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings. Install metal panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Anchor panels and other components securely in place. Provide for thermal and structural movement. B. Attach panels to metal framing using screws, fasteners, sealants, and adhesives recommended for application by metal panel manufacturer. 1. Fasten metal panels to supports with fasteners at each location indicated on approved shop drawings, at spacing and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. 2. Cut panels in field where required using manufacturer's recommended methods. 3. Provide weatherproof jacks for pipe and conduit penetrating metal panels. 4. Dissimilar Materials: Where elements of metal panel system will come into contact with dissimilar materials, treat faces and edges in contact with dissimilar materials as recommended by metal panel manufacturer C. Attach panel flashing trim pieces to supports using recommended fasteners and joint sealers D. Joint Sealers: Install sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal panel assemblies 1. Seal panel base assembly, openings, panel head joints, and perimeter joints using sealants indicated in manufacturer's instructions 2. Seal wall panel joints; apply continuously without gaps in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, approved shop drawings, and project drawings 3. Prepare joints and apply sealants per requirements of Division 07 Section. 3.3 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install metal panel accessories with positive anchorage to building and weather tight mounting; provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal panel assembly, including trim, copings, flashings, sealants, closure strips, and similar items. 2. Comply with details of assemblies utilized to establish compliance with performance requirements and manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently weather resistant. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to Architect to perform field tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INSULATED METAL WALL PANELS 074213 - 9 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective films immediately in accordance with metal panel manufacturer's instructions. Clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. B. Replace damaged panels and accessories that cannot be repaired to the satisfaction of the Architect. END OF SECTION 074213 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 1 SECTION 075323 – ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The project consists of installing Carlisle Fully Adhered EPDM Roofing System with a 20 Year Total Systems Warranty as outlined below: B. Existing Concrete Roof Deck Area: Completely remove all roofing materials to the structural deck and dispose of properly. Prime the substrate with CCW Cav-Grip. Install Carlisle VapAir Seal 725TR. Adhesively attach Carlisle Polyisocyanurate insulation and Carlisle water resistant gypsum overlayment board with Carlisle Flexible Fast adhesive. Fully adhere Carlisle .060 nonreinforced EPDM in accordance with current specifications and details. C. Metal Deck New Areas: Mechanically fasten 1/2” Carlisle Securock as per FM1A-60 standards. Prime the substrate board with CCW Cav-Grip. Install Carlisle VapAir Seal 725TR. Adhesively attach Carlisle Polyisocyanurate insulation and Carlisle water resistant gypsum overlayment board with Carlisle Flexible Fast adhesive. Fully adhere Carlisle .090 non-reinforced EPDM in accordance with current specifications and details. 1.2 EXTENT OF WORK A. Provide all labor, material, tools, equipment, and supervision necessary to complete the installation of a EPDM membrane Fully Adhered Roofing System including flashings and insulation as specified herein and as indicated on the drawings in accordance with the manufacturer's most current specifications and details. B. The roofing contractor shall be fully knowledgeable of all requirements of the contract documents and shall make themselves aware of all job site conditions that will affect their work. C. The roofing contractor shall confirm all given information and advise the building owner, prior to bid, of any conflicts that will affect their cost proposal. D. Any contractor who intends to submit a bid using a roofing system other than the approved manufacturer must submit for pre-qualification in writing ten (10) days prior to the bid date. Any contractor who fails to submit all information as requested will be subject to rejection. Bids stating "as per plans and specs" will be unacceptable. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to starting work, the roofing contractor must submit the following: 1. Shop drawings showing layout, details of construction and identification of materials. 2. Sample of the manufacturer's Membrane System Warranty. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 2 3. Submit a letter of certification from the manufacturer which certifies the roofing contractor is authorized to install the manufacturer's roofing system and lists foremen who have received training from the manufacturer along with the dates training was received. 4. Certification of the manufacturer's warranty reserve 5. A letter from the membrane manufacturer stating; “The Roofing System Manufacturer is the primary manufacturer of the membrane and the membrane bonding adhesive.” B. Upon completion of the installed work, submit copies of the manufacturer's final inspection to the specifier prior to the issuance of the manufacturer's warranty. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened containers or wrappings with the manufacturer's name, brand name and installation instructions intact and legible. Deliver in sufficient quantity to permit work to continue without interruption. B. Comply with the manufacturer's written instructions for proper material storage 1. Store materials, except membrane, between 60 degrees F and 80 degrees F in dry areas protected from water and direct sunlight. If exposed to lower temperature, restore to 60 degrees F minimum temperature before using. 2. Store materials containing solvents in dry, well-ventilated spaces with proper fire and safety precautions. Keep lids on tight. Use before expiration of their shelf life. C. Insulation must be on pallets, off the ground and tightly covered with waterproof materials. D. Any materials which are found to be damaged shall be removed and replaced at the applicator's expense. 1.5 WORK SEQUENCE A. Schedule and execute work to prevent leaks and excessive traffic on completed roof sections. Care should be exercised to provide protection for the interior of the building and to ensure water does not flow beneath any completed sections of the membrane system. B. Do not disrupt activities in occupied spaces. 1.6 USE OF THE PREMISES A. Before beginning work, the roofing contractor must secure approval from the building owner's representative for the following: 1. Areas permitted for personnel parking. 2. Access to the site. 3. Areas permitted for storage of materials and debris. 4. Areas permitted for the location of cranes, hoists and chutes for loading and unloading materials to and from the roof. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 3 B. Interior stairs or elevators may not be used for removing debris or delivering materials, except as authorized by the building superintendent. 1.7 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. If discrepancies are discovered between the existing conditions and those noted on the drawings, immediately notify the owner's representative by phone and solicit the manufacturer's approval prior to commencing with the work. 1.8 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Temporary Utilities: 1. Water, power for construction purposes and lighting are not available at the site and will not be made available to the roofing contractor. B. Temporary Sanitary Facilities 1. Sanitary facilities will not be available at the job site. The roofing contractor shall be responsible for the provision and maintenance of portable toilets or their equal. C. Building Site: 1. The roofing contractor shall use reasonable care and responsibility to protect the building and site against damages. The contractor shall be responsible for the correction of any damage incurred as a result of the performance of the contract. 2. The roofing contractor shall remove all debris from the job site in a timely and legally acceptable manner. D. Security: 1. Obey the owner's requirements for personnel identification, inspection and other security measures. 1.9 JOB SITE PROTECTION A. The roofing contractor shall adequately protect building, paved areas, service drives, lawn, shrubs, trees, etc. from damage while performing the required work. Provide canvas, boards and sheet metal (properly secured) as necessary for protection and remove protection material at completion. B. Do not overload any portion of the building, either by use of or placement of equipment, storage of debris, or storage of materials. C. Protect against fire and flame spread. Maintain proper and adequate fire extinguishers. D. Take precautions to prevent drains from clogging during the roofing application. Remove debris at the completion of each day's work and clean drains, if required. E. Store moisture susceptible materials above ground and protect with waterproof coverings. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 4 1.10 SAFETY A. The roofing contractor shall be responsible for all means and methods as they relate to safety and shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal requirements that are safety related. Safety shall be the responsibility of the roofing contractor. All related personnel shall be instructed daily to be mindful of the full time requirement to maintain a safe environment for the facility's occupants including staff, visitors, customers and the occurrence of the general public on or near the site. 1.11 WORKMANSHIP A. Applicators installing the new roof, flashing and related work shall be factory trained and approved by the membrane manufacturer. B. All work shall be of highest quality and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's published specifications and to the building owner's satisfaction. C. There shall be a supervisor on the job site at all times while work is in progress. 1.12 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The EPDM membrane roofing system must achieve a UL Class A rating and be installed to Factory Mutual standards. B. The manufacturer must have a minimum of 20 (twenty) years experience in the manufacturing of vulcanized thermal set sheeting, and must be the primary manufacturer of the EPDM membrane, membrane adhesives and membrane accessories. Secondary “marketers” of roofing systems will not be acceptable. C. The roofing system must be installed by an applicator authorized and trained by the manufacturer in compliance with shop drawings as approved by the manufacturer. The roofing applicator shall be thoroughly experienced and upon request be able to provide evidence of having at least 10 (ten) years successful experience installing single-ply EPDM roofing systems and having installed at least ten roofing applications of similar or equal scope. Unless otherwise noted in this specification, the roofing contractor must strictly comply with the manufacturer's current specifications and details. D. Provide adequate number of experienced workmen regularly engaged in this type of work who are skilled in the application techniques of the materials specified. Provide at least one thoroughly trained and experienced superintendent on the job at all times roofing work is in progress. E. There shall be no deviations made from this specification or the approved shop drawings without the prior written approval of the specifier. Any deviation from the manufacturer's installation procedures must be supported by a written certification on the manufacturer's letterhead and presented for the specifier's consideration. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 5 F. Upon completion of the installation, the applicator shall arrange for an inspection to be made by a non-sales technical representative of the membrane manufacturer in order to determine whether or not corrective work will be required before the warranty will be issued. Notify the building owner seventy-two (72) hours prior to the manufacturer's final inspection. 1.13 JOB CONDITIONS, CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS A. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) must be on location at all times during the transportation, storage and application of materials. B. When positioning membrane sheets, exercise care to locate all field splices away from low spots and out of drain sumps. All field splices should be shingled to prevent bucking of water. C. When loading materials onto the roof, the Carlisle Authorized Roofing Applicator must comply with the requirements of the building owner to prevent overloading and possible disturbance to the building structure. D. Proceed with roofing work only when weather conditions are in compliance with the manufacturer's recommended limitations, and when conditions will permit the work to proceed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. E. Proceed with work so new roofing materials are not subject to construction traffic. When necessary, new roof sections shall be protected and inspected upon completion for possible damage. F. Provide protection, minimally 3/4-inch thick plywood, for all roof areas exposed to traffic during construction. Plywood must be smooth and free of fasteners and splinters. This protection shall extend coverage to all portions of roof being used for this project and where provided shall be maintained for the duration of Construction as needed. G. The surface on which the insulation or roofing membrane is to be applied shall be clean, smooth, dry, and free of projections or contaminants that would prevent proper application of or be incompatible with the new installation, such as fins, sharp edges, foreign materials, oil and grease. H. New roofing shall be complete and weathertight at the end of each the workday where work is performed. I. Contaminants such as grease, fats and oils shall not be allowed to come in direct contact with the roofing membrane. 1.14 WARRANTY A. On new roof area, provide manufacturer's 30 year Total System Edge-To-Edge Warranty covering both labor and material with no dollar limitation and a 40 year membrane non-prorated material warranty. The maximum wind speed coverage shall be peak gusts of 72 mph measured at 10 meters above ground level. Certification is required with submittals indicating the Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 6 manufacturer has reviewed and agreed to such wind coverage. All products including substrate boards, vapor retarders, insulation, fasteners, fastening plates and edgings must be manufactured and/or supplied by the roofing system manufacturer and covered by the warranty. B. Pro-rated Warranties shall not be accepted. C. Evidence of the manufacturer's warranty reserve shall be included as part of the project submittals for the specifier's approval. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Roofing system is based upon the products of Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. Acceptable manufacturers are listed below: 1. Carlisle SynTec (basis of design) B. All products including substrate boards, vapor retarders, insulation, fasteners, fastening plates and edgings must be manufactured and/or supplied by the roofing system manufacturer and covered by the warranty. 2.2 MEMBRANE A. On Existing area furnish Carlisle .060 inch thick non-reinforced EPDM. The membrane shall conform to the minimum physical properties of ASTM D4637, or equal. When a 10-foot wide membrane is to be used, the membrane shall be manufactured in a single panel with no factory splices to reduce splice intersections with 6 inch factory applied tape. B. On New area furnish Carlisle .090 inch thick non-reinforced EPDM. The membrane shall conform to the minimum physical properties of ASTM D4637, or equal. When a 10-foot wide membrane is to be used, the membrane shall be manufactured in a single panel with no factory splices to reduce splice intersections with 6 inch factory applied tape. 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT and OVERLAYMENT BOARD A. Insulation underlayment board shall be ½” Carlisle Securock. Insulation overlayment board shall be minimum 3/8” Carlisle Securock. Boards shall be a impact resistant, non-structural, fiber reinforced gypsum panel manufactured with a 95% certified recycle content, with moisture and mold resistance throughout the panel core and surface; manufactured to conform to ASTM C1278. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 7 2.4 INSULATION A. Flat Insulation areas shall be in 2 layers of 3 inch polyisocyanurate, R-17.4 for each layer, and the R-value as per 2014 ASTM C1289, (LTTR). B. Tapered Insulation and crickets shall be Sure-Seal Polyisocyanurate as supplied by Carlisle SynTec Incorporated (or the membrane manufacturers’) as shown on drawings, with a minimum average R value of 34.8 as per 2014 ASTM C1289, (LTTR). Insulation transitions/step offs greater than ½” will require a transition board such as a wood fiberboard tapered edge strip. C. All Polyisocyanurate shall be as per ASTM 1289 Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, 20 PSI minimum. 2.5 VAPOR RETARDER / TEMPORARY ROOF A. Vapor retarder is a minimum 40 mil composite sheet consisting of a self-adhering rubberized asphalt membrane. The underlayment board shall be primed with Low VOC CCW-702 Primer or CCW Cav-Grip in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications. Vapor retarder must have a perm rating of 0.05 or less as per ASTM E90. Vapor retarder must be rated by the manufacturer as a temporary roof with an allowable exposure to the elements for 90 days. 2.6 ADHESIVES AND CLEANERS A. All products shall be furnished by the membrane manufacturer and specifically formulated for the intended purpose. All primers and adhesives must comply with NYS VOC OTC regulations. 1. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer’s Low VOC Bonding Adhesive or Cav-Grip. 2. Splice Tape and Primer: Sure-Seal 6 inch SecurTAPE and HP-250 Primer 3. Cleaning Solvent: Sure-Seal Weathered Membrane Cleaner 4. External seam sealant: Sure-Seal Lap Sealant (To be used on all field and flashing splices.) 5. Sealer: Sure-Seal Pourable Sealer 6. Insulation & Overlayment adhesive: Sure-Seal Flexible FAST Adhesive (Insulation adhesive must be V.O.C. free) Insulation adhesive must be a 2 part low rise foam adhesive with 100% adhesion. (Ribbon method adhesives are acceptable. Bead spacing shall be 4 inches on center in the field, perimeters and corners.) 2.7 FASTENERS AND PLATES A. To be used for mechanical attachment of the underlayment board into the metal deck and to provide additional membrane securement: 1. HP Fasteners: a threaded, black epoxy electro-deposition coated fastener used with steel and wood roof decks. 2. InsulFast Fasteners: A threaded #12 fastener with #3 phillips head used for insulation and underlayment board attachment into steel or wood decks. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 8 3. Hammer Screw: an expansion anchor with stainless steel drive pin used for fastening the Sure-Seal Termination Bar or Seam Fastening Plates to concrete, brick, or block walls. 4. HP 14-10 Fasteners: A #14 threaded fastener used for minimum 3,000 psi concrete decks. 5. Insulation Fastening Plates: a nominal 3 inch diameter plastic or metal plate used for insulation attachment in conjunction with HP Fasteners or Concrete Spikes. 6. Seam Fastening Plates: a 2 inch diameter steel, FM approved metal plate used in conjunction with RUSS or with EPDM membrane for membrane securement. 7. RUSS (Reinforced Universal Securement Strip): a 6 or 9 inch wide, 100 foot long strip of reinforced EPDM membrane. 8. The 6 inch wide RUSS shall be utilized horizontally or vertically (in conjunction with Seam Fastening Plates) below the EPDM membrane for additional membrane securement. 9. The 9 inch wide RUSS shall be utilized in conjunction with metal edgings to allow the continuation of the EPDM deck membrane as flashing at all corner areas (20 foot in each direction) in accordance with details. 2.8 METAL EDGING AND MEMBRANE TERMINATIONS A. All metal edging shall be Factory Mutual Approved. 1. METAL EDGE QUALITY ASSURANCE: High performance gravel stop shall be CERTIFIED by the gravel stop manufacturer to comply with ANSI/SPRI Standard ES-198. Roof edge/gravel stop shall meet performance design criteria according to the following test standards: a. ANSI/SPRI ES-1-98Test Method RE-1 Test for Roof Edge Termination of Singleply Roofing Membranes: The fascia system shall be tested to secure the membrane to minimum 100 lbs/ft in accord with the ANSI/SPRI ES-1-98 Test Method RE-1. Use the current edition of ANSI/SPRI ES-1 Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems. b. ANSI/SPRI ES-1-98Test Method RE-2 Pull-Off Test for Fascia: The fascia system shall be tested in accord with the ANSI/SPRI ES-1-98 Test Method RE-2. Use the current edition of ANSI/SPRI ES-1 Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems. c. FMRC Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 “Perimeter Flashing.” The fascia product shall be listed in current Factory Mutual Research Corporation Approval Guide. 2. SecurEdge 2000 XT Roof edge system: a snap-on edge system consisting of an extruded metal water dam and .050 inch thick aluminum fascia. Metal fascia color shall match existing or as noted on drawings. The required metal edge detail for this project shall be Carlisle Detail U-1E.2 3. Termination Bar: a 1 inch wide and .098 inch thick extruded aluminum bar pre-punched 6 inches on center; incorporates a sealant ledge to support Lap Sealant and provide increased stability for membrane terminations. The required metal edge detail for this project shall be Carlisle Detail U-9A. 2.9 WALKWAYS A. Protective surfacing for roof traffic shall be Sure-Seal Walkway Pads (30" x 30" molded black rubber with factory rounded corners) adhered to the EPDM membrane roof with Splice Tape. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Comply with the manufacturer's published instructions for the installation of the membrane roofing system including proper substrate preparation, jobsite considerations and weather restrictions. All roofing products must be installed complete each day. Phased applications are not acceptable B. Position sheets to accommodate contours of the roof deck and shingle splices to avoid bucking water. 3.2 UNDERLAYMENT BOARD ATTACHMENT A. Metal Deck Areas: Mechanically attach the 1/2” Carlisle Securock in accordance with FM1-60 standards, But no less than one fastener per 2 square feet in the field and perimeter of the roof system and 1 per 1 square foot in the corners B. Concrete Deck Areas: No underlayment board required. 3.3 VAPOR BARRIER APPLICATION A. Surfaces to receive Carlisle VapAir Seal 725TR must be clean and dry. Blow off and broom off any loose debris. Prime all surfaces to receive the vapor retarder with a NYS VOC OTC compliant primer, Low VOC CCW-702 Primer or Cav-Grip. Apply the primer with a long nap roller at the applicable coverage rate noted above. At 75 degrees F allow primer to dry 1 hour minimum. If the Cav-Grip is being used; spray apply in a thin even coat of 1,500 square feet per cylinder. Apply Cav-Grip in a thin, even coat to substrate. Avoid high thickness buildup. Keep spray gun perpendicular to surface during spray. Set time for the Cav-Grip should be approximately 5 minutes. Primers have a satisfactory cure when it will not transfer when touched. Prime only areas to be waterproofed the same day. Reprime if area becomes dirty. Apply Carlisle 725TR Air and Vapor Barrier from low to high point, in a shingle fashion, so that laps will shed water. Overlap all edges at lease 2-1/2 inches. End laps shall be staggered. Place membrane carefully so as to avoid wrinkles and fishmouths. Immediately after installation, roll with a 100-150 pound weighted steel roller. There shall be no gaps in the vapor barrier application. 3.4 INSULATION AND OVERLAYMENT BOARD ATTACHMENT A. Secure all insulation, staggering all joints, to the Vapor Retarder with the Flexible FAST Adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and application procedures. Apply the overlayment board with the same adhesive application requirements. (Ribbon method adhesives are acceptable. Bead spacing shall be 4 inches on center in the field, perimeters and corners.) Strict care must be taken to make sure that all insulation and cover boards lay flat and Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 10 are in an even plane with adjacent boards. (Caution: Do not apply urethane adhesives to unweathered asphalt, new or residual.) B. Allow FAST adhesive to rise approximately 1/8”, and develop a string/body (approximately 1.5-2 min.). String time will vary based on environmental conditions like temperature and humidity. String time is measured by touching the adhesive with a splice wipe and looking for development of “strings” of adhesive as you pull the splice wipe out of the adhesive. Do not allow the adhesive to over-cure prior to setting the roof boards. C. When installing full spray or beads do not allow the foam installation pattern to exceed the width of the board being installed. Exceeding the width of the roof board will cause an uneven application of the adjacent board due to the rising foam. (See Carlisle Detail A-27G for 4” bead spacing.) D. Walk the boards into the adhesive and roll using a 30” wide, 150 pound weighted steel roller to ensure full embedment. Optimal set up time should be approximately 5 to 7 minutes. (Caution: walking on the boards immediately after placement in adhesive can cause slippage/movement until the adhesive has started to set. When walking the boards in, relief cuts may be necessary to allow a lifted board to lay flat, constant weight may be required to achieve adequate adhesion 3.5 MEMBRANE PLACEMENT AND BONDING A. Unroll and position membrane without stretching. Allow the membrane to relax for approximately 1/2 hour before bonding. Fold the sheet back onto itself so half the underside of the membrane is exposed. B. Apply the Bonding Adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer's published instructions, to both the underside of the membrane and the substrate. Allow the adhesive to dry until it is tacky but will not string or stick to a dry finger touch. 1. Roll the coated membrane into the coated substrate while avoiding wrinkles. Brush down the bonded half of the membrane sheet with a soft bristle push broom to achieve maximum contact. 2. Fold back the unbonded half of the membrane sheet and repeat the bonding procedure. C. Install adjoining membrane sheets in the same manner, overlapping edges approximately 7 inches. Do not apply bonding adhesive to the splice area. D. Strict care must be taken to make sure that bonding adhesive and bonding adhesive can stains are prevented on the finished roof membrane. Any short or long term storage of metal containers that can rust will require a separator sheet on the finished roof membrane. 3.6 MEMBRANE SPLICING: A. Six inch pre-applied Splice Tape is required for this project: All details and splice procedures as per 25 and 30 Year Warranty specifications, no exceptions or deviations. 1. Overlap adjacent sheets and mark a line 1/2 inch out from the top sheet. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 11 2. Fold the top sheet back and clean the dry splice area (minimum 6 inches wide) of membrane with Sure-Seal Primer as required by the membrane manufacturer. 3. Apply Primer to the EPDM sheet. Press Membrane and tape onto the sheet using hand pressure. 4. Remove the release film and press the top sheet onto the tape using hand pressure. 5. Roll the seam toward the splice edge with a 2 inch wide steel roller. 6. Splice intersections are to be overlaid with a layer of 6” X 6” and a 12” X 12” PressureSensitive flashing. 7. All field and flashing splices are to be sealed with Lap Sealant, and installed per Carlisle detail U-2A.1, option 2. 3.7 FLASHING A. Wall and curb flashing shall be cured EPDM membrane. Continue the deck membrane as wall flashing where practical. All outside corners shall be as per Carlisle detail U-15H B. Follow manufacturer's typical flashing procedures for all wall, curb, and penetration flashing including metal edging/coping and roof drain applications. C. The fascia edge detail must be installed in accordance with Carlisle detail U-1D. D. All wall terminations shall be as per Carlisle Detail U-9A. E. Base wall flashing shall be as per Carlisle Detail U-2C. 3.8 WALKWAYS A. Install walkways at all traffic concentration points (such as roof hatches, access doors, rooftop ladders, RTU/Fans, etc.) and all locations as identified on the specifier's drawing. B. Adhere walkways pads to the EPDM membrane in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 3.9 DAILY SEAL A. On phased roofing, when the completion of flashings and terminations is not achieved by the end of the workday, a daily seal must be performed to temporarily close the membrane to prevent water infiltration. B. Use Sure-Seal Pourable Sealer or other acceptable membrane seal in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075323 - 12 3.10 CLEAN UP A. Perform daily clean-up to collect all wrappings, empty containers, paper, and other debris from the project site. Upon completion, all debris must be disposed of in a legally acceptable manner. B. Prior to the manufacturer's inspection for warranty, the applicator must perform a pre-inspection to review all work and to verify all flashing has been completed as well as the application of all caulking. END OF SECTION 075323 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 AUTOMATIC SMOKE VENTS 077236 - 1 SECTION 077236 – AUTOMATIC SMOKE VENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work Included: Provide factory-fabricated single-leaf automatic smoke vents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings including profiles, accessories, location, fusible links, adjacent construction interface, and dimensions. C. Warranty: Submit executed copy of manufacturer’s standard warranty. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: A minimum of 5 years experience manufacturing similar products. B. Installer: A minimum of 2 years experience installing similar products. C. Manufacturer’s Quality System: Registered to ISO 9001 Quality Standards including in-house engineering for product design activities. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in manufacturer’s original packaging. Store materials in a dry, protected, wellvented area. Inspect product upon receipt and report damaged material immediately to delivering carrier and note such damage on the carrier’s freight bill of lading. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer’s Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard warranty. Materials shall be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of five years from the date of purchase. Should a part fail to function in normal use within this period, manufacturer shall furnish a new part at no charge. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 AUTOMATIC SMOKE VENTS 077236 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Basis-of-Design Manufacturer: Type SV Automatic Roof Smoke Vent by The BILCO Company, P.O. Box 1203, New Haven, CT 06505, 1-800-366-6530, Fax: 1-203-535-1582, Web: www.bilco.com. 2.2 AUTOMATIC ROOF FIRE VENT A. Furnish and install where indicated on plans metal fire vent Type SV for metal cover, size: width 24” x length 36”. Length denotes hinge side. The roof fire vent shall be single leaf and preassembled from the manufacturer. B. Performance characteristics: 1. Vent(s) shall be UL listed. 2. Cover shall be reinforced to support a minimum live load of 40 psf (195kg/m2) with a maximum deflection of 1/150th of the span or 90 psf (438kg/m2) wind uplift. 3. Lifting mechanism assemblies shall open the vent covers simultaneously when latch is manually released or when heat breaks the UL listed fusible link. Opening shall be in a controlled manner to avoid damage to surrounding roof surfaces. 4. Entire roof fire vent shall be weather tight with fully welded corner joints on cover and curb. 5. Latch mechanisms shall hold the covers in the closed position without overstressing the fusible link and withstand 90 psf (438kg/m2) wind uplift forces acting on the cover. 6. Latch operation: When heat parts the UL listed fusible link, the latch shall release instantaneously, allowing vent cover to open. The latch shall be designed for easy resetting, after a fire or test, so that the cover cannot be latched closed unless the mechanism has been reset properly. Manufacturer shall provide instructions for resetting the latch with each unit. C. Cover: Shall be 11 gauge (2.3mm) aluminum with a 3” (76mm) beaded flange with formed reinforcing members. D. Cover insulation: Shall be fiberglass of 1” (25mm) thickness, fully covered and protected by a metal liner 18 gauge (1mm) aluminum. E. Curb: Shall be 12” (305mm) in height and of 11 gauge (2.3mm) aluminum]. Curb shall be formed with a 3-1/2” (89mm) flange with 7/16” (11mm) holes provided for securing to roof deck. Curb shall be equipped with integral metal capflashing of the same gauge and material as the curb and feature the Bil-Clip® flashing system, including stamped tabs, 6” (153mm) on center, to be bent inward to hold single-ply roofing membrane securely in place. Curb shall have a heavy extruded EPDM rubber gasket that is mechanically fastened to the top of the curb to assure a continuous seal when compressed by the cover. F. Curb insulation: Shall be rigid, high-density fiberboard of 1” (25mm) thickness on the outside of curb. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 AUTOMATIC SMOKE VENTS 077236 - 3 G. Lifting mechanisms: Manufacturer shall provide compression spring operators enclosed in telescopic tubes to open the covers against a snow/wind load. Upper tube shall be the outer tube to prevent accumulation of moisture, grit, and debris inside lower tube assembly. Lower tube shall interlock with a flanged support shoe. H. Latch mechanism: Shall be the BILCO Thermolatch® positive hold/release mechanism controlled by a single UL listed 165°F (74°C) fusible link. Fusible link shall be curb mounted on a non-hinged end to allow the latching mechanism to be easily reset from the roof level. I. Hardware 1. Heavy pintle hinges shall be provided. 2. Cover shall automatically lock in the open position with a rigid hold open arm equipped with a 1” (25mm) diameter red vinyl grip handle to permit easy release for closing. 3. Compression spring tubes shall be an anti-corrosive composite material and all other hardware shall be zinc plated and chromate sealed. 4. Cover hardware shall be bolted into heavy gauge channel reinforcing welded to the underside of the cover and concealed within the insulation space. 5. Heavy duty shock absorbers: Shall be provided to assure controlled opening of the covers. J. Manual pull release cables: Interior and exterior cables with red vinyl grips shall be provided and allow the unit to be opened without disturbing the fusible link. K. Finishes: Factory finish shall be mill finish aluminum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and openings for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved submittals. Locate units level, plumb, and in proper alignment with adjacent work. B. Test units for proper function and adjust until proper operation is achieved. C. Test fusible link and install replacement fusible link after testing. D. Repair finishes damaged during installation. E. Restore finishes so no evidence remains of corrective work. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 AUTOMATIC SMOKE VENTS 077236 - 4 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces using methods acceptable to the manufacturer which will not damage finish. END OF SECTION 077236 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 APPLIED FIREPROOFING 078100 - 1 SECTION 078100 - APPLIED FIREPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes high density sprayed fire-resistive materials. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. SFRM: Sprayed fire-resistive materials. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of fireproofing. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual certified, licensed, or otherwise qualified by fireproofing manufacturer as experienced and with sufficient trained staff to install manufacturer's products according to specified requirements. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not apply fireproofing when ambient or substrate temperature is 44 deg F or lower unless temporary protection and heat are provided to maintain temperature at or above this level for 24 hours before, during, and for 24 hours after product application. B. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces during and after application of fireproofing, providing complete air exchanges according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use natural means or, if they are inadequate, forced-air circulation until fireproofing dries thoroughly. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 APPLIED FIREPROOFING 078100 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Assemblies: Provide fireproofing, including auxiliary materials, according to requirements of each fire-resistance design and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Source Limitations: Obtain fireproofing from single source. C. Fire-Resistance Design: Indicated on Drawings, tested according to ASTM E 119 or UL 263; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Steel members are to be considered unrestrained unless specifically noted otherwise. D. Low-Emitting Materials: For field applications, coatings shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." E. Asbestos: Provide products containing no detectable asbestos. 2.2 SPRAYED FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALS A. Sprayed Fire-Resistive Material: Manufacturer's standard, factory-mixed, lightweight, dry formulation, complying with existing fire-resistance design, and mixed with water at Project site to form a slurry or mortar before conveyance and application. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Grace Construction Products; W.R. Grace & Co. -- Conn.; Grace Construction Products; Monokote Z156. b. Isolatek International; CAFCO Fendolite M-II. 2. Application: Designated for exterior use by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Bond Strength: Minimum 10,000-lbf/sq. ft.cohesive and adhesive strength based on field testing according to ASTM E 736. 4. Density: Not less than density specified in the approved fire-resistance design, according to ASTM E 605. 5. Thickness: As required for fire-resistance design indicated, measured according to requirements of fire-resistance design or ASTM E 605, whichever is thicker, but not less than 0.375 inch. 6. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. 7. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 APPLIED FIREPROOFING 078100 - 3 a. Flame-Spread Index: 0. b. Smoke-Developed Index: 0. 8. Compressive Strength: Minimum 550 lbf/sq. in. according to ASTM E 761. 9. Corrosion Resistance: No evidence of corrosion according to ASTM E 937. 10. Deflection: No cracking, spalling, or delamination according to ASTM E 759. 11. Effect of Impact on Bonding: No cracking, spalling, or delamination according to ASTM E 760. 12. Air Erosion: Maximum weight loss of 0.0 g/sq. ft. in 24 hours according to ASTM E 859. 13. Fungal Resistance: Treat products with manufacturer's standard antimicrobial formulation to result in no growth on specimens per ASTM G 21 . 14. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish. 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that are compatible with fireproofing and substrates and are approved by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for use in fire-resistance designs indicated. B. Substrate Primers: Primers approved by fireproofing manufacturer and complying with one or both of the following requirements: 1. Primer and substrate are identical to those tested in required fire-resistance design by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Primer's bond strength in required fire-resistance design complies with specified bond strength for fireproofing and with requirements in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listings of another qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on a series of bond tests according to ASTM E 736. C. Bonding Agent: Product approved by fireproofing manufacturer and complying with requirements in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the listings of another qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for substrates and other conditions affecting performance of the Work and according to each fire-resistance design. 1. Verify that substrates are free of dirt, oil, grease, release agents, rolling compounds, mill scale, loose scale, incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants, or other foreign substances capable of impairing bond of fireproofing with substrates under conditions of normal use or fire exposure. 2. Verify that objects penetrating fireproofing, including clips, hangers, support sleeves, and similar items, are securely attached to substrates. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 APPLIED FIREPROOFING 078100 - 4 3. Verify that substrates receiving fireproofing are not obstructed by ducts, piping, equipment, or other suspended construction that will interfere with fireproofing application. B. Verify that concrete work on steel deck is complete before beginning fireproofing work. C. Verify that roof construction, installation of rooftop HVAC equipment, and other related work are complete before beginning fireproofing work. D. Conduct tests according to fireproofing manufacturer's written instructions to verify that substrates are free of substances capable of interfering with bond. E. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. F. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Cover other work subject to damage from fallout or overspray of fireproofing materials during application. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of fireproofing. C. Prime substrates where included in fire-resistance design and where recommended in writing by fireproofing manufacturer unless compatible shop primer has been applied and is in satisfactory condition to receive fireproofing. D. For applications visible on completion of Project, repair substrates to remove surface imperfections that could affect uniformity of texture and thickness in finished surface of fireproofing. Remove minor projections and fill voids that would telegraph through fireresistive products after application. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Construct fireproofing assemblies that are identical to fire-resistance design indicated and products as specified, tested, and substantiated by test reports; for thickness, primers, sealers, topcoats, finishing, and other materials and procedures affecting fireproofing work. B. Comply with fireproofing manufacturer's written instructions for mixing materials, application procedures, and types of equipment used to mix, convey, and apply fireproofing; as applicable to particular conditions of installation and as required to achieve fire-resistance ratings indicated. C. Coordinate application of fireproofing with other construction to minimize need to cut or remove fireproofing. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 APPLIED FIREPROOFING 078100 - 5 1. Do not begin applying fireproofing until clips, hangers, supports, sleeves, and other items penetrating fireproofing are in place. 2. Defer installing ducts, piping, and other items that would interfere with applying fireproofing until application of fireproofing is completed. D. Install auxiliary materials as required, as detailed, and according to fire-resistance design and fireproofing manufacturer's written instructions for conditions of exposure and intended use. For auxiliary materials, use attachment and anchorage devices of type recommended in writing by fireproofing manufacturer. E. Spray apply fireproofing to maximum extent possible. After the spraying operation in each area, complete the coverage by trowel application or other placement method recommended in writing by fireproofing manufacturer. F. Extend fireproofing in full thickness over entire area of each substrate to be protected. G. For applications over encapsulant materials, including lockdown (post-removal) encapsulants, apply fireproofing that differs in color from that of encapsulant over which it is applied. H. Where sealers are used, apply products that are tinted to differentiate them from fireproofing over which they are applied. I. Provide a uniform finish complying with description indicated for each type of fireproofing material. J. Cure fireproofing according to fireproofing manufacturer's written instructions. K. Do not install enclosing or concealing construction until after fireproofing has been applied, inspected, and tested and corrections have been made to deficient applications. L. Finishes: Where indicated, apply fireproofing to produce the following finishes: 1. Manufacturer's Standard Finishes: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions for each finish selected. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner may engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Test and inspect as required by the IBC, Subsection 1705.13, "Sprayed Fire-Resistant Materials." B. Perform the tests and inspections of completed Work in successive stages. Tested values must equal or exceed values as specified and as indicated and required for approved fire-resistance design. C. Fireproofing will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 APPLIED FIREPROOFING 078100 - 6 1. Remove and replace fireproofing that does not pass tests and inspections, and retest. 2. Apply additional fireproofing, per manufacturer's written instructions, where test results indicate insufficient thickness, and retest. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 CLEANING, PROTECTING, AND REPAIRING A. Cleaning: Immediately after completing spraying operations in each containable area of Project, remove material overspray and fallout from surfaces of other construction and clean exposed surfaces to remove evidence of soiling. B. Protect fireproofing, according to advice of manufacturer and Installer, from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes, so fireproofing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. C. As installation of other construction proceeds, inspect fireproofing and repair damaged areas and fireproofing removed due to work of other trades. D. Repair fireproofing damaged by other work before concealing it with other construction. E. Repair fireproofing by reapplying it using same method as original installation or using manufacturer's recommended trowel-applied product. END OF SECTION 078100 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING 078123 - 1 SECTION 078123 – INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. This specification covers labor, materials, equipment, and application necessary for, and incidental to, the complete and proper installation of intumescent fire protection system for application to steel structures and supports in accordance with all applicable requirements of contract documents. B. This specification shall be supplemented by the applicable requirements of building codes, insurance rating organizations and all other authorities having jurisdiction. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Specified elsewhere: 1. Division 05 - Structural steel and metal fabrications with reference to primer receiving fire protection materials 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Application of fireproofing shall be performed by a qualified applicator acceptable to the Carboline Company, St. Louis, MO. B. A Certified Installation Certificate must be completed and submitted at end of project. C. Provide materials and construction for hourly ratings listed in the Intertek or Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Fire Resistance Directories as calculated by the American Iron and Steel Institute formula. 1. Wide flange beam (both restrained and unrestrained) and column certification must extend down to W/D 0.44. 2. Hollow sections certification must extend down to W/D 0.64. D. The intumescent fire resistive material shall be manufactured under the Follow-Up Service program of Intertek or UL and bear the Intertek or UL label (mark). 1.4 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. E84 Surface Burning Characteristics 2. E119 Fire Tests of Building Construction 3. D2240 Durometer Hardness 4. D2794 Impact Resistance Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING 078123 - 2 5. D4060 Abrasion Resistance 6. D4541 Bond Strength B. Intertek or Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Fire Resistance Directories (UL 263 / ASTM E119). C. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Surface Preparation Standards D. American Iron and Steel Institute, Designing Fire Protection for Steel Columns. E. AWCI Technical Manual 12-B "Standard Practice for the Testing and Inspection of Field Applied Thin-Film Intumescent Fire-Resistive Materials; an Annotated Guide", Latest Edition 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's current Product Data and Application Instructions for products being used. B. Fireproofing manufacturer's certification that the materials to be supplied comply with the specifications and are suitable for the use intended. C. Fireproofing manufacturer's certification that the minimum performance standards as required under Part 2 can be met and test reports supplied as requested. D. Schedule of Intertek or Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. designs or American Iron and Steel Institute calculations to achieve the required hourly ratings. E. At completion of project, Certified Installation Certificate. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the project in manufacturer's unopened packages, fully identified as to trade name, type and other identifying data. Packaged materials shall bear the appropriate labels, seals of Intertek or UL label (mark) for fire resistive ratings and shall be stored at temperatures between 32º F (0º C) and 100º F (38º C), in a dry interior location away from direct sunlight. B. Materials shall be used prior to expiration date. 1.7 SITE CONDITIONS A. When the temperature at the job site is less than 41º F (5º C), a minimum substrate and ambient temperature of 41º F (5º C) shall be maintained prior to and during application. If necessary for job schedule, the General Contractor shall provide enclosures and heat to maintain proper temperatures and humidity levels in the application areas. B. General Contractor shall provide ventilation for proper drying of the fireproofing during and after its application. In poorly ventilated areas, forced air shall be used to achieve a total air exchange of four times per hour until the material is substantially dry. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING 078123 - 3 C. Relative humidity shall not exceed 85% throughout the total period of application and drying for the intumescent fire resistive material, and must not exceed 85% throughout the application and drying for the protective decorative topcoat. 1.8 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate application of fireproofing system with related work specified in other sections to comply with the following requirements: 1. Prevent deterioration due to exposure to unfavorable environmental conditions. 2. Protect fireproofing from abrasion and other damage likely to occur during construction operations after its application. 3. The installation of piping, ducts, conduit or other suspended equipment shall not commence until the application of the thin-film fire resistive material is complete in that area. 4. Shop apply fireproofing allowing sufficient time for inspection, testing, and correction of defective fireproofing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Compatible metal primer shall be approved and applied in full accordance with the primer manufacturer’s written instructions. B. Basis of Design: 1. Primer: Carbocoat OEM Universal Primer 2. Intumescent: Thermo-Lag E100 3. Topcoat: Carbomastic 94 C. The Primer, intumescent fire resistive material and topcoat shall be supplied by Carboline. Intumescent fire resistive material shall be applied in accordance with drawings and/or specifications, and shall have been tested in accordance with the procedures of UL 263 or ASTM E119 and reported by Intertek or Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. D. Intumescent fireproofing shall be applied to provide compliance with all drawings, specifications, and the following performance criteria: 1. ASTM E84 (UL723: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Flame Spread Maximum: 5 and Smoke Developed Maximum: 65. 2. ASTM D2240: Durometer Hardness (Shore D Only). Minimum: 40 Shore D (for topcoating) a. Minimum: 50 Shore D (fully cured) 3. ASTM D2794: Impact Resistance 0.75 ft*lbs/in minimum 4. ASTM D4541: Bond Strength a. 1,200 psi (8.2 MPa) - laboratory tested minimum b. 300 psi (2.0 MPa) - field value minimum 5. ASTM D695: a. Compressive Strength 2,330 psi (16.0 MPa). Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING 078123 - 4 6. ASTM D790: Flexural Strength > 1,200 psi (8.2 MPa) minimum E. Fireproofing shall be investigated for exterior and interior use by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. F. Fireproofing shall be free of asbestos, mineral fibers, polystyrene, or other known materials which may be considered hazardous either during mixing, application curing, or chemical release in a fire. G. Topcoat materials shall be as required for color-coding, aesthetics or additional surface protection, approved by the thin-film fire resistive material manufacturer and applied in full accordance with the coating manufacturer's written instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. The general requirement for steel preparation before the application of an approved primer should meet SSPC-SP6, with a 1.5-2.0 mil (37-50 micron) angular profile. All areas to receive the fire resistive material shall be clean, dry and free of oil, grease, loose mill scale, dirt, dust or other materials which would impair bond of the thin-film fire resistive material to the surface. Any cleaning of the surfaces to receive fire resistive material shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor or steel erector, as outlined in the structural steel section. B. Confirm compatibility of surfaces to receive thin-film fire resistive material. Contract Carboline Technical Service for recommendations and specific primer requirements. C. Verify that objects which will penetrate fireproofing such as clips, hangers, support sleeves, etc. are securely attached to the substrate. D. Do not proceed with fireproofing application until all unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates, removing dirt, dust, oil, grease, loose material, incompatible primers, or other substances which may impair bonding of fireproofing to the substrate. B. Provide drop cloths, masking, or other satisfactory protection for surfaces not to receive fireproofing to prevent damage from overspray. 3.3 APPLICATION A. The primer shall be applied per the manufacturers written application instructions. B. The thin-film fire resistive material shall be applied at the required dry film thickness per the appropriate design number guidelines and manufacturers written application instructions. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING 078123 - 5 C. Apply fireproofing in thickness required to achieve fire resistance ratings. D. The topcoat shall be applied per the manufacturers written application instructions E. Comply with manufacturers current instructions for equipment and application procedures. 3.4 QUALITY CONTROL A. In addition to continuous Wet Film Thickness checks performed by applicator during application, the installed intumescent material shall be inspected by a qualified independent testing laboratory for thickness in accordance with the AWCI Technical Manual 12-B "Standard Practice For The Testing and Inspection Of Field Applied Thin-Film Intumescent Fire-Resistive Materials; an Annotated Guide", Latest Edition, before application of the topcoat. B. The results of the above tests shall be made available to all parties at the completion of each area and approved prior to the application of topcoat. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Coordinate installation of fireproofing with other trades in order to minimize the need to cut or remove fireproofing. As other trades successfully complete installation of their work, maintain protection of fireproofed portions of the structure by repairing any areas which have been removed or damaged. B. If applicable, the General Contractor shall install barriers to prevent other trades from entering the application area till the material dries. C. Areas subject to overspray that are to remain permanently exposed as detailed on the drawings, must be covered by drop cloths or other satisfactory protection to prevent contact with fireproofing material. 3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIR A. All patching of and repair to thin-film fire resistive material, due to damage by other trades, shall be performed under this section and paid for by the trade responsible for the damage. Patching shall be performed by an applicator with expertise in the installation of fire resistive or similar materials. Repair shall be in accordance with design number guidelines and manufacturers written application instructions. 3.7 CLEANING A. Upon completion of installation, all excess material, overspray and debris shall be cleared and removed from the job site. B. At completion of fireproofing work, application equipment shall be removed from site. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTUMESCENT FIREPROOFING 078123 - 6 END OF SECTION 078123 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 1 SECTION 078413 – PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. UL 263 Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. B. UL 1479 Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. C. UL 2079 Standard for Safety Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. D. ASTM E 119 Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. E. ASTM E 814 Method of Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. UL Fire Resistance Directory: Product directory published yearly, with supplements, by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., containing listings and classifications in effect as of the published date for product categories covered by UL. B. Inchcape Directory of Listed Products: Product directory published yearly by Inchcape Testing Services containing listings which reflect certifications granted for materials, products, systems and equipment which have been tested by Inchcape Testing Services to recognized governing standards. C. Omega Point Laboratories Listings Directory: Product Directory published yearly by Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. containing listed building products, materials, and assemblies which have been tested by Omega Point Laboratories to recognized governing standards. D. Factory Mutual Approval Guide: Product directory published yearly, with supplements, by Factory Mutual Research Corp., containing listed building products, materials, and assemblies which have been tested by Factory Mutual Research Corp., to recognized governing standards. E. F Rating: Prohibits flame passage through the system and requires acceptable hose stream test performance. F. T Rating: Prohibits flame passage through the system and requires the maximum temperature rise on the unexposed surface of the wall or floor assembly, on the penetrating item and on the fill material not to exceed 325 degrees F above ambient and requires acceptable hose stream test performance. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 2 G. Company Field Advisor: An employee of the Company which lists and markets the primary components of the system under their name who is certified in writing by the Company to be technically qualified in design, installation, and servicing of the required products or an employee of an organization certified by the foregoing Company to be technically qualified in design, installation and servicing of the required products. Personnel involved solely in sales do not qualify. 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Devices and materials shall meet the hourly fire resistance ratings required by the Project as determined by UL 263, UL 1479, UL 2079, ASTM E 119 or ASTM E 814 and be listed and detailed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory, Inchcape Directory of Listed Products, Factory Mutual Approval Guide, or the Omega Point Laboratories Listings Directory. 1. Exception: Where no listed designs exist that meet the requirements of a specific project condition, submit details and manufacturer’s written recommendations for a design meeting the requirements. Include evidence of engineering judgment and extrapolation from listed designs. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Package: Submit the following items specified below the same time as a package: 1. Product Data. 2. Samples. 3. Quality Control Submittals. 4. Firestop Schedule. B. Product Data: Catalog sheets, specifications and installation instructions for each firestop device and material. 1. Indicate design number for each firestop proposed to be used which is detailed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory, Inchcape Directory of Listed Products, Factory Mutual Approval Guide, or the Omega Point Laboratories Listings Directory. 2. State the specific locations where each firestop system is proposed to be installed. C. Samples: One of each product if requested. D. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Design Data: Show details and include engineering information and manufacturer’s written recommendations required under Design Requirements Article for each proposed firestop if other than a design detailed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory, Inchcape Directory of Listed Products, Factory Mutual Approval Guide, or the Omega Point Laboratories Listings Directory. a. State the specific locations where each firestop is proposed to be installed. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 3 2. Installer’s Qualifications Data: a. Name of each person who will be performing the Work and their employer’s name, business address and telephone number. b. Names and addresses of 3 similar projects that each person has worked on during the past 5 years. 3. Company Field Advisor Data: a. Name, business address and telephone number of Company Field Advisor secured for the required services. b. Certified statement from the Company listing the qualifications of the Company Field Advisor and listing of services and each product specifically listed for this Project for which Company Field Advisor is given authorization by the Company to render advice. E. Firestop Schedule: Submit schedule itemizing the following: 1. Manufacturer’s product reference numbers and/or drawing numbers. 2. UL, Inchcape Testing Services, Factory Mutual Research Corp., or Omega Point Lab design number. 3. Location of firestop material. 4. Penetrating Item Description/Limits: Material, size, insulated or uninsulated, and combustibility. 5. Maximum allowable annular space or maximum size opening. 6. Wall type construction. 7. Floor type construction. 8. Hourly Fire resistance rating of wall or floor. 9. F rating. 10. T rating, if available. NOTE: Firestop Schedule is for information only and will not be acted on for approval. Refer to Sample Firestop Schedule bound in Appendix. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: The persons installing the firestopping and their supervisor shall be personally experienced in firestop work and shall have been regularly employed by a company installing firestopping for a minimum of 3 years. B. Pre-Installation Conference: Before the firestop work is scheduled to commence, a conference will be called by the Director’s Representative at the Site for the purpose of reviewing the Contract Documents and discussing requirements for the Work. The conference shall be attended by related trade Contractors (if any), their qualified firestopping installers, and associated firestopping manufacturer’s Company Field Advisors. C. Container/Package Labels: Include manufacturer’s name and identifying product number, date of manufacturer, lot number, shelf life (if applicable), qualified testing and inspecting agency classification marking, curing time, and mixing instructions for multi-component materials. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 4 D. Company Field Advisor: Secure the services of a Company Field Advisor for the following: 1. Render advice regarding suitability of firestopping materials and methods. 2. Assist in completing firestop schedule. 3. Attend pre-installation conference. E. Field-Constructed Sample Installations: Prior to installing firestopping, erect sample installations for each type through-penetration firestop system indicated in the Firestop Schedule to verify selections made and to establish standard of quality and performance by which the firestopping work will be judged. 1. Build sample installations to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final installations. a. Locate sample installations on site at locations where directed. b. Obtain Director’s Representative’s acceptance of sample installations before start of firestopping installation. c. Retain and maintain sample installations during construction in an undisturbed condition. d. Accepted sample installations in an undisturbed condition at time of substantial completion of Project may become part of completed firestopping work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver firestopping materials to the Site in original, new unopened containers or packages bearing manufacturer’s printed labels. B. Store and handle firestopping materials to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, etc. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Temperature: Do not install firestopping materials when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by manufacturer of firestopping materials. 2. Humidity and Moisture: Do not install the Work of this Section under conditions that are detrimental to the application, curing, and performance of the materials. 3. Ventilation: Provide sufficient ventilation wherever firestopping materials are installed in enclosed spaces. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Leave exposed those firestopping installations that are to be concealed behind other construction until the Director’s Representative has examined each installation. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOPPING-GENERAL A. Through-Penetration Firestop Devices, Forming Materials, And Fill, Void or Cavity Materials: As listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory, Inchcape Directory of Listed Products, Factory Mutual Approval Guide, or the Omega Point Laboratories Listings Directory. 1. For firestopping exposed to moisture, furnish products that do not deteriorate when exposed to this condition. 2. For firestopping systems exposed to view, furnish products with flame-spread values of less than 25 and smoke developed values less than 50, as determined per ASTM E 84. 3. For penetrations for piping services below ambient temperature, furnish moistureresistant through-penetration firestop systems. 4. For penetrations involving insulated piping, furnish through-penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. B. Accessories: Components required to install fill materials as recommended by the firestopping manufacturer for particular approved fire rated system. C. Identification Labels: 1. Furnished by fire stopping manufacturer of suitable material for permanent field identification of through-penetration firestops. 2. Identify the following: a. “WARNING - FIRESTOP MATERIAL”. b. Company Name. c. Product Catalog number. d. F rating. e. T rating, if available. 3. Field fabricated labels are not acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine existing through-penetrations of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings and roofs in the Work areas. B. Examine existing junctures, control joints, and expansion joints in the Work areas. C. Where firestopping is missing or not intact, submit a written report to the Director’s Representative describing the existing conditions. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 6 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean out openings immediately before installation of through-penetration firestopping. Comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove foreign materials from surfaces of openings, and from penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping. 2. Clean opening and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. B. Clean out openings, and juncture, control, and expansion joints immediately before installation of firestopping. Comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove foreign materials from surfaces of openings and joint substrates, and from penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping. 2. Clean opening joint substrates to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. C. Protection: 1. Protect surfaces adjacent to through-penetration firestops with non-staining removable masking tape or other suitable covering to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or that would be caused by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestopping materials. D. Substrate Priming: 1. Prime substrates in accordance with the firestopping manufacturer’s printed installation instructions using recommended products and methods. 2. Do not allow primer to spill or migrate onto adjoining exposed surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF THROUGH PENETRATION FIRESTOPS A. Use through-penetration firestop devices, forming materials, and fill, void or cavity materials to form through-penetration firestops to prevent the passage of flame, and limit temperature rise of the unexposed surface as detailed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory, Inchcape Directory of Listed Products, Factory Mutual Approval Guide, or the Omega Point Laboratories Listings Directory. 1. Where applicable design is not detailed in the Directories, use forming materials and fill, void or cavity material to form through-penetration firestop in accordance with approved printed details and installation instructions from the company producing the forming materials and fill, void or cavity material. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 - 7 2. If the construction type(s) of the building cannot be determined, provide firestopping with fire resistance ratings as specified in the Building Code of New York State, Tables 720.1(1), 720.1(2), 720.1(3), and 302.3.2. B. Provide through-penetration firestop systems with F ratings that shall equal or exceed the fire resistance rating of the penetrated building construction. C. Provide through-penetration firestop systems with T ratings, in addition to F ratings, at floors where the following conditions exist: 1. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located outside the wall cavities. 2. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located outside fire resistive shaft enclosures. D. Firestop through-penetrations of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and roofs. E. Firestop through-penetrations associated with the new Work. F. Firestop through-penetration of partitions identified on the Construction Work Drawings as smoke partitions and fire rated assemblies. G. Firestop through-penetrations of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and roofs in accordance with the fire resistance rating assigned to the walls, partitions, floors, ceilings, and roofs on the Construction Work Drawings. H. Permanently affix label at each firestop. Use adhesive compatible with surface construction at firestop location. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to penetrations by methods and cleaning materials recommended by manufacturers of firestopping products and of products in which penetrations occur. B. Remove masking tape as soon as practical so as not to disturb the firestopping’s bond with substrate. C. Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances, or damage resulting from adjacent Work. D. Cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping immediately and install new materials as specified in firestop schedule. END OF SECTION 078400 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 078413 SAMPLE FIRESTOP SCHEDULE Project No: Contractor Name and Address: Date Submitted: Project Title: Supplier/Installer Name and Address: Company Field Advisor Name and Address: Manufacturer Name and Address: Method of Protection for through-penetration in fire-resistance rated construction. Manufacturer's Product Reference Numbers and/or Drawing Numbers U.L., FM, Wamock Hersey or Omega Point Lab Penetration Design Nos. Penetrating Item Description: Material, Size, Insulated, Combustible Maximum Allowable Annular Space or Maximum Size Opening Wall type Construction Floor Type Construction Fire Resistance Rating of Wall or Floor (Hourly) F Rating T Rating (floors Only) DES. CONST. Example No. 1 DCFSS-130 UL #130 Maximum 4" Steel Pipe NonInsulated P4 6" CMU N.A. 1 Hour 1 Hour N.A. Example No. 2 5300-ICF88.01 UL #591 Maximum 4" PVC Pipe N.A. N.A. UL # D916 3 Hour 1 Hour 2 Hour Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 SECTION 079200 – JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Catalog sheets, specifications, and installation instructions for each product specified except miscellaneous materials. 1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Temperature: Unless otherwise approved or recommended in writing by the sealant manufacturer, do not install sealants at temperatures below 40 degrees F or above 85 degrees F for non silicone sealants and below minus 20 degrees F or above 125 degrees F for silicone sealants. 2. Humidity and Moisture: Do not install the Work of this section under conditions that are detrimental to the application, curing, and performance of the materials. 3. Ventilation: Provide sufficient ventilation wherever sealants, primers, and other similar materials are installed in enclosed spaces. Follow manufacturer's recommendations. B. Protection: 1. Protect all surfaces adjacent to sealants with non-staining removable tape or other approved covering to prevent soiling or staining. 2. Protect all other surfaces in the Work area with tarps, plastic sheets, or other approved coverings to prevent defacement from droppings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANTS A. Type 2 Sealant: One-part acrylic polymer sealant; Pecora AVW-920, PTI 738, or Tremco Mono. B. Type 2A Sealant: One-part acrylic or elastomeric sealant for sealing small joints; PTI 200 or Tremco Small Joint Sealant, Pecora AC-20. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Joint Primer/Sealer/Conditioner: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the particular joint surface materials and conditions. B. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene or other plastic tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer; non-bonding to sealant; self adhesive where applicable. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 C. Cleaning Solvents: Oil free solvents as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Do not use re-claimed solvents. D. Masking Tape: Removable paper or fiber tape, self-adhesive, non-staining. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine all joint surfaces for conditions that may be detrimental to the performance of the completed Work. Do not proceed until satisfactory corrections have been made. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant and other materials specified in this Section. 1. Remove all loose materials, dirt, dust, rust, oils and other foreign matter that will impair the performance of materials installed under this Section. 2. Remove lacquers, protective coatings and similar materials from joint faces with manufacturer's recommended solvents. 3. Do not limit cleaning of joint surfaces to solvent wiping. Use methods such as grinding, acid etching or other approved and manufacturer's recommended means, if required, to clean the joint surfaces, assuring that the sealant materials will obtain positive and permanent adhesion. B. Priming Joint Surfaces: 1. Prime joints if so recommended by the manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Do not allow the primer/sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. 3.3 SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Except as shown or specified otherwise, install sealants in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Install sealants with ratchet hand gun or other approved mechanical gun. Where gun application is impractical, install sealant by knife or by pouring as applicable. C. Finishing: Tool all vertical, non-sag sealants so as to compress the sealant, eliminating all air voids and providing a neat smoothly finished joint. Provide slightly concave joint surface, unless otherwise indicated or recommended by the manufacturer. 1. Use tool wetting agents as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 3.4 CLEANING A. Immediately remove misapplied sealant and droppings from metal surfaces with solvents and wiping cloths. On other materials, remove misapplied sealant and droppings by methods and materials recommended in writing by the manufacturer of the sealant material. B. After sealants are applied and before skin begins to form on sealant, remove all masking and other protection and clean up remaining defacement caused by the Work.. END OF SECTION 079200 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 1 SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Exterior standard steel doors and frames. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 08 71 00 "Door Hardware" for door hardware for hollow-metal doors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803 or ANSI/SDI A250.8. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B. Coordinate requirements for installation of door hardware, electrified door hardware, and access control and security systems. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Elevations of each door type. 2. Details of doors, including vertical- and horizontal-edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 2 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of each different wall opening condition. 6. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 7. Details of accessories. C. Product Schedule: For hollow-metal doors and frames, prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with final door hardware schedule. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Documents: For fire-rated doors, list of door numbers and applicable room name and number to which door accesses. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow-metal doors and frames palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory-finished units. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store hollow-metal doors and frames vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on minimum 4-inch- high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Ceco Door; ASSA ABLOY. 2. Curries Company; ASSA ABLOY. 3. Steelcraft; an Allegion brand. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Windborne-Debris Impact Resistance: Passes ASTM E1886 missile-impact and cyclic-pressure tests in accordance with ASTM E1996 for the applicable Wind Zone for basic protection in Ithaca, NY. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 3 B. Thermally Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door assemblies with U-factor of not more than 0.50 deg Btu/F x h x sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM C518. 2.3 EXTERIOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Construct hollow-metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B. Extra-Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8, Level 3; ANSI/SDI A250.4, Level A. . 1. Doors: a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. c. Face: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A60 coating. d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless . e. Edge Bevel: Provide manufacturer's standard beveled or square edges. f. Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with flush closures of same material as face sheets. Seal joints against water penetration. g. Bottom Edges: Close bottom edges of doors where required for attachment of weather stripping with end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. h. Core: Polyisocyanurate Vertical steel stiffener. 2. Frames: a. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A60 coating. b. Construction: Full profile welded. 3. Exposed Finish: Prime . 2.4 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Type: Anchors of minimum size and type required by applicable door and frame standard, and suitable for performance level indicated. 2. Quantity: Minimum of three anchors per jamb. Provide one additional anchor for each 24 inches of frame height above 7 feet. B. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 4 C. Material: ASTM A879/A879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M or ASTM A1011/A1011M; hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153/A153M, Class B. 2.5 MATERIALS A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. C. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1011/A1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. D. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153/A153M. F. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated. G. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smokedeveloped indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E136 for combustion characteristics. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Hollow-Metal Frames: Fabricate in one piece except where handling and shipping limitations require multiple sections. Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of metal of same or greater thickness as frames. 1. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 2. Door Frames to be weather-stripped. B. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal doors and frames to receive templated mortised hardware, and electrical wiring; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to ANSI/SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates. 1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 5 2. Comply with BHMA A156.115 for preparing hollow-metal doors and frames for hardware. 2.7 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer. 1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch up factory-applied finishes where spreaders are removed. B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install hollow-metal doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with approved Shop Drawings and with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11. 1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces without damage to completed Work. 2. Floor Anchors: Secure with anchors as required for substrate. a. Floor anchors to be indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames. 4. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal frames to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 6 C. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit and adjust hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. 1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. 3.3 REPAIR A. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer. END OF SECTION 081113 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 083113 - 1 SECTION 08 31 13 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes access doors and frames for shaftwalls. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, fire ratings, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE-RATED ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES A. Fire-Rated, Flush Access Doors with Concealed Flanges: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Acudor Products, Inc. b. Babcock-Davis. c. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. 2. Description: Door face flush with frame, with a core of mineral-fiber insulation enclosed in sheet metal; with concealed flange, self-closing door, and concealed hinge. 3. Locations: Shaftwall assembly. 4. Door Size: 18 inch x 18 inch. 5. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than 2 hours. 6. Uncoated Steel Sheet for Door: Nominal 0.036 inch, 20 gage, factory primed. 7. Frame Material: Same material, thickness, and finish as door. 8. Latch and Lock: Self-latching door hardware, prepared for mortise cylinder. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 083113 - 2 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Steel Sheet: Uncoated or electrolytic zinc coated, ASTM A879/A879M, with cold-rolled steel sheet substrate complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed. C. Frame Anchors: Same material as door face. D. Inserts, Bolts, and Anchor Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A153/A153M or ASTM F2329. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation in shaftwall assembly. B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish mounting holes, attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access doors to types of supports indicated. 1. For concealed flanges with drywall bead, provide edge trim for gypsum panels securely attached to perimeter of frames. D. Latch and Lock Hardware: 1. Quantity: Furnish number of latches and locks required to hold doors tightly closed. 2. Keys: Furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike. 3. Mortise Cylinder Preparation: Where indicated, prepare door panel to accept cylinder specified in Section 08 71 00 "Door Hardware." 2.4 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 083113 - 3 D. Painted Finishes: Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 1. Factory Primed: Apply manufacturer's standard, lead- and chromate-free, universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: 1. Fire-Rated Door Inspections: Inspect each fire-rated access door in accordance with NFPA 80, section 5.2. B. Repair or remove and replace installations where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. C. Reinspect repaired or replaced installations to determine if replaced or repaired door assembly installations comply with specified requirements. D. Prepare and submit separate inspection report for each fire-rated access door indicating compliance with each item listed in NFPA 80. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation. END OF SECTION 083113 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 1 SECTION 087100 – DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Door hardware and materials. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule." 2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission. 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Warranty information for each product. 4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 2 Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule. 1.4 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. C. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated. D. Special Warranty Periods: 1. Ten years for mortise locks and latches. 2. Ten years for manual surface door closers. 1.5 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. B. Continuing Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, and running concurrent with the specified warranty period, provide continuous (6) months full maintenance including repair and replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door opening operation. Provide parts and supplies as used in the manufacture and installation of original products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HANGING DEVICES A. Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 certified butt hinges 1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity, unless otherwise indicated: a. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches. 2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and clearances required: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 3 a. Widths up to 3’0”: 4-1/2” standard or heavy weight as specified. b. Widths from 3’1” to 4’0”: 5” standard or heavy weight as specified. 3. Hinge Options: Comply with the following where indicated in the Hardware Sets or on Drawings: a. Non-removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed for all outswinging lockable doors. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Bommer Industries (BO). b. Hager Companies (HA). c. McKinney Products (MK). PREFERRED BRAND 2.2 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. General: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum (10) years’ experience designing secured master key systems and have on record a published security keying system policy. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of keyed cylinder and keys from the same source manufacturer as locksets and exit devices, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA). C. Cylinders: Original manufacturer cylinders complying with the following: 1. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and straight- or clover-type cam. 2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. 3. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks. 4. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be flush and be free spinning with matching finishes. 5. Keyway: Match Facility Restricted Keyway. D. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed. Conduct specified "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system instructions and requirements. Furnish factory cut, nickel-silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control number as directed by Owner. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference, and as follows: 1. Existing System: Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. E. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys: 1. Top Master Key: One (1) 2. Change Keys per Cylinder: Two (2) 3. Master Keys (per Master Key Group): Two (2) 4. Grand Master Keys (per Grand Master Key Group): Two (2) 5. Construction Keys (where required): Ten (10) F. Construction Keying: Provide construction master keyed cylinders or temporary keyed construction cores for exterior doors. Provide construction master keys in quantity as required by project Contractor. Replace construction cores with permanent cores. Furnish permanent cores for installation as directed under specified "Keying Conference". Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 4 G. Key Registration List: Provide keying transcript list to Owner's representative in the proper format for importing into key control software. 2.3 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES A. Mortise Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational Grade 1 certified mortise locksets furnished in the functions as specified in the Hardware Sets. Locksets to be manufactured with a corrosion resistant, stamped 12 gauge minimum formed steel case and be field-reversible for handing without disassembly of the lock body. Lockset trim (including knobs, levers, escutcheons, roses) to be the product of a single manufacturer. Furnish with standard 2 3/4" backset, 3/4" throw anti-friction stainless steel latchbolt, and a full 1" throw stainless steel bolt for deadbolt functions. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) – 8200 Series. b. Lock Trim Design: Sargent LNL. 2.4 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows: 1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. B. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13. 2. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2. 3. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.5. 4. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16. 2.5 DOOR CLOSERS A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style, with the same type door preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size. Closers to be non-handed with full sized covers including installation and adjusting information on inside of cover. 2. Standards: Closers to comply with UL-10C and UBC 7-2 for Positive Pressure Fire Test and be U.L. listed for use of fire rated doors. 3. Cycle Testing: Provide closers which have surpassed 15 million cycles in a test witnessed and verified by UL. 4. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide units complying with ANSI ICC/A117.1. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 5 5. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates, special mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates, and through-bolt or security type fasteners as required. B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 surface mounted, heavy duty door closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 1 thru 6; and fully operational adjustable according to door size, frequency of use, and opening force. Closers to be rack and pinion type, one piece cast iron or aluminum alloy body construction, with adjustable backcheck and separate non-critical valves for closing sweep and latch speed control. Provide non-handed units standard. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. LCN Closers (LC) - 4040XP Series. b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 351 Series. PREFERRED BRAND 2.6 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM A. Door Protective Trim 1. General: Door protective trim units to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. 2. Size: Fabricate protection plates (kick, armor, or mop) not more than 2" less than door width (LDW) on stop side of single doors and 1” LDW on stop side of pairs of doors, and not more than 1" less than door width on pull side. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. Height to be 6”. 3. Metal Protection Plates: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified metal protection plates (kick, armor, or mop), beveled on four edges (B4E), fabricated from the following: a. Stainless Steel: 300 series, 050-inch thick Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as specified in the Hardware Sets. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Burns Manufacturing (BU). b. Rockwood Manufacturing (RO). c. Trimco (TC). 2.7 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where indicated. At exterior applications provide non-corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated. B. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. C. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. National Guard Products (NG). 2. Pemko Manufacturing (PE). 3. Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RS). Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 6 2.8 FABRICATION A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended. 2.9 FINISHES A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional B. U.S. finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for their products. C. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware. D. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115 series. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install each item of mechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications. 1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices, locking devices, closing devices, and seals. B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 7 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 2. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities." 3. Provide blocking in partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located. C. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements recommended by manufacturer for threshold and substrate installed. D. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspection: Supplier will perform a final inspection of installed door hardware and state in report whether work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame. B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of owner occupancy. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical door hardware. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 8 3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. Manufacturer’s Abbreviations: 1. MK - McKinney 2. PE - Pemko 3. RO - Rockwood 4. SA - Sargent Set: 10.0 Description: Elevator Machine Room 3 Hinge As Required MK 1 1 Storeroom Lock Door Closer 8204 LNL 351 UO SA SA 1 Kick Plate (Interior Side) K1050 6" high RO 3 1 1 1 Silencer Threshold Sweep Weatherstripping 608 1718_A 3452*NB TKSP8 303_S(PG) RO PE PE PE Set: 14.0 Description: Roof Access Stair 3 Hinge As Required MK 1 *Storeroom Lock 8204 LNL SA 1 Door Closer 351 UO SA 1 3 1 1 Kick Plate (Interior Side) Silencer Threshold Sweep K1050 6" high 608 1718_A 3452*NB TKSP8 RO RO PE PE 1 Weatherstripping 303_S(PG) PE * Reverse lockset to allow for free ingress from the roof to the stairwell at all times. END OF SECTION 087100 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOUVERED EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE 089200 - 1 SECTION 089200 – LOUVERED EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Extruded aluminum horizontal screens. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 051000 - Structural Metal Framing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AAMA 2605 - High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. B. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. C. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. D. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes. E. ASTM D822 - Standard Practice for Filtered Open-Flame Carbon-Arc Exposures of Paint and Related Coatings F. ASTM D2244 - Standard Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences From Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. G. ASTM D4214 - Standard Test Methods for Evaluating the Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Louver Terminology: Definitions of terms for metal louvers contained in AMCA 501 apply to this Section unless otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. B. Horizontal Louver: Louver with horizontal blades; i.e., the axes of the blades are horizontal. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product to be used, including: 1. Manufacturer's product data including performance data. 2. Preparation instructions and recommendations. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOUVERED EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE 089200 - 2 3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 4. Installation methods. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings indicating materials, construction, dimensions, accessories including preformed corners and installation details. 2. Samples: Submit sample of louver to show frame, blades, vertical supports, sill, accessories, finish, and color. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and Installer. B. Product Test Reports: For each type of louver, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's warranties. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. The manufacturer shall have implemented the management of quality objectives, continual improvement, and monitoring of customer satisfaction to assure that customer needs and expectations are met. B. Product Qualifications: 1. Louvers shall be factory engineered to withstand the specified seismic loads. a. Minimum design loads shall be calculated to comply with ASCE – 7, or local requirements of Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 2. Recycled Content: Provide louver that incorporate recycled content materials. The louver shall consist of extruded aluminum recycled content 73% by weight. 18% post-consumer, 55 % pre-consumer. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. B. Store materials in a dry area indoors, protected from damage and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Handling: Protect materials and finishes during handling and installation to prevent damage. D. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOUVERED EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE 089200 - 3 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer shall provide standard limited warranty for louver systems for a period of five years (60 months) from date of installation, no more than 60 months after shipment from manufacturing plant. When notified in writing from the Owner of a manufacturing defect, manufacturer shall promptly correct deficiencies without direct financial cost to the Owner. B. Manufacturer shall provide 20 year limited warranty for fluoropolymer-based finish on extruded aluminum substrates. 1. Finish coating shall not peel, blister, chip, crack or check. 2. Chalking, fading or erosion of finish when measured by the following tests: a. Finish coating shall not chalk in excess of 8 numerical ratings when measured in accordance with ASTM D4214. b. Finish coating shall not change color or fade in excess of 5 NBS units as determined by ASTM D2244 and ASTM D822. c. Finish coating shall not erode at a rate in excess of 10%/ 5 year as determined by Florida test sample. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Ruskin Company; 3900 Dr. Greaves Road, Kansas City, Missouri 64030. Tel: (816) 761-7476. B. Substitutions: As approved by Architect. 2.2 STATIONARY BLADE EQUIPMENT SCREEN (HORIZONTAL) A. Model: EV811 as manufactured by Ruskin Company. B. Delegated Design: 1. Structural posts with continuous horizontal steel members running at the top and bottom of the structural framing are provided as support for specified louver system. Refer to Contract Drawings. 2. Manufacturer shall design a louver system able to secure to the provided structural supports. C. Fabrication: 1. Design: Extruded aluminum horizontal screens Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOUVERED EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE 089200 - 4 2. Blades: 3. Style: Horizontal. 4. Wall Thickness: 0.081 inch (2.1 mm), nominal. 5. Material: Extruded aluminum, Alloy 6063-T6. 6. Recycled Content: 18% post-consumer. 55% pre-consumer, post-industrial, total 73% by weight. D. Performance Data: 1. Based on testing 48 inch x 48 inch (1,219 mm x 1,219 mm) size unit in accordance with AMCA 500. 2. Free Area: 44 percent, nominal. 3. Free Area Size: 7.10 square feet (0.66 m2) on 48 inches by 48 inches (1219 mm by 1219 mm) size. E. Design Windload: Per Code. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Corners: Mitered. 2.4 FINISHES A. Finish: 2 Coat 50 percent and 70 percent PVDF: Finish shall be applied at 1.2 mil total dry film thickness. 1. Coating shall conform to AAMA 2605. Apply coating following cleaning and pretreatment. Cleaning: AA-C12C42R1X. a. Pearledize 70 and Pearledize 50. 2. 20-year finish warranty. B. Color: Custom as selected by architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect areas to receive screens. Notify the Architect of conditions that would adversely affect the installation or subsequent utilization of the screens. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOUVERED EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE 089200 - 5 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install screens at locations indicated on the drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install screens plumb, level, and in alignment with adjacent work. C. The supporting structure shall be designed to accommodate the point loads transferred by the screen when subject to the design wind loads. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean screen surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 089200 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 092116.23 - 1 SECTION 092116.23 - GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Specification Section 08 31 13; Access Doors and Frames. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes gypsum board shaft wall assemblies. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each component of gypsum board shaft wall assembly. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and support them on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with gypsum-shaftliner-board manufacturer's written instructions. B. Do not install finish panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, and irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 092116.23 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES A. Fire-Resistance Rating: As indicated. B. Gypsum Shaftliner Board: 1. Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M; manufacturer's proprietary fire-resistive liner panels with paper faces, 1 inch thick, with double beveled long edges. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) CertainTeed Corporation; ProRoc Shaftliner. 2) National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond Brand Fire-Shield Shaftliner. 3) United States Gypsum Company; Sheetrock Brand Gypsum Liner Panel. C. Non-Load-Bearing Steel Framing, General: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated and complying with requirements for fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated. 1. Protective Coating: Coating with equivalent corrosion resistance of ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 unless otherwise indicated. D. Studs: Manufacturer's standard profile for repetitive, corner, and end members as follows: 1. Depth: As indicated. 2. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.033 inch . E. Runner Tracks: Manufacturer's standard J-profile track with manufacturer's standard long-leg length, but at least long and matching studs in depth. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Matching steel studs. F. Finish Panels: Gypsum board as specified in Section 09 29 00 “Gypsum Board”. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 092116.23 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials: Coordinate with gypsum board shaft wall assemblies so both elements of Work remain complete and undamaged. Patch or replace sprayed fire-resistive materials removed or damaged during installation of shaft wall assemblies to comply with requirements specified in Section 07 81 00 "Applied Fireproofing." B. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove only to extent necessary for installation of gypsum board shaft wall assemblies and without reducing the fire-resistive material thickness below that which is required to obtain fire-resistance rating indicated. Protect remaining fire-resistive materials from damage. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install gypsum board shaft wall assemblies to comply with requirements of fire-resistance-rated assemblies indicated and manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Do not bridge building expansion joints with shaft wall assemblies; frame both sides of expansion joints with furring and other support. C. Install supplementary framing in gypsum board shaft wall assemblies around openings and as required for blocking, bracing, and support of gravity and pullout loads of fixtures, equipment, services, heavy trim, furnishings, wall-mounted door stops, and similar items that cannot be supported directly by shaft wall assembly framing. D. Penetrations: At penetrations in shaft wall, maintain fire-resistance rating of shaft wall assembly by installing supplementary steel framing around perimeter of penetration and fire protection behind boxes containing wiring devices, and similar items. E. Access Doors and Frames: At penetrations in shaft wall for access doors, maintain fire-resistance rating of shaft wall assembly by installing supplementary steel framing, and gypsum panels around perimeter of penetration as required to maintain continuity of rating. F. Isolate perimeter of gypsum panels from building structure to prevent cracking of panels while maintaining continuity of fire-rated construction. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 092116.23 - 4 G. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, and irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 092116.23 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 1 SECTION 092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies that incorporate non-load-bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated on Drawings, according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. C. Horizontal Deflection: For composite wall assemblies, limited to 1/240 of the wall height based on horizontal loading of 5 lbf/sq. ft. 2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C 645. 1. Steel Studs and Tracks: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 2 1) ClarkDietrich Building Systems. 2) MarinoWARE. b. Minimum Base-Steel Thickness: As required by performance requirements for horizontal deflection, but not less than 22 gauge, (0.0269 inch). c. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. B. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide the following: 1. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Products: Available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) ClarkDietrich Building Systems; SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation in advance of time needed for coordination and construction. B. Coordination with Sprayed Fire-Resistive Materials: 1. Before sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or ceiling tracks to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials. Where offset anchor plates are required, provide continuous plates fastened to building structure not more than 24 inches o.c. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 3 2. After sprayed fire-resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent necessary for installation of non-load-bearing steel framing. Do not reduce thickness of fire-resistive materials below that are required for fire-resistance ratings indicated. Protect adjacent fire-resistive materials from damage. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754. 1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely fastened. C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.4 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Single-Layer Application: unless otherwise indicated. 2. Multilayer Application: unless otherwise indicated. B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. D. Install tracks at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 4 a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated. E. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. END OF SECTION 092216 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 1 SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 21 16.23 "Gypsum Board Shaft Wall Assemblies" for metal shaft-wall framing, gypsum shaft liners, and other components of shaft-wall assemblies. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 2 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. National Gypsum Company. c. USG Corporation. 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting-type taping compound. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 3 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound. 2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Vapor Retarder: As specified in Section 07 26 00 "Vapor Retarders." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and support framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. C. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. D. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. E. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 4 F. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. G. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. 3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Type X: As indicated on Drawings. B. Single-Layer Application: 1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. 2. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. C. Multilayer Application: 1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face-layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base-layer joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 2. Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. 3.4 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 5 1. Level 4: a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 09 91 23 "Interior Painting." 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application. B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 092900 Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096519 - 1 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH SECTION 096519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples for Verification: Full-size units of each color and pattern of flooring required. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Whenever possible, provide each type of flooring as provided by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, patching and leveling compounds. B. Flooring Contractor Qualifications: The flooring contractor shall be an established firm, experienced in the installation of the specified product and shall have access to all manufacturer’s required specifications, technical, installation and maintenance related documents. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store floor tile and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 65 deg F or more than 85 deg F. Store floor tiles on flat surfaces. 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 65 deg F or more than 85 deg F, in spaces to receive floor tile during the following periods: 1. 7 days before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 7 days after installation. B. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Close spaces to traffic during floor tile installation. D. Close spaces to traffic as recommended by the manufacturer after floor tile installation. E. Install floor tile after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096519 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For resilient floor tile, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm. 2.2 LINOLEUM SHEET FLOORING: LF1 A. Material Name: Marmoleum Real B. Description: Homogeneous linoleum sheet made primarily of natural materials consisting of linseed oil, wood flour, and rosin binders, mixed and calendared onto natural jute backing. Pattern and color shall extend throughout total thickness of material. C. Thickness: 0.1 inch. D. Width: 79” E. Backing: Jute. F. Finish: Topshield2 applied during manufacturing process. G. Adhesive: Manufacturers recommended adhesive for substrate. H. Seams: Net Fit Seams using solid color welding rod. I. Accessories: 1. Base: Match existing adjacent height. J. Colors and Patterns: As indicated on Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of floor tile. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096519 - 3 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to flooring manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by floor tile manufacturer. Do not use solvents. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. Floor area has been abated and may contain areas of mastic removal requiring leveling and patching prior to flooring installation. D. Do not install flooring until materials are the same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient floor tile and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient flooring. 3.3 FLOORING INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing flooring. B. Measure the area to be installed and determine the direction in which the material will be installed and seam placement. Seams should be a minimum of 6” away from underlayment and concrete joints, saw cuts, etc. C. Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames. D. Extend flooring as required to meet walls, entrances and abutment of existing floor tile. E. Adhere flooring to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. F. Seamless Installation: 1. Heat-Welded Seams: Comply with ASTM F 1516. Rout joints and heat weld with welding bead to fuse sections permanently into a seamless flooring installation. Prepare, weld, and finish seams to produce surfaces flush with adjoining flooring surfaces. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096519 - 4 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting flooring. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect floor from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION 096519 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 13 - 1 SECTION 09 91 13 - EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following exterior substrates: 1. Exterior Doors and Frames. 2. Galvanized metal. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. F. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Include printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 2. Indicate VOC content. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 13 - 2 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. PPG Architectural Coatings. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in the Exterior Painting Schedule for the paint category indicated. 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists." B. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 13 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. E. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces. F. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 13 - 4 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. 3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames. 4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes. 5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.5 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Steel Door and Frame Substrates: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09 91 13 - 5 1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System, MPI EXT 5.1B: a. Prime Coat: Primer, zinc rich, inorganic[, MPI #19]. 1) Sherwin Williams; Protective & Marine, Zinc Clad XI, B69V11/B69D11. 2) Prime Coat Alternative: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #163. 1) Sherwin Williams; Pro Industrial, DTM Semi-Gloss, B66W01151 B. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: 1. Alkyd System MPI EXT 5.3B: a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized. 1) Sherwin Williams; Pro Industrial, Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior, alkyd enamel, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Alkyd, exterior, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #94. 1) Sherwin Williams; Protective & Marine, DTM Alkyd Semi-Gloss, B55W00101. END OF SECTION 09 91 13 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1 SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 2. Steel and iron. 3. Gypsum board. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 2 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. PPG Architectural Coatings. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in the Interior Painting Schedule for the paint category indicated. 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists." B. Low-Emitting Materials: For field applications that are inside the weatherproofing system, 90 percent of paints and coatings shall comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 1. Ten percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 3 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure: 1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 4 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer but not less than the following: 1. SSPC-SP 3. G. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 5 D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.5 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. CMU Substrates: 1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 4.2E: a. Block Filler: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior, MPI #4. 1) Sherwin Williams; Pro Industrial, Heavy Duty Block Filler; B42W00150. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 4), MPI #146. 1) Sherwin Williams; ProMar 200HP Sero VOC, Interior Acrylic Semi-Gloss; B31W01951. B. Steel Substrates: 1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 5.1S: a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust inhibitive, water based MPI #107. 1) Sherwin Williams; Pro Industrial, Pro-Cryl Universal Primer; B66W01310. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #147. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 6 1) Sherwin Williams; Pro Industrial, Acrylic Semi-Gloss Coating; B66W00651. 2. High-Performance Architectural Latex System MPI INT 5.1RR: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, quick dry, for metal, MPI #76. 1) Sherwin Williams; Protective and Marine, Kem Bond HS Universal Alkyd Primer; B50WZ0004. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, high performance architectural, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #141. 1) Sherwin Williams; Pro Industrial, Pro Industrial Pre-Cat Epoxy Semi-Gloss; K46W01151. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 9.2M: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, MPI #149. 1) Sherwin Williams; ProMar 200 Zero, Interior Latex Primer; B28W02600/B28WQ2600. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC (MPI Gloss Level 4), MPI #146. 1) Sherwin Williams; ProMar 200HP Zero VOC, Interior Acrylic Semi-Gloss; B31W01951. END OF SECTION 099123 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 WIRE MESH PARTITIONS 102213 - 1 SECTION 102213 – WIRE MESH PARTITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. Woven Wire Products Association’s Standards. B. Structural Welding Code - Steel, AWS D1.1 by the American Welding Society (AWS Code). 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Wire Gage: Washburn & Moen gage. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include plan, elevations, details, and connections to adjoining construction. B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s specifications and installation instructions. Include the following: 1. Wire and Frames. 2. Vertical Posts. 3. Floor Sockets. 4. Top Capping Bar. 5. Door Hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Wire: Cold drawn steel wire. 10 gauge, 1-1/2-inch square, woven, intercrimp mesh. B. Frames: Cold rolled steel channels. 1-1/4-inch x 5/8-inch, 13 gauge vertical steel channels. 1. Frames for Hinged Doors with Deadlocks: Minimum 1-1/2-inch, 11-gauge channels. 2. 1/8-inch flat metal plate welded to flanges of channel frames at all, (four), sides of the 3. Framed panel mesh to be passed through and securely clinched to channel frame. 4. Horizontal panel reinforcing: Provide 1-inch x 1/2-inch x 11 gauge steel channels, each side of panel, flanges facing towards mesh, full width of panel, with 3/16-inch rivets at 24-inches on center, 6-inches from each end, through mesh and welded to vertical frame at each end. C. Vertical Posts: Cold drawn steel tubing, minimum 2-inch, 14-gauge steel, spaced 4-feet on center max. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 WIRE MESH PARTITIONS 102213 - 2 D. Post Sockets: Ductile iron (weldable). E. Top Capping Bar: Continuous 2-inch x 1-inch x 1/8-inch cold rolled steel channel with 1/8inch flat metal plate welded to flanges of channel. F. Door Hardware: Hardware mounting screws shall be inaccessible from the secure side of the door when the door is locked. 1. Hinges: Manufacturer’s standard fixed pin steel hinges. 2. Closer: Manufacturer’s standard surface mounted closer. 3. Lockset: Manufacturer’s standard mortise cylinder lockset, keyed to the facilities standard keying. Coordinate with Directors Representative. G. Accessories: Manufacturer’s standard fasteners and accessories, unless otherwise shown. Provide angle clips with appropriate anchors for securement of vertical posts to wall. Spacing of clips per manufacturers recommendations. H. Shop Paint: Partition manufacturer’s standard enamel shop paint. 1. Color: As selected from manufacturer’s standard colors. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Comply with Woven Wire Products Association’s Standards and the AWS Code unless otherwise specified or shown. B. Panels: Tenon and weld frame members at intersections. Wire shall be crimped and woven with ends of wire extended not less than l inch through the frame and clinched back on the frame at least 90 degrees. Center mesh in the frame. Tack weld every third wire to back of the frame. C. Shop Painting: Thoroughly clean wire mesh partitions and apply one coat of shop paint. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wire mesh partitions in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions unless otherwise indicated. Fasten to adjoining metal with bolts or tap screws and to adjoining masonry and concrete with expansion bolts. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Touch up damaged painted surfaces after installation is completed. END OF SECTION 102213 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416 - 1 SECTION 104416 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes portable, hand-carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher and mounting brackets. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire-protection cabinets to ensure fit and function. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10 when testing interval required by NFPA 10 is within the warranty period. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide fire extinguishers approved, listed, and labeled by FM Global. 2.2 PORTABLE, HAND-CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each mounting bracket indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. b. Larsens Manufacturing Company. 2. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers, fire-protection cabinets, and accessories, from single source from single manufacturer. 3. Valves: Manufacturer's standard. 4. Handles and Levers: Manufacturer's standard. 5. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B, and bar coding for documenting fire-extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging. 2.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard galvanized steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked-enamel finish. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. JL Industries, Inc.; a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. b. Larsens Manufacturing Company. 2. Source Limitations: Obtain mounting brackets and fire extinguishers from single source from single manufacturer. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416 - 3 B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect. 1. Identify bracket-mounted fire extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface. a. Orientation: Vertical. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Mounting Brackets: Top of fire extinguisher to be at 42 inches above finished floor. B. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. END OF SECTION 104416 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 1 SECTION 142100 – TRACTION ELEVATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Related Work specified elsewhere to be coordinated: 1. General construction of machine room. 2. Overhead support beams. (Elevator Contractor to provide machine beams) 3. Hoist beam in machine room. 4. Hoistway sill supports - (First Floor). 5. Cutting, patching and fireproofing of areas required for car and counterweight guide rail attachments. 6. Pit sump pump and cover. 7. Finished elevator cab flooring. 8. Cutting, patching and painting of corridor wall surfaces for the installation of the elevator pushbutton stations master communication station. 9. Unit heater in machine room. 10. Split ductless air condition unit in machine room. 11. Electrical service for elevators to and including: a. Power feeders from switchgear to machine room including grounding conductor, terminating at line side of fused safety switch or enclosed circuit breaker. b. Externally operable, fused safety switch capable of being locked in the open position. Installation of new electrical conduit and power feeders and ground wire between load-side of disconnect switch and the primary of the elevator drive isolation transformers. c. Single phase circuit for elevator cab lighting and ventilation, terminating in a lockable fused disconnect switch located in the elevator machine room. d. Lighting in machine room including GFCI protected convenience, duplex receptacle outlet. e. Lighting in pit and GFCI protected convenience, duplex receptacle outlet. 12. Tel-com and data network wiring terminating in elevator machine room next to each elevator controller for interconnection to elevator communication system. 13. Fire Detection and Alarm for smoke detectors in elevator lobbies and machine room. where required to initiate Phase I firefighter's emergency recall operation. Wiring shall be terminated in the required fire alarm relays in the elevator machine room next to the elevator controllers. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 2 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions listed in Division 00, Division 01, ASME A17.1 code, as well as those listed below apply to work of this Section. 1. Rebuild: To extensively repair. Requires pieces of the object to be newly made so that the object may function. To rebuild an object means the object cannot be repaired by fixings its existing pieces. 2. Refinish: To change the surface of an object as to give it a new appearance. 3. Restore: To return an object to a level of quality equal to that of when it was made. 4. Retain: To keep an existing object in its current position. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include capacities, sizes, performances, operations, safety features, finishes, and similar information. Include product data for the following: 1. Hoisting Machine and Equipment 2. Suspension Means and Governor Rope 3. Control System, Cabinet, Landing System, & Equipment 4. Drive Isolation Transformer 5. Retractable Pit Access Ladder 6. Portable Equipment Access Ladder 7. Car and Counterweight Guide Rails and Brackets 8. Car and Counterweight Guides 9. Elevator Stopping Devices 10. Buffers and Equipment 11. Stop Switches 12. Hoistway Screening 13. Travel Cable 14. Electrical Equipment, Wiring, Conduit and Devices 15. Governor & Tension Assembly 16. Finished Floor with Color Selection 17. Car Top Guard 18. Top of Car Operating Device 19. Door Reopening Device 20. Door Operator and Clutch 21. Car Enclosure and Equipment 22. Car Ventilation Fan 23. Light Fixtures 24. Car, Hall, & Emergency Fixtures 25. Voice annunciator 26. Emergency alarm unit 27. Entrance Assemblies (Doors) 28. Door Closers 29. Interlocks, door hangers and tracks, closers 30. Communication System including installation wiring diagrams 31. Finished Metals 32. Waste manifest for disposal of existing hydraulic fluid including spoils from existing well casings and reservoirs. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 3 B. Shop Drawings: Provide the following: 1. Large-scale layout: Drawings shall be minimum size 11"x17" and include requirements as called for in ASME A17.1. In addition to the required drawings below, also provide plan of pit, hoistway, machine room depicting all equipment locations including elevation section of hoistway. Shop drawing shall indicate weight data of doors and door close time calculations. a. Details of car enclosure. b. Details of hoistway entrances. c. Car and hall signal fixtures. d. Elevator master base communication station at 1st Floor. 2. Design Information: Provide a project specific hoist machine installation scaled drawing as engineered by the manufacture showing all attachments and attachment points including weights of equipment, diameter of sheaves including arc of contact, rope drop points and hoist rope size and number. Provide equipment and hardware list. 3. Sheave Shaft Loads: Provide calculations determining the sheave shaft load of the hoist machines required for the project. 4. Guide Rail Attachments: Provide attachment details for guide rails to existing structure, including stacking plan. 5. Power Confirmation: Include motor horsepower, starting current, accelerating current and full load running current. Provide maximum and average power demands. 6. Heat emissions for machines, controllers and isolation transformers to determine total BTU/hr for machine room. 7. Contractor shall verify all field dimensions prior to submission of shop drawings and indicate any variations which conflict with the contract documents. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation, Maintenance and Warranty Data: Deliver three (3) copies covering the installed products to the Owners Representative. The information shall include specific manufacture data of the installed products. Hoist and governor rope data shall also be provided and include actual installed products and design information include lengths of ropes required for installation. Manufacturers and installers warranty data shall also be provided for the installed products. Include As-Built wiring diagrams of the control systems installed on this project. As-Built wiring diagrams shall have each sheet laminated in plastic. B. Diagnostic Devices: Deliver all diagnostic and/or programming tools required for maintenance and periodic testing to the Owner. If the control system contains a SIM card to access the information required to diagnose faults or conduct periodic tests, these shall remain with the control system and will become the property of the Owner. Include manuals containing all passwords, set up parameters, fault coding and all other operational and maintenance requirements. 1. Diagnostic tool and level of software must be adequate to allow a qualified third-party elevator mechanic to troubleshoot and adjust system parameters for optimum system performance and to perform code required safety tests. A "dumb" tool is not acceptable. 2. The diagnostic tool shall be non-proprietary and shall not require recharging to maintain its memory or authorization for use. The tool shall not use software which requires periodic reprogramming or reauthorization. Software programs shall be stored in nonvolatile memory. The tool shall not contain a self-degrading chip. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 4 3. To protect manufacturers' intellectual property rights, the diagnostic tool may be programmed to operate on only the serial numbered unit installed under this contract and/or permanently mounted inside the controller. 4. The Contractor shall demonstrate the functionality of the tool for compliance with the requirements of this specification. C. Acceptance Documents: Provide the following documentation project closeout. 1. Acceptance certificate to operate each elevator system issued by a QEI certified thirdparty elevator Inspection Company. Certificate must be an original signed version; reproductions are not acceptable. 2. Inspection and Testing Report in compliance with all ASME A17.1 requirement for Elevators and Escalators, issued by a QEI certified third-party elevator Inspection Company. Inspection report shall clearly identify any violations. Installation contractor shall provide additional written documentation clearly identifying remediation repairs clearing all inspection violations. All documentation must be an original signed version. 3. All documentation shall be in original form and signed by all required inspection personnel and the project management representative as needed. Turn all documentation over to the Cornell VCOM office as the record keeper. 4. Waste manifest for the disposal of all hydraulic fluid including spoils. 5. Warranty documentation: Refer to Warranty and Maintenance Service section for required information. 6. System Keys: Refer to Elevator System Key Schedule including any Special Override Controls for required information. 7. Provide copies of all approved installation shop drawings pertinent to the elevator system components installation. 8. Provide detailed system operation data that will be included in Cornell’s asset management system (Maximo). 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: The Elevator Company, its supervisors and installers shall have not less than five (5) years successful experience with providing and installing similar overhead gearless traction elevators and shall be trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. Installers Qualifications shall include a minimum of five (5) similar projects. 1. Submit Installers Qualifications for approval which shall include the Company, supervisor(s) and installers to be used for this Project. B. Certifications: The Elevator installer shall have the following certifications and provide documentation of the same: 1. NYS Certificate of Asbestos Awareness Training. (Required for each mechanic and helper working on this project.) 2. NYS Allied Trades Asbestos Course Training. (Required for each mechanic and helper assisting with the preparation of items that will be abated by other licensed abatement contractors). 3. Certified Welder Certification. (Required for mechanic performing any welds). Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 5 C. Source Limitations: The complete elevator system shall be the product of one manufacturer or major items may be manufactured by various approved elevator equipment manufacturers whose products may be assembled to constitute a complete elevator system to be installed. 1. The term "manufacturer" as used in this specification shall apply to a manufacturer that is regularly engaged in the manufacture of elevator systems of its own design but also procures and assembles elevator equipment from reputable, approved elevator equipment manufacturers. The "manufacturer" shall be held responsible for all products used in the assembly of a complete elevator system and therefore shall be responsible for the complete assembled system. 2. All hoist and governor rope materials must be sourced and manufactured in the United States. D. Regulatory Requirements: All design, clearances, material, construction, and tests shall be in accordance with the requirements of the following Codes and Standards: 1. IEBC-2020 International Building Code as adopted by New York State. 2. ASME A17.1-2016 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators 3. ASME A17.5-2011 Elevator and Escalator Electrical Equipment 4. ASME A17.7-2007 Performance Based Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators 5. ICC/ANSI A117.1-2009 Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities 6. NFPA 13-2016 Installation of Sprinkler Systems 7. NFPA 70-2017 National Electrical Code 8. NFPA 72-2016 National Fire Alarm Code 9. EN 12016 (May 1998): "EMC Product Family Standards for Lifts, Escalators, and Passenger Conveyors Part 2 - Immunity 10. All other Codes, regulations, laws, and ordinances as may govern. 11. Comply with the design requirements for earthquake loads in the IBC, ASME A17.1 and ASCE 7 only where required, based on the following information: a. Risk Category Class is III. b. Seismic Design Category is B. c. Elevator Importance Factor is 1.0. d. Design Spectral Response Acceleration (0.2 second period): 0.127. E. Accessibility Requirements: Comply with: 1. Section 4.10 in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act" (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG). 2. Chapter 407 in ICC/A117.1 - 2009, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities 3. Note: Where there is a conflict between the two accessibility standards above, the requirements in the ADA shall prevail. F. Fire-Rated Hoistway Entrance Assemblies: Hoistway entrance assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at as close to neutral pressure as possible according to NFPA 252 or UL 10B. Entrances shall contain a 1-1/2 hour fire rated label. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 6 1.7 FINISH MATERIALS A. General: Provide the following materials for exposed parts of elevator car enclosures, car doors, hoistway entrance doors and frames, and signal equipment as indicated. B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, commercial steel, Type B, exposed, matte finish. C. Stainless-Steel: Type 302 or 304 with No. 4 satin finish. D. Textured Stainless-Steel Sheet: Type 304 stainless steel, texture rolled into exposed surface. E. Stainless-Steel Bars: ASTM A 276, Type 304 F. Nickel Silver Extrusions: ASTM B 151/B 151M, Alloy UNS No. C74500 or No. C77600. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle materials, components and equipment in manufacturer's protective packaging. B. Store materials, components, and equipment off of ground, under cover, and in a dry location. Handle according to manufacturer's written recommendations to prevent damage, deterioration, or soiling. 1.9 KEY SWITCH SCHEDULE A. Key Type 1: Group 3 Emergency Operation 1. FEO-K1 ASME A17.1 National Standard Fire Service Key B. Key Type 2: Group 1 Restricted 1. Group 1 restricted keys are restricted to elevator personnel in accordance with ASME A17.1 Part 8. C. Key Type 3: Group 4 Elevator Operation Functions 1. Group 4 covers basic elevator operation functions by building personnel in accordance with the ASME A17.1 Part 8. D. Key Type 4: Group 2 Authorized Personnel 1. Group 2 authorized personnel keys covers access or operation equipment by authorized or elevator personnel in accordance with the ASME A17.1 Part 8. E. Key Type 5: Hoistway Door Unlocking Device and Cam Lock 1. GAL door interlock release. 2. Medeco cylinder barrel lock associated with hoistway door unlocking device cam lock as manufactured by Tri-lock or approved equal. (Coordinate exact type and model with the Facility Representative. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 7 F. Key Types and Cores: All electro-mechanical locks for the key types listed above shall be standard fixture manufacturers barrel keys. Exception: 1. Permanent cores shall be provided prior to completion and keyed in accordance with the Facility key schedule. 2. Medeco type keyed cylinders are unacceptable except for the hoistway door unlocking cam lock. G. Key Turnover: At the conclusion of the construction, furnish five (5) spare keys of each key type listed above including all key switches installed in car operating panel, floor lockouts, fire service, independent service, hoistway access, run/stop switch, fan/light, control cabinet access, etc. Turn keys over to the Cornell VCOM office. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Standard Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair, restore, or replace elevator work that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, operation or control system failure, including excessive malfunctions; performances below specified ratings; excessive wear; unusual deterioration or aging of materials or finishes; unsafe conditions; need for excessive maintenance; abnormal noise or vibration; and similar unusual, unexpected, and unsatisfactory conditions. 2. This warranty excludes ordinary wear and tear or improper use, vandalism, abuse, misuse, or neglect or any other cause beyond the control of the elevator contractor. 3. Warranty Period: 365 days from project Substantial Completion date. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty: Hand-held diagnostic tools shall be warranted for 5 years from date of Final Acceptance of the project. Manufacturer shall also be responsible for any and all software updates to the hand-held diagnostic tool that may be applicable to installed elevator(s) for five (5) years from date of Final Acceptance of the project. C. Control System Software Updates: Control system manufacturer shall notify the Owner of any and safety related control system updates. The manufacture shall be responsible for updating the software or shall provide the software updates for installation by the Owner's elevator maintenance contractor, for as long as the equipment is supported by the original manufacturer. These upgrades shall be at no cost to the Owner. 1.11 WARRANTY MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. The Elevator Contractor shall provide a written maintenance warranty, signed by the manufacturer/elevator installer agreeing to maintain, repair, restore or replace defective materials and workmanship of the elevator work which may develop within the specified warranty period. B. Warranty Maintenance Period: The full coverage maintenance service shall start for a period of one year (365 calendar days) from the agreed upon start date. Start date will be considered only when the elevator system has been fully constructed and has passed all acceptance tests without any code violations. Substantial completion is not when the warranty maintenance service begins. The warranty maintenance service start date must be agreed upon between the Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 8 installation contractor, Cornell project management and the Cornell VCOM office. If the elevator system installation is complete and the building systems are still under construction, then the elevator system warranty will not start until the building systems construction has been completed and turned over to Cornell. C. Warranty includes full-service maintenance and 24-hour callback service upon completion of the installation. This service shall also include regular monthly examination. Provide a minimum of twelve (12) full maintenance inspections at least once per month during the 365day warranty period. Inspections shall include preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning and all adjustments required for proper system operation at the rated capacity and speed. Provide supplies and parts that are the same as those used in the manufacture and installation of the original equipment. In the event the twelve (12) site visitations are not completed, the elevator contractor will extend his warranty covering all callbacks, repairs, parts, testing, labor and any other items necessary to keep the elevator in like new condition until the twelve (12) warranty site visitations have been completed. Service shall be provided during regular working hours performed by the installers and not by any other service agency. D. Warranty period shall include: 1. 24 hours per day, 7 days per week callback service. 2. Service Response Time: Two (2) hours or less for general service. 3. Service Response Time: One (1) hour or less for entrapments. E. Service shall include all necessary labor, adjustments, greasing, oiling, cleaning, supplies and parts to keep the equipment in proper operation, except parts made necessary by misuse, accidents or neglect caused by others. Installation contractor shall provide written record of work performed signed by a Cornell representative after each visit. Advise the Cornell VCOM office each time before and after completion of service. F. The labor rate for any billable repairs and call-back service work during the warranty period shall be billed at the prevailing labor rate breakdown submitted to Cornell University for this project. G. Cornell University and its elevator maintenance contractor reserve the right to respond to any emergency regarding elevators. In the event that someone is trapped in a stalled elevator that is under contracted warranty, Cornell through its contracted maintenance provider may respond to free the passengers as soon as possible to minimize the inconvenience to users. It is within the right of Cornell and its contracted maintenance provider to remove covers, open doors, operate equipment, etc. to ensure passenger safety during an emergency. However, all of this work shall only be performed by licensed elevator mechanics and as a last resort to ensure passenger safety. H. Any elevator controller requiring major repair or replacement within the warranty period due to any reoccurring problems resulting from faulty original design or installation shall cause the original warranty to be extended 12 full months from the date of correction. I. Approximately one month prior to warranty end date, the Cornell VCOM office will contact the installation contractor to schedule a final turnover inspection and periodic test. The elevator installation contractor will be responsible to perform all required inspections and testing under witness by a third-party inspection company. The inspection company will submit reports to the Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 9 Cornell VCOM office. The Cornell project manager will be notified of any deficiencies who will be required to remediate all inspection violations prior to acceptance of warranty termination and turnover of the system to the maintenance contract. J. Maintenance records shall be turned over to Cornell, written and document compliance with ASME A17.1, Section 8.6. K. A maintenance control program shall be turned over to Cornell at the substantial completion of the elevator installation. Maintenance Control program shall be supported with written and document compliance with ASME A17.1, Section 8.6. L. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.12 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF EXISTING ELEVATORS TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED A. Quantity and Type 1. Elevator Number(s): Elevator #1 and Elevator #2. 2. Type of Elevators: Passenger. 3. Type of Hoisting Equipment: Bore-Hole Hydraulic 4. Machine Manufacture: Dover Elevator Co. 5. Type of Control System Operation: Duplex Selective Collective, Relay Logic. 6. Control System Manufacturer: Dover Elevator Co. 7. Rated Load: a. Elevator No. 1: 6,000 lbs. b. Elevator No. 2: 4,000 lbs. 8. Rated Speed: 200 fpm. 9. No. of Stops & Openings: a. Elevator No. 1: 6 stops, 6 Front b. Elevator No. 2: 6 stops, 6 Front 10. Floors Served: a. Elevator No. 1: Basement, Ground, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, & 4th b. Elevator No. 2: Basement, Ground, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, & 4th 11. Inside Net Platform Size: a. Elevator No. 1: 7’- 7” wide x 5 - 2” deep b. Elevator No. 2: 7’- 3” wide x 5 - 2” deep 12. Cab Height: 8'- 0" shell height, 7’-6” clear height. 13. Cab Door Size and Type: Center Opening Horizontal Slide 4’- 0” wide x 7’- 0” high. 14. Hoistway Door Size and Type: Center Opening Horizontal Slide 4’- 0” wide x 7’- 0” high. 15. Door Operation: Power 16. Machine Room Location: Sub-basement 1.13 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF NEW ELEVATORS A. Quantity and Type Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 10 1. Elevator Number(s): Elevator #1 and Elevator #2. 2. Type of Elevators: Passenger. 3. Type of Hoisting Equipment: Gearless 1:1 Rope Single Wrap Traction 4. Type of Control System Operation: Duplex Selective Collective. 5. Control System Type: Microprocessor Based with Regenerative Motor Drives. 6. Rated Load: 3500 lbs. 7. Rated Speed: 350 fpm. 8. No. of Stops & Openings: a. Elevator No. 1: 6 stops, 6 Front b. Elevator No. 2: 6 stops, 6 Front 9. Floors Served: a. Elevator No. 1: Basement, Ground, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, & 4th b. Elevator No. 2: Basement, Ground, 1st, 2nd, 3rd, & 4th 10. Inside Net Platform Size: a. Elevator No. 1: 7’- 0” wide x 4 - 3” deep minimum. b. Elevator No. 2: 7’- 0” wide x 4 - 3” deep minimum. 11. Cab Height: 8'- 0" shell height, 7’-6” clear height. 12. Cab Door Size and Type: Center Opening Horizontal Slide 4’- 0” wide x 7’- 0” high. 13. Hoistway Door Size and Type: Center Opening Horizontal Slide 4’- 0” wide x 7’- 0” high. 14. Door Operation: Power 15. Machine Room Location: Penthouse 1.14 PERFORMANCE A. Car Performance: 1. Car Speed: +/- 5% of contract speed under any loading condition or direction of travel. 2. Car Capacity: Safely lower, stop and hold up to 125% of rated load as required by code. 3. Floor to Floor Performance: 12.0 seconds (maximum) between typical floors. Time is recorded from start of doors closing until doors are 3/4 open and car is level with floor. Under all load conditions with a 12-foot floor height. 4. Door Open Time: 1.3 - 1.5 seconds. 5. Door Close Time: As required by the ASME A17.1 code. 6. Car Call Dwell Time: 3 seconds, adjustable to 10 seconds. 7. Door Nudging Time: 4 seconds, with a 5 second advance signal per ADA standards based on distance. Adjustable to 20 seconds. B. Ride Quality: 1. Vertical vibration (maximum): 25 milli-g 2. Horizontal vibration (maximum): 25 milli-g 3. Vertical Jerk (Maximum): 8.0 ft/sec3 4. Acceleration/Deceleration (typical): 3.0 ft/sec3 5. In-Car Noise (maximum): 60 dB(A) 6. Leveling Accuracy: +/- 0.25 inches Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements of this specification, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work, include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Hoisting Equipment: a. Torin Drive International b. Hollister Whitney c. Imperial Electric 2. Control Systems: a. SmartRise Engineering, Inc. b. GAL Manufacturing c. Motion Control Engineering (MCE) 3. Hoistway Equipment a. ELSCO Inc. b. Oleo International c. Hollister Whitney 4. Cabs and Associated Equipment: a. AVT Beckett b. Columbia c. Elevator Interiors d. Gunderland, LTD 5. Entrance and Door Equipment: a. AVT Beckett b. Columbia c. Elevator Interiors d. GAL Manufacturing Corp. e. Adams Elevator Equipment co. f. Janus Elevator Products g. Tri-Tronics Co. 6. Fixture Equipment: a. PTL Equipment Co. b. CE electronics c. GAL Manufacturing Corp. d. Innovation Industries e. Monitor Controls f. Rath Microtech 7. Textured Stainless Steel a. Rigidized Metals Corp. b. Rimex Metals, Inc. 8. Miscellaneous Equipment a. C.J. Anderson b. SEES, Inc. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 12 B. Unacceptable Products: Hoist machines utilizing non-circular elastomeric suspension means or aramid fiber ropes are unacceptable. 2.2 IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE AND DATA PLATES A. Scope: Provide all signage and data plates, including but not limited to those listed below, in accordance with the requirements of the ASME A17.1 code. B. Location: Locate all signage and data plates in accordance with the ASME A17.1 code and the ADA. 1. Capacity identification shall be engraved with ½ inch high characters in the car operating panel. 2. "No Smoking" shall be engraved with ½ inch high characters in the car operating panel. 3. Elevator identification shall be engraved with 1-inch-high characters in the car operating panel. 4. Elevator identification shall be stenciled/painted with 2-inch-high characters on the machine, controller, governor and crosshead. 5. Elevator lobby identification shall be 2-inch-high embossed steel plates with contrasting colors and located on both hoistway door jambs of each elevator at the designated and alternate firefighters recall landings. 6. Hoistway door jamb floor numbers and braille on each jamb, at each floor having 2-1/2 inches high characters on embossed steel plates, painted black with contrasting color characters. 7. Hoistway floor numbers 4 inches high stenciled/painted to the hoistway side of the doors at each floor. 8. Hoist rope and governor rope tags shall be metal as supplied by the manufacture. 9. Code data plate shall be metal and permanently mounted to the outside of the elevator control cabinet. All information shall be engraved or etched onto plate in a legible manner. 10. Counterweight runby data plate shall be 1-inch-high characters on a metal plate and mounted in the vicinity of the counterweight buffer. 11. Door operator data plate including having ¼ inch characters on a metal plate and mounted on or near the door operator. 12. Elevator manufacturers’ temperature and humidity range having 1-inch-high characters on a metal plate and installed in the machine room. 13. Buffer marking plate, having ¼ inch high characters on a metal plate and installed on each buffer. 14. Crosshead data plates. 15. Speed governor marking plate having ¼ inch high characters on a manufacture supplied metal plate and permanently installed on governor. 16. Safety plank data plate. 17. Hall pushbutton station pictograph as required by the BCNYS shall be etched into the faceplate at each floor. 18. Elevator machine room: “Elevator Machine Room, Authorized Personal Only” sign shall be provided on machine rom door with 1-inch high characters. 19. Phase I firefighter's emergency signage shall be etched or engraved into the faceplate of the fixture. Stickers shall not be provided. a. Phase II firefighter’s emergency signage shall be installed on the inside of the fire service cabinet. Stickers shall not be provided. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 13 2.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. Overall Summary: The work of this section shall include the complete replacement of the two existing passenger hydraulic Elevator Nos. 1 and 2 with overhead gearless traction type. 1. The Elevator Work Contractor shall coordinate all items of work including shutdown, scheduling and task duration with the Owner. 2. The Elevator Work Contractor shall operate the elevator(s) as necessary to permit all Contractors to perform their associated work in the elevator hoistways. 3. Only one elevator shall be removed from service at a time to perform the work of this contract with the exception of those items which require a shutdown of both elevators, which must be scheduled at least 1 week in advance with the Facility Representative. The last elevator shall not be taken out of service until all work is complete for the removal and installation of the first elevator. 2.4 SCOPE DEVELOPMENT SUMMARY A. Scope: Listed below is a general outline of the scope of work. Exact provisions of the scope are specified herein. 1. Removals of Existing Equipment: All existing elevator equipment shall be removed, including, but not limited to the hydraulic power units, control systems, cylinder assemblies, car frames, cab enclosures, guide rails/brackets, buffers, hoistway doors, wiring, raceways and fixtures. Remove all hydraulic fluid from reservoirs and piping, including all spoils from each well casing and dispose in accordance with Federal, State and Local guidelines. Provide waste manifest for the disposal of all hydraulic fluid, including spoils. New Equipment: The new equipment will consist of the installation of two gearless traction elevators having the general characteristics outlined in this specification. Specific requirements are contained with this specification. 2.5 HOISTING EQUIPMENT - GEARLESS TRACTION WITH AC MOTORS A. Hoist Machine: Gearless permanent-magnet AC motor with internal drive sheave including normal and emergency brakes. The machine shall be engineered for a 1:1 roping arrangement and shall have a minimum sheave shaft load as required for this installation. A large diameter, forged shaft shall serve as a support for the motor armature and brake system having a flange for mounting removable drive sheave. Machine shall be equipped with roller bearings mounted in the machine housing. 1. Machine Beams: Structural steel beams shall be provided and attached to support beams as shown on drawings. Machine beams shall be installed flush with finished machine room floor. 2. Machine Blocking/Isolation Assembly: Structural isolation beams, which shall distribute the load on all machine beams. Blocking/Isolation beams shall be bolted through the flange of the machine beams. 3. Machine Bedplate Design: Assembly shall be designed by the hoist machine manufacture for attachment to the blocking/isolation beam assembly. 4. Isolation Pads: Heavy neoprene pads of density to dampen noise and vibration of machine. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 14 B. Motor: 1. Type: Alternating current, reversible, synchronous speed, permanent magnet type of a design adapted to the severe requirements of elevator service. Motor shall be capable of developing the torque required to meet or exceed an acceleration rate of 2 ft/sec² for the elevator car. 2. Rating: Motor shall be designed to stand the severe loads encountered in elevator service and the windings shall have a minimum insulation temperature rating two ratings higher than the actual temperature rise of the motor, with a minimum rating of NEMA class F. 3. Motor Leads: Same insulation class as the motor windings. Motor lead wires shall be rated 125 degrees C and shall be sized for 105 degrees C at the motor nameplate current. 4. Assembly: Motor armature, traction drive sheave assembled on a one-piece steel shaft. C. Disc Brakes: 1. Type: Electro-mechanical. 2. Operation: Brakes shall be of the enclosed coil, self-adjusting fail-safe (spring applied and electrically released) type provided with an external manual brake release. a. Arrange circuit which operates brake mechanism to apply the brake in accordance with the requirements of the A17.1 code. 3. Linings: Type as recommended by the bake manufacture. 4. Adjustments: Adjust brakes with minimum clearance to stop and hold car with 125% of rated load. D. Traction Sheave: 1. Type: One-piece, semi-steel, with grooves designed in accordance with the manufacture’s recommendations. 2. Size: Not less than 40-times diameter of rope, minimum of 20 inches in diameter. 3. Attachment: Securely bolt to shaft flange. E. Deflector Sheave: 1. Type: One-piece, semi-steel, with grooves designed in accordance with the manufacture’s recommendations. 2. Size: Not less than 40-times diameter of rope. 3. Mounting: Mount the deflector sheave integral with machine blocking/isolation assembly in the machine room. The isolation assembly shall be engineered and approved by the machine manufacture. F. Bearings: 1. Type: Roller bearing. 2. Lubrication: Sealed or greaseable. G. Machine Base and Rope Guards: 1. 16-gauge sheet steel guards suitably braced to floor and machine construction covering hoist ropes and perimeter of isolation/blocking beams of machine. Prime and paint with high gloss safety yellow latex acrylic enamel finish. H. Crane/Rigging Requirements: 1. The Elevator Contractor shall have the machine manufacturer breakdown the equipment into smaller standard pieces if required to provide access to the machine room. The Elevator Contractor shall also include the cost for all crane/rigging services if needed to Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 15 complete the work and coordinate site access requirements with the Facility Representative. 2.6 SUSPENSION MEANS A. Hoist and Governor Rope: Steel wire ropes having commercial classification "Elevator Wire Rope" 1. Rope Diameter: In accordance with hoist machine equipment manufactures design, though not less than that required by the ASME A17.1 code. 2. Rope Sockets: Wedge clamp devices shall be used for hoist rope terminations to car and counterweight. 3. Identification Tags: Provide manufactures identification tags with information required by the ASME A17.1 code. B. Special Note: Hoist machines utilizing non-circular elastomeric suspension means or aramid fiber ropes are unacceptable. 2.7 CONTROL SYSTEM & EQUIPMENT A. Controller: (VVVF) AC MOTOR CONTROL 1. Function: a. The flux vector drive shall produce optimum motor torque from rated speed down to zero speed. It shall not use DC injection braking in order to control stopping of the car. b. Step-less acceleration and deceleration. c. Direct drive optical digital type closed loop velocity encoder on hoist machine. Update car position at each floor and automatically restore after power loss. 1) Encoder shall be direct motor mounted without coupling, utilizing hollow shaft or hub design. 2. Motion Control: a. Digital feedback regulator utilized to control speed control and based primarily on car position. b. The velocity transducer will permit continuous comparison of machine speed to velocity profile and to actual car speed. c. Motor Pre-Torque: Current shall be applied to the elevator drive before the brake is released and the speed pattern is dictated to eliminate roll back and slingshot effects of unbalanced loads in the car. 3. Components and Operating Devices: a. Motor Drive – (Regenerative Type): 1) Control of three phase AC induction motors shall be performed using a regenerative drive and high-resolution encoder. b. Full-wave bridge rectifier to provide a DC voltage supply for the solid-state inverter. c. Pulse width modulation. d. Fully adjustable to match the AC motor characteristics. e. RFI Filters - (Radio Frequency Interference). f. Diagnostic tool for maintenance. (On board devices are acceptable). Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 16 4. Inverter: a. Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBT's). b. Frequency accuracy of 0.01 percent. c. Closed loop design. d. Adjustable voltage/frequency ratio. e. Stall prevention. f. Slip compensation. g. Regenerative power absorption. 1) The building utility power system will absorb any power regenerated by the motor/drive. 5. Noise Suppression: Incorporate the use of chokes and filter network to minimize transient voltages and spikes for noise suppression. Filters shall be installed in a ventilated 14 gage steel enclosure mounted on top of each drive enclosure. a. Control equipment shall be tested in accordance with testing requirements as outlined in EN 12016 by exposing it to interference levels at the test values specified for "safety circuits." The interference shall not cause the car to move while on inspection operation. 1) Suppression equipment must remain installed to meet non-interference requirements. b. Follow manufacturer's recommendations and industry EMI guidelines for routing power and control wiring. c. The drive shall not create excessive audible noise in the machine room. B. Controller Cabinet 1. Type: Sheet metal, free standing, dead back, having a hinged door(s) with a latch and lock assembly, housing all controller components including motor drive, resistors, filters, etc. 2. Enclosure: NEMA 1 with suitable fans/vents. 3. Component Mounting Panels: Mount relays and microprocessor on common panel. a. Panel Material: Phenolic or polyester, thickness as required to support components. b. Panel Braces: Metal angle bars attached to frame. 4. Finish: Factory baked enamel or powder coat finish. C. Drive Isolation Transformer 1. Function: Reduces line pollution feedback resulting from AC inverter firing circuits isolating the primary distribution system. 2. Type: Isolated two winding type having a delta connected primary with a wye connected secondary, primary voltage matched to buildings distribution voltage and secondary voltage matched to the AC inverter drive input voltage. (Auto-transformers are unacceptable). 3. Transformer shall be specifically sized to the AC inverter drive's requirements. Transformers shall be suitable for continuous operation in a 40-degree C ambient temperature with a 150-degree C temperature rise. Transformer shall have copper wire windings with an insulation class of 220 degrees C. 4. Transformers shall have 2 ½ percent full capacity taps above and below nominal voltage for incoming source adjustment building system voltage of 208 Volt 3 phase AC. Equip transformer with sound dampening pads which isolate the core and coil from the case. Core laminations shall be precision-sheared, grain-oriented silicon steel and shall be hand Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 17 stacked for quiet operation. The secondary side of the transformer shall be grounded in accordance with the controller and motor drive manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Provide conductors and raceway from the secondary side of each transformer to the elevator control system. The number of conductors and size shall be as recommended by the control system manufacture. All connections to and from the transformer must employ the use of non-rigid raceway for the final electrical connection, with all other conduit supports and clamps provided with neoprene inserts. D. Microprocessor Logic Controller 1. Type: Microprocessor based with absolute position/speed feedback to control the hoisting machine and signal functions providing a smooth, step-less acceleration and deceleration of the elevator, automatically and irrespective of the load in the car. a. The printed circuit boards shall be moisture resistant, non-corrosive, nonconductive, fabricated of non-combustible material and of adequate thickness to support the components mounted to them. Mounting racks shall be spaced to prevent accidental contact between individual circuit boards and modules. b. The printed circuit boards (modules) shall be of the type that plug into pre-wired mounting racks or connectors. No field wiring or alteration shall be necessary to replace defective modules. c. The control system shall be equipped with serial communication for car and hall call operating functions and controls. d. Any field wiring changes required during construction shall be made only to the mounting rack connection points and not to the individual module circuitry or components. If it becomes necessary to alter individual modules, they shall be returned to the factory where such design changes are made, and module design records changed so that correct replacement units are available. e. Wiring connections for operating circuits and for external control circuits shall be brought to terminal blocks mounted in an accessible location within the controller cabinet. Terminal blocks using pierce-through serrated washers are not acceptable. f. Safety and Motion Circuits: Safety and motion circuits are monitored by the microprocessor for redundant protection. g. Components shall have interlocking circuits to assure fail-safe operation and to prevent elevator movement should a component malfunction. h. Identify each device and fuse (ampere rating) on panels by name, letter, or standard symbol, in an approved indelible and legible manner. Coordinate identification markings with wiring diagrams. All logic symbols and circuitry designations shall be in accordance with ASME and NEC Standards. i. Light emitting diodes or equivalent shall be used for visual monitoring of individual modules. 1) Field Reprogrammable Parameters: The elevator controller shall include provisions for field programmability for zoned dispatching, security and timer functions. 2. Built-in Diagnostics: Alpha/numeric display, shall be capable of, but not limited to, displaying elevator current error/fault status as diagnosed by the computer logic. In addition to information pertaining to data corresponding to reprogrammable parameters, input/output status, speed tracking performance, fault log retrieval, trip sequence log and fault sequence playback, hoistway floor position and slowdown switches position data, terminal landing velocity data, and terminal speed safety clamps, security code Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 18 parameters, car and hall calls registered, control program "flags", as commanded by the diagnostic switch settings made by the elevator technician. a. Diagnostic tool and programming device may be handheld. 1) Such tool or device shall be non-proprietary and shall not require recharging, reprogramming to maintain its memory or reauthorization for use. 2) Store programs in non-volatile memory. Device shall not contain selfdegrading chip. 3) Programming tool and level of software must allow a qualified elevator mechanic to troubleshoot and adjust system parameters for optimum system performance and to perform code required safety tests. A "dumb" tool is not acceptable. b. The controller shall also be equipped with a comprehensive number of indicators for displaying car position, direction, call/hall calls, relay indicators, etc. to facilitate elevator monitoring and troubleshooting. c. Capabilities for remote communications, and hard copy elevator performance printing shall be available by means of a provided output port capable of driving PC computers including laptops and handhelds. 3. Landing System: The landing system shall be comprised of a metal enclosure, with guide shoes, which shall be mounted to the crosshead with brackets and mounting hardware. a. A metal tape shall be mounted vertically from near the top of the hoistway to near the bottom of the hoistway 1) The bottom bracket shall be provided with springs to maintain proper tension in the tape. b. The enclosure shall float to accommodate horizontal movement of the tape. The enclosure shall have magnetically activated sensors for level up, level down, door zone and selector stepping. c. Magnetic strips shall be applied to the metal tape to establish the automatic leveling zone and to establish the slowdown distances at both the terminal and intermediate landings. Leveling sensors shall provide car leveling accuracy within +/- ¼ inch or better. 4. Emergency Dispatching: Emergency dispatching operation is activated by loss of hall button power. a. In the event of communication loss, the car will automatically dispatch to the nearest floor or other dedicated floor. b. With the loss of hall button power, the controller internally sets the up and down hall calls at every floor. 5. Protective Devices: a. Elevator controller must be fully protected against over and under voltage conditions without damage to any circuit boards, relays or electronic devices. Memory and initial parameters must be retained in non-volatile memory for protection during power outages. b. Fault Protection System: Protect against the following: 1) Complete power circuit failure under short circuit. 2) Surge protection. 3) Overload. 4) Phase loss, unbalanced voltage. E. Operating Features Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 19 1. Firefighters' Emergency Operation: The elevator(s) shall be equipped with Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and Phase II Emergency In-car Operation. The Firefighters' Emergency Operation shall comply with ASME A17.1 code. a. Designated Recall Level: First Floor. b. Alternate Recall Level: Ground Floor. 2. Duplex Selective Collective Operation: The registering of one or more car or hall call pushbuttons shall cause the car with the shortest estimated time of arrival (ETA) to start and run automatically provided all safety circuits are made. In the absence of system activity, one car shall be capable of homing at a predetermined landing. The other (free) car shall remain at the last landing served. Only one car shall respond to a hall call. If either car is removed from service, the other car shall immediately answer all hall calls, as well as its own car calls. Illuminate appropriate pushbutton to indicate call registration and extinguish light when the call is answered. Operation: Group Operation a. Function: The microprocessor-based control system shall be capable of balancing elevator service. b. Design: Programmable software is used to design the basic algorithm to optimize service based on equalizing system response to registered hall calls and equalizing passenger trip time to shortest possible. The system shall operate to meet changing traffic conditions on a service demand basis. Include provisions for handling traffic which may be heavier in either direction, intermittent or very light. As traffic demands change, automatically and continually modify group and individual car assignment to provide the most-effective means to handle current traffic conditions. Provide means to sense long wait hall calls and preferentially serve them. Give priority to coincidental car and hall calls in hall call assignment. Accomplish car direction reversal without closing and reopening doors. The group system software shall have the capabilities for developing zoned parking options as may be desired for the specific building configuration. c. Fail Safe Operation: Continuity of service feature shall keep the elevator running in case of certain failures. This feature shall be effective only when cars are operating on automatic mode and become effective automatically when certain failures occur. The operation shall be as follows: 1) Central Dispatch Computer Failure: Communication failure with the Central Dispatch Computer shall result in reverting to an emergency dispatching operation. 2) Failure of Car to Start: Car start failure shall result in the car being taken from group service and its assignment given to another available car. 3. Auxiliary Operations and Equipment: In addition to primary operation system features, provide the following operational features and equipment: a. Independent Service: Causes car to operate only from its car button and becomes independent of the hall buttons. 1) Operation a) When key operated switch is in "On" position car is removed from normal style of operation. b) All previously registered car calls are cancelled. c) Car door and hoistway door remain open when car is at a floor, until a car button for another landing is momentarily pressed. d) Previously registered hall calls shall not be cancelled but answered when car is back in normal automatic operation. b. Load Weighing Device: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 20 1) Function: Prevents fully loaded car from making unnecessary stops. 2) Type: Wire rope sensor mounted on hoist ropes below dead-end hitch. Manufactured by Micelect or approved equal. a) Wire rope sensor, model WR b) Control unit model MWR with 0-20 mA analog output 3) Operation: a) Device automatically measures tension of hoist ropes to determine load. If loaded, car by-passes all landing calls. b) Landing calls remain registered for next available run. c) Weighing device does not affect the stopping of car at any floor in answer to registered car calls. d) Measures overload condition. 4) Load weighing device shall be adjustable type. 5) Load Weighing Dispatch. System shall remove door dwell time from any lobby landing should cars become loaded to a predetermined load level. c. Anti-Nuisance Feature: 1) Function: Arrange the elevators so that in the event more car calls are registered than a corresponding passenger load in the car, all car calls shall be cancelled so that registration of proper number of car calls are made. 2.8 HOISTWAY EQUIPMENT A. Rail Support Attachments: Provide welded or bolted steel angle attachments to existing steel beams at each floor including the divider beam between the elevators. Furnish concrete anchors for guide rail attachment in existing cast-in-place concrete located in pit area only. The manufacturer shall engineer the steel angle size and attachment method. The Contractor shall saw cut existing masonry as required for the attachment of the guide rail support brackets to the existing steel. When all attachments are complete, infill all voids with masonry equal to the existing construction methods. B. Guide Rails 1. Provide planed steel Tees securely fastened to the building structure with steel adjustable brackets by means of bolts and forged steel rail clips. Guide rails shall extend from the pit floor channel to within 6 inches of the underside of the hoistway ceiling. Guide rails shall be aligned, plumb and true. Distance between guide rails shall not vary more than 1/8 inch the entire length of the hoistway. Rail joints shall not exceed 1/16 inch and shall be fitted with machined fishplates that are fastened to the back of the machined guide rail surface with through bolts having code required clearance. a. The guide rails shall be engineered and sized to span the distance of the existing hoistway steel framing as required by the ASME A17.1 code. The Contractor shall verify all existing steel span distances. b. Car guide rails shall be cleaned and filed smooth, throughout their length and at the rail joints, at the completion of the installation. C. Counterweight: 1. Construction: The frame shall be constructed of steel with provisions for securing weights and sub-weights utilizing tie rods passing thru each weight and through holes in top and bottom of weight frame. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 21 2. Balance Relationship: The overbalance rating shall be determined and documented by the manufacture. 3. Counterweight Guiding Members: a. Guiding Members: Equip frame with upper and lower guiding members to match guide rail. 1) Roller Guides: ELSCO type D or approved equal. 2) Provide spring loaded rollers with neoprene tires, adjustable stops, mounted on a metal stand, arranged for continuous contact on 3 sides of guide rails. 3) Provide mounting plates to attach guide members to existing structure. 4. Counterweight Guard: Provide guard in accordance with the ASME A17.1 code. Paint guard with two coats of high gloss black rust inhibitive latex acrylic enamel. D. Retractable Pit Access Ladder: 1. Provide code compliant retractable pit ladder in compliance with the ASME A17.1 Code and as detailed on the drawings. Provide electric contact design to prevent the operation of the elevator in the event that the ladder is not in the closed position. E. Portable Equipment Access Ladder: 1. Provide a fiberglass extension ladder, minimum of 12 ft. located in each pit of each elevator. The ladder will be used to allow access to the equipment on the bottom of the cars. 2. Provide steel ladder hangers with provisions for locking the ladder to the hangers. Attach ladder hangers with concrete expansion anchors. Provide chain and lock for ladder. Refer to drawings for location of ladder. F. Elevator Stopping Devices: 1. Normal Terminal Stopping Devices: a. Provide normal terminal stopping devices at or near top and bottom terminal landing to slow down and stop the car automatically with any load and from any speed. b. Normal terminal stopping devices function independently of the operation of the normal stopping means. c. Devices shall be located and installed in accordance with the ASME A17.1 code. 2. Emergency Terminal Stopping Device: a. Provide Emergency Terminal Stopping Device that will cause power to be removed from the driving machine motor and brake should the normal stopping means and the normal terminal stopping device fail to cause the car to slow down at the terminal as intended. b. The device shall function independent of the normal terminal stopping device and the normal speed control system. 3. Final Terminal stopping Device: a. Provide Final Terminal Stopping Device to cause electric power to be removed automatically from the elevator driving machine motor and brake after a car has passed a terminal landing. b. Operation of the device shall prevent movement of the car by normal operating devices in both directions of travel. c. Device shall be rail mounted and operated by a metal cam attached to the car. Switch contacts shall be mechanically opened. Once adjusted, and after final acceptance tests, the device shall be through bolted. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 22 G. Buffers: 1. Provide oil buffers and stands for car and counterweight. 2. Mount buffers on steel channels. Prime and paint all surfaces with two coats of high gloss black rust inhibitive latex acrylic enamel. 3. Strike plates shall be provided on the underside of the car and counterweight. 4. Provide each buffer with a marking plate showing its load rating, stroke and number of springs. 5. Provide steel stands/blocking as required to establish proper runby. H. Stop Switches 1. Elevator Pit: a. Function: Removes car from service during inspection and maintenance procedures. (Car cannot be operated). b. Design: Metal enclosure, red toggle switch with lockable type guard (positively open mechanically, opening not solely dependent on springs). Permanently mark switches, indicating "Stop" and "Run". c. Provide two stop switches in each pit for each elevator, located in accordance with the ASME A17.1 code. I. Hoistway Screening 1. Provide permanently mounted fire-resistant screening in the hoistway to separate adjacent running elevators. Coordinate location with elevator equipment to allow for proper clearances. a. Type: Galvanized steel mesh, minimum 16-gauge wire diameter. b. Size: 1 x 1 mesh (square). c. Location: Full depth of hoistway. 2. Provide vertical steel angle iron or u-channel bracing/stiffeners running from the bottom to top of hoistway, attached to existing divider beams installed so as to not deflect into the code required running clearance of the adjacent car. Provide required hardware to attach bracing and screening. (Tie wraps shall not be used as a fastening method). 2.9 ELECTRICAL WIRING, CONDUIT, TRAVELING CABLES A. Conductors (600 Volts and Under) and Accessories 1. Date of Manufacture: No insulated conductor over one-year-old when delivered to the site will be acceptable. 2. Conductors: Annealed uncoated copper or annealed coated copper in conformance with the applicable standards for the type of insulation to be applied on the conductor. 3. Insulation: a. Types for General Application: 1) Type XHHW: Moisture and heat resistant cross-linked polyethylene insulation rated 600V conforming to U.L. requirements for type XHHW insulation (75 degrees C Wet and 90 degrees C dry). 2) Type THWN: Polyvinylchloride insulation rated 600V with nylon jacket conforming to U.L. requirements for type THWN insulation (75 degrees C). 3) Type THHN: Polyvinylchloride insulation rated 600V with nylon jacket conforming to U.L. requirements for type THHN insulation (90 degrees C). b. Types for Specific Application: As required by Article 620 of NFPA 70. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 23 c. Elevator Communication System Wiring: As required recommended by the manufacturer providing the system and as required by NFPA 70. B. Traveling Cables: 1. Type: Type ETT flame and moisture resistant outer cover. Elevator cables as listed in Article 400, Table 400-4 of NFPA 70. 2. Conductor Insulation: All conductors shall be insulated for the maximum voltage applied to any conductor contained within the travel cable. a. Prevent traveling cable from rubbing or chafing against hoistway or equipment within the hoistway. b. Wire directly from controller to the elevator with no hoistway junction box in accordance with NFPA 70. 3. Minimum Type and Size: a. Lighting Circuits: No. 14 AWG. b. Operating, Control, Signaling and Communication Circuits: No. 18AWG. c. Shielded Twisted Pairs: Provide a minimum of eight No. 20 AWG shielded pairs within traveling cable. 1) Shielded wiring shall be run without splices or joined connections. 2) All spare wiring shall be run between the elevator control system cabinet and car operating panel. Bundle together and label each end. This will be used for future Facility system(s). d. Coaxial Cable: Provide a minimum of (1) spare RG6/U. 1) Cable shall be run between elevator control system cabinet and a junction box on the elevator car top. Provide a 4-foot coil of cable in the car top junction box. This will be used for future Facility system(s). e. Spare Conductors: Traveling cable shall contain sufficient number of conductors to allow a minimum of 10% spares including a minimum of four No. 20 AWG shielded pair. C. Auxiliary Wiring: 1. Main Line Power Circuits: Provide wiring and raceway from the load side of the disconnecting means to respective points in the elevator control system and drive isolation transformers. 2. Cab Lighting/Ventilation Circuit: Provide wiring and raceway from the load side of the disconnecting means to respective points in the elevator control system. 3. Phase I Firefighters Emergency Service: Provide wiring and raceway from fire alarm modules in machine room for Phase I fire alarm relays to respective connection points in the elevator control system. 4. Telephone and Data Network Signals: Provide wiring and raceway from terminal strip cabinet for the telephone system in machine room to respective points in the elevator control systems. D. Elevator Pit Equipment 1. Elevator electrical devices located within four (4) feet of the elevator pit floor shall be NEMA 4 rated weatherproof construction in accordance with code. 2. All wiring located within four (4) feet of the elevator pit floor shall be listed for use in wet locations in accordance with the code. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 24 E. Splice Connectors: Spring type wire nuts and Indent type with insulating jacket having a UL Listing. F. Terminals: Nylon insulated pressure terminal connectors having a UL Listing. 1. Lugs: a. Single Cable (Compression or Mechanical Type Lugs): Copper, one or 2-hole style (to suit conditions), long barrel having a UL Listing. b. Insulation Tapes: 2. Plastic Tape: Bishop Electric Corp.'s No. 85, Electrical Products Div./3M's Scotch 88, Plymouth Rubber Co.'s Premium CW. 3. Rubber Tape: Bishop Electric Corp.'s No. W-963, Electrical Products Div./3M's Scotch 23, or Plymouth Rubber Co.'s Splicing Compound ASTM. G. Equipment grounding: Provide grounding of conduits, supports, controller enclosures, motors, and all other non-current conducting metal enclosures for electrical equipment in accordance with NFPA 70 and controller manufacturer's recommendations. H. Power wiring for drive isolation transformer and hoist motor: Provide all power wiring and raceways from secondary of drive isolation transformer to the controller and from the controller to the hoist machine motor and brake. Conductors shall be type and size as recommended by the control system manufacture. I. Routing of power and control wiring shall be separate as per manufacturer's instructions, to minimize interference. J. Raceways, Fittings and Accessories 1. Electrical Metallic Conduit (EMT): Steel, galvanized on the outside and enameled on the inside or hot dipped galvanized on the outside and inside, UL categorized as Electrical Metallic Tubing (identified on UL Listing Mark as EMT). a. Install EMT all dry locations unless otherwise specified. 2. Flexible Metal Conduit: Galvanized steel strip shaped into interlocking convolutions, UL categorized as Flexible Metal Conduit (identified on UL Listing Mark as Flexible Steel Conduit or Flexible Steel Conduit Type RW). a. Use for short runs to equipment such as interlocks, limit switches, hall buttons, or items requiring adjustment. (Dry locations) b. Use 1 to 2 feet of flex metal conduit for final conduit connection to equipment subject to vibration. (Dry locations) 3. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: UL categorized as Liguidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (identified on UL Listing Mark as Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit. a. Use for short runs to equipment such as interlocks, limit switches, hall buttons, or items requiring adjustment. (Damp and wet locations) b. Use 1 to 2 feet of liquidtight flexible metal conduit for final conduit connection to equipment subject to vibration. (Damp and wet locations) 4. Wireways, Fittings and Accessories: 16 gauge minimum, screw cover, by Hoffman Engineering Co., Keystone/Rees Inc., or Square D Co. a. Wireways may be installed in dry locations. 5. Insulated Bushings: By Appleton Electric Co., Efcor Inc., OZ/Gedney Co., or Thomas & Betts Corp. 6. Connectors and Couplings: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 25 a. Couplings (For Rigid Metal Conduit): Standard threaded couplings as furnished by conduit manufacturer. b. Flexible Metal Conduit Connectors: Standard connectors as furnished by the conduit manufacturer. c. Liquidtight Connectors (For Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit): Standard connectors as furnished by the conduit manufacturer. 7. Conduit Bodies (Threaded): Appleton Electric Co.'s Unilets, Crouse-Hinds Co.'s Condulets, Efcor Inc.'s Efcorlets, or OZ/Gedney Co.'s Conduit Bodies. 8. Vertical Conductor Supports: Kellems Div. Harvey Hubbell Conduit Riser Grips, or OZ/Gedney Co.'s Type M, Type R. K. Outlet, Junction and Pull Boxes 1. Galvanized Steel Boxes For Concealed Work: Standard type galvanized steel boxes and device covers having a UL Listing. 2. Galvanized Steel Junction and Pull Boxes For Exposed Work: Code gauge, galvanized steel screw cover boxes having a UL Listing. 3. Threaded Type Boxes For Exposed Work: Malleable iron with cadmium or galvanized finish having a UL Listing. 4. Specific Purpose Outlet Boxes: As fabricated by equipment manufacturers for mounting their equipment. L. Supporting Devices 1. "C" Beam Clamps: Designed for the specific diameter conduit and having a UL Listing. 2. Fastening Fittings for Existing Masonry: Kindorf Elec. Prod. Div./Midland Ross Corp. E-243, E-244, E-245, E-170, Unistrut Corp.'s P2682, or Versabar Corp.'s VX-4310, VX2308, VX-4308, VX-4309. 3. Pipe Straps: Two-hole steel conduit straps with Galv-Krom finish having a UL Listing. 4. Pipe Clamps: One-hole malleable iron type clamps having a UL Listing. 2.10 ELEVATOR SAFETY EQUIPMENT A. Car Safety Devices 1. Provide a switch operated by the car safety mechanism that shall operate before or at the time of application of the safety and shall remove power from the driving machine. a. Switch shall be of type that cannot be reset without the car safety mechanism being returned to the unapplied position. 2. Operation: a. When actuated by speed governor, the safety device grips both sides of each guide rail with substantially the same force, stopping and holding the car with rated load. b. Safety device shall be applied mechanically. Springs may be used in the operation of the safety device. c. Setting the safety device (with car symmetrically loaded) causes the car not to be out of level more than 0.36 inches per foot in any direction. d. Decreasing tension of governor rope or motion of car in the down direction does not release safety devices, but safety devices may be released by motion of car in up direction. B. Speed Governor Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 26 1. Provide an overspeed governor that is an approved centrifugal type that shall function in the event of an overspeed in the down direction. A self- setting/self-resetting overspeed governor will only be acceptable for use with machine room less elevators and where the governor is not accessible from outside of the hoistway. Provide metal guard enclosure over entire governor assembly securely anchored to the floor. Finish guard with safety yellow paint. 2. Operation: a. Governor shall trip at an overspeed in accordance with ASME A17.1 code. b. Elevators having a rated speed of over 150 feet per minute causes a switch operated by the overspeed of governor to open circuit to the driving machine motor and apply the brake before or at the time of application of safety. Switch shall open in each direction of travel. Set switch in accordance with ASME A17.1 Code. C. Governor Tension Sheave: 1. Provide at pit level, of sufficient size, weight, and otherwise designed to maintain uniform tension of the wire rope connected to the car safety and driving the overspeed governor as required for proper operation of those devices. a. Sheave shall be fitted with ball bearings and fittings for lubrication. 2.11 CAR FRAME, PLATFORM, ENCLOSURE & RELATED EQUIPMENT A. Car Frame: A suitable car frame shall be provided with adequate bracing to support the platform and car enclosure. Provide welded or bolted steel channel uprights affixed to the crosshead and plank channels with welded or bolted bracing members and gusset plates which will remove strain from the car enclosure. B. Platform: The car platform shall be all steel construction with steel stingers and steel plate subfloor. Platform shall be rigidly attached to the car frame. 1. Finished Flooring Substrate: Provide substrate of material/thickness recommended by the finished flooring manufacturer. Secure substrate to subfloor. 2. Finished Flooring: Refer to finish schedule on drawings. 3. Toe Guard: Provide metal toe-guard, not less 16 gauge thick on entrance side of car platform and not less than code required length and width. Toe-guard shall be reinforced and braced to the car platform with lower edge bent back at an angle of not less than 60 degrees or more than 75 degrees from the horizontal. 4. Sill: Provide sill constructed of extruded nickel silver alloy with smooth grooves suitable for gibs. C. Car Top Guard and Railing: Provide a standard railing conforming to the ASME A17.1 Code D. Car Guiding Members: Provide at top and bottom of car frames. Roller guide assemblies shall consist of three rollers, that shall be independently adjustable to make contact with the guide rails. Roller shall consist of a steel or aluminum hub having sealed bearings and a resilient material covering. E. Car Enclosure 1. Cab Side Shell Enclosure a. Panels shall be constructed of 14-gauge first grade furniture steel and none shall be greater than 20 inches in width. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 27 b. Reinforce rigidity with vertical and horizontal reinforcement. c. Apply sound deadening material to exterior shell. 2. Removable Panels a. Refer to drawings for panel finishes and layout. b. Secure panels to cab wall using Z brackets and mechanical fasteners or an interlocking panel system. c. Fabrication of panels shall be 1/2” thick exterior grade plywood, faced and edged with laminate as in the Finish Schedule. Back of panels shall be faced with cold rolled steel. 3. Handrails: a. Description: Surface mounted, through bolted, continuous construction with bent angled returns at front return and corners. Attach to car side walls with a minimum 3 supports with 1-1/2 inch space between handrail and wall. b. Size, Location, and Finish: Refer to drawings. 4. Front Return Panel, Entrance Columns, and Transoms a. Finish: Refer to Drawings b. Reinforced for rigidity. 5. Base: a. Material: Stainless steel, minimum 14 gauge. b. Finish/pattern: Refer to drawings. c. Fabrication: 1) Flush type base around the sides and rear of car. d. Complete with concealed vent perforations located behind removable panels. 6. Protective Pads: a. Equip car interiors, except for doors, with removable heavy quilted pads, all four sides. Provide cutout for car operating panel. 1) Basis of Design: Deluxe Heavy-Duty Vinyl by Palmer Pads 2) Color to be selected from standard range of colors. 7. Pad Studs: Stainless steel thru-bolt studs with pad locks, located at top of panels. 8. Canopy and Ceiling a. Canopy Fabrication: First grade 12-gauge furniture steel, bolted or welded at all corners to represent one-piece construction. Reinforce canopy to withstand distributed weight as required by the ASME A17.1 code. Paint with a white powder coat finish. b. Ceiling Type: Flat stainless-steel multi-section metal pan island ceiling with bent formed edges for rigidity, having a #4 satin finish. Each metal pan section shall be bolted together with concealed fasteners. 1) Ceiling Layout: Construct suspended ceiling and frame to permit panels to be easily removed for clear access to emergency exit in top of car. c. Emergency Exit: 1) In Ceiling of Car: Arrange exit with cover to open outward, hinged or otherwise attached to car so that cover can only be opened from top of car. Equip exit with contact to prevent operation of car when exit is open. a. Area of emergency exit to be not less than 400 square inches and shall provide clear access to the car top. F. Lighting: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 28 1. In Car: Recessed LED down lighting fixtures with black powder coat housing as manufactured by Man-D-Tec, Model “Solobeam” or approved equal, having dimmer control and emergency light option to enable 2 fixtures to operate from the auxiliary source of power. Minimum level of illumination at the car threshold with the doors closed shall be not less than 20-foot candles. G. Ventilation: 1. Ventilate car by means of a two-speed squirrel cage exhaust fan, arranged to draw air into car from corridor when doors are open and through concealed base vents when doors are closed. Exhaust car air through the clearance at sides of suspended ceiling. 2. Vent perforations shall be located and constructed in accordance with the ASME A17.1 code. All vent perforations shall be guarded to prevent straight through passage. 3. Equip car with key switch for all ventilating speeds and "off" position. H. Car Door: 1. Type: Flush panel, hollow metal construction, not less than 1 inch thick. 2. Fabrication: Construct door panels of minimum 16-gauge steel and clad with 18-gauge stainless steel 3. Finish: Refer to Drawings. 4. Reinforcement: a. Reinforce interior of door panels for full height of panels. b. Space door panel reinforcing maximum 8 inches on centers. c. Reinforce door panels for attachment of clutch, hangers and operator hardware. 5. Hanger Assembly: a. Type: Steel or composition suspension sheave with steel stands having slotted holes for adjustment. b. Upthrust: Ball bearing roller or an adjustable eccentric stud. 6. Tracks: Polished steel designed for use with hanger used. 7. Door Guides: Equip each sliding door panel with two composition door guide gibs having safety tabs. Provide structural "Z" brackets between door gibs on each door panel. a. Bottom door guides to be removable without removing door panels from hangers. 8. Infrared Door Protection: Infrared light screen type with a minimum of 120 crisscross light beams. The light screen is to be totally immune to ambient light, including strobes, fluorescent, and direct sunlight (100,000lux). Maximum allowed installed misalignment shall be plus or minus 15 degrees @ 2 feet. The door protection unit shall comply with the requirements of the ADA. a. Power Supply: The power supply shall be dual voltage input (120 VAC, 24 VDC. Nudge feature to be field installable in standard power supply. Nudge feature also to incorporate buzzer with enable/disable switch. b. Nudging Feature: After car doors are prevented from closing for predetermined adjustable time, through activating door reopening device, a loud buzzer shall sound, and doors shall begin to close at reduced kinetic energy. I. Top of Car Operating Device: 1. Function: Used for inspection and maintenance procedures. 2. Design: Up and Down direction buttons and emergency stop button in metal enclosure, equipped with a flexible type cord with strain relief device at both connections. 3. Operation: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 29 a. Control of the elevator is transferred to the top of car operating device by means of a transfer switch located on the car top between the car crosshead and the side of the car nearest to the hoistway entrance normally used for access to the car top. b. Car is operated by constant pressure on appropriate direction button, and by simultaneously pressing a safety button. c. Switch guards shall be provided for the “Normal-Inspection” and “Run-Stop” switches. d. Car will not operate unless both buttons are pressed. J. Maintenance Personnel Power: Equip top and bottom of car with GFCI duplex convenience outlet. K. Maintenance Personnel Lighting: Provide light fixture on top and bottom of car with fitted lamp guard. 2.12 DOOR OPERATOR FOR USE WITH HORIZONTAL SLIDE DOORS A. Type: Electric motor driven, high-speed, high internal resistance heavy duty, complete with gate switch, drive arm and door clutch. 1. Door operators shall be heavy duty type; ½ HP, GAL MOVFR II (Encoderless Closed Loop) with key pad programming or approved equal. B. Operation: 1. The car and hoistway doors open automatically when the car reaches the respective landing and again closes either after the expiration of a predetermined time interval or the moment a car call is registered. 2. Pressing the hall button at the first floor when the car is standing at the first floor, will reopen the car and hoistway doors. 3. Pressing door open push button in the car operating panels reopens the car and hoistway doors. 4. An electric contact on the car door prevents movement of the elevator away from the landing unless the door is in the closed position. 5. Power is not required to hold the doors open or closed. 6. The door clutch/restrictor assembly limits the manual opening of both the car and hoistway doors to a maximum of 4 inches when outside of the leveling zone. 2.13 CAR SIGNAL FIXTURES A. Car Operating Panel: 1. Fixture: "Centurion Series" by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Flush mounted, vandal resistant. b. Faceplate: Stainless steel with #4 satin finish, 11-gauge minimum. c. Location: Refer to drawings for location. d. Fasten faceplate using vandal resistant spanner head screws of finish to match faceplate. 2. Height of Controls: Not less than 35 inches, nor more than 48 inches above the car floor. 3. Buttons: VR2-HS by PTL Equipment Company. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 30 a. Style: Vandal resistant. b. Design: Round (minimum 1-inch diameter). c. Call Register Light: Integral with push button, LED type lamp. 1) Operation: When the button is pressed, the halo illuminates indicating that a call is registered. When call is answered, the indicator is extinguished 4. Button Identification: VR2 surround tag by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Vandal resistant. b. Identify main floor dispatch button by a raised star to the left of the button 5. Firefighters Operation Cabinet: Provide locked cabinet in upper section of main car operating panel that shall house Phase II FIRE OPERATION three position (Off-HoldOn) key operated switch, "Call Cancel" button, "Stop" switch, "Door Open" and "Door Close” buttons for front and rear entrances, additional visual signal and operating instructions. a. Controls become effective only when the Phase I key operated switch has been turned to the ON position or a smoke detector has been activated and the car has been returned to the recall floor. b. The firefighters’ operation panel cover shall be operable by the same key that operates the FIRE OPERATION key operated switch. 1) The cover is permitted to open automatically when the car is on Phase I Emergency Recall Operation and is at the recall floor. 2) Adjacent to the FIRE OPERATION key switch and shall be visible only when the cabinet cover is open. 6. Service Cabinet: Provide lockable service cabinet to house following key switches: a. Independent service “On-Off" b. Inspection "On-Off" c. Access Enable “On-Off" d. Stop Switch "Run-Stop" e. Car lights “On-Off" f. Exhaust fan, "Low"-"Off"-"High" g. Emergency light test switch. 7. Button Arrangement: a. Group together door open, door close and emergency alarm button at the bottom of the car operating panel. 1) Locate center line of buttons 35 inches above finished floor 2) Locate main floor entry dispatch button in left-most column. 8. Identification of Controls: Identify essential controls (except dispatch buttons) with relief engraved ASME Operating Device Symbols. 9. Enumeration of Buttons, Switches and Elements a. Dispatch buttons. b. Door open button. c. Door close button. d. Illuminating Emergency Alarm button e. Keyed Emergency Stop switch f. Keyed Access Enable switch g. Keyed Inspection "On-Off" switch h. Keyed Independent Service switch i. Elevator Communication System Components. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 31 10. In-Car Communication System: Mount all components integral with car operating panel fixture. B. Auxiliary Car Operating Panel: 1. Fixture: "Centurion Series" by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Flush mounted, vandal resistant. b. Faceplate: Stainless steel with #4 satin finish, 11-gauge minimum. c. Location: Refer to drawings for location. d. Fasten faceplate using vandal resistant spanner head screws of finish to match faceplate. 2. Height of Controls: Not less than 35 inches, nor more than 48 inches above the car floor. 3. Buttons: VR2-HS by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Vandal resistant. b. Design: Round (minimum 1-inch diameter). c. Call Register Light: Integral with push button, LED type lamp. 1) Operation: When the button is pressed, the halo illuminates indicating that a call is registered. When call is answered, the indicator is extinguished 4. Button Identification: VR2 surround tag by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Vandal resistant. b. Identify main floor dispatch button by a raised star to the left of the button C. Emergency Alarm: 1. Type: Self powered 6-inch alarm bell mounted on car top and operated by the in-car alarm button located in the car operating panel. 2. Batteries/Charger: Sealed type capable of maintaining alarm intensity for a minimum of 1 hour. 3. Power Supply: Connect battery charger to normal alarm bell power source. D. Car Position Indicator: 1. Function: Shows the position of the elevator in the hoistway. 2. Type: Digital LED. 3. Location: Car operating panel. 4. Character Height: 2 inch minimum. a. Arrow Height: 2 ½ inches. 5. Audible Signal: As the car passes or arrives at a floor served by the elevator, an audible signal sounds. 6. Lens: Polycarbonate with hidden support frame. E. In-Car Direction Indicator: 1. Fixture: “Centurion Series” by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Visual indicators to be Digital LED type arrows. 1) UP Arrow -White 2) DOWN Arrow -Red. b. Faceplate: Stainless steel with #4 satin finish, minimum 11-gauge. c. Location: Provide visual and audible car direction indicators mounted on both entrance jambs. d. Fasten faceplate using vandal resistant spanner head screws of finish to match faceplate. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 32 e. Provide audible signal that sounds once for upward direction and twice for downward direction. 2. Faceplate: Stainless steel with #4 satin finish, minimum 11-gauge. a. Fasten faceplate using vandal resistant spanner head screws of finish to match faceplate. 2.14 HOISTWAY ENTRANCES A. Frames and Transoms: 1. Frames: Rebuild the existing frames and transoms as follows: a. Frames – (First Floor): Wrap existing frames with 16 gauge stainless steel having a #4 satin finish. b. Frames and Transoms – (All Floors except the First Floor): Re-finish, prime and paint existing frames and transoms to match hoistway door panels. Color as selected. c. Transoms – (First Floor): Remove existing transoms and provide a 14 gauge stainless steel panel having a #4 satin finish. Weld or bolt to existing door frames from hoistway side. B. Floor Identification: Locate characters on each side of finished frame, 5 feet from the floor to the centerline of the characters: 1. Characters: 2 inches high, in accordance with the ADA. 2. Color: Contrast with the color of the frame. C. Hoistway Door Sills – (First Floor): 1. Sills: Provide an aluminum sill with self- leveler devices. 2. Grout: Grout area between sill and sill support with non-shrink type grout. D. Hoistway Door Sills – (All Floors except the First Floor): 1. Sills: Clean sills and sill grooves of all debris. E. Struts/Header Support: 1. Size: Minimum 10-gauge sheet steel. (Note: Existing strut supports may be reused if suitable for use with new header assemblies). 2. Length: Minimum 10-gauge sheet steel, of sufficient length for bolting to struts. (Note: Existing struts may be reused of suitable for use with header supports). 3. Shape: Bent sections to form hanger pockets and track support. 4. Painting: Prime and paint with two coats of high gloss black rust inhibitive latex acrylic enamel. F. Toe Guards and Fascia: 1. Material: 16-gauge sheet steel. 2. Width: As required in accordance with the ASME A17.1 code. 3. Landing sill toe guards shall be installed on the lowest landing sill extending down below the travel of the elevator and on the top landing header beveled at a 75-degree angle back to the hoistway wall and fastened securely. 4. Hanger (dust) covers shall extend the full travel of the doors and shall be made in removable sections for the purpose of servicing the hangers and other equipment. They shall be beveled at a 75-degree angle back to the hoistway wall and fastened securely. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 33 5. Fascia plates shall extend from the header to the underside of the landing sill at each floor. Fascia plates shall be reinforced to prevent deflections and secured to prevent contact with the elevator and/or elevator equipment. Paint with primer and one coat of high gloss black enamel. 6. Note: Existing fascia plates may be reused where suitable for use with new header/hanger supports. Re-attach fascia to header support as required. Paint with one coat of high gloss black latex enamel. G. Doors: 1. Type of Construction: Flush panel hollow metal. 2. Door Panel Fabrication: Not less than 16-gauge furniture steel reinforced by formed steel sections running vertical for full height of door panel, spaced not more than 8 inches apart, designed to hold front and rear plates together. Top and bottom of door closed with formed "U" channels, not less than 16-gauge steel welded to door panels. 3. Thickness: Minimum 1-1/4 inches. 4. Reinforcement: a. Reinforce head of door with steel plate not less than 3/8 inches thick, welded to door panels. b. Reinforce interior of door panel with steel plate for attachment of door closures or other operating devices. 5. Sight Guards: a. Equip doors with sight guards on leading edge of single slide and fast panel of two speed doors and on each meeting edge of center opening doors. b. Form sight guards of same material as door panel, having no sharp edges and finish to match. 6. Door Gibs: Equip each sliding door panel with two removable nylon door gibs as manufactured by SEES-Enforcer or approved equal, arranged to slide in sill grooves and permit easy replacement without removing door panels from hangers. Equip gibs with safety tabs. Provide Z bracket safety retainer between gibs on each door panel. 7. Rubber Bumpers: a. Rubber Astragal: Equip meeting edge of center opening doors with continuous interlocking rubber astragal for full height of doors. Arrange astragal for easy replacement. 8. Finish: a. First Floor: #4 satin stainless steel clad finish, 18 gauge minimum. b. All Other Floors: Powder coat, color to match existing door frames and transoms. H. Hanger Assembly: 1. Type: Two-point suspension sheave with up-thrust rollers and safety retainers. 2. Sheaves: Hardened steel, composition rubber or polyurethane tired, not less than 3 inches in diameter, with fully enclosed ball bearings, sealed to retain grease lubrication. 3. Hanger Stands: Mount sheaves on steel stand fastened directly to door. Arrange hanger to take upward thrust against ball bearing roller on an adjustable eccentric stud. a. Integral hangers are not acceptable. 4. Provisions for Field Adjustment: 5. Slot bolt holes in hanger stand, to allow transverse adjustment of the door. 6. Hangers constructed integrally with the door panels are not approved. I. Tracks: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 34 1. Material and Construction: Cold drawn or cold rolled steel with polished surfaces for door hanger sheaves. Shape upper and lower surfaces to conform hanger sheave and upthrust roller. 2. Attachment: Bolt tracks in minimum of three places to header. J. Door Closers: Provide spirator type closers as manufactured by SmarTork, or approved equal, at each floor. 2.15 HOISTWAY DOOR INTERLOCKS, AND ACCESSORIES A. Equip each hoistway door assembly with an approved interlock, according to the requirements of the ASME A17.1 code. Interlock shall prevent operation of car until all hoistway doors are locked in closed position. 1. Interlock wiring shall be as required by the NFPA 70 code. B. Hoistway Access Switch 1. Type: Continuous pressure spring return cylinder type lock with key removable only in the "off" position. 2. Location: Top and bottom landings, with access switch located adjacent to hoistway entrance in wall. 3. Operation: Access switch permits and maintains movement of the elevator with the hoistway and car door at access landing unlocked or not in the closed position. 4. Key shall be Group 1 Restricted Access as defined in the ASME A17.1 code. C. Unlocking Device: Equip all landing doors with an unlocking device designed to release interlocks when elevator is outside of the unlocking zone, operable by the use of a special key. Equip access hole in each hoistway door with a cam lock device to prevent tampering with unlocking mechanism. Unlocking device shall be type 1750Q SL-M-chrome bi-axial keyed MEDECO cylinder as manufactured by Tri-Lok Mfg. and Maintenance Corp. or approved equal. 1. Key shall be Group 1 Restricted as defined in the ASME A17.1 code. 2.16 LANDING SIGNAL FIXTURES A. Hall Station – First Floor: 1. Fixture: "Centurion Series" by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Flush mounted, vandal resistant. b. Faceplate: Stainless steel, with #4 satin finish, 11-gauge minimum. 1) Engrave/etch faceplate with custom corridor hall station pictograph. c. Backbox: Provide 16-gauge minimum, cold rolled steel. d. Location: Refer to drawings for location. e. Fasten faceplate using vandal resistant spanner head screws of finish to match faceplate. 2. Button: VR2-HS by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Vandal resistant b. Design: Round (minimum 1-inch diameter). c. Call Register Light: Integral with push button, LED type lamp. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 35 1) Operation: When the button is pressed, the halo illuminates indicating that a call is registered. When call is answered, the indicator is extinguished 3. Button Identification: VR2 surround tag by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Vandal resistant. b. Design: Include direction identification not less than 1/2-inch-high next to the buttons. 4. Additional functions, integral to fixture: a. Phase I Fire Recall key operated switch with chrome finish, engraved/etched instructions, and illuminated visual signal. b. Communication Failure indicator reset switch including engraved/etched instructions. B. Hall Stations – All Other Floors: 1. Fixture: "Centurion Series" by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Flush mounted, vandal resistant b. Faceplate: Stainless steel, with #4 satin finish, 11-gauge minimum. 1) Engrave/etch faceplate with custom corridor hall station pictograph. c. Backbox: Provide 16-gauge minimum, cold rolled steel. d. Location: Refer to drawings for location. e. Fasten faceplate using vandal resistant spanner head screws of finish to match faceplate 2. Button: VR2-HS by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Vandal resistant b. Design: Round (minimum 1-inch diameter). c. Call Register Light: Integral with push button, LED type lamp. 1) Operation: When the button is pressed, the halo illuminates indicating that a call is registered. When call is answered, the indicator is extinguished d. Provide single push button at each terminal landing and direction buttons at all intermediate landings. 3. Button Identification: VR2 surround tag by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Vandal resistant. b. Design: Include direction identification not less than 1/2-inch-high next to the buttons. C. Hall Position/Direction Indicators 1. Fixture: "Centurion Series" by PTL Equipment Company. a. Style: Surface mounted, vandal resistant. b. Faceplate: Stainless steel, with #4 satin finish, 11-gauge minimum. c. Backbox: Provide appropriately sized electrical back box, 16-gauge minimum. (Existing backbox in transoms may be reused if suitable for use with new surface mounted fixture). d. Orientation: Horizontal style fixture with the exception of the first floor which shall be a vertical style. e. Location: Refer to drawings for locations. f. Operation: As car passes through hoistway, its position is indicated by the illumination of an LED alpha/numeric character and directional arrows illuminate indicating direction of travel. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 36 D. Voice Announcer: 1. Verbal Annunciation: a. Digitized voice announcer, Model VM3541 by C.E. Electronics Inc. or approved equal. 1) Operation: Produces speech in pleasant, natural sounding female voice from vocabulary stored in memory. 2. Features: a. Audible Device: Voice announcer, microprocessor-based equipment. b. Speaker: Mount speaker in car operating panel. c. Power Supply: As required for supply voltage. d. Volume Control: Adjustable. 3. Vocabulary: Programmable, stating: a. Floor arrival announcement and direction of travel. b. Special Emergency Service (Phase I activated): Announces "This elevator is needed for an emergency. Please exit when the doors open." c. Door Closing Unit: Announces "Please stand clear of doors". Effective if doors are prevented from closing. d. Custom Announcement: Ability to custom record messages. E. Two-way Communication System 1. Basis of Design: Rath Microtech. a. Passengers in each elevator car shall be able to communicate with the Cornell Police Department 24 hours/day, 7 days/week. The Cornell Police Department will act as the monitoring entity and provide all audible, visual and text-based communication from their office. 2. In-Car Telephones: SmartPhone, Model 2100-957RA. a. Mount equipment behind main car operating panel faceplate within prescribed height of controls. Coordinate location of mounting studs, visual indicator, speaker perforations and activation button locations with approved telephone manufacturer. b. Provide 2100-VOIP2CS interface device as required. 3. In-Car Camera, Visual and Text Display: SmartView, Model 2100-SVFCOMP. a. Mount equipment behind main car operating panel faceplate within prescribed height of controls. Coordinate location of mounting studs with approved manufacturer. b. SmartView Ethernet Extender, Model 2100-SVE for connection between machine room and each car. 4. SmartView Smart Rescue, Model 2500-205 FMSV to be mounted at first floor lobby as shown on drawings. Power source, tel-com and data network raceway and wiring shall be run from the elevator machine room. Equip door with FEO-K1 Firefighters service lock assembly. 5. Communication Failure: Model 2100-Alarm a. Integrate into hall fixture at designated floor as required. 6. UPS Battery Backup, Model RP7700104S shall be located in machine room. 7. Wiring: Provide necessary conduit and wiring between each elevator machine room and each piece of equipment and make final connection to building tel-com and data network communication lines in machine room. 8. Provide required firm and software from the manufacturer to be uploaded to an existing personal computer located in the Cornell Police Department Office. Coordinate uploading of firm and software with the Cornell IT Department. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 37 9. Secure the technical services of the elevator communication equipment manufacturer to ensure proper setup and operation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine elevator areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Verify critical dimensions and examine supporting structure and other conditions under which elevator work is to be installed. 1. For the record, prepare a written report, endorsed by Installer, listing dimensional discrepancies and conditions detrimental to performance or indicating that dimensions and conditions were found to be satisfactory. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hoistway and Machine Room: Provide fire-stopping around all new and existing wall and floor penetrations. B. Guide Rails: Verify for plumb-ness. C. Welded Construction: Provide welded connections for installing elevator work where bolted connections are not required for subsequent removal or for normal operation, adjustment, inspection, maintenance, and replacement of worn parts. Comply with AWS standards for workmanship and for qualifications of welding operators. D. Hoist Machine: Install machines as required per manufacturer's design. Ensure that drive sheave and deflector sheave are in alignment with each other and plumb to the car and counterweight rope hitches. E. Sound Isolation: Mount rotating and vibrating equipment on vibration-isolating mounts designed to effectively prevent transmission of vibrations to structure and thereby eliminate sources of structure-borne noise from elevator system. F. Control System: Install controller and associated equipment in elevator machine room. Comply with ASME A17.5 Elevator and Escalator Electrical equipment and NFPA 70 National Electrical Code relative to equipment clearances. Install components and integrate with controller for required operation. G. Elevator Communication System: Install in accordance with the manufacturers recommended instructions. H. Hoistway Entrances: Install hoistway doors and hardware insuring proper overlap, clearances with existing frames. I. Terminal Stopping Devices: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 38 1. Install normal terminal stopping devices at or near top and bottom terminal landings. Adjust for correct clearance and proper operation. 2. Install Final Terminal Stopping Device at the top and bottom of the hoistway. Set as close to the terminal landings as possible without interfering with the operation of the normal terminal stopping device. Upon final adjustment and completion of acceptance test, pin final limit switch in position to prevent movement. J. Suspension Means: 1. Install hoist ropes with ends of cables fastened to car and counterweight using wedge rope sockets. Locate manufactures identification tag on car top rope termination as required by the ASME A17.1 code. K. Counterweight: Check balance relationship between car and counterweight. Add or remove filler weights and secure with rods within the frame. L. Buffers: Check alignment of buffers with respect to the strike plates on the car and counterweight frame. Install necessary blocking extensions under buffers to obtain proper clearances. M. Car Frame, Platform and Cab: 1. Ensure that running clearance does not exceed 1-1/4 inches throughout the travel of the car. 2. Ensure that there are no objectionable noises between the car enclosure and platform including frame. 3. Mount roller guides and adjust to insure continuous contact of rollers on three sides of the guide rails under all load conditions. N. Door Operator: Install door operator and integrate with elevator control equipment for required operation. 1. Adjust operator for code required closing speed and force. 2. Ensure that Code required data plate is affixed to the operator. 3. Verify infrared door reopening device is operating properly. O. Elevator Safety Equipment: Ensure that car safety devices operate freely without binding and that the proper rail clearances are maintained in accordance with ASME A17.1 code. 1. Install rope brake and hydraulic control unit (where used) in approved location. Ensure that friction pads are parallel with the hoist ropes and that setting of the brake jaws is equal across the face of the ropes. Friction pads shall be "run-in" prior to acceptance test. 2. Install governor, for actuation of safety devices, in the elevator machine room on existing steel supports. P. Hall Signal Fixtures: Locate hall signal equipment for elevators as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Flush mount in-car direction indicator in cab entrance jambs, minimum 72 inches above car floor in existing location. 2. Flush mount hall stations at each landing served by the elevator at 42 inches to centerline of single pushbuttons at terminal landings and to centerline between two pushbuttons at intermediate landings. 3. Surface mount combination hall lantern and position indicator at locations shown on drawings. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 39 Q. Lubricate operating parts of systems as recommended by manufacturers. 3.3 PAINT A. Finish ferrous metal surfaces of the elevator Work with specified paint including rust-inhibitive primer and latex acrylic enamel finish totaling not less than 2 coats thickness. Exceptions: Do not paint sliding and rubbing surfaces. 1. Low VOC, low odor, high gloss, colors as selected. 2. Paint shall be Pitt-Tech as manufactured by Pittsburgh Paints or approved equal. B. Metal Primer: VOC compliant. Low odor, fast drying, industrial grade. 1. Paint shall be Specialty Coatings Inc. "Shop Coat Primer" or approved equal. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Demonstrate to Owner's Representative that all elevator systems and sub-systems perform in accordance with required operations B. Acceptance Testing: On completion of elevator installation and before permitting use (either temporary or permanent) of elevator, perform acceptance tests as required by the ASME A17.1 Code, in addition to the requirements of this specification, and by governing regulations and agencies. All items of this specification whether required by the ASME A17.1 Code or not, shall be tested to demonstrate proper operation. 1. Tests shall be witnessed by a Qualified Elevator Inspector (QEI) as procured by the Contractor. 2. Contractor shall provide written documentation of test results to the Owner. C. Advise Owner, Architect, and authorities having jurisdiction in advance of dates and times tests are to be performed on elevators. 3.5 CLEANING A. Before final acceptance, remove protection from finished surfaces and clean, and polish surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for type of material and finish provided. B. At the completion of all elevator work, remove tools, equipment and surplus materials from job site. Clean machine room, hoistway and pit. Remove all trash and debris. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Check operation of elevator with Owner's personnel present and before date of Substantial Completion. Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/1/2020 A|r 564.15 TRACTION ELEVATORS 142100 - 40 B. Check operation of elevator with Owner's personnel present not more than one month before end of warranty period. Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Temporary Use: Comply with the following requirements for the elevator(s) used for construction purposes: 1. Provide existing elevators used for material movement with pads to protect existing car finishes from damage. 2. Provide other protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, and procedures as needed to protect elevator and elevator equipment. 3. Do not load elevators beyond their rated weight capacity. 4. The newly modernized elevators shall not be used for material movement. 5. The Elevator Contractor will be responsible or any and all repairs to the elevators. B. Temporary Barricades 1. Provide temporary barricades during performance of the work to: 2. Prevent unauthorized entry to work areas. 3. Protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage. 4. Protect vehicular and pedestrian traffic. 5. Contractor shall submit temporary barricade plan and details for review by Owner & Architect prior to the start of any work. END OF SECTION 142100 Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220510 -1 SECTION 220510 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, tools, materials, accessories, parts, transportation, taxes, and related items, essential for installation of the work and necessary to make work, complete, and operational. Provide new equipment and material unless otherwise called for. References to codes, specifications and standards called for in the specification sections and on the drawings mean, the latest edition, amendment and revision of such referenced standard in effect on the date of these contract documents. 1.2 LICENSING A. The Contractor shall hold a license to perform the work as issued by the local jurisdiction. B. Plumbing work shall be performed by, or under, the direct supervision of a licensed master plumber if so required by the local jurisdiction. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing the local jurisdiction requirements prior to bidding. 1.3 PERMITS A. Apply for and obtain all required permits and inspections, pay all fees and charges including all service charges. 1.4 CODE COMPLIANCE A. Provide work in compliance with the following: 1. The International Code with the 2017 Uniform Code Supplement and 2016 Supplement to the New York State Energy Conservation Code. 2. New York State Department of Labor Rules and Regulations. 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 4. National Fuel Gas Code, NFPA 54. 5. National Electrical Code, NFPA 70. 6. Local Codes and Ordinances. 7. Life Safety Codes, NFPA 101 (2000). 8. New York Board of Fire Underwriters. 1.5 GLOSSARY A. ACI American Concrete Institute B. AGA American Gas Association C. AGCA Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220510 -2 D. AIA American Institute of Architects E. AISC American Institute of Steel Construction F. AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer’s Association G. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. H. ANSI American National Standards Institute I. ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute J. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. K. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers L. ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers M. ASTM American Society for Testing Materials N. FM Factory Mutual Insurance Company O. IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers P. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Q. IRI Industrial Risk Insurers R. NYBFU New York Board of Fire Underwriters S. NEC National Electrical Code T. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association U. NESC National Electrical Safety Code V. NFPA National Fire Protection Association W. NYS/DEC New York State Department of Environmental Conservation X. SBI Steel Boiler Institute Y. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Z. UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization AA. UL Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. AB. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220510 -3 AC. NYS/UFPBC New York State Uniform Fire Prevention and Building Code 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. Acceptance Owner acceptance of the project from Contractor upon certification by Owner’s Representative. B. Approval/Approved Written permission to use a material or system. C. As Called For Materials, equipment including the execution specified/shown in the contract documents. D. Code Requirements Minimum requirements. E. Concealed Work installed in pipe and duct shafts, chases or recesses, inside walls, above ceilings, in slabs or below grade. F. Design Equipment Refer to the article, Equipment Arrangements, and the article, Substitutions. G. Design Make Refer to the articles, Equipment Arrangements, and the article, Substitutions. H. Exposed Work not identified as concealed. I. Equal or Equivalent Equally acceptable as determined by Owner’s Representative. J. Furnish Supply and deliver to installed location. K. Furnished by Others Receive delivery at job site or where called for and install. L. Inspection Visual observations by Owner’s site Representative. M. Install Mount and connect equipment and associated materials ready for use. N. Labeled Refers to classification by a standards agency. O. Make Refers to the article, Equipment Arrangements, and the article, Substitutions. P. Or Approved Equal Approved equal or equivalent as determined by Owner’s Representative. Q. Owner’s Representative The Prime Professional. R. Prime Professional Architect or Engineer having a contract directly with the Owner for professional services. S. Provide Furnish, install, and connect ready for use. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220510 -4 T. Relocate Disassemble, disconnect, and transport equipment to new locations, then clean, test, and install ready for use. U. Replace Remove and provide new item. V. Review A general contractual conformance check of specified products. W. Roughing Pipe, duct, conduit, equipment layout and installation. X. Satisfactory As specified in contract documents. Y. Site Representative Owner’s inspector or “Clerk of Works” at the work site. 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS/PRODUCT DATA/SAMPLES A. Submit Shop Drawings on all items of equipment and materials to be furnished and installed. Submission of Shop Drawings and samples shall be accompanied by a transmittal letter, stating name of project and contractor, number of drawings, titles, and other pertinent data called for in individual sections. Shop Drawings shall be dated and contain: Name of project; name of prime professional; name of prime contractor; description or names of equipment, materials and items; and complete identification of locations at which materials or equipment are to be installed. Individual piecemeal or incomplete submittals will not be accepted. Similar items, (all types specified) shall be submitted at one time. Number each submittal by trade. Indicate deviations from contract requirements on Letter of Transmittal. Shop Drawings will be given a general review only. Corrections or comments made on the Shop Drawings during the review do not relieve Contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correcting all quantities; checking electrical characteristics and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. 1.8 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall assume responsibility for construction safety at all times and provide, as part of contract, all trench or building shoring, scaffolding, shielding, dust/fume protection, mechanical/electrical protection, special grounding, safety railings, barriers, and other safety feature required to provide safe conditions for all workmen and site visitors. 1.9 CONTINUITY OF SERVICES A. The building will be in use during construction operations. Maintain existing systems in operation within all rooms of building at all times. Refer to “General Conditions of the Contract for Construction” for temporary facilities for additional contract requirements. Schedules for various phases of contract work shall be coordinated with all other trades and with Owner’s Representative. Provide, as part of contract, temporary mechanical and plumbing connections and relocations as required to accomplish the above. Obtain approval in writing as to date, time, and location for shutdown of existing mechanical/plumbing facilities or services. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220510 -5 1.10 ROUGHING A. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevation, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in contract work, equipment locations, etc., as part of a contract to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. Before installing, verify exact location and elevations at work site. DO NOT SCALE plans. If field conditions, details, changes in equipment or shop drawing information require an important rearrangement, report same to Owner’s Representative for review. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. B. Install work so that items both existing and new are operable and serviceable. Eliminate interference with removal of coils, motors, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors. Provide easy, safe, and code mandated clearances at controllers, motor starters, valve access, and other equipment requiring maintenance and operation. Where Contractor could not reasonably be expected to find such trade interferences due to concealment in walls, ceiling or floors, such relocations will be done by Change Order, if not, included in contract work. Contractor shall relocate existing work in way of new construction. VISIT SITE BEFORE BIDDING TO DETERMINE SCOPE OF WORK SINCE FEW OF SUCH ITEMS CAN BE SHOWN. Provide new materials, including new piping and insulation for relocated work. C. Coordinate work with other trades and determine exact route or location of each duct, pipe, conduit, etc., before fabrication and installation. Coordinate with Architectural Drawings. Obtain from Owner’s Representative exact location of all equipment in finished areas, such as thermostat, fixture, and switch mounting heights, and equipment mounting heights. Coordinate all work with the architectural reflected ceiling plans and/or existing Architecture. Mechanical and plumbing drawings show design arrangement only for diffusers, grilles, registers, air terminals, lighting fixtures, speakers, and other items. Do not rough-in contract work without reflected ceiling location plans. 1.11 REMOVAL WORK A. Where existing equipment removals are called for, submit complete list to Owner’s Representative all items that Owner wishes to retain that do not contain asbestos or PCB Material shall be delivered to location directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from site and legally disposed of. Removal and disposal of material containing asbestos and/or PCB’s shall be in accordance with Federal, State, and Local law requirements. Where equipment is called for to be relocated, contractor shall carefully remove, clean and recondition, then reinstall. Removal all abandoned piping, wiring, equipment, lighting, ductwork, tubing, supports, fixtures, etc. Visit each room, crawl space, and roof to determine the total Scope of Work. The disturbance or dislocation of asbestos-containing materials causes asbestos fibers to be released into the building’s atmosphere, thereby creating a health hazard to workmen and building occupants. Consistent with Industrial Code Rule 56 and the content of recognized asbestos-control work, the Contractor shall apprise all of his workers, supervisory personnel, subcontractors, Owner and Consultants who will be at the job site of the seriousness of the hazard and of proper safeguards and work procedures which must be followed, as described in New York State Department of Labor Industrial Code Rule 56. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220510 -6 1.12 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Each trade shall include their required cutting and patching work unless shown as part of the General Construction work on the architectural drawings. Refer to “General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,” for additional requirements. Cut and drill from both sides of walls and/or floors to eliminate splaying. Patch any cut or abandoned holes left by removals of equipment, fixtures, etc. Patch adjacent existing work disturbed by installation of new work including insulation, walls and wall covering, ceiling and floor covering, other finished surfaces. Patch openings and damaged areas equal to existing surface finish. Cut openings in prefabricated construction units in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 1.13 PAINTING A. Include painting for patchwork with color to match adjacent surfaces. Where color cannot be adequately matched, paint entire surface. Provide one (1) coat of primer and two (2) finish coats or as called for in the Mechanical and Electrical Specifications. Refer to General Construction Specifications for additional information. 1.14 CONCEALMENT A. Conceal all contract work above ceilings and in walls, below slabs, and elsewhere throughout building. If concealment is impossible or impractical, notify Owner’s Representative before starting that part of the work and install only after his review. In areas with no ceilings, install only after Owner’s Representative reviews and comments on arrangement and appearance. 1.15 CHASES A. In Existing Buildings: 1. Drill holes for floor and/or roof slab openings. 2. Multiple pipes smaller than 1” properly spaced and supported may pass through one 6” or smaller diameter opening. 3. Seal voids in fire rated assemblies with a fire-stopping seal system to maintain the fire resistance of the assembly. Provide 18 gauge galvanized sleeves at fire rated assemblies. Extend sleeves 2” above floors. 4. In wall openings, drill or cut holes to suit. Provide 18 gauge galvanized sleeves at shafts and fire rated assemblies. Provide fire-stopping seal between sleeves and wall in drywall construction. Provide fire-stopping similar to that for floor openings. 1.16 SUPPORTS A. Provide required supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, and other items to properly support contract work. Supports shall meet the approval of the Owner’s Representative. Modify studs, add studs, add framing, or otherwise reinforce studs in metal stud walls and partitions as required to suit contract work. If necessary, in stud walls, provide special supports from floor to structure above. For Precast Panels/Planks and Metal Decks, support mechanical/electrical work as determined by manufacturer and Owner’s Representative. Provide heavy gauge steel mounting plates for mounting contract work. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220510 -7 Mounting plates shall span two or more studs. Size, gauge, and strength of mounting plates shall be sufficient for equipment size, weight, and desired rigidity. 1.17 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Contractor is responsible for draining, filling, venting, chemically treating and restarting any systems which are affected by work shown on the Contract Documents unless specifically noted otherwise. B. Provide roughing and final water, waste, vent, propane, etc. connections to all equipment. 1.18 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. Store materials on dry base, at least 6” above-ground or floor. Store so as not to interfere with other work or obstruct access to buildings or facilities. Provide waterproof/windproof covering. Remove and provide special storage for items subject to moisture damage. Protect against theft or damage from any cause. Replace items stolen or damaged, at no cost to Owner. 1.19 FREEZING AND WATER DAMAGE A. Take all necessary precautions with equipment, systems and building to prevent damage due to freezing and/or water damage. Repair or replace, at no charge in contract, any such damage to equipment, systems, and building. Perform first seasons winterizing in presence of Owner’s operating staff. 1.20 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall obtain at his expense one (1) set of construction Contract Drawings including non-reproducible black and white prints and one set of reproducible mylars for the purpose of recording record conditions. B. The Contractor shall perform all survey work required for the location and construction of the work and to record information necessary for completion of the record drawings. Record drawings shall show the actual location of the constructed facilities in the same manner as was shown on the bid drawings. All elevations and dimensions shown on the drawings shall be verified or corrected so as to provide a complete and accurate record of the facilities as constructed. C. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to mark each sheet of the non-reproducible drawings in pencil and to record thereon in a legible manner, any and all approved field changes and conditions as they occur. A complete file of approved field sketches, diagrams, and other changes shall also be maintained. At completion of the work, each sheet of record prints, plus all approved field sketches and diagrams shall be used in preparation of the mylar reproducible record drawings. D. Completed reproducible mylar drawings shall be certified as reflecting record conditions and submitted to the engineer for approval. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS 220510 -8 1.21 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING SERVICES A. In the event that the Consultant is required to provide additional engineering services as a result of substitution of equivalent materials or equipment by the Contractor, or changes by the Contractor in dimension, weight, power requirements, etc., of the equipment and accessories furnished, or if the Consultant is required to examine and evaluate any changes proposed by the Contractor for the convenience of the Contractor, then the Consultant’s expenses in connection with such additional services shall be paid by the Contractor and may be deducted from any monies owed to the Contractor. 1.22 FINAL INSPECTION A. Upon completion of all punch list items, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the punch list back to the Engineer with each items noted as completed or the current status of the item. Upon receipt, the Engineer will schedule a final inspection. 1.23 CLEANING A. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to keep clean all equipment and fixtures provided under this contract for the duration of the project. Each trade shall keep the premises free from an accumulation of waste material or rubbish caused by his operations. The facilities require an environment of extreme cleanliness, and it is the Contractor’s responsibility to adhere to the strict regulations regarding procedures on the existing premises. After all tests are made and installations completed satisfactorily: B. Thoroughly clean entire installation, both exposed surfaces and interiors. C. Remove all debris caused by work. D. Remove tools, surplus, materials, when work is finally accepted. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING FIRESTOPPING 220515 -1 SECTION 220515 PLUMBING FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping materials. B. Firestopping of all penetrations, openings, and interruptions to fire rated assemblies, whether indicated on drawings or not, including but not limited to piping, tubing and similar utilities passing through or penetrating fire rated walls and floor assemblies. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to "Code Compliance Drawings" for location of fire rated assemblies. At a minimum all corridor walls and all floors between stories have a 1hour rating. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. B. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. D. Plumbing and Fuel Gas Codes of New York State. 1.4 FIRE-STOP SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: For penetrations through fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items, provide through-penetration fire-stop systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. 1. Fire-resistance-rated walls including fire walls, fire partitions, fire barriers and smoke barriers. 2. Fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies including floors and ceiling membranes of roof/ceiling assemblies. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING FIRESTOPPING 220515 -2 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: For each through-penetration fire-stop system, show each type of construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and type of penetrating item. Include fire-stop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency that evidences compliance with requirements for each condition indicated. Submit UL Standard detail for each penetration type proposed. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs which provide the specified fire ratings when tested in accordance with methods indicated. 1. Listing in the current-year classification or certification books of UL will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and conditions during and after installation. Maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Hilti. B. Nelson Fire Stop Products. C. Specified Technology. D. 3M Fire Protection Products. E. Approved equals meeting UL requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Sealant Firestopping: 1. Intumescent firestop sealant designed to expand when exposed to fire. 2. Paintable 3. Fire Resistance: Up to 4 hours 4. Curing Time: 14-21 days 5. Elongation: 5% 6. Density: 1.5 g/cm3 7. Product: FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant manufactured by Hilti USA. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING FIRESTOPPING 220515 -3 8. Uses: Insulated and uninsulated metal pipes, with or without sleeve and plastic pipes. B. Silicone Sealant Firestopping: 1. Silicone based firestop sealant that provides maximum movement in fire-rated joint applications and pipe penetrations. 2. Not paintable 3. Fire Resistance: Up to 4 hours 4. Elongation: 25% 5. Product: CP 601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant manufactured by Hilti USA. 6. Uses: Joints in walls, floor to floor or fire compartments. C. Safing Insulation: 1. Mineral-wool type insulation. 2. Thickness: 1" to 1-1/2" 3. Density: 4 to 8 pcf 4. Product: THERMAFIBER Safing Insulation D. D. 1. Provide sleeves as required by section 1206.4 of the Mechanical Code. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing through-penetration fire-stop systems to comply with fire-stop system manufacturer's written instructions and with the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of through-penetration fire-stop systems. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with through-penetration fire-stop systems. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through-penetration fire-stop system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Install materials in manner described in UL Detail and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. B. Installation Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING FIRESTOPPING 220515 -4 1. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping and other items, requiring firestopping. 2. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. 3. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating, to uniform density and texture. 4. Fire Rated Surface: a. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, and roof as follows: 1) Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. 2) Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. 3) Pack void with backing material. 4) Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. b. Where plumbing piping penetrates a fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5. Non-Rated Surfaces: a. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: 1) Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. 2) Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. 3) Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. b. Install floor plates or ceiling plate where piping penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. c. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to size of piping and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Identification: 1. Identify through-penetration fire-stop systems with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of edge of the fire-stop systems so that labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or fire-stop systems. Use mechanical fasteners for metal labels. For plastic labels, use self-adhering type with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed and, in combination with label material, will result in partial destruction of label if removal is attempted. Include the following information on labels: a. The words "Warning - Through-Penetration Fire-Stop System - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." b. Date of installation. c. Through-penetration fire-stop system manufacturer's name. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by through-penetration fire-stop system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING FIRESTOPPING 220515 -5 B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that through-penetration fire-stop systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated through-penetration fire-stop systems immediately and install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 -1 SECTION 220553 PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nameplates. B. Tags. C. Pipe Markers. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 22 1005 - Plumbing Piping. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Seton Identification Products. B. Brady Corporation C. Emed Company. 2.2 NAMEPLATES A. Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved letters. 1. Letter Color: White. 2. Letter Height: 3/8 inch. 3. Nameplate Height: 3/4 inch. 4. Background Color: Black. 2.3 PIPE MARKERS AND ACCESSORIES A. Snap-on Marker: One piece wrap around type constructed of precoiled acrylic plastic with clear polyester coating, integral flow arrows, legend printed in alternating directions, 3/4 inch adhesive strip on inside edge, and 360 degree visibility. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 -2 B. Strap-on Marker: Strip type constructed of precoiled acrylic plastic polyester coating, integral flow arrows, legend printed in alternating directions, factory applied grommets, and pair of stainless steel spring fasteners. C. Stick-on Marker: Pressure sensitive adhesive backed type constructed of vinyl with clear polyester coating, and integral flow arrows for applications where flow arrow banding tape is not being used. D. Pipe Marker Legend: 1. Outside Diameter of Pipe or Insulation 3/4 to 1-1/4 inch: a. Letter size: 1/2 inch. b. Length of color field: 8 inches. 2. Outside Diameter of Pipe or Insulation 1-1/2 to 2 inches: a. Letter size: 3/4 inch. b. Length of color field: 8 inches. 3. Outside Diameter of Pipe or Insulation 2-1/2 to 6 inches: a. Letter size: 1-1/4 inch. b. Length of color field: 12 inches. 4. Outside Diameter of Pipe or Insulation 8 inches and greater: a. Letter size: 2-1/2 inch. b. Length of color field: 18 inches. E. Color: Conform to ANSI A13.1. F. Banding Tapes: Pressure sensitive adhesive backed type constructed of vinyl with clear polyester coating. 1. Plain Tape: Unprinted type; color to match pipe marker background. 2. Flow Arrow Tape: Printed type with integral flow arrows; color to match pipe marker background. 2.4 UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS A. Bright colored continuously printed plastic ribbon tape, minimum 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick, manufactured for direct burial service. 2.5 PIPE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION TAGS A. Type: No. 19 B&S gage brass, with 1/4 inch high pipe service abbreviated legend on one line, over 1/2 inch high pipe size legend in inches, both deep stamped and black filled; and 3/16 inch top hole for fastener. B. Size: 2 inch square tag. C. Fasteners: Brass "S" hook or brass jack chain of size required for pipe to which tag attached. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 -3 2.6 VALVE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION TAGS A. Type: No. 19 B&S gage brass, with 1/4 inch high pipe service abbreviated legend on one line, over 1/2 inch high pipe size legend in inches, both deep stamped and black filled; and 3/16 inch top hole for fastener. B. Size: 1-1/2 inch dia. round. C. Fasteners: Brass "S" hook or brass jack chain of size as required for valve stem or handle to which tag is attached. 2.7 VALVE SERVICE IDENTIFICATION CHART FRAMES A. Type: Satin finished extruded aluminum frame with rigid clear plastic glazing, size to fit 8-1/2 x 11 inch valve chart. 2.8 CEILING TACKS A. Description: Steel with 3/4 inch diameter color coded head. B. Color code as follows: 1. Plumbing Valves: Green. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Complete testing, insulation, and finish painting work prior to completing the Work of this Section. B. Clean pipe and equipment surfaces with cleaning solvents prior to installing piping identification or equipment tags. C. Remove dust from insulation surfaces with clean clothes prior to installing piping or equipment identification. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install the Work of this Section in accordance with the manufacturer's printed installation instructions, unless otherwise specified. B. Name Plates: 1. Install plastic nameplates on properly prepared and dry surface with adhesive and ensure permanent adhesion. C. Pipe and Valve Service Identification Tags: 1. Install tags with "S" hooks and corrosion resistant chain. D. Stick-On Pipe Markers: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 -4 1. Install minimum of 2 markers at each specified location, 90 degrees apart on visible side of pipe. 2. Encircle ends of pipe markers around pipe or insulation with banding tape with one inch lap. Use plain banding tape on markers with integral flow arrows, and flow arrow banding tape on markers without integral flow arrows. E. Underground Plastic Pipe Markers: 1. Install 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried pipe. 3.3 PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. Piping Identification Types: 1. Piping or Insulation under 3/4 inch od: Pipe identification tags. 2. Piping or Insulation 1 inch and larger: Snap-on pipe markers or stick-on pipe markers. B. Identify exposed piping, bare or insulated, as to content and direction of flow, with the following exceptions: 1. Piping in non-walk-in tunnels or underground conduits between manholes. 2. Piping in furred spaces or suspended ceilings, except at valve access panels where valves and piping shall be identified as specified for exposed piping systems. 3. Piping exposed in finished spaces such as offices, classrooms, wards, toilet rooms, shower rooms, and corridors. C. Locate piping identification to be visible from exposed points of observation. 1. Locate piping identification at valve locations; at points where piping enters and leaves a partition, wall, floor or ceiling, and at intervals of 20 feet on straight runs. 2. Where 2 or more pipes run in parallel, place printed legend and other markers in same relative location. 3.4 VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. Valve Service Identifications Tags: 1. Tag control valves, except valves at equipment, with brass tag fastened to the valve handle or stem, marked to indicate service and numbered in sequence for the following applications: a. Domestic water valves controlling mains, risers, and branch run outs. b. Gas valves controlling mains, risers, and branch run outs. B. Valve Service Identification Charts: 1. Provide two (2) framed valve charts for each piping system specified to be provided with valve identification tags. Type charts on 8-1/2 x 11 inch heavy white bond paper, indicating valve number, service and location. 2. Hang framed charts in main boiler/mechanical room at location as directed by Owner. 3.5 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Identify uninsulated plumbing equipment by means of plastic nameplates: 1. Letter Size: 3/8 inches height. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING IDENTIFICATION 220553 -5 B. Small inline pumps may be identified with tags equivalent as specified for pipe service. C. Locations: Co-locate nameplates with manufacturer's equipment nameplates where readily visible. Where view of manufacturers nameplate is obstructed locate nameplate to be readily visible. D. Equipment Identification Legend: 1. Equipment identification shall match tags as scheduled on drawings. 3.6 CEILING TACKS A. Provide ceiling tacks to locate valves or equipment as specified above T-bar type panel ceilings. 1. Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 -1 SECTION 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Piping insulation. B. Jackets and accessories. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 22 0515 - Plumbing Firestopping. B. Section 22 1005 - Plumbing Piping. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM B 209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2007. B. ASTM C 177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus; 2004. C. ASTM C 195 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement; 2007. D. ASTM C 449 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement; 2007. E. ASTM C 518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus; 2004. F. ASTM C 533 - Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation; 2009. G. ASTM C 534/C 534M - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form; 2008. H. ASTM C 547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation; 2007. I. ASTM C 610 - Standard Specification for Molded Expanded Perlite Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation; 2009. J. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2010. K. ASTM E 96/E 96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2005. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 -2 L. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; National Fire Protection Association; 2006. M. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate installation procedures that ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with not less than five years of documented experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified in this section with minimum five years of documented experience. C. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Insulation installed inside buildings, including laminated jackets, mastics, sealants and adhesives shall have a Fire Spread/Smoke Developed Rating of 25/50 or less based on ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, and UL 723. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept materials on site, labeled with manufacturer's identification, product density, and thickness. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient conditions required by manufacturers of each product. B. Maintain temperature before, during, and after installation for minimum of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING INSULATION A. Fibrous Glass (Mineral Fiber) Insulation: Composed principally of fibers manufactured from rock, slag, or glass, with or without binders, and asbestos free. 1. Manufacturers: a. Johns Manville Corporation. b. Knauf Fiber Glass. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 -3 c. Owens Corning Corporation. 2. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Minimum density 3 pcf; ASTM C 547. a. Class 1 (Suitable for Temperatures Up to 450 degrees F): 'K' value of 0.26 at 75 degrees F. 3. Premolded Fitting Insulation: Minimum density 4.0 pcf, K of 0.26 at 75 degrees F; ASTM C 547, Class 1. 4. Insulation Inserts for PVC Fitting Jackets: Minimum density 1.5 pcf, K of 0.28 at 75 degrees F; ASTM C 553, Type III. a. Suitable for temperatures up to 450 degrees F. B. Flexible Elastomeric Foam Insulation: 1. Manufacturers: a. Armacell Engineered Foams. b. Rubatex Corporation. c. Enviro-tec Corporation. 2. Preformed Pipe and Fitting Insulation: ASTM C 534, Type I. 3. FM tested and approved, meeting the following: a. Maximum Water Vapor Transmission: 0.10 perm-inch based on ASTM E 96, Procedure A. b. K of 0.27 at 75 degrees F based on ASTM C 518 or C 177. c. Fire Spread/Smoke Developed Rating: 25/50 or less based on ASTM E 84. 4. Polyethylene and polyolefin insulation is not acceptable. C. High Density Jacketed Insulation Inserts for Hangers and Supports: 1. Manufacturers: a. Johns Manville Corporation. b. Knauf Fiber Glass. c. Owens Corning Corp. 2. For Use with Fibrous Insulation: a. Cold Service Piping: 1) Polyurethane Foam: Minimum density 4 pcf, K of 0.13 at 75 degrees F, minimum compressive strength of 125 psi. b. Hot Service Piping: 1) Calcium Silicate: Minimum density of 15 pcf, K of 0.50 at 300 degrees F; ASTM C 610. 2) Perlite: Minimum density 12 pcf, K of 0.60 at 300 degrees F; ASTM C 610. 3. For Use with Flexible Elastomeric Foam Insulation: Hardwood dowels and blocks, length or thickness equal to insulation thickness, other dimensions as required. D. Cements: 1. Fibrous Glass Thermal Insulating Cement: Asbestos free; ASTM C 195. 2. Fibrous Glass Hydraulic Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement: ASTM C 449/C 449M. 2.2 INSULATION JACKETS AND FITTING COVERS A. Laminated Vapor Barrier Jackets for Piping Insulation: Factory applied by insulation manufacturer, conforming to ASTM C 1136, Type I. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 -4 1. Type I: Reinforced white kraft and aluminum foil laminate with kraft facing out. a. Pipe Jackets: Furnished with integral 1-1/2 inch self sealing longitudinal lap, and separate 3 inch wide adhesive backed butt strips. 2. Type II: Reinforced aluminum foil and kraft laminate with foil facing out. 3. Laminated vapor barrier jackets are not required for flexible elastomeric foam insulation. B. Premolded PVC Fitting Jackets: 1. Constructed of high impact, UV resistant PVC. a. ASTM D 1784, Class 14253-C. b. Working Temperature: 0-150 degrees F. C. Metal Jacketing: 1. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M) formed aluminum sheet, Type 1100, 3003, 3105, or 5005, Temper H14. a. Factory Pre-formed Sectional Pipe Jacketing: 1) Thickness: 0.016 inch. 2) Finish: Smooth outer finish with integral bonded laminated polyethylene film kraft paper moisture barrier underside. 3) Joining: Pittsburgh or modified Pittsburg longitudinal lock seams. 2 inch overlapping circumferential joints with integral locking clips, or butt joints sealed with 2 inch wide mastic backed aluminum snap bands. 4) Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. b. Roll Jacketing: Smooth outer finish with integral bonded laminated polyethylene film - kraft paper moisture barrier underside. c. Sheet Jacketing: Corrugated 1-1/4 inch x 1/4 inch deep with integral bonded laminated polyethylene film - kraft paper moisture barrier underside. d. Fastening Devices: 1) Metal Jacket Bands: 1/2 inch wide; 0.020 inch thick Type 18-8 stainless steel. 2) Wing Seals: Type 18-8 stainless steel, 0.032 inch thick. 3) Sheet Metal Screws: Pan-head Type A hardened aluminum, or stainless steel. 2. Circumferentially Corrugated Aluminum Jacketing: Childer's Corrolon. a. Construction: 3/16 inch circumferentially corrugated embossed aluminum, ASTM B 209, Type 1100, 3003, 3105, or 5005, Temper H14. b. Thickness: 0.016 inch. c. Moisture Barrier: Integrally bonded to jacket over entire surface in contact with insulation. d. Fastening Devices: 1) Strapping: 0.020 inch thick by 1/2 inch wide, Type 3003, 3105, or 5005 aluminum. Temper H14. 2) Wing Seals: 0.032 inch thick Type 5005 aluminum. Temper H14. 2.3 ADHESIVES, MASTICS, AND SEALERS A. Lagging Adhesive (Canvas Jackets): Childer's CP-50A, Epolux's Cadalag 336, Foster's 30-36. B. Vapor Seal Adhesive (Fibrous Glass Insulation): Childers' CP-82, Epolux's Cadoprene 400, Foster's 85-75 or 85-20. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 -5 C. Vapor Barrier Mastic/Joint Sealer (Fibrous Glass Insulation): Childers' CP-30, Epolux's Cadalar 670, Foster's 95-44 or 30-35. D. Adhesive (Flexible Elastomeric Foam): Armstrong's 520, Childers' CP-80, Epolux's Cadoprene 488, Foster's 82-40. E. Adhesive (Reinforcing Membrane): Childers' Chil-Spray WB CP-56. F. Mastic (Reinforcing Membrane): Childers' AK-CRYL CP-9. G. Sealant (Metal Pipe Jacket): One-part silicone sealant for high temperatures; Dow Corning's Silastic 736 RTV or General Electric's RTV 106. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Insulation Fasteners: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Duro-Dyne Corp.; Erico Fastening Systems, Inc. 2. Type: Weld pins, complete with self-locking insulation retaining washers. B. Pressure Sensitive Tape for Sealing Laminated Jackets: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Alpha Associates, Childers, Ideal Tape, Morgan Adhesive. 2. Type: Same construction as jacket. C. Wire, Bands, and Wire Mesh: 1. Binding and Lacing Wire: Nickel copper alloy or copper clad steel. 2. Bands: Galvanized steel, 1/2" wide x 0.015 inch thick, with 0.032 inch thick galvanized wing seals. 3. Wire Mesh: Woven 20 gage steel wire with 1 inch hexagonal openings, galvanized after weaving. D. Reinforcing Membrane: Glass or Polyester, 10 x 10 mesh. Alpha Associates Style 59, Childers Chil-Glas, Foster's MAST-A-FAB. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Perform the following prior to starting insulation Work: 1. Install all hangers, supports, and appurtenances in their permanent locations. 2. Complete testing of piping. 3. Clean and dry all surfaces to be insulated. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install the Work of this Section in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions unless otherwise specified. B. Provide continuous piping insulation and jacketing when passing thru interior wall, floor, and ceiling construction. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 -6 1. At Through Penetration Firestops: Coordinate insulation densities with the requirements of approved firestop system being installed. See Section 22 0515. a. Insulation densities required by approved firestop system may vary with the densities specified in this Section. When this occurs use the higher density insulation. C. Individual piping runs shall have consistent insulation type. D. Apply Insulation to completely cover entire surface of piping. Do not insulate over weld certification stamps. 3.3 INSTALLATION AT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Reset and realign hangers and supports if they are displaced during insulation installation. B. Install high density jacketed insulation inserts at hangers and supports for insulated piping as specified. 1. Insulation Inserts For Use with Fibrous Glass Insulation: a. Where clevis hangers are used, install insulation shields and high density jacketed insulation inserts between shield and pipe. b. Where insulation is subject to compression at points over 180 degrees apart, e.g. riser clamps, U-bolts, or trapezes, fully encircle pipe with 2 protection shields and 2 high density jacketed fibrous glass insulation inserts within supporting members. 1) Exception: Locations where pipe covering protection saddles are specified for hot service piping, 6 inch and larger. 2. Insulation Inserts For Use with Flexible Elastomeric Foam Insulation: a. Where clevis hangers are used, install insulation shields with hardwood filler pieces, same thickness as adjoining insulation, inserted in undersized die cut or slotted holes in insulation at support points. b. Where hardwood blocks are used, contour to match the curvature of pipe, and shield. c. Coat dowels and blocks with insulation adhesive, and insert while sill wet. d. Vapor seal outer surfaces of dowels and blocks with adhesive after insertion. e. Provide minimum 2 dowels plugs or one filler block per hanger. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF FIBROUS GLASS COLD SERVICE INSULATION A. Install insulation materials with a field or factory applied ASTM C 1136 Type I laminated vapor barrier jacket, unless otherwise specified. B. Piping: 1. Butt insulation joints together. 2. Continuously seal joints with minimum 1-1/2 inch wide self-sealing longitudinal jacket laps and 3-inch wide butt adhesive backed strips, or 3 inch wide pressure sensitive sealing tape of same material as jacket. 3. Bed insulation in a 2-inch wide band of vapor barrier mastic,and vapor seal exposed ends of insulation with vapor barrier mastic at each butt joint between pipe insulation and equipment, fittings or flanges at the following intervals: a. Horizontal Pipe Runs: 21 ft. b. Vertical Pipe Runs: 9 ft. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 -7 C. Fittings, Valves, Flanges and Irregular Surfaces: 1. Insulate with mitre cut or pre-molded fitting insulation of same material and thickness as adjoining pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation in place with 16 gage wire, with ends twisted and turned down into insulation. 3. Butt fitting, valve, and flange insulation against pipe insulation and bond with insulating cement. 4. Insulate valves up to and including bonnets, without interfering with packing nuts. 5. Apply leveling coat of insulating cement to smooth out insulation and cover wiring. 6. When insulating cement has dried, seal fitting, valve and flange insulation by embedding a layer of reinforcing membrane of 4 oz. canvas jacket between 2 flood coats of vapor barrier mastic, each 1/8 inch thick wet. 7. Lap reinforcing membrane or canvas on itself and adjoining pipe insulation at least 2 inches. 8. Trowel, brush, or rubber glove outside coat over entire insulated surface. D. Fittings, Valves, Flanges and Irregular Surfaces - Alternate: 1. Apply one piece pre-molded PVC fitting covers with fibrous glass insulation inserts with galvanized coated tack fasteners. Tape circumferential joint between insulation and premolded fitting cover with 2 inch wide pressure sensitive polyvinyl tape. a. Exception: Provide additional insulation inserts on service operating at under 45 degrees F or where insulation thickness exceeds 1-1/2 inches. Ensure that insulation is adequate to prevent PVC fitting jacket temperature from falling below 45 degrees F. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC FOAM INSULATION A. Slit insulation and install over pipe. Seal longitudinal and butt joints with adhesive. B. Insulate fittings and valves with miter cut sections. Use templates provided by the manufacturer and assemble the cut sections in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 1. Insulate threaded fittings and valves with sleeved fitting covers. Over lap and seal the covers to the adjoining pipe insulation with adhesive. C. Carefully mate and seal with adhesive all contact surfaces to maintain the integrity of the vapor barrier system. D. Piping Exposed to the Elements: 1. Apply flexible elastomeric foam insulation to piping with adhesive. 2. Apply reinforcing membrane around piping insulation with adhesive or mastic. 3. Adhesive Applied System: Apply another coat of mastic over reinforcing membrane. 4. Mastic Applied System: Apply another coat of mastic over reinforcing membrane. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF METAL JACKETING ON PIPING A. Secure jacketing to insulated piping with preformed aluminum snap straps and stainless steel strapping installed with special banding wrench. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 -8 B. Jacket exposed insulated fittings, valves and flanges with mitered sections of aluminum jacketing. 1. Seal joints with sealant and secure with preformed aluminum bands. 2. Alternate: a. Factory fabricated, preformed, sectional aluminum fitting covers may be used in lieu of mitered sections of aluminum jacketing for covering fittings, valves and flanges. 3.7 SCHEDULE OF PIPING INSULATION A. Insulate all cold service and hot service piping, and appurtenances except where otherwise specified. B. Plumbing Piping Systems: 1. Roof Drain Bodies: a. Glass Fiber Insulation: 1) Thickness: 1 inch. 2. Roof Drainage Within 10 Feet of the Exterior: a. Glass Fiber Insulation: 1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes. (a) Thickness: 1 inch. 3. Roof Drainage Run Horizontal at Roof Level: a. Glass Fiber Insulation: 1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes. (a) Thickness: 1 inch. 4. Cold Condensate Piping: a. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Rubber Insulation: 1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes. (a) Thickness: 1/2 inch. C. Schedule of Items Not to be Insulated: 1. Chrome plated piping, unless otherwise specified. 2. Water heater blow-off piping. 3. Air vents, pressure reducing valves, pilot lines, safety valves, relief valves. 4. Water meters. 5. Sprinkler and standpipe piping, unless otherwise specified. 3.8 SCHEDULE OF INSULATION JACKETING A. Piping Exterior to Building and within Penthouse: Jacket insulated piping with circumferentially corrugated aluminum jacketing. 1. Lap longitudinal and circumferential joints a minimum of 2 inches. 2. Secure jacketing in place with 1/2 inch c 0.020 thick aluminum bands secured with aluminum wing type seals, on maximum 12 inch centers. 3. Cover insulated fittings, valves, and offsets with mitered sections of jacketing. Seal joints with mastic, and secure with aluminum strapping and wing seals. 4. Factory fabricated, preformed fitting covers of same material as jacketing may be used instead of mitered jacketing. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 -9 5. Install jacketing to avoid trapping condensation and precipitation. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING 221005 -1 SECTION 221005 PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe, pipe fittings, specialties, and connections for piping systems. 1. Storm sewer. 2. Vent piping. 3. Flanges, unions, and couplings. 4. Pipe hangers and supports. 5. Manufactured sleeve-seal systems. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME BPVC-IX - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX - Welding, Brazing, and Fusing Procedures; Welders; Brazers; and Welding, Brazing and Fusing Operators; 2019. B. ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings; 2017. C. ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings; 2014. D. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation; 2018. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings. C. Welder Certificate: Include welders certification of compliance with ASME BPVC-IX. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with applicable codes. B. Welder Qualifications: Certified in accordance with ASME BPVC-IX. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. B. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING 221005 -2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2.2 VENT PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A74, service weight. 1. Fittings: Cast iron. 2. Joint Seals: ASTM C564 neoprene gaskets, or lead and oakum. 2.3 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS A. Flanges for Pipe Size Over 1 Inch (25 mm): 1. Ferrous Pipe: Class 150 malleable iron threaded or forged steel slip-on flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets. 2.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58. 1. If type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type using MSS SP-58 recommendations. 2. Overhead Supports: Individual steel rod hangers attached to structure or to trapeze hangers. 3. Trapeze Hangers: Welded steel channel frames attached to structure. 4. Vertical Pipe Support: Steel riser clamp. B. Plumbing Piping - Drain, Waste, and Vent: 1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches (50 mm) and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 2.5 MANUFACTURED SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: 1. The Metraflex Company; MetraSeal: www.metraflex.com/#sle. 2. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Modular/Mechanical Seal: 1. Synthetic rubber interlocking links continuously fill annular space between pipe and wall/casing opening. 2. Provide watertight seal between pipe and wall/casing opening. 3. Elastomer element size and material in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Glass reinforced plastic pressure end plates. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING 221005 -3 C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and perpendicular to walls. C. Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of space. D. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. E. Manufactured Sleeve-Seal Systems: 1. Install manufactured sleeve-seal systems in sleeves located in grade slabs and exterior concrete walls at piping entrances into building. 2. Provide sealing elements of the size, quantity, and type required for the piping and sleeve inner diameter or penetration diameter. 3. Locate piping in center of sleeve or penetration. 4. Install field assembled sleeve-seal system components in annular space between sleeve and piping. 5. Tighten bolting for a water-tight seal. 6. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES 221006 -1 SECTION 221006 PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof and floor drains. B. Cleanouts. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 221005 - Plumbing Piping. B. Section 223000 - Plumbing Equipment. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME A112.6.3 - Floor and Trench Drains; 2001 (R2007). B. ASME A112.6.4 - Roof, Deck, and Balcony Drains; 2003. C. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; 2017. D. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content; 2016. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. C. Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes. D. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and holes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Specialties in Potable Water Supply Systems: Provide products that comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for maximum lead content. 2.2 DRAINS A. Roof Drains: 1. Assembly: ASME A112.6.4. 2. Body: Lacquered cast iron with sump. 3. Strainer: Removable polyethylene dome with vandal proof screws. 4. Accessories: Coordinate with roofing type, refer to contract documents: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES 221006 -2 a. Membrane flange and membrane clamp with integral gravel stop. b. Adjustable under deck clamp. c. Roof sump receiver. d. Waterproofing flange. e. Controlled flow weir. f. Leveling frame. g. Adjustable extension sleeve for roof insulation. h. Perforated or slotted ballast guard extension for inverted roof. i. Perforated stainless steel ballast guard extension. B. Roof Overflow Drains: 1. Lacquered cast iron body and clamp collar and bottom clamp ring; pipe extended to 4 inches (_____ mm) above flood elevation. C. Downspout Nozzles: 1. Bronze round with straight bottom section. D. Floor Drain: 1. ASME A112.6.3; lacquered cast iron or stainless steel, two piece body with double drainage flange, weep holes, reversible clamping collar, and round, adjustable nickel-bronze strainer. 2.3 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts at Interior Finished Floor Areas: 1. Lacquered cast iron body with anchor flange, reversible clamping collar, threaded top assembly, and round gasketed scored cover in service areas and round gasketed depressed cover to accept floor finish in finished floor areas. B. Cleanouts at Interior Finished Wall Areas: 1. Line type with lacquered cast iron body and round epoxy coated gasketed cover, and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 223000 -1 SECTION 223000 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sump pumps. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. UL 778 - Standard for Motor-Operated Water Pumps; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Provide dimension drawings of water heaters indicating components and connections to other equipment and piping. 2. Indicate pump type, capacity, power requirements. 3. Provide certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. 4. Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.5 CERTIFICATIONS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUMP PUMPS A. Type: Vertical centrifugal, direct connected, simplex arrangement. B. Casing: Cast iron volute with radial clearance around impeller, inlet strainer, slide away couplings. C. Impeller: Cast iron;open non-clog, keyed to corrosion resistant alloy steel shaft. D. Support: Cast iron pedestal motor support on steel floor plate with gas tight gaskets. E. Bearings: Forced grease lubricated bronze sleeve spaced maximum 48 inches (1200 mm) and grease lubricated ball thrust at floor plate. F. Drive: Flexible coupling to vertical, solid shaft ball bearing electric motor. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 223000 -2 G. Sump: Steel cover plate with steel curb frame for grouting into concrete sump with inspection opening and cover, and alarm fittings. H. Controls (Simplex): Float switch with float rod, stops, and corrosion resistant float, and separate pressure switch high level alarm with transformer, alarm bell and stand-pipe. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install plumbing equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, as required by code, and complying with conditions of certification, if any. B. Pumps: 1. Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230510 -1 SECTION 230510 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, tools, materials, accessories, parts, transportation, taxes, and related items, essential for installation of the work and necessary to make work complete and operational. Provide new equipment and material unless otherwise called for. References to codes, specifications, and standards called for in the specification sections and on the drawings mean the latest edition, amendment, and revision of such referenced standard in effect on the date of these contract documents. 1.2 LICENSING A. The Contractor shall hold a license to perform the work as issued by the local jurisdiction. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing the local jurisdiction requirements prior to bidding. 1.3 PERMITS A. Apply for and obtain all required permits and inspections, pay all fees and charges including all service charges. 1.4 CODE COMPLIANCE A. Provide work in compliance with the following: 1. The International Code with the 2017 Uniform Code Supplement and 2016 Supplement to the New York State Energy Conservation Code. 2. New York State Department of Labor Rules and Regulations. 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 4. National Fuel Gas Code, NFPA 54. 5. National Electrical Code, NFPA 70. 6. Local Codes and Ordinances. 7. Life Safety Codes, NFPA 101 (2003). 8. New York Board of Fire Underwriters. 9. Part 4 of Title 12 Rules and Regulations of the State of New York Industrial Code Rule No. 4 (12NYCRR4) 1.5 GLOSSARY A. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. B. ANSI American National Standards Institute C. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230510 -2 D. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers E. ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers F. ASTM American Society for Testing Materials G. NFPA National Fire Protection Association H. NYS/UFPBC New York State Uniform Fire Prevention and Building Code 1.6 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Contractor shall assume responsibility for construction safety at all times and provide as part of contract all trench or building shoring, scaffolding, shielding, dust/fume protection, mechanical/electrical protection, special grounding, safety railings, barriers, and other safety features required to provide safe conditions for all workmen and site visitors. 1.7 ROUGHING A. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevation, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in contract work, equipment locations, etc., as part of a contract to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. Before installing, verify exact location and elevations at work site. DO NOT SCALE plans. If field conditions, details, changes in equipment or shop drawing information require an important rearrangement, report same to Owner’s Representative for review. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. 1.8 REMOVAL WORK A. Where existing equipment removals are called for, submit complete list to Owner’s Representative. All items that Owner wishes to retain that do not contain asbestos or PCB Material shall be delivered to location directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from site and legally disposed of. Removal and disposal of material containing asbestos and/or PCB’s shall be in accordance with Federal, State, and Local law requirements. Where equipment is called for to be relocated, contractor shall carefully remove, clean and recondition, then reinstall. Removal all abandoned piping, equipment, ductwork, tubing, supports, fixtures, etc. Visit each room, crawl space, and roof to determine the total Scope of Work. The disturbance or dislocation of asbestos-containing materials causes asbestos fibers to be released into the building’s atmosphere, thereby creating a health hazard to workmen and building occupants. Consistent with Industrial Code Rule 56 and the content of recognized asbestos-control work, the Contractor shall apprise all of his workers, supervisory personnel, subcontractors, Owner and Consultants who will be at the job site of the seriousness of the hazard and of proper safeguards and work procedures which must be followed, as described in New York State Department of Labor Industrial Code Rule 56. 1.9 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL INSTALLATION A. Provide materials that meet the following minimum requirements: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230510 -3 1. Materials shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed rating of 50 or less, in accordance with NFPA 255. 1.10 PAINTING A. Include painting for patchwork with color to match adjacent surfaces. Where color cannot be adequately matched, paint entire surface. Provide one (1) coat of primer and two (2) finish coats or as called for in the Mechanical Specifications. Refer to General Construction Specifications for additional information. 1.11 SUPPORTS A. Provide required supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, and other items to properly support contract work. Supports shall meet the approval of the Owner’s Representative. Modify studs, add studs, add framing, or otherwise reinforce studs in metal stud walls and partitions as required to suit contract work. If necessary, in stud walls, provide special supports from floor to structure above. For Precast Panels/Planks and Metal Decks, support mechanical/electrical work as determined by manufacturer and Owner’s Representative. Provide heavy gauge steel mounting plates for mounting contract work. Mounting plates shall span two or more studs. Size, gauge, and strength of mounting plates shall be sufficient for equipment size, weight, and desired rigidity. 1.12 DELIVERY A. Accept materials delivered on site in manufacturer's packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification and product information. 1.13 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. Store materials on dry base, at least 6” above-ground or floor. Store so as not to interfere with other work or obstruct access to buildings or facilities. Provide waterproof/windproof covering. Remove and provide special storage for items subject to moisture damage. Protect against theft or damage from any cause. Replace items stolen or damaged, at no cost to Owner. B. Maintain ambient conditions for each product as required by each manufacturer from time of delivery. Maintain appropriate ambient conditions for installation as recommended by each manufacturer for a minimum of 24 hours prior and 24 hours after installation. C. Refer to “General Conditions of the Contract for Construction.” 1.14 FREEZING AND WATER DAMAGE A. Take all necessary precautions with equipment, systems and building to prevent damage due to freezing and/or water damage. Repair or replace, at no charge in contract, any such damage to equipment, systems, and building. Perform first seasons winterizing in presence of Owner’s operating staff. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230510 -4 1.15 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall obtain at his expense one (1) set of construction Contract Drawings including non-reproducible black and white prints for the purpose of recording record conditions. B. The Contractor shall perform all survey work required for the location and construction of the work and to record information necessary for completion of the record drawings. Record drawings shall show the actual location of the constructed facilities in the same manner as was shown on the bid drawings. All elevations and dimensions shown on the drawings shall be verified or corrected so as to provide a complete and accurate record of the facilities as constructed. C. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to mark each sheet of the non-reproducible drawings in pencil and to record thereon in a legible manner, any and all approved field changes and conditions as they occur. A complete file of approved field sketches, diagrams, and other changes shall also be maintained. At completion of the work, each sheet of record prints, plus all approved field sketches and diagrams shall be used in preparation of the record drawings. D. Completed drawings shall be certified as reflecting record conditions and submitted to the engineer for approval. 1.16 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING SERVICES A. In the event that the Consultant is required to provide additional engineering services as a result of substitution of equivalent materials or equipment by the Contractor, or changes by the Contractor in dimension, weight, power requirements, etc., of the equipment and accessories furnished, or if the Consultant is required to examine and evaluate any changes proposed by the Contractor for the convenience of the Contractor, then the Consultant’s expenses in connection with such additional services shall be paid by the Contractor and may be deducted from any monies owed to the Contractor. 1.17 FINAL INSPECTION A. Upon completion of all punch list items, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the punch list back to the Architect/Engineer with each items noted as completed or the current status of the item. Upon receipt, the Architect/Engineer will schedule a final inspection. 1.18 CLEANING A. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to keep clean all equipment provided under this contract for the duration of the project. Each trade shall keep the premises free from an accumulation of waste material or rubbish caused by his operations. The facilities require an environment of extreme cleanliness, and it is the Contractor’s responsibility to adhere to the strict regulations regarding procedures on the existing premises. After all tests are made and installations completed satisfactorily: B. Thoroughly clean entire installation, both exposed surfaces and interiors. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 230510 -5 C. Remove all debris caused by work. D. Remove tools, surplus, materials, when work is finally accepted. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 MECHANICAL FIRESTOPPING 230515 -1 SECTION 230515 MECHANICAL FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping materials. B. Firestopping of all penetrations, openings, and interruptions to fire rated assemblies, whether indicated on drawings or not, including but not limited to piping, tubing, ductwork and similar utilities passing through or penetrating fire rated walls and floor assemblies. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to "Code Compliance Drawings" for location of fire rated assemblies. At a minimum all corridor walls and all floors between stories have a 1hour rating. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. B. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. D. Mechanical Code of New York State. 1.4 FIRE-STOP SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: For penetrations through fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items, provide through-penetration fire-stop systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. 1. Fire-resistance-rated walls including fire walls, fire partitions, fire barriers and smoke barriers. 2. Fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies including floors and ceiling membranes of roof/ceiling assemblies. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 MECHANICAL FIRESTOPPING 230515 -2 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: For each through-penetration fire-stop system, show each type of construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and type of penetrating item. Include fire-stop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency that evidences compliance with requirements for each condition indicated. Submit UL Standard detail for each penetration type proposed. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs which provide the specified fire ratings when tested in accordance with methods indicated. 1. Listing in the current-year classification or certification books of UL will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and conditions during and after installation. Maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Hilti. B. Nelson Fire Stop Products. C. Specified Technology. D. 3M Fire Protection Products. E. Approved equals meeting UL requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Sealant Firestopping: 1. Intumescent firestop sealant designed to expand when exposed to fire. 2. Paintable 3. Fire Resistance: Up to 4 hours 4. Curing Time: 14-21 days 5. Elongation: 5% 6. Density: 1.5 g/cm3 7. Product: FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant manufactured by Hilti USA. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 MECHANICAL FIRESTOPPING 230515 -3 8. Uses: Insulated and uninsulated metal pipes, with or without sleeve, jacketed cables, cable bundles, plastic pipes, sheet metal duct, and top of wall joints. B. Silicone Sealant Firestopping: 1. Silicone based firestop sealant that provides maximum movement in fire-rated joint applications and pipe penetrations. 2. Not paintable 3. Fire Resistance: Up to 4 hours 4. Elongation: 25% 5. Product: CP 601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant manufactured by Hilti USA. 6. Uses: Joints in walls, floor to floor or fire compartments. C. Safing Insulation: 1. Mineral-wool type insulation. 2. Thickness: 1" to 1-1/2" 3. Density: 4 to 8 pcf 4. Product: THERMAFIBER Safing Insulation D. Sleeves: 1. Provide sleeves as required by section 1206.4 of the Mechanical Code. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing through-penetration fire-stop systems to comply with fire-stop system manufacturer's written instructions and with the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of through-penetration fire-stop systems. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with through-penetration fire-stop systems. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through-penetration fire-stop system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Install materials in manner described in UL Detail and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 MECHANICAL FIRESTOPPING 230515 -4 B. Installation 1. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping. 2. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. 3. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating, to uniform density and texture. 4. Fire Rated Surface: a. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, and roof as follows: 1) Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. 2) Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. 3) Pack void with backing material. 4) Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. b. Where piping, ductwork, cables, etc. penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5. Non-Rated Surfaces: a. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: 1) Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. 2) Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. 3) Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. b. Install floor plates or ceiling plate where piping penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. c. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to size of pipe and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. d. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at mechanical rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. C. Identification: 1. Identify through-penetration fire-stop systems with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of edge of the fire-stop systems so that labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or fire-stop systems. Use mechanical fasteners for metal labels. For plastic labels, use self-adhering type with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed and, in combination with label material, will result in partial destruction of label if removal is attempted. Include the following information on labels: a. The words "Warning - Through-Penetration Fire-Stop System - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." b. Date of installation. c. Through-penetration fire-stop system manufacturer's name. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 MECHANICAL FIRESTOPPING 230515 -5 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by through-penetration fire-stop system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that through-penetration fire-stop systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated through-penetration fire-stop systems immediately and install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 -1 SECTION 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Nameplates. B. Tags. C. Pipe markers. D. Ceiling tacks. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME A13.1 - Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems; 2007. B. ASTM D709 - Standard Specification for Laminated Thermosetting Materials; 2013. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures. B. Chart and Schedule: Submit valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS A. Air Handling Units: Nameplates. B. Air Terminal Units: Tags. C. Dampers: Ceiling tacks, where located above lay-in ceiling. D. Ductwork: Nameplates. E. Heat Transfer Equipment: Nameplates. F. Instrumentation: Tags. G. Major Control Components: Nameplates. H. Piping: Tags. I. Pumps: Nameplates. J. Tanks: Nameplates. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 -2 K. Valves: Tags and ceiling tacks where located above lay-in ceiling. 2.2 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Advanced Graphic Engraving, LLC; ______: www.advancedgraphicengraving.com/#sle. 2. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co; ______: www.kolbipipemarkers.com/#sle. 3. Seton Identification Products, a Tricor Direct Company; ______: www.seton.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Letter Color: White. C. Letter Height: 1/4 inch (6 mm). D. Background Color: Black. E. Plastic: Comply with ASTM D709. 2.3 TAGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Advanced Graphic Engraving; ______: www.advancedgraphicengraving.com/#sle. 2. Brady Corporation; ______: www.bradycorp.com/#sle. 3. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co; ______: www.kolbipipemarkers.com/#sle. 4. Seton Identification Products, a Tricor Company; ______: www.seton.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Plastic Tags: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light contrasting background color. Tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch (40 mm)diameter. C. Metal Tags: Brass with stamped letters; tag size minimum 1-1/2 inch (40 mm)diameter with smooth edges. D. Valve Tag Chart: Typewritten letter size list in anodized aluminum frame. 2.4 PIPE MARKERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Brady Corporation; ______: www.bradycorp.com/#sle. 2. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co; ______: www.kolbipipemarkers.com/#sle. 3. MIFAB, Inc; ______: www.mifab.com/#sle. 4. Seton Identification Products, a Tricor Company; ______: www.seton.com/#sle. 5. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Color: Comply with ASME A13.1. C. Plastic Pipe Markers: Factory fabricated, flexible, semi- rigid plastic, preformed to fit around pipe or pipe covering; minimum information indicating flow direction arrow and identification of fluid being conveyed. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 -3 D. Plastic Tape Pipe Markers: Flexible, vinyl film tape with pressure sensitive adhesive backing and printed markings. E. Color code as follows: 1. Heating, Cooling, and Boiler Feedwater: Green with white letters. 2.5 CEILING TACKS A. Manufacturers: B. Description: Steel with 3/4 inch (20 mm) diameter color coded head. C. Color code as follows: 1. HVAC Equipment: Yellow. 2. Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers: Red. 3. Heating/Cooling Valves: Blue. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install nameplates with corrosive-resistant mechanical fasteners, or adhesive. Apply with sufficient adhesive to ensure permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. B. Install tags with corrosion resistant chain. C. Install plastic pipe markers in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Install plastic tape pipe markers complete around pipe in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Use tags on piping 3/4 inch (20 mm) diameter and smaller. 1. Identify service, flow direction, and pressure. 2. Locate identification not to exceed 20 feet (6 m) on straight runs including risers and drops, adjacent to each valve and Tee, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. F. Install ductwork with plastic nameplates. Identify with air handling unit identification number and area served. Locate identification at air handling unit, at each side of penetration of structure or enclosure, and at each obstruction. G. Locate ceiling tacks to locate valves or dampers above lay-in panel ceilings. Locate in corner of panel closest to equipment. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -1 SECTION 230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. B. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of hydronic systems. C. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. D. Vibration measurement of equipment operating conditions. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AABC (NSTSB) - AABC National Standards for Total System Balance, 7th Edition; 2016. B. AABC MN-1 - AABC National Standards for Total System Balance; 2002. C. ASHRAE Std 111 - Measurement, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building HVAC Systems; 2008. D. NEBB (TAB) - Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems; 2005, Seventh Edition. E. SMACNA (TAB) - HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting and Balancing; 2002. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. TAB Plan: Submit a written plan indicating the testing, adjusting, and balancing standard to be followed and the specific approach for each system and component. 1. Include at least the following in the plan: a. List of all air flow, water flow, sound level, system capacity and efficiency measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures, parameters, formulas to be used. b. Copy of field checkout sheets and logs to be used, listing each piece of equipment to be tested, adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each. c. Discussion of what notations and markings will be made on the duct and piping drawings during the process. d. Final test report forms to be used. e. Procedures for formal deficiency reports, including scope, frequency and distribution. C. Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. 1. Revise TAB plan to reflect actual procedures and submit as part of final report. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -2 2. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Architect and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. 3. Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial number, and date of calibration. 4. Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed recommends a report format use that; otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std 111. 5. Units of Measure: Report data in both I-P (inch-pound) and SI (metric) units. PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: 1. AABC (NSTSB), AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. 2. ASHRAE Std 111, Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems. 3. NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of Environmental Systems. 4. SMACNA (TAB). B. Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the project. C. TAB Agency Qualifications: 1. Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems specified in this section. D. TAB Supervisor and Technician Qualifications: Certified by same organization as TAB agency. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters. 3. Duct systems are clean of debris. 4. Fans are rotating correctly. 5. Fire and volume dampers are in place and open. 6. Air coil fins are cleaned and combed. 7. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 8. Air outlets are installed and connected. 9. Duct system leakage is minimized. 10. Hydronic systems are flushed, filled, and vented. 11. Pumps are rotating correctly. 12. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 13. Service and balance valves are open. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -3 B. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies that will or could prevent proper system balance. C. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Hold a pre-balancing meeting at least one week prior to starting TAB work. B. Provide instruments required for testing, adjusting, and balancing operations. Make instruments available to Architect to facilitate spot checks during testing. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES A. Air Handling Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 5 percent of design for supply systems and plus or minus 10 percent of design for return and exhaust systems. B. Air Outlets and Inlets: Adjust total to within plus 10 percent and minus 5 percent of design to space. Adjust outlets and inlets in space to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. C. Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. 3.5 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING A. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. B. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. C. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. D. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. 3.6 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities at site altitude. B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of entire cross sectional area of duct. C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noise. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -4 E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as dampers and splitters. F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide drive changes required. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. G. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including filter and coil pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. H. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers for design conditions. I. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and exhaust dampers to check leakage. J. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at extreme conditions. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, full heating. K. Measure building static pressure and adjust supply, return, and exhaust air systems to provide required relationship between each to maintain approximately 0.05 inches (12.5 Pa) positive static pressure near the building entries. 3.7 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Adjust water systems to provide required or design quantities. B. Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and pressure gages to determine flow rates for system balance. Where flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the system. C. Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air balancing. D. Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open to heat transfer elements. E. Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing cocks, valves, and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off valves for balancing unless indexed for balance point. F. Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts, full flow in one part may be simulated by temporary restriction of flow to other parts. 3.8 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED A. Electric Motors: 1. Manufacturer. 2. Model/Frame. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -5 3. HP/BHP. 4. Phase, voltage, amperage; nameplate, actual, no load. 5. RPM. 6. Starter size, rating, heater elements. 7. Sheave Make/Size/Bore. B. V-Belt Drives: 1. Identification/location. 2. Required driven RPM. 3. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM. 4. Belt, size and quantity. 5. Motor sheave diameter and RPM. 6. Center to center distance, maximum, minimum, and actual. C. Heating Coils: 1. Identification/number. 2. Location. 3. Service. 4. Manufacturer. 5. Air flow, design and actual. 6. Water flow, design and actual. 7. Water pressure drop, design and actual. 8. Entering water temperature, design and actual. 9. Leaving water temperature, design and actual. 10. Entering air temperature, design and actual. 11. Leaving air temperature, design and actual. 12. Air pressure drop, design and actual. D. Air Moving Equipment: 1. Location. 2. Manufacturer. 3. Model number. 4. Serial number. 5. Arrangement/Class/Discharge. 6. Air flow, specified and actual. 7. Return air flow, specified and actual. 8. Outside air flow, specified and actual. 9. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual. 10. Inlet pressure. 11. Discharge pressure. 12. Sheave Make/Size/Bore. 13. Number of Belts/Make/Size. 14. Fan RPM. E. Exhaust Fans: 1. Location. 2. Manufacturer. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 -6 3. Model number. 4. Serial number. 5. Air flow, specified and actual. 6. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual. 7. Inlet pressure. 8. Discharge pressure. 9. Sheave Make/Size/Bore. 10. Number of Belts/Make/Size. 11. Fan RPM. F. Duct Traverses: 1. System zone/branch. 2. Duct size. 3. Area. 4. Design velocity. 5. Design air flow. 6. Test velocity. 7. Test air flow. 8. Duct static pressure. 9. Air temperature. 10. Air correction factor. G. Duct Leak Tests: 1. Description of ductwork under test. 2. Duct design operating pressure. 3. Duct design test static pressure. 4. Duct capacity, air flow. 5. Maximum allowable leakage duct capacity times leak factor. 6. Test static pressure. 7. Test orifice differential pressure. 8. Leakage. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DUCT INSULATION 230713 -1 SECTION 230713 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Duct insulation. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C518 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus; 2017. B. ASTM C553 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications; 2013. C. ASTM C795 - Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel; 2008 (Reapproved 2018). D. ASTM C916 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation; 2014. E. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2015a. F. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2016. G. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product description, thermal characteristics, list of materials and thickness for each service, and locations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products of the type specified in this section with not less than three years of documented experience. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labelled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. B. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DUCT INSULATION 230713 -2 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. 2.2 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE A. Manufacturer: 1. Johns Manville; _______: www.jm.com/#sle. 2. Owens Corning Corporation; ______: www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle. 3. CertainTeed Corporation; ______: www.certainteed.com/#sle. B. Insulation: ASTM C553; flexible, noncombustible blanket, 2" thick. 1. K (Ksi) value: 0.36 at 75 degrees F (0.052 at 24 degrees C), when tested in accordance with ASTM C518. 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F (649 degrees C). 3. Maximum Water Vapor Absorption: 5.0 percent by weight. C. Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.02 perm inch (0.029 ng/Pa s m), when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Test ductwork for design pressure prior to applying insulation materials. B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Insulated Ducts Conveying Air Above Ambient Temperature: 1. Provide with or without standard vapor barrier jacket. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 DUCT INSULATION 230713 -3 2. Insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of insulation. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 -1 SECTION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 078400 - Firestopping. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate; 2014. B. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (Metric); 2014. C. ASTM C177 - Standard Test Method for Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded-Hot-Plate Apparatus; 2019. D. ASTM C195 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement; 2007 (Reapproved 2013). E. ASTM C534/C534M - Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form; 2016. F. ASTM C547 - Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation; 2015. G. ASTM C795 - Standard Specification for Thermal Insulation for Use in Contact with Austenitic Stainless Steel; 2008 (Reapproved 2018). H. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2015a. I. ASTM E96/E96M - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials; 2016. J. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. 2.2 GLASS FIBER, RIGID A. Manufacturers: 1. Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 -2 2. Knauf Insulation: www.knaufinsulation.com. 3. Owens Corning Corporation; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation ASJ: www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle. B. Insulation: ASTM C547 and ASTM C795; rigid molded, noncombustible. 1. K (Ksi) Value: ASTM C177, 0.24 at 75 degrees F (0.035 at 24 degrees C). 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 850 degrees F (454 degrees C). 3. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. C. Vapor Barrier Jacket: White kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to aluminized film; moisture vapor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M of 0.02 perm-inches (0.029 ng/Pa s m). D. Tie Wire: 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch (300 mm) centers. E. Vapor Barrier Lap Adhesive: Compatible with insulation. F. Insulating Cement/Mastic: ASTM C195; hydraulic setting on mineral wool. G. Fibrous Glass Fabric: 1. Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz/sq yd (305 g/sq m) weight. 2. Blanket: 1.0 lb/cu ft (16 kg/cu m) density. 3. Weave: 5 by 5. H. Indoor Vapor Barrier Finish: 1. Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz/sq yd (305 g/sq m) weight. 2. Vinyl emulsion type acrylic, compatible with insulation, black color. 2.3 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION A. Manufacturer: 1. Aeroflex USA, Inc: www.aeroflexusa.com. 2. Armacell LLC: www.armacell.us. 3. K-Flex USA LLC: www.kflexusa.com. B. Insulation: Preformed flexible elastomeric cellular rubber insulation complying with ASTM C534/C534M Grade 1; use molded tubular material wherever possible. 1. Minimum Service Temperature: Minus 40 degrees F (Minus 40 degrees C). 2. Connection: Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive. C. Elastomeric Foam Adhesive: Air dried, contact adhesive, compatible with insulation. 2.4 JACKETS A. PVC Plastic. 1. Jacket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white color. a. Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F (minus 18 degrees C). b. Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F (66 degrees C). Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 -3 c. Moisture Vapor Permeability: 0.002 perm inch (0.0029 ng/Pa s m), maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. d. Thickness: 10 mil (0.25 mm). e. Connections: Brush on welding adhesive. B. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M) formed aluminum sheet. 1. Thickness: 0.016 inch (0.40 mm) sheet. 2. Finish: Smooth. 3. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch (50 mm) laps. 4. Fittings: 0.016 inch (0.4 mm) thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached protective liner. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Test piping for design pressure, liquid tightness, and continuity prior to applying insulation materials. B. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F (60 degrees C), insulate flanges and unions at equipment. C. Glass Fiber Insulated Pipes Conveying Fluids Above Ambient Temperature: 1. Provide standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-applied, or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips with pressure-sensitive adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples. 2. Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. Finish with glass cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers. D. Inserts and Shields: 1. Application: Piping 1-1/2 inches (40 mm) diameter or larger. 2. Shields: Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts. 3. Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 4. Insert Configuration: Minimum 6 inches (150 mm) long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. E. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. At fire separations, refer to Section 078400. F. Pipe Exposed in Mechanical Equipment Rooms or Finished Spaces (less than 10 feet (3 meters) above finished floor): Finish with canvas jacket sized for finish painting. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 -4 3.3 SCHEDULE A. Insulate all cold service and hot service piping, equipment, and appurtenances except were otherwise specified. B. Heating Systems: 1. Heating Water Supply and Return: a. Fibrous Glass Insulation: 1) Up to and including 1-1/4 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1.5 inch 2) Larger than 1-1/4 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 2 inch 2. Glycol Heating Supply and Return: a. Fibrous Glass Insulation: 1) Up to and including 1-1/4 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1.5 inch 2) Larger than 1-1/4 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 2 inch 3. Low Pressure Steam Piping: a. Fibrous Glass Insulation: 1) Up to and including 3 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 2-1/2 inch 2) Larger than 3 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 3 inch 4. Low Pressure Steam Condensate: a. Fibrous Glass Insulation: 1) Up to and including 3 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 2-1/2 inch 2) Larger than 3 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 3 inch C. Cooling Systems: 1. Chilled Water: a. Fibrous Glass Insulation: 1) Up to and including 1-1/2 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1inch. 2) Larger than 1-1/2 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1-1/2 inch. 2. Condenser Water: a. Fibrous Glass Insulation: 1) Larger than 1-1/2 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1-1/2 inch. 3. Dual Temperature Water: a. Fibrous Glass Insulation: 1) Up to and including 1-1/4 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1 inch. 2) Larger than 1-1/2 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 2 inch. 4. Glycol Cooling Supply and Return: a. Fibrous Glass Insulation: 1) Up to and including 1-1/2 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1inch. 2) Larger than 1-1/2 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1-1/2 inch. 5. Cold Condensate Drains: a. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Rubber Insulation: 1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes. (a) Thickness: 1/2 inch. 6. Condensate Drains from Cooling Coils: a. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Rubber Insulation: 1) Pipe Size Range: All sizes. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 -5 (a) Thickness: 1/2 inch. 7. Refrigerant Suction: a. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: 1) Up to and Including 1 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1 inch. 2) 1-1/4 inch and larger pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1-1/2 inch. 8. Refrigerant Hot Gas: a. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: 1) Up to and Including 1 inch pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1 inch. 2) 1-1/4 inch and larger pipe size - Insulation thickness = 1-1/2 inch. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 -1 SECTION 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hydronic system requirements. B. Heating water piping, above grade. C. Heating water and glycol piping, above grade. D. Equipment drains and overflows. E. Pipe hangers and supports. F. Unions, flanges, mechanical couplings, and dielectric connections. G. Valves: 1. Ball valves. 2. Plug valves. 3. Butterfly valves. 4. Check valves. H. Flow controls. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: Classes 150 and 300; 2016. B. ASME B16.18 - Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings; 2018. C. ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings; 2018. D. ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping; 2017. E. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2018. F. ASTM A234/A234M - Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service; 2018a. G. ASTM B32 - Standard Specification for Solder Metal; 2008 (Reapproved 2014). H. ASTM B88 - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube; 2016. I. ASTM B88M - Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (Metric); 2018. J. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120; 2015, with Editorial Revision (2018). Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 -2 K. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series); 2015. L. ASTM D2466 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40; 2017. M. ASTM D2467 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80; 2006. N. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for the Two-Step (Primer & Solvent Cement) Method of Joining Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) or Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Pipe and Piping Components with Tapered Sockets; 2015. O. ASTM F708 - Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers; 1992,with Editiorial Revision (2018). P. AWS A5.8M/A5.8 - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding; 2011 (Amended 2012). Q. AWS A5.8/A5.8M - Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding; 2011 and errata. R. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel; 2015, with Errata (2016). S. AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints; 2015. T. MSS SP-58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation; 2018. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 HYDRONIC SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with ASME B31.9 and applicable federal, state, and local regulations. B. Piping: Provide piping, fittings, hangers and supports as required, as indicated, and as follows: 1. Where more than one piping system material is specified, provide joining fittings that are compatible with piping materials and ensure that the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. 2. Use non-conducting dielectric connections whenever jointing dissimilar metals. 3. Grooved mechanical joints may be used in accessible locations only. a. Accessible locations include those exposed on interior of building, in pipe chases, and in mechanical rooms, aboveground outdoors, and as approved by Architect. b. Use rigid joints unless otherwise indicated. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 -3 4. Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with ASME B31.9 or MSS SP-58 unless indicated otherwise. C. Pipe-to-Valve and Pipe-to-Equipment Connections: Use flanges, unions, or grooved couplings to allow disconnection of components for servicing; do not use direct welded, soldered, or threaded connections. D. Valves: Provide valves where indicated: 1. Provide drain valves where indicated, and if not indicated provide at least at main shut-off, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers, and at equipment. Use 3/4 inch (20 mm)gate valves with cap; pipe to nearest floor drain. 2. Isolate equipment using butterfly valves with lug end flanges or grooved mechanical couplings. 3. For throttling, bypass, or manual flow control services, use globe, ball, or butterfly valves. 4. For throttling and isolation service in chilled and condenser water systems, use only butterfly valves. 5. In heating water, chilled water, or condenser water systems, butterfly valves may be used interchangeably with gate and globe valves. 2.2 HEATING WATER AND GLYCOL PIPING, ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black, using one of the following joint types: 1. Welded Joints: ASTM A234/A234M, wrought steel welding type fittings; AWS D1.1/D1.1M welded. 2. Threaded Joints: ASME B16.3, malleable iron fittings. 3. Grooved Joints: AWWA C606 grooved pipe, fittings of same material, and mechanical couplings. B. Copper Tube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type L (B), drawn, using one of the following joint types: 1. Solder Joints: ASME B16.18 cast brass/bronze or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper fittings. a. Solder: ASTM B32 lead-free solder, HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony) or tin and silver. b. Braze: AWS A5.8M/A5.8 BCuP copper/silver alloy. c. Braze: 1 BCuP copper/silver alloy. 2. Tee Connections: Mechanically extracted collars with notched and dimpled branch tube. 3. Mechanical Press Sealed Fittings: Double pressed type complying with ASME B16.22, utilizing EPDM, nontoxic synthetic rubber sealing elements. 2.3 EQUIPMENT DRAINS AND OVERFLOWS A. Copper Tube: ASTM B88 (ASTM B88M), Type L (B), drawn; using one of the following joint types: 1. Solder Joints: ASME B16.18 cast brass/bronze or ASME B16.22 solder wrought copper fittings; ASTM B32 lead-free solder, HB alloy (95-5 tin-antimony) or tin and silver. 2. Grooved Joints: AWWA C606 grooved pipe, fittings of same material, and mechanical couplings. B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, or ASTM D2241, SDR 21 or 26. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 -4 1. Fittings: ASTM D2466 or D2467, PVC. 2. Joints: Solvent welded in accordance with ASTM D2855. 2.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide hangers and supports that comply with MSS SP-58. 1. If type of hanger or support for a particular situation is not indicated, select appropriate type using MSS SP-58 recommendations. B. In grooved installations, use rigid couplings with offsetting angle-pattern bolt pads or with wedge shaped grooves in header piping to permit support and hanging in accordance with ASME B31.9. 2.5 UNIONS, FLANGES, MECHANICAL COUPLINGS, AND DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS A. Unions for Pipe 2 Inches (50 mm) and Less: B. Flanges for Pipe 2 Inches (50 mm) and Greater: C. Mechanical Couplings for Grooved: Manufactured in two segments of cast ductile iron, conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12. Gaskets shall be pressure-responsive synthetic rubber, grade to suit the intended service, conforming to ASTM D-2000. Mechanical Coupling bolts shall be zinc plated heat treated carbon steel track head conforming to ASTM A-449 and, minimum tensile strength 110,000 psi. 1. Rigid Type: Coupling housings with offsetting, angle-pattern bolt pads shall be used to provide system rigidity and support and hanging in accordance with ANSI B31.1, B31.9, and NFPA 13. Installation ready rigid coupling for direct stab installation without field disassembly. Gasket shall be Grade “EHP” EPDM compound with red color code designed for operating temperatures from -30 deg F to +250 deg F. Basis of design: Victaulic S/107N, S/W07 2. Flexible Type: Use in locations where vibration attenuation and thermal expansion (including risers) are required. Installation ready flexible coupling for direct stab installation without field disassembly. Gasket shall be Grade “EHP” EPDM compound with red and green color code designed for operating temperatures from -30° F to +250° F. Basis of Design: Victaulic S/177N S/W77 2.6 PLUG VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Conbraco Industries; ______: www.apollovalves.com. 2. Milwaukee Valve Company; ______: www.milwaukeevalve.com. 3. Nibco, Inc; ______: www.nibco.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Up To and Including 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Bronze body, bronze tapered plug, 40 percent port opening, non-lubricated, teflon packing, threaded ends. 2. Operator: One plug valve wrench for every ten plug valves minimum of one. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 -5 C. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Cast iron body and plug, 40 percent port opening, pressure lubricated, teflon packing, flanged ends. 2. Operator: Each plug valve with a wrench with set screw. 2.7 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Body: Cast or ductile iron with resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, or grooved ends, extended neck. B. Disc: Construct of aluminum bronze, chrome plated ductile iron, stainless steel, ductile iron with EPDM encapsulation, Buna-N encapsulation, or _________________. C. Operator: 10 position lever handle. D. Grooved end Butterfly Valve: 300 psi CWP suitable for bidirectional and dead-end service at full rated pressure. Body shall be grooved end black enamel coated ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536. Disc shall be electroless nickel plated ductile iron with blowout proof 416 stainless steel stem. Disc shall be offset from the stem centerline to allow full 360 degree seating. Seat shall be pressure responsive EPDM. Valve bearings shall be TFE lined fiberglass, and stem seals shall be of the same grade elastomer as the valve seat. Valve shall be complete with ISO flange for actuation mounting. Valve operators shall be lever handle or gear operator, available with memory stop feature, locking device, chainwheel, or supplied bare. Basis of Deign: Victaulic S/761, S/461 2.8 SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES A. Iron body, bronze trim, split plate, hinged with stainless steel spring, resilient seal bonded to body, wafer or threaded lug ends. 2.9 FLOW CONTROLS A. Construction: Class 125, Brass or bronze body with union on inlet and outlet, temperature and pressure test plug on inlet and outlet, blowdown/backflush drain. B. Calibration: Control flow within 10 percent of selected rating, over operating pressure range of 10 times minimum pressure required for control, minimum pressure 2 psi (13.7 kPa). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. PVC Pipe: Make solvent-welded joints in accordance with ASTM D2855. C. Route piping in orderly manner, parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. D. Install piping to conserve building space and to avoid interfere with use of space. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 -6 E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. F. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. G. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified __________. H. Slope piping and arrange to drain at low points. I. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. Refer to Section 220516. J. Grooved Joints: 1. Pipe ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections and roll marks in the area from pipe end to groove for proper gasket sealing. The gasket style and elastomeric material shall be verified as suitable for the intended service as specified. Flexible couplings only to be used for expansion loops, pump trim and where approved by the engineer. A factory trained representative shall provide on-site training for contractor’s field personnel in the use of grooving tools, application of groove, and product installation. All groove depths shall be checked manually or by grooving tool (RG5200i). A Victaulic representative shall periodically visit the job site and review installation. K. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with ASME B31.9, ASTM F708, or MSS SP-58. 2. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. 3.2 PRESSURE TESTS A. Piping shall be tight under test and shall not show loss in pressure or visible leaks, during test operations or after the minimum duration of time as specified. Remove piping which is not tight under test; remake joints and repeat test until no leaks occur. B. Take measures to protect all personnel from the potential of ruture of components during testing of systems. C. Hydrostatically pressure test piping in accordance with International Mechanical Code Section 1208 and ASME Code for Pressure Piping B31.9 Building Services Piping Chapter IV. D. Circulating water systems, including propylene glycol solution systems and cold water make-up piping connections to heating, ventilating, air conditioning and refrigeration systems, unless otherwise specified: 1. Before final connections are made perform hydrostatic test at 1-1/2 times the maximum system design pressure, but not less than 100 psig, for not less than 15 minutes. 2. After final connections are made perform hydrostatic retest at a pressure equal to maximum operating system design pressure, but not less than 30 psig, for 4 hours. E. Equipment and Appurtenances: 1. Hot Water Boilers: Perform hydrostatic test at 30 psig, after installation, with piping connections shut-off. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113 -7 2. Relief Valves: Increase pressure in equipment or apparatus to relief valve setting, to test opening of valves at required relief pressures. 3.3 SCHEDULES A. Hanger Spacing for Copper Tubing. 1. 1/2 inch (15 mm) and 3/4 inch (20 mm): Maximum span, 5 feet (1500 mm); minimum rod size, 1/4 inch (6 mm). 2. 1 inch (25 mm): Maximum span, 6 feet (1800 mm); minimum rod size, 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3. 1-1/2 inch (40 mm) and 2 inch (50 mm): Maximum span, 8 feet (2400 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (9 mm). 4. 2-1/2 inch (65 mm): Maximum span, 9 feet (2700 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (9 mm). 5. 3 inch (80 mm): Maximum span, 10 feet (3.0 m); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (9 mm). 6. 4 inch (100 mm): Maximum span, 12 feet (3.6 m); minimum rod size, 1/2 inch (13 mm). B. Hanger Spacing for Steel Piping. 1. 1/2 inch (15 mm), 3/4 inch (20 mm), and 1 inch (25 mm): Maximum span, 7 feet (2100 mm); minimum rod size, 1/4 inch (6 mm). 2. 1-1/4 inches (32 mm): Maximum span, 8 feet (2400 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (9 mm). 3. 1-1/2 inches (40 mm): Maximum span, 9 feet (2700 mm); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (9 mm). 4. 2 inches (50 mm): Maximum span, 10 feet (3.0 m); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (9 mm). 5. 2-1/2 inches (65 mm): Maximum span, 11 feet (3.4 m); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (9 mm). 6. 3 inches (80 mm): Maximum span, 12 feet (3.6 m); minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (9 mm). 7. 4 inches (100 mm): Maximum span, 14 feet (4.3 m); minimum rod size, 1/2 inch (13 mm). 8. 6 inches (150 mm): Maximum span, 17 feet (5.1 m); minimum rod size, 1/2 inch (13 mm). C. Hanger Spacing for Plastic Piping. 1. 1/2 inch (15 mm): Maximum span, 42 inches (1000 mm); minimum rod size, 1/4 inch (6 mm). 2. 3/4 inch (20 mm): Maximum span, 45 inches (1100 mm); minimum rod size, 1/4 inch (6 mm). 3. 1 inch (25 mm): Maximum span, 51 inches (1300 mm); minimum rod size, 1/4 inch (6 mm). END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 232114 -1 SECTION 232114 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Air vents. B. Strainers. C. Balancing valves. D. Relief valves. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 23 2113 - Hydronic Piping. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASME (BPV VIII, 1) - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 - Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels; The American Society of Mechanical Engineers; 2007. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog sheets, specifications, and installation instructions for all items specified. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR VENTS A. Manufacturers: 1. ITT Bell & Gossett. 2. Armstrong International, Inc. 3. Taco, Inc. B. Manual Type: Provide manual vent air vent valves designed to be operated manually with a screw driver or thumbscrew and 1/8" NPT connection. C. Automatic Type: Provide float type automatic air vent valves with cast iron body, stainless steel float and mechanisms, pressure rated for 125 psi, with 1/2" NPT connections. 2.2 STRAINERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong International, Inc. 2. Green Country Filtration. 3. Victaulic Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 232114 -2 4. WEAMCO. B. Size 2 inch and Under: 1. Screwed brass or iron body for 175 psi working pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen. C. Size 2-1/2 inch to 4 inch: 1. Flanged iron body for 175 psi working pressure, Y pattern with 3/64 inch stainless steel perforated screen. 2.3 AUTOMATIC BALANCING VALVES A. General: 1. Use automatic flow control valves on all heating applications of 180 GPM or less. B. Manufacturers: 1. ITT Bell & Gossett. 2. Victaulic 3. Approved Equal. C. Construction: Brass or bronze body with union on inlet and outlet, temperature and pressure test plug on inlet and outlet with blowdown/backflush drain, with integral automatic flow rate cartridge. EPDM O-rings. D. Calibration: Automatically control flow within 5 percent of selected rating, over operating differential pressure range 2 to 60 psi. E. Control Mechanism: Stainless steel or nickel plated brass piston or regulator cup, operating against stainless steel helical or wave formed spring. F. Accessories: In-line strainer on inlet and ball valve on outlet. 2.4 BALANCING VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. ITT Bell & Gossett. 2. Armstrong International Inc. 3. Taco, Inc. B. General: 1. Valves shall have memory stop feature to allow valve to be closed for service and re-opened to set point without disturbing balance position. Valves shall have calibrated nameplate to assure specific valves setting. 2. Design Pressure/Temperature: a. 3/4"-3" NPT connections: 300 psig at 250 degrees F. b. 3/4"-2" Sweat connections: 200 psig at 250 degrees F. c. 2-1/2"-3" Flanged connections: 175 psig at 250 degrees F. d. 4"-12" Flanged or grooved connections: 175 psig at 250 degrees F. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES 232114 -3 C. Valves 3/4" to 2" Pipe size: NPT or Sweat; Valves 2-1/2" to 3" Pipe size: NPT. 1. Valves shall be of bronze body/brass ball construction with glass and carbon filled TFE seat rings. Valves shall have differential pressure read-out ports fitted with check valves across valve seat area. Valve body shall have 1/4" NPT tapped drain/purge port. D. Valves 2-1/2" to 3" Pipe size: Flanged 1. Valves shall be of heavy duty cast iron construction with brass ball with glass and carbon filled TFE seat rings. 125 psi ANSI flanged connections shall be suitable for up to 175 psi working pressure. Valves shall have differential pressure read-out ports fitted with check valves across valve seat area. E. Valves 4" to 12" Pipe size: Flanged or Grooved 1. Valves shall be of heavy duty cast iron construction for flanged models or heavy duty ductile iron for grooved models with bronze seat, replacable bronze disc with EPDM seal insert, and stainless steel stem. 125 psi ANSI flanged or standard cut groove connections shall be suitable for up to 175 psi working pressure. with glass and carbon filled TFE seat rings. Valves shall have differential pressure read-out ports fitted with check valves across valve seat area. 2.5 RELIEF VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. ITT Bell & Gossett. 2. Armstrong International, Inc. 3. Myson Company. B. Bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labelled. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Where large air quantities can accumulate, provide enlarged air collection standpipes. C. Provide manual air vents at system high points and as indicated. D. For automatic air vents in ceiling spaces or other concealed locations, provide vent tubing to nearest drain. E. Provide valved drain and hose connection on strainer blow down connection. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 233100 -1 SECTION 233100 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal ductwork. B. Duct cleaning. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASHRAE (FUND) - ASHRAE Handbook - Fundamentals; Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2018. C. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2015a. D. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; 2018. E. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible; 2005 (Revised 2009). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work . 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCT ASSEMBLIES A. Regulatory Requirements: Construct ductwork to comply with NFPA 90A standards. B. Ducts: Galvanized steel, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel for Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M FS Type B, with G60/Z180 coating. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 233100 -2 B. Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non-hardening, water resistant, mildew and mold resistant. 1. Type: Heavy mastic or liquid used alone or with tape, suitable for joint configuration and compatible with substrates, and recommended by manufacturer for pressure class of ducts. 2. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of zero and smoke developed index of zero, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2.3 DUCTWORK END CAP FABRICATION A. Fabricate and support in accordance with SMACNA (DCS) and as indicated. B. No variation of duct configuration or size permitted except by written permission. Size round duct installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE (FUND) Handbook Fundamentals. C. Provide duct material and gages to match existing ductwork being temporarily blocked off during construction. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install, support, and seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA (DCS). B. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. C. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. 3.2 CLEANING A. Clean ducts impacted by construction activities with high power vacuum machines. Protect equipment that could be harmed by excessive dirt with filters, or bypass during cleaning. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 -1 SECTION 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Air turning devices/extractors. B. Backdraft dampers - metal. C. Combination fire and smoke dampers. D. Duct access doors. E. Duct test holes. F. Fire dampers. G. Flexible duct connectors. H. Smoke dampers. I. Volume control dampers. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 233100 - HVAC Ducts and Casings. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; 2018. B. NFPA 96 - Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations; 2017. C. SMACNA (DCS) - HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible; 2005 (Revised 2009). 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide for shop fabricated assemblies including volume control dampers. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Manufacturers: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 -2 1. Acudor Products Inc: www.acudor.com. 2. Elgen Manufacturing: www.elgenmfg.com. 3. Nailor Industries Inc: www.nailor.com. 4. Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com. B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS) and as indicated. 2.2 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTORS A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS) and as indicated. B. Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. 2.3 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Louvers & Dampers, Inc: www.louvers-dampers.com. 2. Nailor Industries Inc: www.nailor.com. 3. Ruskin Company: www.ruskin.com. B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA (DCS) and as indicated. C. Single Blade Dampers: 1. Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 by 30 inch (150 by 760 mm). 2. Blade: 24 gage, 0.0239 inch (0.61 mm), minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA (DCS). Refer to Section 233100 for duct construction and pressure class. B. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, combination fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide for cleaning kitchen exhaust ducts in accordance with NFPA 96. Provide minimum 8 by 8 inch (200 by 200 mm) size for hand access, size for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 by 4 inch (100 by 100 mm) for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to fabrication. C. At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts, provide flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. D. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off. E. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or register assembly. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS 233416 -1 SECTION 233416 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Roof Mounted Exhaust Fans. B. Centrifugal utility set blowers. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 23 0548 - Vibration and Seismic Controls. B. Section 23 3100 - Ductwork. C. Section 23 3300 - Ductwork Accessories. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 2003. B. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 1999 (ANSI/AMCA 210, same as ANSI/ASHRAE 51). C. AMCA 301 - Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data; Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; 1990. D. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2003. E. NFPA 96 - Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations; National Fire Protection Association; 2004. F. UL 705 - Power Ventilators; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; 2004. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog sheets, standard schematic drawings, specifications, and installation instructions for each size unit and curb. 1. Provide fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted. B. Detailed Dimensional Data: If roof curb is not the product of the fan manufacturer, provide detailed dimensional data confirming the fan and curb match exactly. C. Contract Closeout Submittals: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Deliver 2 copies covering the installed products to the Owner's Representative. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS 233416 -2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA seal. 2. All electrical components shall be UL listed. 3. Fiberglass fans shall conform to ASTM Standard D4167 for fiberglass reinforced plastic fans and blowers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FANS A. Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck 2. Loren Cook Company. 3. Hartzell Fan Corporation. B. General: Powered roof exhausters shall be of the electric motor centrifugal fan type, V-belt or direct drive as scheduled on drawings. Fans shall be enclosed in a storm proof aluminum housing, properly braced and stiffened to form a rigid unit. C. Housing: Fabricate from spun aluminum with bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. Top cap shall be of two piece construction with stainless steel quick release latches to permit access to motor compartment. Provide structural reinforcing members to support fan wheel, motor and bearings, and vibration eliminating devices to prevent transmission of vibration to housing. D. Fan Assembly: 1. Fan Wheel: Non-overloading backward inclined, spark-resistant centrifugal type, fabricated from aluminum balanced at the factory in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-96. 2. Drive Assembly: Direct or Belt drive as indicated on Drawings. a. Direct Drive: Electric motor direct drive. b. Belt Drive: Electric motor driven V belt drive, with cast iron or steel pulleys, sized for 150% of rated horsepower at maximum speed.. Provide motor pulley of the variable pitch type, factory set at the design fan RPM at mid-position. 3. Bearings: Heavy duty regreasable ball type in a cast iron pillow block housing designed specifically for air handling equipment and selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. 4. Motor: Heavy duty type with permanently lubricated sealed ball bearings and furnished at the specified voltage, phase, and enclosure. Factory installed wiring shall be in a flexible metal conduit or integral conduit chase. E. Damper: Automatic self-closing back draft type, with spring actuated return. Fabricate frame and blades from aluminum, with bearings of bronze or nylon. Damper blades shall be coupled together with tie rods at each end and shall have felted edges. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS 233416 -3 F. Nameplate: Engraved aluminum indicating manufacturer's model number, serial number, and equipment name to match unit tag as identified on drawings. G. Accessories: 1. Disconnect Switch: Factory installed and wired non-fused disconnect switch, located under fan housing. 2. Birdscreen: Aluminum wire mesh birdscreen on discharge openings. 3. Roof Curb: 12 inch high self-flashing of galvanized steel with integral fiberglass insulation, continuously welded seams, built-in cant strips and curb seal. 4. Damper: Provide automatic air damper in lieu of gravity damper were indicated on drawings. Include line voltage motor drive, power open, spring return. 5. Speed Control: On direct drive models, provide factory installed and wired solid state variable speed controller. 2.2 CENTRIFUGAL UTILITY SET BLOWERS A. Manufacturers: 1. PennBarry. 2. Loren Cook Company. 3. Hartzell Fan Corporation. B. General: 1. Centrifugal exhaust or supply blowers shall be general purpose, belt driven utility fans with non-overloading, backwardly inclined aluminum wheels. Fans shall be single inlet, single width, AMCA arrangement 10. Air discharge position shall be THD unless specified otherwise. C. Housing: 1. Fan housing shall be heavy gauge galvanized steel for maximum corrosion protection. Housings shall be field rotatable to any of eight 45 degree incremental air discharge positions. Fan scrolls shall be equipped with a bolted, gasketed quick release access door for cleaning and inspection. D. Bearings and Shafts: 1. The bearing supports shall be constructed of welded structural steel members to prevent vibration and rigidly support the shaft and bearings. 2. Bearings shall be heavy duty, self aligning pillow block ball bearings, grease lubricated and selected for minimum life (L50) of 200,000 hours at maximum operating speed. 3. Shafts shall be turned, ground, polished and rust protected. Shafts shall be sized so the first critical speed is at least 20% over the maximum operating speed. Close tolerances shall be maintained along the length of the shaft. E. Fan Wheel: 1. The fan wheel shall be aluminum, non-overloading backward inclined type. The wheel shall be statically and dynamically balanced. The wheel and inlet shall be aerodynamically designed and constructed to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS 233416 -4 F. Motors and Drives: 1. Pulleys shall be adjustable cast iron, machined, keyed and securely attached. Belts and pulleys shall be sized for 165% of the installed motor horsepower. 2. Motors shall be heavy duty ball bearing open drip proof motors. Motors shall be high efficiency with minimum nominal efficiencies in accordance with ASHRAE standard 90.1-2004. Efficiencies shall be demonstrated in accordance with NEMA standard MGI. 3. Entire assembly shall be statically and dynamically balanced. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install fans and accessories in complete accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions and the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Provide sheaves required for final air balance. 3. Provide backdraft dampers on inlet to roof and wall exhausters. 4. Provide backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling exhauster fans and as indicated. a. Provide automatic air dampers in lieu of gravity damper were indicated on drawings. Include line voltage motor drive, power open, spring return. B. Roof Mounted Exhaust Fans: 1. Furnish roof curbs to Roofing Contractor for installation with Manufacturer's printed installation instructions. 2. Secure roof exhausters with cadmium plated steel or stainless steel lag screws to roof curb. 3. Extend ducts to roof exhausters into roof curb. Counterflash duct to roof opening. C. Centrifugal Utility Set Blowers: 1. Install fans with vibration isolators on pressure treated wood sleepers. 2. Install flexible connection specified in Section 23 3300 between fan and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch flex between ductwork and fan while running. 3. Provide backdraft dampers on fan outlets. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS 238101 -1 SECTION 238101 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Unit heaters. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 230513 - Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment. B. Section 232113 - Hydronic Piping. C. Section 232114 - Hydronic Specialties. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide typical catalog of information including arrangements. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit schedules of equipment and enclosures typically indicating length and number of pieces of element and enclosure, corner pieces, end caps, cap strips, access doors, pilaster covers, and comparison of specified heat required to actual heat output provided. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 UNIT HEATERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Slant/Fin Corporation: www.slantfin.com/#sle. 2. Sterling Hydronics/Mestek Technology, Inc: www.sterlingheat.com/#sle. 3. Trane Inc: www.trane.com/#sle. 4. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Coils: Seamless copper tubing, silver brazed to steel headers, and with evenly spaced aluminum fins mechanically bonded to tubing. C. Casing: 0.0478 inch (1.2 mm) steel with threaded pipe connections for hanger rods. D. Finish: Factory applied baked primer coat. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS 238101 -2 E. Fan: Direct drive propeller type, statically and dynamically balanced, with fan guard; horizontal models with permanently lubricated sleeve bearings; vertical models with grease lubricated ball bearings. F. Motor: Permanently lubricated sleeve bearings on horizontal models, grease lubricated ball bearings on vertical models. Refer to Section 230513. G. Control: Local multi-speed disconnect switch. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install equipment exposed to finished areas after walls and ceiling are finished and painted. Do not damage equipment or finishes. C. Unit Heaters: Hang from building structure, with pipe hangers anchored to building, not from piping. Mount as high as possible to maintain greatest headroom unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 CLEANING A. After construction is completed, including painting, clean exposed surfaces of units. Vacuum clean coils and inside of cabinets. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 SMALL-CAPACITY SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS 238126.13 -1 SECTION 238126.13 SMALL-CAPACITY SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Air cooled condensing units. B. Indoor air handling (fan and coil) units for ductless systems. C. Controls. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260583 - Wiring Connections: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections and installation and wiring of thermostats and other controls components. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AHRI 210/240 - Standard for Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment; 2008. B. AHRI 520 - Performance Rating of Positive Displacement Condensing Units; 2004. C. ASHRAE Std 15 - Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems; 2013. D. ASHRAE Std 23.1 - Methods of Testing for Rating Positive Displacement Refrigerant Compressors and Condensing Units; 2010. E. NFPA 90A - Standard for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems; 2018. F. NFPA 90B - Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems; 2018. G. UL 207 - Standard for Refrigerant-Containing Components and Accessories, Nonelectrical; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide rated capacities, weights, accessories, electrical nameplate data, and wiring diagrams. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, required clearances, and location and size of field connections. D. Warranty: Submit manufacturers warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 SMALL-CAPACITY SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS 238126.13 -2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the type of products specified in this section, with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.6 WARRANTY A. See Section 017800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Trane Inc; ______: www.trane.com/#sle. B. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. 2.2 SYSTEM DESIGN A. Split-System Heating and Cooling Units: Self-contained, packaged, matched factory-engineered and assembled, pre-wired indoor and outdoor units; UL listed. 1. Heating: None. 2. Cooling: Outdoor electric condensing unit with evaporator coil in central ducted indoor unit. 3. Provide refrigerant lines internal to units and between indoor and outdoor units, factory cleaned, dried, pressurized and sealed, with insulated suction line. B. Performance Requirements: See Drawings for additional requirements. C. Electrical Characteristics: 1. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch on equipment under provisions of Section 260583. 2.3 INDOOR AIR HANDLING UNITS FOR DUCTLESS SYSTEMS A. Indoor Units: Self-contained, packaged, factory assembled, pre-wired unit consisting of cabinet, supply fan, evaporator coil, and controls; wired for single power connection with control transformer. B. Evaporator Coils: Copper tube aluminum fin assembly, galvanized or polymer drain pan sloped in all directions to drain, drain connection, refrigerant piping connections, restricted distributor or thermostatic expansion valve. 1. Construction and Ratings: In accordance with AHRI 210/240 and UL 207. 2. Manufacturer: System manufacturer. C. Remote Actuators: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 SMALL-CAPACITY SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONERS 238126.13 -3 2.4 OUTDOOR UNITS A. Outdoor Units: Self-contained, packaged, pre-wired unit consisting of cabinet, with compressor and condenser. 1. Construction and Ratings: In accordance with AHRI 210/240 with testing in accordance with ASHRAE Std 23.1 and UL 207. B. Air Cooled Condenser: Aluminum fin and copper tube coil, AHRI 520 with direct drive axial propeller fan resiliently mounted, galvanized fan guard. C. Accessories: Filter drier, high pressure switch (manual reset), low pressure switch (automatic reset), service valves and gauge ports, thermometer well (in liquid line). 1. Provide thermostatic expansion valves. D. Operating Controls: 1. Control by room thermostat to maintain room temperature setting. 2. Low Ambient Kit: Provide refrigerant pressure switch to cycle condenser fan on when condenser refrigerant pressure is above 285 psig (1965 kPa) and off when pressure drops below 140 psig (965 kPa) for operation to 0 degrees F (-18 degrees C). 2.5 ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT A. Room Thermostat: Wall-mounted, electric solid state microcomputer based room thermostat with remote sensor to maintain temperature setting; low-voltage; with following features: 1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling. 2. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from setpoint. 3. Thermostat Display: a. Actual room temperature. b. System Mode Indication: Heating, Cooling, Fan Auto, Off, and On, Auto or On, Off. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install in accordance with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. C. Install refrigeration systems in accordance with ASHRAE Std 15. D. Pipe condenstae drain from indoor unit to roof. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260510 -1 SECTION 260510 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Refer also to Division 1 General Requirements. B. Provide all labor, items, articles, materials, operations, methods or equipment listed, mentioned, indicated or scheduled on the drawings and specified herein, and required to complete the electrical work. Contract drawings and specifications are complementary and must be so construed to determine the full scope of work. C. Drawings: 1. Contract Drawings are, in part, diagrammatic and are intended to convey the scope of the work and indicate the general arrangement of the equipment. Follow these drawings in laying out the work. Consult all drawings to become familiar with all conditions affecting the work and to verify spaces in which the work will be installed. 2. Reasonable changes required by job conditions (including offsetting of conduits around beams, etc.) shall be made, after obtaining the Engineer's approval, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Definitions: The term "provide" shall have the same meaning as "furnish and install". All materials so implied either on the drawings or in these specifications shall be furnished and installed unless specifically noted otherwise. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work specified in Division 26 shall be performed by approved workmen qualified by satisfactory experience in the particular work. 1.3 STANDARDS A. The following standards shall govern and shall constitute minimum requirements as approved. If the requirements of this specification exceed those of the standards mentioned, this specification shall govern. 1. Local building codes. 2. Underwriters Laboratories Inc., (UL) approved or listed: All materials shall be UL approved or third party certified. 3. Local electric utility: Standards in effect on bidding date. 4. Local telephone utility: Standards in effect on bidding date for service entrance. 5. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association, NEMA: Equipment enclosures, mountings and connections. 6. America National Standards Institute, ANSI: Where mentioned herein. 7. American Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers, IEEE: Power equipment. 8. National Electrical Safety Code, NESC: Outdoor and overhead work for temporary service. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260510 -2 9. Occupational Safety and Health Act, OSHA: Requirements for safety and health of employees. 10. National Fire Prevention Association, NFPA: a. No. 70, National Electric Code, NEC. b. No. 101, Life Safety Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Division 1 requirements 1.5 RECEIPTS FOR LOOSE EQUIPMENT A. Provide one receipt for all equipment as follows, to be signed by the Owner and delivered to the Engineer prior to request for final payment: 1. Spare fuses. 2. Keys for panelboards and all other key operated equipment. 3. Circuit breaker handle locks. 4. As built drawings. 5. Instruction manuals, shop drawings, wire diagrams, etc. 1.6 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Provide approved shop drawings, wiring diagrams, instruction manuals, operating instructions, service manuals, and signed instruction receipts bound in common folder; submit to Engineer for approval and delivery to Owner prior to request for final acceptance and payment. B. Provide instruction on the operation and maintenance of all equipment installed in this Contract for personnel designated by the Owner. A minimum of two personnel instruction periods by qualified instructors shall be provided on normal operating procedures, minor adjustments and changes, preventive maintenance, and safety precautions. Obtain signed receipt that Owner's representative has been so instructed and can satisfactorily operate the equipment. 1.7 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. Electrical Contractor shall record locations of all conduit runs that are 2" and larger with number and size of conductors as they are installed. This shall be done for all systems. Underground conduit plans shall include elevations and conduit and pull box locations shall be dimensioned. As-built drawings shall include all field and addendum changes. B. As-built drawings shall be prepared for all interior communication and signaling systems and for any other interior system if installation varies from arrangement shown on the Contract Drawings. C. All circuit numbers/positions shall be correctly recorded on the drawings as they were installed. In addition all Panelboard Schedules shall be computer generated and attached to the inside cover of each field installed panelboard. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260510 -3 D. At completion of the job before final payment will be certified, the Electrical Contractor shall submit four prints to the Engineer who will in turn transmit three copies to the Owner. 1.8 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Cost of fees shall be included in the bid as follows: 1. Construction permits. 2. Inspections and tests as described in this section. B. Underwriters' Certificate: Prior to submittal of Request for Final Payment, an electrical inspection certificate shall be obtained and submitted for approval. List of approved 3rd party inspecting underwriters is listed below: 1. Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Inspectors 2. Electrical Underwriters of NY, LLC (845-569-1759) 3. The Inspector, LLC (800-487-0535) 4. Other Underwriters are not restricted, however credentials shall be provided for Engineer approval prior to Inspection. 1.9 CODES, STANDARDS, AND LISTINGS A. All wiring, conduit, and materials shown on the drawings and/or herein specified shall be in accordance with National Electrical Code (NEC), New York State Uniform Fire Prevention Building Code and Life Safety Code. B. Wiring, conduit, and materials for all systems shall be provided in sizes and numbers sufficient to function as specified and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Engineer before bids are taken. Bids shall be based on code and functional adequacy. Failure of the Contractor in this respect shall not relieve him of responsibility for a fully adequate installation at no increase in cost. D. If requested by the Engineer, when equipment that is not specified is pro-posed, then provide a list of usages in New York State when the proposed equipment has been in operation for at least 3 years. 1.10 FLASHING, SEALING, FIRE-STOPPING A. See Specification Section 26 0515 - Electrical Firestopping. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All equipment and/or materials shall be new and shall carry the label of Underwriter's Laboratories Inc., whenever UL requirements are applicable. B. Materials of same general type, such as wiring devices and luminaries, shall be of the same make throughout the building so that appearance and operation are uniform. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260510 -4 C. "Equal materials" shall comply with Supplementary General Conditions. D. Drawings and specifications are based on one manufacturer's equipment requirements. The costs of all revisions required to meet the requirements of a different manufacturer's equipment (even though mentioned on the drawings or specified) furnished by the Contractor shall be borne by the Contractor. E. Small access doors in walls, plaster, brick, etc., shall be similar and equal to Milcor Access Doors as manufactured by Inland Steel Products Company, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. It is to be noted that various type frames are required in specific finishes. Any door having an area exceeding 324 square inches shall have two cam locks. Size and location as required for access to equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INFORMATION FOR OTHER DIVISIONS A. Provide all information concerning the equipment or work of Division 26 required by other Divisions in ample time to prevent delay in building progress. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. All new material required shall be provided as part of this contract. B. Electrical Contractor shall include all work as shown and described on Site Drawings, including site electrical drawings. 3.3 ACCESS DOORS A. Access doors shall be furnished and installed by this Contractor. B. The Contractor shall include in their Bid a minimum of five 5 access doors, Price shall include necessary installation. C. Installation/Use of Access doors may be at the discretion of the Electrical Contractor, or as directed by the Owners Project Field Representative. 3.4 OPENINGS AND CHASES A. The General Construction Contractor will provide all boxed openings, chases, recesses, lintels, and bucks required for the admission of the work that are 100sq in or larger. Furnish him with all necessary information and sleeves in ample time. B. If openings, chases, recesses, lintels, or bucks are smaller than 100sq in in size, they shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Construction Contractor. C. Do not cut walls or floors that are waterproofed or pierce any structural member without written permission from the Engineer. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260510 -5 3.5 ANCHORS A. Provide anchor bolts, sleeves, washers, nuts, and templates for anchoring of equipment. Check locations as work progresses. 3.6 SLEEVES AND INSERTS A. Provide sleeves and inserts ahead of the general construction work and maintain them in position. B. The General Construction Contractor shall bear the cost of cutting and patching required to make corrections resulting from the omission or improper location of sleeves and/or inserts after being spotted by Electrical Contractor. C. Make sleeves in floors and partitions of galvanized steel with lock seam joints. D. Make sleeves of extra heavy cast iron pipe or rigid galvanized steel pipe in outside walls, foundations, and footings. E. Conduit sleeves shall be two sizes larger than the conduit passing through it. F. Terminate sleeves flush with walls, partitions, and ceilings. Terminate sleeves 1/4" above floors. G. Fill space between sleeve and conduit in underground walls with oakum and caulk with lead on both sides of wall, or use "Link Seal". H. Fill space between sleeve and conduit with fiberglass blanket insulation when sleeve does not occur in an underground wall. Seal with an approved fire seal caulk. 3.7 PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATING A. Finished Areas: All equipment and fittings shall be factory pre-finished and installed in such a manner as to eliminate necessity for field painting. Paint as directed when rusted or otherwise damaged. Conduit or surface raceway where shown exposed on drawings will be painted by others. B. Unfinished areas (except crawl spaces): Hanger rods, brackets, angle supports, straps, etc., shall be cadmium plated per ASTM 165, Type NS. C. Outdoor Work: All ferrous equipment and fittings cadmium plated after fabrication (ASTM 165 Type NS); all screws, nuts, washers, etc., brass or stainless steel. 3.8 ROUGHING A. Before roughing for equipment furnished by others, obtain approved roughing drawings and exact location for each piece of equipment. Do not "rough-in" services without approved drawings. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260510 -6 B. Obtain drawings or proper information giving final location of all motor and control connections. C. Unless otherwise detailed or specified: 1. All services shall be concealed in wall, above ceilings, etc. 2. Work shall be exposed only where approved by the Engineer. 3. Notify Engineer if work cannot be concealed, as intended. 4. Conduit to be buried in concrete with approval of Engineer only and then a conduit plan must be submitted. 5. Wiremold is to be used only per drawings as indicated. Usage otherwise only by written consent of Engineer. 3.9 CLEAN-UP A. Contractor shall at all times keep the project free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish caused by his operation. Shall be done on a daily basis as required or directed by Engineer. B. When directed, just prior to final acceptance, clean all equipment under contract including, but not limited to the following: 1. Lighting fixtures, panelboards, control centers, clocks, receptacles and switch plates. 2. All equipment to be painted, removing all rust, etc., and leave ready for painting. 3. Building, by removing all debris, leftover conduits, wire insulation, cartons, etc., left as a result of this work. 3.10 SUPPORTS A. After thorough investigation of Architectural, Structural and Shop Drawings related to work to determine how and where equipment, fixtures, conduit, panelboards, etc., are to be supported, mounted or suspended, provide: 1. Extra steel, bolts, inserts, pipe stands, brackets or any other items required for proper support. 2. Supporting accessories where required, whether or not shown on drawings. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ELECTRICAL FIRESTOPPING 260515 -1 SECTION 260515 ELECTRICAL FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Firestopping materials. B. Firestopping of all penetrations, openings, and interruptions to fire rated assemblies, whether indicated on drawings or not, including but not limited to piping, tubing, and similar utilities passing through or penetrating fire rated walls and floor assemblies. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to "Code Compliance Drawings" for location of fire rated assemblies. At a minimum all corridor walls and all floors between stories have a 1hour rating. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops. B. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: 1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. 1.4 FIRE-STOP SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: For penetrations through fire-resistance-rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items, provide through-penetration fire-stop systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. 1. Fire-resistance-rated walls including fire walls, fire partitions, fire barriers and smoke barriers. 2. Fire-resistance-rated horizontal assemblies including floors and ceiling membranes of roof/ceiling assemblies. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ELECTRICAL FIRESTOPPING 260515 -2 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: For each through-penetration fire-stop system, show each type of construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and type of penetrating item. Include fire-stop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency that evidences compliance with requirements for each condition indicated. Submit UL Standard detail for each penetration type proposed. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs which provide the specified fire ratings when tested in accordance with methods indicated. 1. Listing in the current-year classification or certification books of UL will be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. 1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for temperature and conditions during and after installation. Maintain minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Hilti. B. Nelson Fire Stop Products. C. Specified Technology. D. 3M Fire Protection Products. E. Approved equals meeting UL requirements. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Sealant Firestopping: 1. Intumescent firestop sealant designed to expand when exposed to fire. 2. Paintable 3. Fire Resistance: Up to 4 hours 4. Curing Time: 14-21 days 5. Elongation: 5% 6. Density: 1.5 g/cm3 7. Product: FS-ONE Intumescent Firestop Sealant manufactured by Hilti USA. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ELECTRICAL FIRESTOPPING 260515 -3 8. Uses: Insulated and uninsulated metal pipes, with or without sleeve, jacketed cables, cable bundles, plastic pipes, sheet metal duct, and top of wall joints. B. Silicone Sealant Firestopping: 1. Silicone based firestop sealant that provides maximum movement in fire-rated joint applications and pipe penetrations. 2. Not paintable 3. Fire Resistance: Up to 4 hours 4. Elongation: 25% 5. Product: CP 601S Elastomeric Firestop Sealant manufactured by Hilti USA. 6. Uses: Joints in walls, floor to floor or fire compartments. C. Safing Insulation: 1. Mineral-wool type insulation. 2. Thickness: 1" to 1-1/2" 3. Density: 4 to 8 pcf 4. Product: THERMAFIBER Safing Insulation D. Mechanical systems with fillers. Uses: cable trays, bus duct. E. Sleeves: 1. Provide sleeves in accordance with Installation requirements section. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves and firestopping materials proposed. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing through-penetration fire-stop systems to comply with fire-stop system manufacturer's written instructions and with the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of through-penetration fire-stop systems. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with through-penetration fire-stop systems. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through-penetration fire-stop system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ELECTRICAL FIRESTOPPING 260515 -4 1. Install materials in manner described in UL Detail and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing openings. B. Installation 1. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping. 2. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. 3. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating, to uniform density and texture. 4. Fire Rated Surface: a. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, and roof as follows: 1) Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. 2) Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. 3) Pack void with backing material. 4) Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. b. Where cable tray, conduit, wireway, and trough penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5. Non-Rated Surfaces: a. Seal opening through non-fire rated wall, floor, ceiling, and roof opening as follows: 1) Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. 2) Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. 3) Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. b. Install floor plates or ceiling plate where conduit, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. c. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to size of conduit and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. d. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at telecommunication rooms and data rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. C. Identification: 1. Identify through-penetration fire-stop systems with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of edge of the fire-stop systems so that labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or fire-stop systems. Use mechanical fasteners for metal labels. For plastic labels, use self-adhering type with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed and, in combination with label material, will result in partial destruction of label if removal is attempted. Include the following information on labels: a. The words "Warning - Through-Penetration Fire-Stop System - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." b. Date of installation. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ELECTRICAL FIRESTOPPING 260515 -5 c. Through-penetration fire-stop system manufacturer's name. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by through-penetration fire-stop system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that through-penetration fire-stop systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated through-penetration fire-stop systems immediately and install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -1 SECTION 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Single conductor building wire. B. Metal-clad cable. C. Wiring connectors. D. Electrical tape. E. Wire pulling lubricant. F. Cable ties. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Additional requirements for grounding conductors and grounding connectors. B. Section 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire; 2013. B. ASTM B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft; 2011. C. ASTM B33 - Standard Specification for Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes; 2010 (Reapproved 2014). D. ASTM B787/B787M - Standard Specification for 19 Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductors for Subsequent Insulation; 2004 (Reapproved 2014). E. ASTM D3005 - Standard Specification for Low-Temperature Resistant Vinyl Chloride Plastic Pressure-Sensitive Electrical Insulating Tape; 2010. F. ASTM D4388 - Standard Specification for Nonmetallic Semi-Conducting and Electrically Insulating Rubber Tapes; 2013. G. FS A-A-59544 - Cable and Wire, Electrical (Power, Fixed Installation); Federal Specification; Revision A, 2008. H. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -2 I. NECA 120 - Standard for Installing Armored Cable (AC) and Metal-Clad Cable (MC); 2012. J. NEMA WC 70 - Nonshielded Power Cable 2000 V or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy; 2009. K. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems; 2013. L. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. M. UL 44 - Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. N. UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. O. UL 486A-486B - Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. P. UL 486C - Splicing Wire Connectors; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Q. UL 486D - Sealed Wire Connector Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. R. UL 510 - Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. S. UL 1569 - Metal-Clad Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate sizes of raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures installed under other sections with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2. Coordinate with electrical equipment installed under other sections to provide terminations suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 3. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conductors and cables, including detailed information on materials, construction, ratings, listings, and available sizes, configurations, and stranding. B. Field Quality Control Test Reports. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -3 D. Project Record Documents: Record actual installed circuiting arrangements. Record actual routing. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conductors and cables in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install or otherwise handle thermoplastic-insulated conductors at temperatures lower than 14 degrees F (-10 degrees C), unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's instructions. When installation below this temperature is unavoidable, notify Architect and obtain direction before proceeding with work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE APPLICATIONS A. Do not use conductors and cables for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B. Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway unless otherwise indicated, permitted, or required. C. Nonmetallic-sheathed cable is not permitted. D. Underground feeder and branch-circuit cable is not permitted. E. Service entrance cable is not permitted. F. Armored cable is not permitted. G. Metal-clad cable is permitted only as follows: 1. Where not otherwise restricted, may be used: a. Where concealed above accessible ceilings for final connections from junction boxes to luminaires. 1) Maximum Length: 6 feet (1.8 m). b. Where concealed in hollow stud walls for branch circuits up to 20 A. 1) Exception: Provide single conductor building wire in raceway for circuit homerun from first outlet to panelboard. 2. In addition to other applicable restrictions, may not be used: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -4 a. Where exposed to view. b. Where exposed to damage. c. For damp, wet, or corrosive locations, unless provided with a PVC jacket listed as suitable for those locations. 2.2 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Provide new conductors and cables manufactured not more than one year prior to installation. D. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, etc. as required for a complete operating system. E. Comply with NEMA WC 70. F. Comply with FS A-A-59544 where applicable. G. Thermoplastic-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 83. H. Thermoset-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 44. I. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding: Also comply with Section 260526. J. Conductor Material: 1. Provide copper conductors only. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable for this project. Conductor sizes indicated are based on copper. 2. Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed, 98 percent conductivity, uncoated copper conductors complying with ASTM B3, ASTM B8, or ASTM B787/B787M unless otherwise indicated. 3. Tinned Copper Conductors: Comply with ASTM B33. K. Minimum Conductor Size: 1. Branch Circuits: 12 AWG. a. Exceptions: 1) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 75 feet (23 m): 10 AWG, for voltage drop. 2) 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 150 feet (46 m): 8 AWG, for voltage drop. 3) 20 A, 277 V circuits longer than 150 feet (46 m): 10 AWG, for voltage drop. 2. Control Circuits: 14 AWG. L. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. M. Conductor Color Coding: 1. Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project. 2. Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -5 a. Conductors size 4 AWG and larger may have black insulation color coded using vinyl color coding electrical tape. 3. Color Code: a. 208Y/120 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System: 1) Phase A: Black. 2) Phase B: Red. 3) Phase C: Blue. 4) Neutral/Grounded: White. b. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green. c. Isolated Ground, All Systems: Green with yellow stripe. d. Travelers for 3-Way and 4-Way Switching: Pink. e. For modifications or additions to existing wiring systems, comply with existing color code when existing code complies with NFPA 70 and is approved by the authority having jurisdiction. f. For control circuits, comply with manufacturer's recommended color code. 2.3 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE A. Manufacturers: 1. Copper Building Wire: a. Cerro Wire LLC b. Encore Wire Corporation c. Southwire Company d. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Description: Single conductor insulated wire. C. Conductor Stranding: 1. Feeders and Branch Circuits: a. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid. b. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded. 2. Control Circuits: Stranded. D. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. E. Insulation: 1. Copper Building Wire: Type THHN/THWN or THHN/THWN-2. a. Installed Underground: Type XHHW-2. 2.4 METAL-CLAD CABLE A. Manufacturers: 1. AFC Cable Systems Inc 2. Encore Wire Corporation 3. Southwire Company 4. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -6 B. Description: NFPA 70, Type MC cable listed and labeled as complying with UL 1569, and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. C. Conductor Stranding: 1. Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Solid. 2. Size 8 AWG and Larger: Stranded. D. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 V. E. Insulation: Type THHN, THHN/THWN, or THHN/THWN-2. F. Provide oversized neutral conductors where indicated or required. G. Grounding: Full-size integral equipment grounding conductor. H. Armor: Steel, interlocked tape. I. Provide PVC jacket applied over cable armor where indicated or required for environment of installed location. 2.5 WIRING CONNECTORS A. Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application, suitable for use with the conductors to be connected, and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as applicable. B. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: Comply with Section 260526. C. Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps: 1. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Smaller: Use twist-on insulated spring connectors. 2. Copper Conductors Size 6 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors. D. Wiring Connectors for Terminations: 1. Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with terminations designed for terminal lugs. 2. Provide compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment furnished with mechanical lugs when only compression connectors are specified. 3. Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment terminations can accommodate, provide connectors suitable for reducing to appropriate size, but not less than required for the rating of the overcurrent protective device. 4. Copper Conductors Size 8 AWG and Larger: Use mechanical connectors or compression connectors where connectors are required. 5. Stranded Conductors Size 10 AWG and Smaller: Use crimped terminals for connections to terminal screws. 6. Conductors for Control Circuits: Use crimped terminals for all connections. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -7 E. Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V, 221 degrees F (105 degrees C) for standard applications and 302 degrees F (150 degrees C) for high temperature applications; pre-filled with sealant and listed as complying with UL 486D for damp and wet locations. F. Push-in Wire Connectors: Rated 600 V, 221 degrees F (105 degrees C). G. Mechanical Connectors: Provide bolted type or set-screw type. H. Compression Connectors: Provide circumferential type or hex type crimp configuration. I. Crimped Terminals: Nylon-insulated, with insulation grip and terminal configuration suitable for connection to be made. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Electrical Tape: 1. Vinyl Insulating Electrical Tape: Complying with ASTM D3005 and listed as complying with UL 510; minimum thickness of 7 mil (0.18 mm); resistant to abrasion, corrosion, and sunlight; conformable for application down to 0 degrees F (-18 degrees C) and suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 221 degrees F (105 degrees C). a. Product: Scotch Super 33+. b. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. 2. Rubber Splicing Electrical Tape: Ethylene Propylene Rubber (EPR) tape, complying with ASTM D4388; minimum thickness of 30 mil (0.76 mm); suitable for continuous temperature environment up to 194 degrees F (90 degrees C) and short-term 266 degrees F (130 degrees C) overload service. a. Product: Scotch 130C. b. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements. B. Wire Pulling Lubricant: Listed; suitable for use with the conductors or cables to be installed and suitable for use at the installation temperature. C. Cable Ties: Material and tensile strength rating suitable for application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. B. Verify that work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. C. Verify that raceways, boxes, and equipment enclosures are installed and are properly sized to accommodate conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70. D. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -8 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean raceways thoroughly to remove foreign materials before installing conductors and cables. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Circuiting Requirements: 1. Unless dimensioned, circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2. When circuit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing required. 3. Arrange circuiting to minimize splices. 4. Include circuit lengths required to install connected devices within 10 ft (3.0 m) of location indicated. 5. Maintain separation of Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote-control, signaling, and power-limited circuits in accordance with NFPA 70. 6. Circuiting Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated, when branch circuits are indicated as separate, combining them together in a single raceway is not permitted. 7. Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated, sharing of neutral/grounded conductors among up to three single phase branch circuits of different phases installed in the same raceway is not permitted. Provide dedicated neutral/grounded conductor for each individual branch circuit. B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). D. Install metal-clad cable (Type MC) in accordance with NECA 120. E. Installation in Raceway: 1. Tape ends of conductors and cables to prevent infiltration of moisture and other contaminants. 2. Pull all conductors and cables together into raceway at same time. 3. Do not damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure. 4. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant where necessary, except when lubricant is not recommended by the manufacturer. F. Secure and support conductors and cables in accordance with NFPA 70 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from raceways, piping, ductwork, or other systems. 1. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conductors and cables to lay on ceiling tiles. 2. Installation in Vertical Raceways: Provide supports where vertical rise exceeds permissible limits. G. Terminate cables using suitable fittings. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -9 1. Metal-Clad Cable (Type MC): a. Use listed fittings. b. Cut cable armor only using specialized tools to prevent damaging conductors or insulation. Do not use hacksaw or wire cutters to cut armor. H. Install conductors with a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) of slack at each outlet. I. Where conductors are installed in enclosures for future termination by others, provide a minimum of 5 feet (1.5 m) of slack. J. Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wireways, panelboards and other equipment enclosures. K. Group or otherwise identify neutral/grounded conductors with associated ungrounded conductors inside enclosures in accordance with NFPA 70. L. Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors. 1. Make splices and taps only in accessible boxes. Do not pull splices into raceways or make splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters. 2. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. 3. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 4. Clean contact surfaces on conductors and connectors to suitable remove corrosion, oxides, and other contaminates. Do not use wire brush on plated connector surfaces. 5. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 6. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies. M. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors using methods suitable for the application, with insulation and mechanical strength at least equivalent to unspliced conductors. 1. Dry Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors. 2. Damp Locations: Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors. a. For connections with insulating covers, apply outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape. N. Insulate ends of spare conductors using vinyl insulating electrical tape. O. Field-Applied Color Coding: Where vinyl color coding electrical tape is used in lieu of integrally colored insulation as permitted in Part 2 under "Color Coding", apply half overlapping turns of tape at each termination and at each location conductors are accessible. P. Identify conductors and cables in accordance with Section 260553. Q. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods approved by UL. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 -10 R. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final connections to all equipment and devices, including those furnished by others, as required for a complete operating system. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.2. The insulation resistance test is only required for conductors larger than #2. The resistance test for parallel conductors listed as optional is not required. 1. Disconnect surge protective devices (SPDs) prior to performing any high potential testing. Replace SPDs damaged by performing high potential testing with SPDs connected. C. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conductors and cables. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -1 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Grounding and bonding requirements. B. Conductors for grounding and bonding. C. Connectors for grounding and bonding. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260519 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Additional requirements for conductors for grounding and bonding, including conductor color coding. B. Section 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. B. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems; 2013. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for grounding and bonding system components. C. Field quality control test reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -2 B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS A. Existing Work: Where existing grounding and bonding system components are indicated to be reused, they may be reused only where they are free from corrosion, integrity and continuity are verified, and where acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. B. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required components, conductors, connectors, conduit, boxes, fittings, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete grounding and bonding system. D. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. E. Bonding and Equipment Grounding: 1. Provide bonding for equipment grounding conductors, equipment ground busses, metallic equipment enclosures, metallic raceways and boxes, device grounding terminals, and other normally non-current-carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical conductors/equipment or likely to become energized as indicated and in accordance with NFPA 70. 2. Provide insulated equipment grounding conductor in each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Do not use raceways as sole equipment grounding conductor. 3. Where circuit conductor sizes are increased for voltage drop, increase size of equipment grounding conductor proportionally in accordance with NFPA 70. 4. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. 5. Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment ground bus only. Do not terminate on neutral (grounded) or isolated/insulated ground bus. 6. Provide bonding jumper across expansion or expansion/deflection fittings provided to accommodate conduit movement. 7. Provide bonding for metal building frame. F. Communications Systems Grounding and Bonding: 1. Provide intersystem bonding termination at service equipment or metering equipment enclosure and at disconnecting means for any additional buildings or structures in accordance with NFPA 70. 2. Provide bonding jumper in raceway from intersystem bonding termination to each communications room or backboard and provide ground bar for termination. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -3 a. Bonding Jumper Size: 6 AWG, unless otherwise indicated or required. b. Raceway Size: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size unless otherwise indicated or required. c. Ground Bar Size: 1/4 by 2 by 12 inches (6 by 50 by 300 mm) unless otherwise indicated or required. d. Ground Bar Mounting Height: 18 inches (450 mm) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS A. General Requirements: 1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable. B. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in Addition to Requirements of Section 260526: 1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated. a. Exceptions: 1) Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with earth. 2) Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in raceway). C. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding: 1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL 467. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, use mechanical connectors, compression connectors, or exothermic welded connections for accessible connections. a. Exceptions: 1) Use exothermic welded connections for connections to metal building frame. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that work likely to damage grounding and bonding system components has been completed. B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C. Make grounding and bonding connections using specified connectors. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 -4 1. Remove appropriate amount of conductor insulation for making connections without cutting, nicking or damaging conductors. Do not remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. 2. Remove nonconductive paint, enamel, or similar coating at threads, contact points, and contact surfaces. 3. Exothermic Welds: Make connections using molds and weld material suitable for the items to be connected in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Mechanical Connectors: Secure connections according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 5. Compression Connectors: Secure connections using manufacturer's recommended tools and dies. D. Identify grounding and bonding system components in accordance with Section 260553. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS except Section 4. B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13. C. Perform ground electrode resistance tests under normally dry conditions. Precipitation within the previous 48 hours does not constitute normally dry conditions. D. Investigate and correct deficiencies where measured ground resistances do not comply with specified requirements. E. Submit detailed reports indicating inspection and testing results and corrective actions taken. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -1 SECTION 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Support and attachment requirements and components for equipment, conduit, cable, boxes, and other electrical work. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment requirements for conduits. B. Section 260533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems: Additional support and attachment requirements for boxes. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015. B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2009. C. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel; 2013. D. MFMA-4 - Metal Framing Standards Publication; 2004. E. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. G. UL 5B - Strut-Type Channel Raceways and Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate sizes and arrangement of supports and bases with the actual equipment and components to be installed. 2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation. 3. Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations. 4. Coordinate the arrangement of supports with ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -2 5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has fully cured in accordance with Section 033000. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for channel (strut) framing systems, non-penetrating rooftop supports, and post-installed concrete and masonry anchors. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. General Requirements: 1. Provide all required hangers, supports, anchors, fasteners, fittings, accessories, and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work. 2. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended, where applicable. 3. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported. Include consideration for vibration, equipment operation, and shock loads where applicable. 4. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 5. Do not use wire, chain, perforated pipe strap, or wood for permanent supports unless specifically indicated or permitted. 6. Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where installed. a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use zinc-plated steel or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated. b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel, stainless steel, or approved equivalent unless otherwise indicated or specified on the Drawings. Supports shall match the materials of the equipment required to be supported. c. Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. d. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M. B. Conduit and Cable Supports: Straps, clamps, etc. suitable for the conduit or cable to be supported. 1. Conduit Straps: One-hole or two-hole type; steel or malleable iron. 2. Conduit Clamps: Bolted type unless otherwise indicated. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -3 C. Outlet Box Supports: Hangers, brackets, etc. suitable for the boxes to be supported. D. Metal Channel (Strut) Framing Systems: Factory-fabricated continuous-slot metal channel (strut) and associated fittings, accessories, and hardware required for field-assembly of supports. 1. Comply with MFMA-4. 2. Channel (Strut) Used as Raceway (only where specifically indicated): Listed and labeled as complying with UL 5B. 3. Channel Material: a. Indoor Dry Locations: Use painted steel, zinc-plated steel, or galvanized steel. b. Outdoor and Damp or Wet Indoor Locations: Use galvanized steel. 4. Minimum Channel Thickness: Steel sheet, 12 gage, 0.1046 inch (2.66 mm). 5. Minimum Channel Dimensions: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) width by 1-5/8 inch (41 mm) height. E. Hanger Rods: Threaded zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated. 1. Minimum Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required: a. Equipment Supports: 1/2 inch (13 mm) diameter. b. Busway Supports: 1/2 inch (13 mm) diameter. c. Single Conduit up to 1 inch (27 mm) trade size: 1/4 inch (6 mm) diameter. d. Single Conduit larger than 1 inch (27 mm) trade size: 3/8 inch (10 mm) diameter. e. Trapeze Support for Multiple Conduits: 3/8 inch (10 mm) diameter. f. Outlet Boxes: 1/4 inch (6 mm) diameter. g. Luminaires: 1/4 inch (6 mm) diameter. F. Non-Penetrating Rooftop Supports for Low-Slope Roofs: Steel pedestals with rubber bases that rest on top of roofing membrane, not requiring any attachment to the roof structure and not penetrating the roofing assembly, with support fixtures as specified. 1. Base Sizes: As required to distribute load sufficiently to prevent indentation of roofing assembly. 2. Attachment/Support Fixtures: As recommended by manufacturer, same type as indicated for equivalent indoor hangers and supports. 3. Mounting Height: Provide minimum clearance of 6 inches (150 mm) under supported component to top of roofing. G. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the anchor and fastener types indicated for the specified applications. 2. Concrete: Use preset concrete inserts, expansion anchors, or screw anchors. 3. Solid or Grout-Filled Masonry: Use expansion anchors or screw anchors. 4. Hollow Masonry: Use toggle bolts. 5. Hollow Stud Walls: Use toggle bolts. 6. Steel: Use beam clamps, machine bolts, or welded threaded studs. 7. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. 8. Plastic and lead anchors are not permitted. 9. Powder-actuated fasteners are not permitted. 10. Hammer-driven anchors and fasteners are not permitted. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -4 11. Preset Concrete Inserts: Continuous metal channel (strut) and spot inserts specifically designed to be cast in concrete ceilings, walls, and floors. a. Comply with MFMA-4. b. Channel Material: Use galvanized steel. c. Manufacturer: Same as manufacturer of metal channel (strut) framing system. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive support and attachment components. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICC-ES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable. D. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. E. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid. F. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from roof deck. G. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer. H. Provide required vibration isolation and/or seismic controls in accordance with Section 260548. I. Equipment Support and Attachment: 1. Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut) to support equipment as required. 2. Use metal channel (strut) secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out. 3. Use metal channel (strut) to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface. 4. Unless otherwise indicated, mount floor-mounted equipment on properly sized 3 inch (80 mm) high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 033000. 5. Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 -5 J. Conduit Support and Attachment: Also comply with Section 260533.13. K. Cable Tray Support and Attachment: Also comply with Section 260536. L. Box Support and Attachment: Also comply with Section 260533.16. M. Interior Luminaire Support and Attachment: Also comply with Section 265100. N. Preset Concrete Inserts: Use manufacturer provided closure strips to inhibit concrete seepage during concrete pour. O. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. P. Remove temporary supports. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -1 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC/GRS). B. Flexible metal conduit (FMC). C. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC). D. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). E. Conduit fittings. F. Accessories. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B. Section 260529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C. Section 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI C80.1 - American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC); 2005. B. ANSI C80.3 - American National Standard for Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT); 2005. C. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. D. NECA 101 - Standard for Installing Steel Conduits (Rigid, IMC, EMT); 2013. E. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; 2012. F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. G. UL 1 - Flexible Metal Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. H. UL 6 - Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. I. UL 360 - Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. J. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -2 K. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing-Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2. Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members, ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3. Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes, enclosures, and equipment installed under other sections or by others. 4. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide roof penetrations that preserve the integrity of the roofing system and do not void the roof warranty. 5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is complete between outlet, junction and splicing points. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for conduits and fittings. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual routing for conduits installed underground and conduits 2 inch (53 mm) trade size and larger. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conduit and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B. Refer to the Raceway Schedule on the Electrical Drawings for permitted usage and restrictions. C. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the conduit types indicated for the specified applications. Where more than one listed application applies, comply with the Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -3 most restrictive requirements. Where conduit type for a particular application is not specified, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit. D. Connections to Luminaires Above Accessible Ceilings: Use flexible metal conduit. E. Connections to Vibrating Equipment: 1. Dry Locations: Use flexible metal conduit. 2. Damp, Wet, or Corrosive Locations: Use liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3. Maximum Length: 6 feet (1.8 m) unless otherwise indicated. F. Fished in Existing Walls, Where Necessary: Use flexible metal conduit or MC cable. 2.2 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Existing Work: Where existing conduits are indicated to be reused, they may be reused only where they comply with specified requirements, are free from corrosion, and integrity is verified by pulling a mandrel through them. B. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system. C. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. D. Minimum Conduit Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated: 1. Branch Circuits: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size. 2. Branch Circuit Homeruns: 3/4 inch (21 mm) trade size. E. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 2.3 GALVANIZED STEEL RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC OR GRS) A. Description: NFPA 70, Type RMC galvanized steel rigid metal conduit complying with ANSI C80.1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 6. B. Fittings: 1. Non-Hazardous Locations: Use fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. a. Do not use die cast zinc fittings. 3. Connectors and Couplings: Use threaded type fittings only. Threadless set screw and compression (gland) type fittings are not permitted. 2.4 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) A. Description: NFPA 70, Type FMC standard wall steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 1, and listed for use in classified firestop systems to be used. B. Fittings: 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -4 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. a. Do not use die cast zinc fittings. 2.5 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMC) A. Description: NFPA 70, Type LFMC polyvinyl chloride (PVC) jacketed steel flexible metal conduit listed and labeled as complying with UL 360. B. Fittings: 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. a. Do not use die cast zinc fittings. 2.6 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Description: NFPA 70, Type EMT steel electrical metallic tubing complying with ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797. B. Fittings: 1. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 2. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. a. Do not use die cast zinc fittings. 3. Connectors and Couplings: Use set-screw type. a. Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings. 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. Conduit Joint Compound: Corrosion-resistant, electrically conductive; suitable for use with the conduit to be installed. B. Pull Strings: Use nylon cord with average breaking strength of not less than 200 pound-force (890 N). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive conduits. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -5 C. Install galvanized steel rigid metal conduit (RMC/GRS) in accordance with NECA 101. D. Conduit Routing: 1. Unless dimensioned, conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2. When conduit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing required. 3. Conceal all conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed. 4. Conduits in the following areas may be exposed, unless otherwise indicated: a. Electrical rooms. b. Mechanical equipment rooms. c. Within joists in areas with no ceiling. 5. Unless otherwise approved, do not route conduits exposed: 6. Conduits installed underground or embedded in concrete may be routed in the shortest possible manner unless otherwise indicated. Route all other conduits parallel or perpendicular to building structure and surfaces, following surface contours where practical. 7. Arrange conduit to maintain adequate headroom, clearances, and access. 8. Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between pull points. 9. Arrange conduit to provide no more than 150 feet (46 m) between pull points. 10. Route conduits above water and drain piping where possible. 11. Arrange conduit to prevent moisture traps. Provide drain fittings at low points and at sealing fittings where moisture may collect. 12. Maintain minimum clearance of 6 inches (150 mm) between conduits and piping for other systems. 13. Maintain minimum clearance of 12 inches (300 mm) between conduits and hot surfaces. This includes, but is not limited to: a. Heaters. b. Hot water piping. c. Flues. 14. Group parallel conduits in the same area together on a common rack. E. Conduit Support: 1. Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 260529 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Provide required vibration isolation and/or seismic controls in accordance with Section 260548. 3. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. 4. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling support system. Do not provide support from ceiling grid or allow conduits to lay on ceiling tiles. 5. Use conduit strap to support single surface-mounted conduit. a. Use clamp back spacer with conduit strap for damp and wet locations to provide space between conduit and mounting surface. 6. Use metal channel (strut) with accessory conduit clamps to support multiple parallel surface-mounted conduits. 7. Use conduit clamp to support single conduit from beam clamp or threaded rod. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -6 8. Use non-penetrating rooftop supports to support conduits routed across rooftops (only where approved). 9. Use of spring steel conduit clips for support of conduits is not permitted. 10. Use of wire for support of conduits is not permitted. 11. Where conduit support intervals specified in NFPA 70 and NECA standards differ, comply with the most stringent requirements. F. Connections and Terminations: 1. Use approved zinc-rich paint or conduit joint compound on field-cut threads of galvanized steel conduits prior to making connections. 2. Where two threaded conduits must be joined and neither can be rotated, use three-piece couplings or split couplings. Do not use running threads. 3. Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another. 4. Provide drip loops for liquidtight flexible conduit connections to prevent drainage of liquid into connectors. 5. Terminate threaded conduits in boxes and enclosures using threaded hubs or double lock nuts for dry locations and raintight hubs for wet locations. 6. Where spare conduits stub up through concrete floors and are not terminated in a box or enclosure, provide threaded couplings equipped with threaded plugs set flush with finished floor. 7. Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect conductors. 8. Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical continuity. G. Penetrations: 1. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings and grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer. 2. Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation. Set sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required. 4. Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground. 5. Seal interior of conduits entering the building from underground at first accessible point to prevent entry of moisture and gases. 6. Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane, seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane. 7. Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations. Where penetrations are necessary, seal as indicated or as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty. Include proposed locations of penetrations and methods for sealing with submittals. 8. Provide metal escutcheon plates for conduit penetrations exposed to public view. 9. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 078400. H. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. I. Identify conduits in accordance with Section 260553. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 -7 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation of conduit, use suitable manufactured plugs to provide protection from entry of moisture and foreign material and do not remove until ready for installation of conductors. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 -1 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Outlet and device boxes up to 100 cubic inches (1,650 cu cm), including those used as junction and pull boxes. B. Cabinets and enclosures, including junction and pull boxes larger than 100 cubic inches (1,650 cu cm). 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. B. Section 260533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems: 1. Conduit bodies and other fittings. 2. Additional requirements for locating boxes to limit conduit length and/or number of bends between pulling points. C. Section 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. B. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices; 2010. C. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; 2012. D. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports; 2013. E. NEMA OS 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports; 2013. F. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014. G. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. H. SCTE 77 - Specification for Underground Enclosure Integrity; 2013. I. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. J. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 -2 K. UL 508A - Industrial Control Panels; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. L. UL 514A - Metallic Outlet Boxes; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. M. UL 514C - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush-Device Boxes, and Covers; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3. Coordinate minimum sizes of boxes with the actual installed arrangement of conductors, clamps, support fittings, and devices, calculated according to NFPA 70. 4. Coordinate minimum sizes of pull boxes with the actual installed arrangement of connected conduits, calculated according to NFPA 70. 5. Coordinate the placement of boxes with millwork, furniture, devices, equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others. 6. Coordinate the work with other trades to preserve insulation integrity. 7. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush-mounted boxes where indicated. 8. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for cabinets and enclosures, boxes for hazardous (classified) locations, floor boxes, and underground boxes/enclosures. 1. Underground Boxes/Enclosures: Include reports for load testing in accordance with SCTE 77 certified by a professional engineer or an independent testing agency upon request. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations for cabinets and enclosures, floor boxes, and underground boxes/enclosures. C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 016000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 2. Keys for Lockable Enclosures: Two of each different key. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 -3 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BOXES A. General Requirements: 1. Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 2. Provide all boxes, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed. 3. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 4. Where box size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified. 5. Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors terminate. B. Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches (1,650 cu cm), Including Those Used as Junction and Pull Boxes: 1. Use sheet-steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required. 2. Use cast iron boxes or cast aluminum boxes for damp or wet locations unless otherwise indicated or required; furnish with compatible weatherproof gasketed covers. 3. Use cast aluminum boxes where exposed galvanized steel rigid metal conduit is used. 4. Use nonmetallic boxes where exposed rigid PVC conduit is used. 5. Use suitable concrete type boxes where flush-mounted in concrete. 6. Use suitable masonry type boxes where flush-mounted in masonry walls. 7. Use raised covers suitable for the type of wall construction and device configuration where required. 8. Use shallow boxes where required by the type of wall construction. 9. Do not use "through-wall" boxes designed for access from both sides of wall. 10. Sheet-Steel Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A. 11. Cast Metal Boxes: Comply with NEMA FB 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A; furnish with threaded hubs. 12. Nonmetallic Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 2, and list and label as complying with UL 514C. 13. Boxes for Supporting Luminaires and Ceiling Fans: Listed as suitable for the type and weight of load to be supported; furnished with fixture stud to accommodate mounting of luminaire where required. 14. Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single-piece construction. Do not use field-connected gangable boxes unless specifically indicated or permitted. 15. Minimum Box Size, Unless Otherwise Indicated: a. Wiring Devices (Other Than Communications Systems Outlets): 4 inch square by 1-1/2 inch deep (100 by 38 mm) trade size. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 -4 b. Communications Systems Outlets: 4 inch square by 2-1/8 inch (100 by 54 mm) trade size. c. Ceiling Outlets: 4 inch octagonal or square by 1-1/2 inch deep (100 by 38 mm) trade size. 16. Wall Plates: Comply with Section 262726. C. Cabinets and Enclosures, Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches (1,650 cu cm): 1. Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E, or UL 508A. 2. NEMA 250 Environment Type, Unless Otherwise Indicated: a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1, painted steel. b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R, painted steel. 3. Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches (1,650 cu cm): a. Provide screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated. 4. Cabinets and Hinged-Cover Enclosures, Other Than Junction and Pull Boxes: a. Provide lockable hinged covers, all locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated. 5. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard grey unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive boxes. C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install boxes in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship) and, where applicable, NECA 130, including mounting heights specified in those standards where mounting heights are not indicated. C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D. Provide separate boxes for emergency power and normal power systems. E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide separate boxes for line voltage and low voltage systems. F. Flush-mount boxes in finished areas unless specifically indicated to be surface-mounted. G. Unless otherwise indicated, boxes may be surface-mounted where exposed conduits are indicated or permitted. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 -5 H. Box Locations: 1. Locate boxes to be accessible. Provide access panels in accordance with Section 083100 as required where approved by the Architect. 2. Unless dimensioned, box locations indicated are approximate. 3. Locate boxes as required for devices installed under other sections or by others. 4. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not span different building finishes. 5. Locate boxes so that wall plates do not cross masonry joints. 6. Unless otherwise indicated, where multiple outlet boxes are installed at the same location at different mounting heights, install along a common vertical center line. 7. Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back. Provide minimum 6 inches (150 mm) horizontal separation unless otherwise indicated. 8. Acoustic-Rated Walls: Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back; provide minimum 24 inches (610 mm) horizontal separation. 9. Fire Resistance Rated Walls: Install flush-mounted boxes such that the required fire resistance will not be reduced. a. Do not install flush-mounted boxes on opposite sides of walls back-to-back; provide minimum 24 inches (610 mm) separation where wall is constructed with individual noncommunicating stud cavities or protect both boxes with listed putty pads. 10. Locate junction and pull boxes as indicated, as required to facilitate installation of conductors, and to limit conduit length and/or number of bends between pulling points in accordance with Section 260533.13. I. Box Supports: 1. Secure and support boxes in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 260529 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Provide independent support from building structure except for cast metal boxes (other than boxes used for fixture support) supported by threaded conduit connections in accordance with NFPA 70. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. 3. Installation Above Suspended Ceilings: Do not provide support from ceiling grid or ceiling support system. J. Install boxes plumb and level. K. Flush-Mounted Boxes: 1. Install boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is not set back from finished surface more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) or does not project beyond finished surface. 2. Install boxes in combustible materials such as wood so that front edge of box or associated raised cover is flush with finished surface. 3. Repair rough openings around boxes in noncombustible materials such as concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, etc. so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater than 1/8 inch (3 mm) at the edge of the box. L. Install boxes as required to preserve insulation integrity. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 -6 M. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. N. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 078400. O. Close unused box openings. P. Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no devices or equipment installed or designated for future use. Q. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. R. Identify boxes in accordance with Section 260553. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dirt, debris, plaster and other foreign material. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation, protect boxes from entry of moisture and foreign material until ready for installation of conductors. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -1 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical identification requirements. B. Identification nameplates and labels. C. Wire and cable markers. D. Voltage markers. E. Warning signs and labels. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260519 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Color coding for power conductors and cables 600 V and less; vinyl color coding electrical tape. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI Z535.2 - American National Standard for Environmental and Facility Safety Signs; 2011. B. ANSI Z535.4 - American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels; 2011. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. UL 969 - Marking and Labeling Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each product. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Existing Work: Unless specifically excluded, identify existing elements to remain that are not already identified in accordance with specified requirements. B. Identification for Equipment: 1. Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components. a. Panelboards: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -2 1) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 2) Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s) served for panelboards with a door. Identify spares and spaces using pencil. 3) For power panelboards without a door, use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device. Do not identify spares and spaces. b. Enclosed switches, circuit breakers, and motor controllers: 1) Identify voltage and phase. 2) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 3) Identify load(s) served. Include location when not within sight of equipment. c. Transfer Switches: 1) Identify voltage and phase. 2) Identify power source and circuit number for both normal power source and standby power source. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 3) Identify load(s) served. Include location. 4) Identify short circuit current rating based on the specific overcurrent protective device type and settings protecting the transfer switch. 2. Use identification label to identify overcurrent protective devices for branch circuits serving fire alarm circuits. Identify with text "FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT". 3. Available Fault Current Documentation: Use identification label to identify the available fault current and date calculations were performed at locations requiring documentation by NFPA 70, including but not limited to the following. a. Service equipment. C. Identification for Conductors and Cables: 1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 260519. 2. Identification for Communications Conductors and Cables: Comply with Section 271000. 3. Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for ungrounded and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece of feeder or branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system. 4. Use wire and cable markers to identify circuit number or other designation indicated for power, control, and instrumentation conductors and cables at the following locations: a. At each source and load connection. b. Within boxes when more than one circuit is present. c. Within equipment enclosures when conductors and cables enter or leave the enclosure. 5. Use wire and cable markers to identify connected grounding electrode system components for grounding electrode conductors. D. Identification for Raceways: 1. Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present for accessible conduits at maximum intervals of 20 feet (6.1 m). 2. Use voltage markers or color-coded bands to identify systems other than normal power system for accessible conduits at maximum intervals of 20 feet (6.1 m). a. Color-Coded Bands: Use Pre-Painted Conduit to mark bands 3 inches (76 mm) wide. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -3 1) Color Code: (a) Emergency Power System: Orange. (b) Fire Alarm System: Red. 3. Use underground warning tape to identify underground raceways. E. Identification for Boxes: 1. Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present. 2. Use voltage markers or color coded boxes to identify systems other than normal power system. a. Color-Coded Boxes: Field-painted in accordance with Section 099123 and 099113 per the same color code used for raceways. 3. Use identification labels or handwritten text using indelible marker to identify circuits enclosed. a. For exposed boxes in public areas, use only identification labels. F. Identification for Devices: 1. Identification for Communications Devices: Comply with Section 271000. 2. Wiring Device and Wallplate Finishes: Comply with Section 262726. 3. Use identification label to identify fire alarm system devices. a. For devices concealed above suspended ceilings, provide additional identification on ceiling tile below device location. 4. Use identification label or engraved wallplate to identify serving branch circuit for all receptacles. a. For receptacles in public areas or in areas as directed by Architect, provide identification on inside surface of wallplate. G. Identification for Luminaires: 1. Use permanent red dot on luminaire frame to identify luminaires connected to emergency power system. 2.2 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS A. Identification Nameplates: 1. Materials: a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates. b. Outdoor Locations: Use plastic, stainless steel, or aluminum nameplates suitable for exterior use. 2. Plastic Nameplates: Two-layer or three-layer laminated acrylic or electrically non-conductive phenolic with beveled edges; minimum thickness of 1/16 inch (1.6 mm); engraved text. 3. Stainless Steel Nameplates: Minimum thickness of 1/32 inch (0.8 mm); engraved or laser-etched text. 4. Aluminum Nameplates: Anodized; minimum thickness of 1/32 inch (0.8 mm); engraved or laser-etched text. 5. Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two, centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch (25 mm) high; Four, located at corners for larger sizes. B. Identification Labels: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -4 1. Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant. a. Use only for indoor locations. 2. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text. Do not use handwritten text unless otherwise indicated. C. Format for Equipment Identification: 1. Minimum Size: 1 inch (25 mm) by 2.5 inches (64 mm). 2. Legend: a. System designation where applicable: 1) Emergency Power System: Identify with text "EMERGENCY". 2) Fire Alarm System: Identify with text "FIRE ALARM". b. Equipment designation or other approved description. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: a. System Designation: 1 inch (25 mm). b. Equipment Designation: 1/2 inch (13 mm). c. Exception: Provide minimum text height of 1 inch (25 mm) for equipment located more than 10 feet (3.0 m) above floor or working platform. 5. Color: a. Normal Power System: White text on black background. b. Fire Alarm System: White text on red background. D. Format for General Information and Operating Instructions: 1. Minimum Size: 1 inch (25 mm) by 2.5 inches (64 mm). 2. Legend: Include information or instructions indicated or as required for proper and safe operation and maintenance. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 5. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated. E. Format for Caution and Warning Messages: 1. Minimum Size: 2 inches (51 mm) by 4 inches (100 mm). 2. Legend: Include information or instructions indicated or as required for proper and safe operation and maintenance. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: 1/2 inch (13 mm). 5. Color: Black text on yellow background unless otherwise indicated. F. Format for Receptacle Identification: 1. Minimum Size: 3/8 inch (10 mm) by 1.5 inches (38 mm). 2. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 5. Color: Black text on clear background. G. Format for Control Device Identification: 1. Minimum Size: 3/8 inch (10 mm) by 1.5 inches (38 mm). Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -5 2. Legend: Load controlled or other designation indicated. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 5. Color: Black text on clear background. H. Format for Fire Alarm Device Identification: 1. Minimum Size: 3/8 inch (10 mm) by 1.5 inches (38 mm). 2. Legend: Designation indicated and device zone or address. 3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated. 4. Minimum Text Height: 3/16 inch (5 mm). 5. Color: Red text on white background. 2.3 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS A. Markers for Conductors and Cables: Use wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl self-laminating type markers suitable for the conductor or cable to be identified. B. Markers for Conductor and Cable Bundles: Use plastic marker tags secured by nylon cable ties. C. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated. D. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text, all capitalized unless otherwise indicated. E. Minimum Text Height: 1/8 inch (3 mm). F. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 VOLTAGE MARKERS A. Markers for Conduits: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl, self-adhesive vinyl cloth, or vinyl snap-around type markers. B. Markers for Boxes and Equipment Enclosures: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl or self-adhesive vinyl cloth type markers. C. Minimum Size: 1. Markers for Conduits: As recommended by manufacturer for conduit size to be identified. 2. Markers for Pull Boxes: 1 1/8 by 4 1/2 inches (29 by 110 mm). 3. Markers for Junction Boxes: 1/2 by 2 1/4 inches (13 by 57 mm). D. Legend: 1. Markers for Voltage Identification: Highest voltage present. 2. Markers for System Identification: E. Color: Black text on orange background unless otherwise indicated. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -6 2.5 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable. B. Warning Signs: 1. Materials: a. Indoor Dry, Clean Locations: Use factory pre-printed rigid plastic or self-adhesive vinyl signs. 2. Rigid Signs: Provide four mounting holes at corners for mechanical fasteners. 3. Minimum Size: 7 by 10 inches (178 by 254 mm) unless otherwise indicated. C. Warning Labels: 1. Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printedself-adhesive polyester or self-adhesive vinyl labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant; produced using materials recognized to UL 969. 2. Machine-Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories recommended by label manufacturer. 3. Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches (51 mm by 102 mm) unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces to receive adhesive products according to manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination, adjustment, servicing, and maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, locate products as follows: 1. Surface-Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front. 2. Flush-Mounted Equipment: Inside of equipment door. 3. Free-Standing Equipment: Enclosure front; also enclosure rear for equipment with rear access. 4. Elevated Equipment: Legible from the floor or working platform. 5. Branch Devices: Adjacent to device. 6. Interior Components: Legible from the point of access. 7. Conduits: Legible from the floor. 8. Boxes: Outside face of cover. 9. Conductors and Cables: Legible from the point of access. 10. Devices: Outside face of cover. C. Install identification products centered, level, and parallel with lines of item being identified. D. Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws and to interior surfaces using self-adhesive backing or epoxy cement. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 -7 E. Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion, with no bubbles or wrinkles and edges properly sealed. F. Secure rigid signs using stainless steel screws. G. Mark all handwritten text, where permitted, to be neat and legible. H. Provide and affix a typewritten circuit directory card with a clear plastic cover to the inside of each panelboard door. Directory shall include the Panel ID, voltage rating, and current rating of the panel, as well as the circuit names (or spare circuit breakers or spare positions identified) fed by each circuit position on the panel. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace self-adhesive labels and markers that exhibit bubbles, wrinkles, curling or other signs of improper adhesion. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 WIRING CONNECTIONS 260583 -1 SECTION 260583 WIRING CONNECTIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical connections to equipment. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260519 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. B. Section 260533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems. C. Section 260533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems. D. Section 262726 - Wiring Devices. E. Section 262816.16 - Enclosed Switches. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections. 2. Determine connection locations and requirements. B. Sequencing: 1. Install rough-in of electrical connections before installation of equipment is required. 2. Make electrical connections before required start-up of equipment. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Disconnect Switches: As specified in Section 262816.16 and in individual equipment sections. B. Wiring Devices: As specified in Section 262726. C. Flexible Conduit: As specified in Section 260533.13. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 WIRING CONNECTIONS 260583 -2 D. Wire and Cable: As specified in Section 260519. E. Boxes: As specified in Section 260533.16. F. Motor Rated Switches - Provide as scheduled, submit product data for Engineer Review. 2.2 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Refer to Contract Drawings for equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection, wiring, and energization. 3.2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions. B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations. C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered. D. Provide receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug. E. Provide cord and cap where field-supplied attachment plug is required. F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete equipment wiring requirements. H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements. I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -1 SECTION 262726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall switches. B. Receptacles. C. Wall plates. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B. Section 260533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems. C. Section 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. FS W-C-596 - Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specification for; Federal Specification; Revision G, 2001. B. FS W-S-896 - Switches, Toggle (Toggle and Lock), Flush-mounted (General Specification); Federal Specification; Revision F, 1999. C. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. D. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices; 2010. E. NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices; 1999 (R 2010). F. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices - Dimensional Specifications; 2012. G. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. H. UL 20 - General-Use Snap Switches; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. I. UL 498 - Attachment Plugs and Receptacles; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. J. UL 514D - Cover Plates for Flush-Mounted Wiring Devices; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. K. UL 943 - Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -2 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Hubbell Incorporated B. Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc C. Lutron Electronics Company, Inc D. Pass & Seymour, a brand of Legrand North America, Inc 2.2 WIRING DEVICE APPLICATIONS A. Provide wiring devices suitable for intended use and with ratings adequate for load served. B. For single receptacles installed on an individual branch circuit, provide receptacle with ampere rating not less than that of the branch circuit. C. Provide weather resistant GFCI receptacles with specified weatherproof covers for receptacles installed outdoors or in damp or wet locations. D. Provide GFCI protection for receptacles installed within 6 feet (1.8 m) of sinks. E. Provide GFCI protection for receptacles installed in kitchens. F. Provide GFCI protection for receptacles serving electric drinking fountains. 2.3 WIRING DEVICE FINISHES A. Provide wiring device finishes as described below unless otherwise indicated. B. Wiring Devices, Unless Otherwise Indicated: White with whitenylon wall plate. C. Wiring Devices Installed in Unfinished Spaces: Gray withgalvanized steel wall plate. D. Wiring Devices Installed in Wet or Damp Locations: White with weatherproof cover. E. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power: Red with red nylon wall plate. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -3 2.4 WALL SWITCHES A. Wall Switches - General Requirements: AC only, quiet operating, general-use snap switches with silver alloy contacts, complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6, and listed as complying with UL 20 and where applicable, FS W-S-896; types as indicated on the drawings. 1. Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring and screw actuated binding clamp for back wiring with separate ground terminal screw. B. Standard Wall Switches: Industrial specification grade, 20 A, 120/277 V with standard toggle type switch actuator and maintained contacts; single pole single throw, double pole single throw, three way, or four way as indicated on the drawings. 2.5 RECEPTACLES A. Manufacturers: 1. Hubbell Incorporated 2. Leviton Manufacturing Company, Inc 3. Lutron Electronics Company, Inc 4. Pass & Seymour, a brand of Legrand North America, Inc 5. Source Limitations: Where wall controls are furnished as part of lighting control system, provide accessory matching receptacles and wallplates by the same manufacturer in locations indicated. B. Receptacles - General Requirements: Self-grounding, complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6, and listed as complying with UL 498, and where applicable, FS W-C-596; types as indicated on the drawings. 1. Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring or screw actuated binding clamp for back wiring with separate ground terminal screw. 2. NEMA configurations specified are according to NEMA WD 6. C. Convenience Receptacles: 1. Standard Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings. D. GFCI Receptacles: 1. GFCI Receptacles - General Requirements: Self-testing, with feed-through protection and light to indicate ground fault tripped condition and loss of protection; listed as complying with UL 943, class A. 2. Standard GFCI Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, duplex, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, rectangular decorator style. 3. Weather Resistant GFCI Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, duplex, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, rectangular decorator style, listed and labeled as weather resistant type complying with UL 498 Supplement SE suitable for installation in damp or wet locations. 2.6 WALL PLATES A. Wall Plates: Comply with UL 514D. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -4 1. Configuration: One piece cover as required for quantity and types of corresponding wiring devices. 2. Size: Standard; __________. 3. Screws: Metal with slotted heads finished to match wall plate finish. B. Nylon Wall Plates: Smooth finish, high-impact thermoplastic. C. Stainless Steel Wall Plates: Brushed satin finish, Type 302 stainless steel. D. Weatherproof Covers for Wet Locations: Gasketed, cast aluminum, with hinged lockable cover and corrosion-resistant screws; listed as suitable for use in wet locations while in use with attachment plugs connected and identified as extra-duty type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate devices and conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. C. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. D. Verify that final surface finishes are complete, including painting. E. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. F. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship) and, where applicable, NECA 130, including mounting heights specified in those standards unless otherwise indicated. B. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 260533.16 as required for installation of wiring devices provided under this section. 1. Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise indicated, as follows: a. Wall Switches: 48 inches (1200 mm) above finished floor. b. Receptacles: 18 inches (450 mm) above finished floor or 6 inches (150 mm) above counter. 2. Orient outlet boxes for vertical installation of wiring devices unless otherwise indicated. 3. Where multiple receptacles, wall switches, or wall dimmers are installed at the same location and at the same mounting height, gang devices together under a common wall plate. 4. Locate wall switches on strike side of door with edge of wall plate 3 inches (80 mm) from edge of door frame. Where locations are indicated otherwise, notify Architect to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -5 5. Locate receptacles for electric drinking fountains concealed behind drinking fountain according to manufacturer's instructions. C. Install wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V. E. Where required, connect wiring devices using pigtails not less than 6 inches (150 mm) long. Do not connect more than one conductor to wiring device terminals. F. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor clockwise 3/4 turn around screw terminal and tightening to proper torque specified by the manufacturer. Where present, do not use push-in pressure terminals that do not rely on screw-actuated binding. G. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper. H. Provide GFCI receptacles with integral GFCI protection at each location indicated. Do not use feed-through wiring to protect downstream devices. I. Install wiring devices plumb and level with mounting yoke held rigidly in place. J. Install wall switches with OFF position down. K. Install vertically mounted receptacles with grounding pole on top and horizontally mounted receptacles with grounding pole on left. L. Install wall plates to fit completely flush to wall with no gaps and rough opening completely covered without strain on wall plate. Repair or reinstall improperly installed outlet boxes or improperly sized rough openings. Do not use oversized wall plates in lieu of meeting this requirement. M. Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no wiring devices installed or designated for future use. N. Identify wiring devices in accordance with Section 260553. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 014000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Inspect each wiring device for damage and defects. C. Operate each wall switch, wall dimmer, and fan speed controller with circuit energized to verify proper operation. D. Test each receptacle to verify operation and proper polarity. E. Test each GFCI receptacle for proper tripping operation according to manufacturer's instructions. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 WIRING DEVICES 262726 -6 F. Correct wiring deficiencies and replace damaged or defective wiring devices. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FUSES 262813 -1 SECTION 262813 FUSES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fuses. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses; 2012. B. UL 248-1 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 1: General Requirements; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. C. UL 248-10 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 10: Class L Fuses; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. D. UL 248-12 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 12: Class R Fuses; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate fuse clips furnished in equipment provided under other sections for compatibility with indicated fuses. 2. Coordinate fuse requirements according to manufacturer's recommendations and nameplate data for actual equipment to be installed. 3. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard data sheets including voltage and current ratings, interrupting ratings, time-current curves, and current limitation curves. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: 1. Fusible Switches up to 600 Amperes: Class RK5, time-delay. 2. Fusible Switches Larger Than 600 Amperes: Class L, time-delay. B. General Purpose Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time-delay. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FUSES 262813 -2 C. Individual Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time-delay. 2.2 FUSES A. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide fuses for all fusible equipment as required for a complete operating system. C. Provide fuses of the same type, rating, and manufacturer within the same switch. D. Comply with UL 248-1. E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide cartridge type fuses complying with NEMA FU 1, Class and ratings as indicated. F. Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage. G. Class R Fuses: Comply with UL 248-12. H. Class L Fuses: Comply with UL 248-10. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that fuse ratings are consistent with circuit voltage and manufacturer's recommendations and nameplate data for equipment. B. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Do not install fuses until circuits are ready to be energized. B. Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816.13 -1 SECTION 262816.13 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Enclosed circuit breakers. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B. Section 260529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C. Section 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service; 2013e (Amended 2017). B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. C. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014. D. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems; 2013. E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. F. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. G. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. H. UL 489 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. I. UL 1053 - Ground-Fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816.13 -2 1. Coordinate work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions within dedicated equipment spaces and within working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 3. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 4. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for circuit breakers, enclosures, and other installed components and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage and current ratings, short circuit current ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal information, and installed features and accessories. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. B. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to enclosed circuit breaker internal components, enclosure, and finish. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. ABB/GE; ______ B. Eaton Corporation; ______ C. Schneider Electric; Square D Products; ______ 2.2 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Description: Units consisting of molded case circuit breakers individually mounted in enclosures. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816.13 -3 1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet (2,000 m). 2. Ambient Temperature: Between 23 degrees F (-5 degrees C) and 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). D. Short Circuit Current Rating: 1. Provide enclosed circuit breakers with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location indicated on the drawings. E. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. F. Provide electronic trip circuit breakers where indicated. G. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed circuit breaker, with a suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor. H. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the following installation locations: I. Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position. J. Ground Fault Protection: Where ground-fault protection is indicated, provide system listed and labeled as complying with UL 1053. 1. Where electronic circuit breakers equipped with integral ground fault protection are used, provide separate neutral current sensor where applicable. 2.3 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Description: Quick-make, quick-break, over center toggle, trip-free, trip-indicating circuit breakers listed and labeled as complying with UL 489, and complying with FS W-C-375 where applicable; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings. B. Interrupting Capacity: 1. Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity as required to provide the short circuit current rating indicated, but not less than: 2. Fully Rated Systems: Provide circuit breakers with interrupting capacity not less than the short circuit current rating indicated. C. Conductor Terminations: 1. Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. D. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Furnish solid state, microprocessor-based, true rms sensing trip units. 1. Provide the following field-adjustable trip response settings: a. Long time pickup, adjustable by replacing interchangeable trip unit or by setting dial. b. Short time pickup and delay. c. Instantaneous pickup. d. Ground fault pickup and delay where ground fault protection is indicated. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816.13 -4 E. Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers: Furnish with common trip for all poles. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 260529. E. Install enclosed circuit breakers plumb. F. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, mount enclosed circuit breakers such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches (2000 mm) above the floor or working platform. G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. H. Set field-adjustable circuit breaker tripping function settings as directed. I. Set field-adjustable ground fault protection pickup and time delay settings as directed. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.6.1.1 for circuit breakers used for service entrance and for circuit breakers larger than _____ amperes. Tests listed as optional are not required. C. Ground Fault Protection Systems: Test in accordance with manufacturer's instructions as required by NFPA 70. D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective enclosed circuit breakers. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262816.16 -1 SECTION 262816.16 ENCLOSED SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Enclosed safety switches. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B. Section 260529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. C. Section 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. D. Section 262813 - Fuses. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum); 2014. C. NEMA KS 1 - Heavy Duty Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches (600 Volts Maximum); 2013. D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. E. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. F. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. G. UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. H. UL 869A - Reference Standard for Service Equipment; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and within working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70. 2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262816.16 -2 3. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. 4. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for enclosed switches and other installed components and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage and current ratings, short circuit current ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal information, and installed features and accessories. C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed switches. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. B. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to enclosed switch internal components, enclosure, and finish. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperature between -22 degrees F (-30 degrees C) and 104 degrees F (40 degrees C) during and after installation of enclosed switches. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. ABB/GE; ______: www.geindustrial.com/#sle. B. Eaton Corporation; ______: www.eaton.com/#sle. C. Schneider Electric; Square D Products; ______: www.schneider-elect ric.us/#sle. D. Source Limitations: Furnish enclosed switches and associated components produced by the same manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and obtained from a single supplier. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262816.16 -3 2.2 ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES A. Description: Quick-make, quick-break enclosed safety switches listed and labeled as complying with UL 98; heavy duty; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions: 1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet (2,000 m). 2. Ambient Temperature: Between -22 degrees F (-30 degrees C) and 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). D. Horsepower Rating: Suitable for connected load. E. Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage. F. Short Circuit Current Rating: 1. Provide enclosed safety switches, when protected by the fuses or supply side overcurrent protective devices to be installed, with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as determined by short circuit study performed in accordance with Section 260573. 2. Minimum Ratings: a. Switches Protected by Class H Fuses: 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes. b. Heavy Duty Single Throw Switches Protected by Class R, Class J, Class L, or Class T Fuses: 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes. G. Enclosed Safety Switches Used for Service Entrance: Listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment according to UL 869A. H. Provide with switch blade contact position that is visible when the cover is open. I. Fuse Clips for Fusible Switches: As required to accept fuses indicated. 1. Where NEMA Class R fuses are installed, provide rejection feature to prevent installation of fuses other than Class R. J. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed. K. Provide insulated, groundable fully rated solid neutral assembly where a neutral connection is required, with a suitable lug for terminating each neutral conductor. L. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed safety switch, with a suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor. M. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E. 1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the following installation locations: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262816.16 -4 a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1. b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R. 2. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard, factory applied grey unless otherwise indicated. N. Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position with capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes. O. Heavy Duty Switches: 1. Comply with NEMA KS 1. 2. Conductor Terminations: a. Provide mechanical lugs unless otherwise indicated. b. Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. 3. Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position, capable of accepting three padlocks. a. Provide means for locking handle in the ON position. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that the ratings of the enclosed switches are consistent with the indicated requirements. C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed safety switches. D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70. D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 260529. E. Install enclosed switches plumb. F. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, mount enclosed switches such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches (2000 mm) above the floor or working platform. G. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. H. Provide fuses complying with Section 262813 for fusible switches as indicated or as required by equipment manufacturer's recommendations. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 ENCLOSED SWITCHES 262816.16 -5 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from switch enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 264113 -1 SECTION 264113 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Under this Section, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment as necessary to provide an expansion of the existing building Lightning Protection System, as specified for the following buildings/structures in accordance with NFPA. Refer to the Contract Drawings for building floor plans to obtain dimensions and roof information. 1. Penthouse and Roof Mounted HVAC Equipment 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Strike (air) terminals and interconnecting conductors. B. Grounding and bonding for lightning protection. C. All associated componenents/hardware. 1.3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems: Electrical system grounds. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 780 - Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems; 2014. B. UL 96 - Lightning Protection Components; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination with Concrete Work: Coordinate the embedding of lightning protection components in new concrete as required. 1. Note, proposed structures will have down conductors in conduit within the exterior wall. Refer to the Contract Drawings for additional information. B. Coordination with Roofing Work: Ensure adequate attachment of strike terminals and conductors without damage to roofing. 1. Contractor to coordinate to provide suitable air terminal bases for the new roof construction anticipated. C. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a meeting at least at least two weeks prior to commencement of any work affected by lightning protection system requirements to discuss prerequisites and coordination required by other installers; require attendance by representatives of installers whose work will be affected. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 264113 -2 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate location and layout of air terminals, grounding electrodes, and bonding connections to structure and other metal objects. Include terminal, electrode, and conductor sizes, and connection and termination details. 1. Where conductors or grounds are to be embedded or concealed in other construction, submit shop drawings at least 30 days prior to start of construction. 2. If concrete-encased grounds are to be used and are not shown in Contract Documents, provide sufficient data to determine concrete encasement dimensions and location. 3. Include data on actual ground resistance determined by field measurement in accordance with NFPA 780. 4. Include engineering analysis of equalization of potential to metal bodies within the structure. 5. Roof/wall penetration and mounting details. B. Product Data: Provide dimensions and materials of each component, indication of testing agency listing, and installation instructions. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Installation Certification: Submit copy of certification agency's approval. E. Upon completion of construction submit Master UL Label. If a Master UL label is not obtainable based upon the building classification (hazardous) the contractor is to submit a UL "Letter of Findings". Letter of Findings to indicate the system has been inspected and in compliance with UL 96A. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide recommended inspection and testing plan, including recommended intervals, to achieve periodic maintenance as recommended in NFPA 780; provide customized plan reflecting actual installation configuration with specific installed components identified. G. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of air terminals, grounding electrodes, bonding connections, and routing of system conductors in project record documents. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in lightning protection equipment installation with minimum three years documented experience. B. Designer Qualifications: Person or entity, employed by installer, who specializes in lightning protection system design with minimum three years documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: Capable of providing the specified certification of the installed system. D. Products: Must be UL listed for lightning protection systems. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 264113 -3 E. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Lightning Protection Components: 1. Independent Protection Company: www.ipclp.com 2. Advanced Lightning Technology (ALT): www.altfab.com. 3. Harger Lightning and Grounding: www.harger.com. 4. National Lightning Protection Corporation: www.theprotectionsource.com. B. Lightning Protection Installer: 1. TEL Inc. (www.tel-lightning.com). a. The system to be furnished under this Specification shall be the standard product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of lightning protection systems and shall be the manufacturer's latest approved design. The equipment manufacturer shall also be an UL listed and approved manufacturer and a fully certified manufacturer member in good standing of the Lightning Protection Institute. 2.2 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM A. Lightning Protection System: Provide complete system complying with NFPA 780, including air terminals, bonding, interconnecting conductors and grounding electrodes. 1. Provide system that protects: a. The entire structure (refer to article 1.01 A above for the proposed buildings/structures which are to be provided with a lightning protection system as part of this contract). b. Open air areas within building footprint. 2. Coordinate with other grounding and bonding systems specified. 3. Determine ground resistance by field measurement. 4. Provide copper, bronze, or stainless steel components, as applicable; no aluminum. 5. Provide system certified by Underwriters Laboratories. Refer to article 1.06 (E) above for additional information. B. Strike Terminals: Provide strike (air) terminals on the following: 1. Roofs (buildings). 2. Roof mounted equipment. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. All Components: Complying with applicable requirements of UL 96. B. Strike (Air) Terminals: Copper, solid, with adhesive bases for single-ply roof installations. 1. Provide as 5/8" x 24" Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 264113 -4 C. Grounding Rods: Solid copper. D. Ground Plate: Copper. E. Conductors: Copper cable. F. Connectors and Splicers: Bronze. G. Through Roof Connectors: Stainless/Bronze. Coordinate with Contract #1 closely as required PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Coordinate work with installation of roofing and exterior and interior finishes. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with referenced system standards and as required for specified certification. B. Submit UL master label upon completion of construction. Refer to article 1.06 (E) above for additional information. C. Connect conductors using mechanical connectors or exothermic welding process; protect adjacent construction elements and finishes from damage. D. Main down conductors to be installed within the new wall construction within protective PVC conduit. Where lightning protection system is to be provided for existing buildings/structures the main down conductor is to be installed within conduit along the building exterior wall. Refer to the Contract Drawings for additional information. E. Each down conductor to be tied to a single copper 5/8" x 8'-0" ground rod driven 10" under grade and at least 2'-0" away from the building edge. Down conductor connection to the ground rod to be mechanical or exothermic. Final requirements to be per UL requirements. F. All connections to the roofing system to be watertight. G. Provide necessary bonds where required to bond the lightning protection system to the electric, gas, and water systems. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform visual inspection as specified in NFPA 780 as if this were a periodic follow-up inspection. B. Perform continuity testing as specified in NFPA 780 as if this were testing for periodic maintenance. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 264113 -5 C. Obtain the services of the specified certification agency to provide inspection and certification of the lightning protection system, including performance of any other testing required by that agency. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 -1 SECTION 265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior luminaires. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. B. Section 260533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems. C. Section 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. D. Section 262726 - Wiring Devices: Manual wall switches and wall dimmers. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NECA/IESNA 500 - Standard for Installing Indoor Commercial Lighting Systems; 2006. B. NECA/IESNA 502 - Standard for Installing Industrial Lighting Systems; 2006. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. UL 1598 - Luminaires; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the installation of luminaires with mounting surfaces installed under other sections or by others. Coordinate the work with placement of supports, anchors, etc. required for mounting. Coordinate compatibility of luminaires and associated trims with mounting surfaces at installed locations. 2. Coordinate the placement of luminaires with structural members, ductwork, piping, equipment, diffusers, fire suppression system components, and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3. Notify Architect of any conflicts or deviations from Contract Documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including detailed information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 -2 requirements, listings, service conditions, photometric performance, installed accessories, and ceiling compatibility; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed features. C. Field quality control reports. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Instructions for each product including information on replacement parts. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70. B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Receive, handle, and store products according to NECA/IESNA 500 (commercial lighting), NECA/IESNA 502 (industrial lighting), and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Keep products in original manufacturer's packaging and protect from damage until ready for installation. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRES A. Provide products as specified on drawings. B. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70. C. Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable. D. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s) and all sockets, ballasts, reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and protect the lamp and distribute the light. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 -3 F. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, hardware, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system. G. Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any damage, distortion, corrosion, fading, discoloring, etc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate conductors in accordance with NFPA 70. C. Verify that suitable support frames are installed where required. D. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to luminaires. E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 260533.16 as required for installation of luminaires provided under this section. B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Install luminaires securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 500 (commercial lighting) and NECA 502 (industrial lighting). D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 260529. E. Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires. F. Recessed Luminaires: 1. Install trims tight to mounting surface with no visible light leakage. G. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. H. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. I. Install lamps in each luminaire. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 014000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 INTERIOR LIGHTING 265100 -4 B. Inspect each product for damage and defects. C. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection to verify proper operation. D. Correct wiring deficiencies and repair or replace damaged or defective products. Repair or replace excessively noisy ballasts as determined by Architect. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean surfaces according to NECA 500 (commercial lighting), NECA 502 (industrial lighting), and manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt, fingerprints, paint, or other foreign material and restore finishes to match original factory finish. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURED CABLING 271000 -1 SECTION 271000 STRUCTURED CABLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Communications system design requirements. B. Communications pathways. C. Copper cable and terminations. D. Communications grounding and bonding. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. B. Section 260533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. B. TIA-568.2 - Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards; 2009c, with Addendum (2016). C. TIA-607 - Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for Customer Premises; 2019d. D. UL 444 - Communications Cables; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of other utilities or obstructions within the spaces dedicated for communications equipment. 2. Coordinate arrangement of communications equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each product. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESIGN A. Provide horizontal cabling for elevator communication devices/systems per Contract drawings. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURED CABLING 271000 -2 B. Coordinate all work, and materials closely with Campus CIT. 2.2 PATHWAYS A. Conduit: As specified in Section 260533.13; provide pull cords in all conduit. 2.3 COPPER CABLE AND TERMINATIONS A. Copper Horizontal Cable: 1. Description: 100 ohm, balanced twisted pair cable complying with TIA-568.2 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 444. 2. Cable Type - Elevator Communications : TIA-568.2 Category 6 UTP (unshielded twisted pair); 23 AWG. 3. Cable Capacity: 4-pair. 4. Solid conductor cabling that meets ANSI/TIA-568-C cabling specifications for Category 6 cable, to include any/all amendments and bulletins. 5. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. CommScope-Systimax 1071E b. Berk Tek Lanmark 1000 c. Panduit GenSPEED 6000 d. Superior Essex DataGain e. Approved Equal 6. Minimum bend radius: 1 inch or 4 time the cable diameter (whichever is larger) 2.4 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS A. Comply with TIA-607. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. All execution methods to comply with all Cornell CIT requirements. B. Grounding and Bonding: Perform in accordance with TIA-607 and NFPA 70. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND CABLING A. Cabling: 1. Do not bend cable at radius less than manufacturer's recommended bend radius; for unshielded twisted pair use bend radius of not less than 4 times cable diameter. 2. Do not over-cinch or crush cables. 3. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended cable pull tension. 4. When installing in conduit, use only lubricants approved by cable manufacturer and do not chafe or damage outer jacket. 5. Cable pathways shall follow the corridors of the building. B. Copper Cabling: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 STRUCTURED CABLING 271000 -3 1. Category 5e and Above: Maintain cable geometry; do not untwist more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) from point of termination. 2. For 4-pair cables in conduit, do not exceed 25 pounds (110 N) pull tension. 3. Use T568B wiring configuration. 4. Terminate cables in Data Room G30 per Campus standards. Coordinate all work with Campus CIT. 5. Cabling pathways/supports to be attached to building structure. 6. Cabling to be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Special attention must be given when selecting and designing the type and layout of structures to support horizontal cabling. 7. All pathways shall be provided with pull string rated at 200 lbs. C. Identification: 1. Use wire and cable markers to identify cables at each end. 2. Label in accordance with campus IT standards. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 014000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Comply with inspection and testing requirements of specified installation standards. C. Visual Inspection: 1. Inspect cable jackets for certification markings. 2. Inspect cable terminations for color coded labels of proper type. 3. Inspect outlet plates and patch panels for complete labels. D. Testing - Horizontal Cabling and Associated Equipment: 1. Horizontal UTP cables shall be tested for full compliance with ANSI/TIA-568 latest revision, and addenda. 2. The test results shall be provided on a MS-Windows formatted CD in a common delimited file. 3. Horizontal cabling shall be permanent link tested with a level 3e tester for full Category 6 compliance. 4. The dB loss for a horizontal segment must not exceed 2.0 dB. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TWO WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 275129.13 -1 SECTION 275129.13 TWO WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Two way communication system and associated call stations, control stations, and accessories. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 078400 - Firestopping. B. Section 260526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. C. Section 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines; current edition. B. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. C. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment or other potential obstructions within the spaces dedicated for two way communication assistance system components. 2. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not install call stations and control station(s) until final surface finishes and painting are complete. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each system component. Include configurations, standard wiring diagrams, dimensions, finishes, service condition requirements, and installed features. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TWO WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 275129.13 -2 B. Shop Drawings: Include plan views indicating locations of system components and proposed size, type, and routing of conduits and/or cables. Include system interconnection schematic diagrams. C. Field quality control test reports. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include detailed information on system operation, equipment setup, replacement parts, and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. E. Executed Warranty: Submit documentation of final executed warranty completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following: 1. ADA Standards. 2. NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code). 3. Applicable TIA/EIA standards. B. Products: Listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide minimum one year manufacturer warranty covering repair or replacement due to defective materials or workmanship. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Two Way Communication System - Basis of Design: Viking Model E-1600-45A. 2.2 TWO WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A. Providenew two way communication system connected to existing campus netwrok consisting of all required equipment, conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, hardware, accessories, system programming, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system that provides the functional intent indicated. B. System Description: 1. Call Stations: Located at each designated area as indicated on drawings, unless otherwise directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. System Operation: 1. When a call for assistance is initiated at call station: a. Provide audible and visual notification at call station to confirm that call has been placed. b. Provide audible and visual notification at control station(s) that call has been placed and annunciate the location of the call station/zone that initiated a call. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TWO WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 275129.13 -3 c. Maintain visual notification of each call location at control station(s) until manually reset by control station operator. d. Maintain audible notification at control station(s) that call(s) have been placed until call is acknowledged by control station operator. e. Maintain visual notification at call station until manually reset by control station operator. 2. When a call for assistance is acknowledged at control station: a. Provide visual notification at control station that call has been acknowledged. b. Provide visual notification at call station that call has been received. c. Establish two-way voice communication between call station and control station. D. Call Station(s): 1. Suitable for the environment where installed. 2. Provides means to initiate call for assistance. 3. Provides for distinct audible and visual notification to confirm that call has been placed and for distinct visual notification that call has been acknowledged. 4. Following initial call for assistance, provides for hands-free two-way communication with control station(s). E. Accessories: 1. Provide components as indicated or as required for a complete operating system. 2. Wiring: Provide manufacturer's recommended cables as indicated or as required for connections between system components, and in accordance with wiring methods indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Verify that characteristics of system components are consistent with the indicated requirements. C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive system components. D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 260526. D. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 078400. E. Identify system wiring and components in accordance with Section 260553. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 TWO WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 275129.13 -4 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test to verify wiring is free of shorts and grounds. B. Prepare and start system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Test system for proper operation. D. Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with Contract Documents. E. Submit detailed reports indicating inspection and testing results and corrective actions taken. 3.4 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of system to Owner, and correct deficiencies or make adjustments as directed. END OF SECTION Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 284600 -1 SECTION 284600 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire alarm connection to smoke hatch. B. Additional smoke detectors and strobe appliances to accomodate penthouse addition/smoke hatch. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines; current edition. B. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. D. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code; Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Data sheets for all proposed fire alarm components including but not limited to pull stations, fire alarm relays, heat detectors, smoke detectors, annunciation appliances and addressable relays B. Revised battery circuit calculations for all NAC circuits modified (added to or subtracted from) as a result of the project modifications. C. Summary of programming modifications performed D. Voltage drop calculations per NFPA 72 E. Inspection and Test Reports: 1. Submit inspection and test plan prior to closeout demonstration. 2. Submit documentation of satisfactory inspections and tests. 3. Submit NFPA 72 "Inspection and Test Form," filled out. F. Project Record Documents: Have one set available during closeout demonstration: 1. Complete set of floor plans showing actual installed locations of components, conduit, and zones. 2. "As installed" wiring and schematic diagrams, with final terminal identifications. 3. "As programmed" operating sequences, including control events by device, updated input/output chart, and voice messages by event. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 284600 -2 G. Closeout Documents: 1. Certification by manufacturer that the system has been installed in compliance with manufacturer's installation requirements, is complete, and is in satisfactory operating condition. 2. NFPA 72 "Record of Completion", filled out completely and signed by installer and authorized representative of authority having jurisdiction. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's warranty for any system components other than wire and conduit installed as part of this project. Term shall be 1 year after date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM A. Fire Alarm System: Provide modifications and extensions to the existing automatic fire detection and alarm system: 1. Existing system: Gamewell/FCI E3 Network Audio System a. Contact and coordinate all work with West Fire Systems Inc. Contact info: Ryan McGee - (585)-663-8530 Ext. 103 2. Provide all components necessary, regardless of whether shown in Contract Documents or not. 3. Comply with the following; where requirements conflict, order of precedence of requirements is as listed: a. ADA Standards. b. The requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. c. Applicable local codes. d. Contract Documents (drawings and specifications). e. NFPA 72; where the word "should" is used consider that provision mandatory; where conflicts between requirements require deviation from NFPA 72, identify deviations clearly on design documents. B. Circuits: 1. Match exisitng configuration, class and style. 2.2 EXISTING COMPONENTS A. Clearly label components that are "Not In Service." B. Remove unused existing components and materials from site and dispose of properly. 2.3 FIRE SAFETY SYSTEMS INTERFACES A. Supervision: Provide supervisory signals in accordance with NFPA 72 for the following: 1. Elevator shut-down control circuits. B. Alarm: Provide alarm initiation in accordance with NFPA 72 for the following: Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 284600 -3 1. Elevator lobby, elevator hoistway, and elevator machine room smoke detectors. C. Elevators: 1. Elevator lobby, hoistway, and machine room smoke detectors: Elevator recall for fire fighters' service. 2. Elevator Penthouse Smoke Detector 2.4 COMPONENTS A. General: 1. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finish areas; in unfinished areas, surface mounted unit are acceptable. 2. Provide legible, permanent labels for each control device, using identification used in operation and maintenance data. B. Initiating Devices: 1. Manual Pull Stations: _______. 2. Smoke Detectors: Provide detectors compatible with the existing FACP. 3. Heat Detectors: Provide detectors compatible with the existing FACP. C. Notification Appliances: 1. Strobes: Provide appliances compatible with the existing FACP. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with applicable codes, NFPA 72, NFPA 70, and Contract Documents. B. Conceal all wiring, conduit, boxes, and supports where installed in finished areas. C. Obtain Owner's approval of locations of devices, before installation. D. Install instruction cards and labels. 3.2 INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR COMPLETION A. Notify Owner7 days prior to beginning completion inspections and tests. B. Notify authorities having jurisdiction and comply with their requirements for scheduling inspections and tests and for observation by their personnel. C. Provide the services of the installer's supervisor or person with equivalent qualifications to supervise inspection and testing, correction, and adjustments. D. Prepare for testing by ensuring that all work is complete and correct; perform preliminary tests as required. E. Provide all tools, software, and supplies required to accomplish inspection and testing. Cornell University Uris Hall Elevator Modernization Building Code URH Bid Documents 12/01/2020 A|r 564.15 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 284600 -4 F. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NFPA 72 and requirements of local authorities; document each inspection and test. G. Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with Contract Documents. 3.3 CLOSEOUT A. Closeout Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of all functions to Owner. 1. Be prepared to conduct any of the required tests. 2. Have at least one copy of operation and maintenance data, preliminary copy of project record drawings, input/output matrix, and operator instruction chart(s) available during demonstration. 3. Have authorized technical representative of control unit manufacturer present during demonstration. 4. Demonstration may be combined with inspection and testing required by authority having jurisdiction; notify authority having jurisdiction in time to schedule demonstration. 5. Repeat demonstration until successful. END OF SECTION